configure
Scripts
configure
configure
configure
Input$<
in Ordinary Make Rulesmake macro=value
and SubmakesSHELL
make -k
VPATH
and Make
configure
Scripts
Next: Introduction [Contents][Index]
This manual (7 April 2022) is for GNU Autoconf (version 2.69), a package for creating scripts to configure source code packages using templates and an M4 macro package.
Copyright © 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License.”
• Introduction | Autoconf’s purpose, strengths, and weaknesses | |
• The GNU Build System | A set of tools for portable software packages | |
• Making configure Scripts | How to organize and produce Autoconf scripts | |
• Setup | Initialization and output | |
• Existing Tests | Macros that check for particular features | |
• Writing Tests | How to write new feature checks | |
• Results | What to do with results from feature checks | |
• Programming in M4 | Layers on top of which Autoconf is written | |
• Programming in M4sh | Shell portability layer | |
• Writing Autoconf Macros | Adding new macros to Autoconf | |
• Portable Shell | Shell script portability pitfalls | |
• Portable Make | Makefile portability pitfalls | |
• Portable C and C++ | C and C++ portability pitfalls | |
• Manual Configuration | Selecting features that can’t be guessed | |
• Site Configuration | Local defaults for configure
| |
• Running configure Scripts | How to use the Autoconf output | |
• config.status Invocation | Recreating a configuration | |
• Obsolete Constructs | Kept for backward compatibility | |
• Using Autotest | Creating portable test suites | |
• FAQ | Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers | |
• History | History of Autoconf | |
• GNU Free Documentation License | License for copying this manual | |
• Indices | Indices of symbols, concepts, etc. | |
— The Detailed Node Listing — The GNU Build System | ||
---|---|---|
• Automake | Escaping makefile hell | |
• Gnulib | The GNU portability library | |
• Libtool | Building libraries portably | |
• Pointers | More info on the GNU build system | |
Making | ||
• Writing Autoconf Input | What to put in an Autoconf input file | |
• autoscan Invocation | Semi-automatic configure.ac writing | |
• ifnames Invocation | Listing the conditionals in source code | |
• autoconf Invocation | How to create configuration scripts | |
• autoreconf Invocation | Remaking multiple configure scripts
| |
Writing configure.ac | ||
• Shell Script Compiler | Autoconf as solution of a problem | |
• Autoconf Language | Programming in Autoconf | |
• Autoconf Input Layout | Standard organization of configure.ac | |
Initialization and Output Files | ||
• Initializing configure | Option processing etc. | |
• Versioning | Dealing with Autoconf versions | |
• Notices | Copyright, version numbers in configure
| |
• Input | Where Autoconf should find files | |
• Output | Outputting results from the configuration | |
• Configuration Actions | Preparing the output based on results | |
• Configuration Files | Creating output files | |
• Makefile Substitutions | Using output variables in makefiles | |
• Configuration Headers | Creating a configuration header file | |
• Configuration Commands | Running arbitrary instantiation commands | |
• Configuration Links | Links depending on the configuration | |
• Subdirectories | Configuring independent packages together | |
• Default Prefix | Changing the default installation prefix | |
Substitutions in Makefiles | ||
• Preset Output Variables | Output variables that are always set | |
• Installation Directory Variables | Other preset output variables | |
• Changed Directory Variables | Warnings about datarootdir | |
• Build Directories | Supporting multiple concurrent compiles | |
• Automatic Remaking | Makefile rules for configuring | |
Configuration Header Files | ||
• Header Templates | Input for the configuration headers | |
• autoheader Invocation | How to create configuration templates | |
• Autoheader Macros | How to specify CPP templates | |
Existing Tests | ||
• Common Behavior | Macros’ standard schemes | |
• Alternative Programs | Selecting between alternative programs | |
• Files | Checking for the existence of files | |
• Libraries | Library archives that might be missing | |
• Library Functions | C library functions that might be missing | |
• Header Files | Header files that might be missing | |
• Declarations | Declarations that may be missing | |
• Structures | Structures or members that might be missing | |
• Types | Types that might be missing | |
• Compilers and Preprocessors | Checking for compiling programs | |
• System Services | Operating system services | |
• Posix Variants | Special kludges for specific Posix variants | |
• Erlang Libraries | Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries | |
Common Behavior | ||
• Standard Symbols | Symbols defined by the macros | |
• Default Includes | Includes used by the generic macros | |
Alternative Programs | ||
• Particular Programs | Special handling to find certain programs | |
• Generic Programs | How to find other programs | |
Library Functions | ||
• Function Portability | Pitfalls with usual functions | |
• Particular Functions | Special handling to find certain functions | |
• Generic Functions | How to find other functions | |
Header Files | ||
• Header Portability | Collected knowledge on common headers | |
• Particular Headers | Special handling to find certain headers | |
• Generic Headers | How to find other headers | |
Declarations | ||
• Particular Declarations | Macros to check for certain declarations | |
• Generic Declarations | How to find other declarations | |
Structures | ||
• Particular Structures | Macros to check for certain structure members | |
• Generic Structures | How to find other structure members | |
Types | ||
• Particular Types | Special handling to find certain types | |
• Generic Types | How to find other types | |
Compilers and Preprocessors | ||
• Specific Compiler Characteristics | Some portability issues | |
• Generic Compiler Characteristics | Language independent tests and features | |
• C Compiler | Checking its characteristics | |
• C++ Compiler | Likewise | |
• Objective C Compiler | Likewise | |
• Objective C++ Compiler | Likewise | |
• Erlang Compiler and Interpreter | Likewise | |
• Fortran Compiler | Likewise | |
• Go Compiler | Likewise | |
Writing Tests | ||
• Language Choice | Selecting which language to use for testing | |
• Writing Test Programs | Forging source files for compilers | |
• Running the Preprocessor | Detecting preprocessor symbols | |
• Running the Compiler | Detecting language or header features | |
• Running the Linker | Detecting library features | |
• Runtime | Testing for runtime features | |
• Systemology | A zoology of operating systems | |
• Multiple Cases | Tests for several possible values | |
Writing Test Programs | ||
• Guidelines | General rules for writing test programs | |
• Test Functions | Avoiding pitfalls in test programs | |
• Generating Sources | Source program boilerplate | |
Results of Tests | ||
• Defining Symbols | Defining C preprocessor symbols | |
• Setting Output Variables | Replacing variables in output files | |
• Special Chars in Variables | Characters to beware of in variables | |
• Caching Results | Speeding up subsequent configure runs
| |
• Printing Messages | Notifying configure users
| |
Caching Results | ||
• Cache Variable Names | Shell variables used in caches | |
• Cache Files | Files configure uses for caching
| |
• Cache Checkpointing | Loading and saving the cache file | |
Programming in M4 | ||
• M4 Quotation | Protecting macros from unwanted expansion | |
• Using autom4te | The Autoconf executables backbone | |
• Programming in M4sugar | Convenient pure M4 macros | |
• Debugging via autom4te | Figuring out what M4 was doing | |
M4 Quotation | ||
• Active Characters | Characters that change the behavior of M4 | |
• One Macro Call | Quotation and one macro call | |
• Quoting and Parameters | M4 vs. shell parameters | |
• Quotation and Nested Macros | Macros calling macros | |
• Changequote is Evil | Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote | |
• Quadrigraphs | Another way to escape special characters | |
• Balancing Parentheses | Dealing with unbalanced parentheses | |
• Quotation Rule Of Thumb | One parenthesis, one quote | |
Using | ||
• autom4te Invocation | A GNU M4 wrapper | |
• Customizing autom4te | Customizing the Autoconf package | |
Programming in M4sugar | ||
• Redefined M4 Macros | M4 builtins changed in M4sugar | |
• Diagnostic Macros | Diagnostic messages from M4sugar | |
• Diversion support | Diversions in M4sugar | |
• Conditional constructs | Conditions in M4 | |
• Looping constructs | Iteration in M4 | |
• Evaluation Macros | More quotation and evaluation control | |
• Text processing Macros | String manipulation in M4 | |
• Number processing Macros | Arithmetic computation in M4 | |
• Set manipulation Macros | Set manipulation in M4 | |
• Forbidden Patterns | Catching unexpanded macros | |
Programming in M4sh | ||
• Common Shell Constructs | Portability layer for common shell constructs | |
• Polymorphic Variables | Support for indirect variable names | |
• Initialization Macros | Macros to establish a sane shell environment | |
• File Descriptor Macros | File descriptor macros for input and output | |
Writing Autoconf Macros | ||
• Macro Definitions | Basic format of an Autoconf macro | |
• Macro Names | What to call your new macros | |
• Reporting Messages | Notifying autoconf users
| |
• Dependencies Between Macros | What to do when macros depend on other macros | |
• Obsoleting Macros | Warning about old ways of doing things | |
• Coding Style | Writing Autoconf macros à la Autoconf | |
Dependencies Between Macros | ||
• Prerequisite Macros | Ensuring required information | |
• Suggested Ordering | Warning about possible ordering problems | |
• One-Shot Macros | Ensuring a macro is called only once | |
Portable Shell Programming | ||
• Shellology | A zoology of shells | |
• Invoking the Shell | Invoking the shell as a command | |
• Here-Documents | Quirks and tricks | |
• File Descriptors | FDs and redirections | |
• Signal Handling | Shells, signals, and headaches | |
• File System Conventions | File names | |
• Shell Pattern Matching | Pattern matching | |
• Shell Substitutions | Variable and command expansions | |
• Assignments | Varying side effects of assignments | |
• Parentheses | Parentheses in shell scripts | |
• Slashes | Slashes in shell scripts | |
• Special Shell Variables | Variables you should not change | |
• Shell Functions | What to look out for if you use them | |
• Limitations of Builtins | Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh | |
• Limitations of Usual Tools | Portable use of portable tools | |
Portable Make Programming | ||
• $< in Ordinary Make Rules | $< in ordinary rules | |
• Failure in Make Rules | Failing portably in rules | |
• Special Chars in Names | Special Characters in Macro Names | |
• Backslash-Newline-Empty | Empty lines after backslash-newline | |
• Backslash-Newline Comments | Spanning comments across line boundaries | |
• Long Lines in Makefiles | Line length limitations | |
• Macros and Submakes | make macro=value and submakes
| |
• The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS | $(MAKEFLAGS) portability issues
| |
• The Make Macro SHELL | $(SHELL) portability issues
| |
• Parallel Make | Parallel make quirks
| |
• Comments in Make Rules | Other problems with Make comments | |
• Newlines in Make Rules | Using literal newlines in rules | |
• Comments in Make Macros | Other problems with Make comments in macros | |
• Trailing whitespace in Make Macros | Macro substitution problems | |
• Command-line Macros and whitespace | Whitespace trimming of values | |
• obj/ and Make | Don’t name a subdirectory obj | |
• make -k Status | Exit status of ‘make -k’ | |
• VPATH and Make | VPATH woes
| |
• Single Suffix Rules | Single suffix rules and separated dependencies | |
• Timestamps and Make | Subsecond timestamp resolution | |
| ||
• Variables listed in VPATH | VPATH must be literal on ancient hosts
| |
• VPATH and Double-colon | Problems with ‘::’ on ancient hosts | |
• $< in Explicit Rules | $< does not work in ordinary rules
| |
• Automatic Rule Rewriting | VPATH goes wild on Solaris
| |
• Tru64 Directory Magic | mkdir goes wild on Tru64
| |
• Make Target Lookup | More details about VPATH lookup
| |
Portable C and C++ Programming | ||
• Varieties of Unportability | How to make your programs unportable | |
• Integer Overflow | When integers get too large | |
• Preprocessor Arithmetic | #if expression problems
| |
• Null Pointers | Properties of null pointers | |
• Buffer Overruns | Subscript errors and the like | |
• Volatile Objects | volatile and signals
| |
• Floating Point Portability | Portable floating-point arithmetic | |
• Exiting Portably | Exiting and the exit status | |
Integer Overflow | ||
• Integer Overflow Basics | Why integer overflow is a problem | |
• Signed Overflow Examples | Examples of code assuming wraparound | |
• Optimization and Wraparound | Optimizations that break uses of wraparound | |
• Signed Overflow Advice | Practical advice for signed overflow issues | |
• Signed Integer Division | INT_MIN / -1 and INT_MIN % -1
| |
Manual Configuration | ||
• Specifying Target Triplets | Specifying target triplets | |
• Canonicalizing | Getting the canonical system type | |
• Using System Type | What to do with the system type | |
Site Configuration | ||
• Help Formatting | Customizing ‘configure --help’ | |
• External Software | Working with other optional software | |
• Package Options | Selecting optional features | |
• Pretty Help Strings | Formatting help string | |
• Option Checking | Controlling checking of configure options
| |
• Site Details | Configuring site details | |
• Transforming Names | Changing program names when installing | |
• Site Defaults | Giving configure local defaults
| |
Transforming Program Names When Installing | ||
• Transformation Options | configure options to transform names
| |
• Transformation Examples | Sample uses of transforming names | |
• Transformation Rules | Makefile uses of transforming names | |
Running | ||
• Basic Installation | Instructions for typical cases | |
• Compilers and Options | Selecting compilers and optimization | |
• Multiple Architectures | Compiling for multiple architectures at once | |
• Installation Names | Installing in different directories | |
• Optional Features | Selecting optional features | |
• Particular Systems | Particular systems | |
• System Type | Specifying the system type | |
• Sharing Defaults | Setting site-wide defaults for configure
| |
• Defining Variables | Specifying the compiler etc. | |
• configure Invocation | Changing how configure runs
| |
Obsolete Constructs | ||
• Obsolete config.status Use | Obsolete convention for config.status
| |
• acconfig Header | Additional entries in config.h.in | |
• autoupdate Invocation | Automatic update of configure.ac | |
• Obsolete Macros | Backward compatibility macros | |
• Autoconf 1 | Tips for upgrading your files | |
• Autoconf 2.13 | Some fresher tips | |
Upgrading From Version 1 | ||
• Changed File Names | Files you might rename | |
• Changed Makefiles | New things to put in Makefile.in | |
• Changed Macros | Macro calls you might replace | |
• Changed Results | Changes in how to check test results | |
• Changed Macro Writing | Better ways to write your own macros | |
Upgrading From Version 2.13 | ||
• Changed Quotation | Broken code which used to work | |
• New Macros | Interaction with foreign macros | |
• Hosts and Cross-Compilation | Bugward compatibility kludges | |
• AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS | LIBOBJS is a forbidden token | |
• AC_ACT_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_ACT | A more generic scheme for testing sources | |
Generating Test Suites with Autotest | ||
• Using an Autotest Test Suite | Autotest and the user | |
• Writing Testsuites | Autotest macros | |
• testsuite Invocation | Running testsuite scripts
| |
• Making testsuite Scripts | Using autom4te to create testsuite
| |
Using an Autotest Test Suite | ||
• testsuite Scripts | The concepts of Autotest | |
• Autotest Logs | Their contents | |
Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers | ||
• Distributing | Distributing configure scripts
| |
• Why GNU M4 | Why not use the standard M4? | |
• Bootstrapping | Autoconf and GNU M4 require each other? | |
• Why Not Imake | Why GNU uses configure instead of Imake
| |
• Defining Directories | Passing datadir to program
| |
• Autom4te Cache | What is it? Can I remove it? | |
• Present But Cannot Be Compiled | Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree | |
• Expanded Before Required | Expanded Before Required | |
• Debugging | Debugging configure scripts
| |
History of Autoconf | ||
• Genesis | Prehistory and naming of configure
| |
• Exodus | The plagues of M4 and Perl | |
• Leviticus | The priestly code of portability arrives | |
• Numbers | Growth and contributors | |
• Deuteronomy | Approaching the promises of easy configuration | |
Indices | ||
• Environment Variable Index | Index of environment variables used | |
• Output Variable Index | Index of variables set in output files | |
• Preprocessor Symbol Index | Index of C preprocessor symbols defined | |
• Cache Variable Index | Index of documented cache variables | |
• Autoconf Macro Index | Index of Autoconf macros | |
• M4 Macro Index | Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros | |
• Autotest Macro Index | Index of Autotest macros | |
• Program & Function Index | Index of those with portability problems | |
• Concept Index | General index | |
Next: The GNU Build System, Previous: Top, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
A physicist, an engineer, and a computer scientist were discussing the nature of God. “Surely a Physicist,” said the physicist, “because early in the Creation, God made Light; and you know, Maxwell’s equations, the dual nature of electromagnetic waves, the relativistic consequences...” “An Engineer!,” said the engineer, “because before making Light, God split the Chaos into Land and Water; it takes a hell of an engineer to handle that big amount of mud, and orderly separation of solids from liquids...” The computer scientist shouted: “And the Chaos, where do you think it was coming from, hmm?”
—Anonymous
Autoconf is a tool for producing shell scripts that automatically configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of Posix-like systems. The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf are independent of Autoconf when they are run, so their users do not need to have Autoconf.
The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf require no manual user intervention when run; they do not normally even need an argument specifying the system type. Instead, they individually test for the presence of each feature that the software package they are for might need. (Before each check, they print a one-line message stating what they are checking for, so the user doesn’t get too bored while waiting for the script to finish.) As a result, they deal well with systems that are hybrids or customized from the more common Posix variants. There is no need to maintain files that list the features supported by each release of each variant of Posix.
For each software package that Autoconf is used with, it creates a configuration script from a template file that lists the system features that the package needs or can use. After the shell code to recognize and respond to a system feature has been written, Autoconf allows it to be shared by many software packages that can use (or need) that feature. If it later turns out that the shell code needs adjustment for some reason, it needs to be changed in only one place; all of the configuration scripts can be regenerated automatically to take advantage of the updated code.
Those who do not understand Autoconf are condemned to reinvent it, poorly. The primary goal of Autoconf is making the user’s life easier; making the maintainer’s life easier is only a secondary goal. Put another way, the primary goal is not to make the generation of configure automatic for package maintainers (although patches along that front are welcome, since package maintainers form the user base of Autoconf); rather, the goal is to make configure painless, portable, and predictable for the end user of each autoconfiscated package. And to this degree, Autoconf is highly successful at its goal — most complaints to the Autoconf list are about difficulties in writing Autoconf input, and not in the behavior of the resulting configure. Even packages that don’t use Autoconf will generally provide a configure script, and the most common complaint about these alternative home-grown scripts is that they fail to meet one or more of the GNU Coding Standards (see Configuration in The GNU Coding Standards) that users have come to expect from Autoconf-generated configure scripts.
The Metaconfig package is similar in purpose to Autoconf, but the scripts it produces require manual user intervention, which is quite inconvenient when configuring large source trees. Unlike Metaconfig scripts, Autoconf scripts can support cross-compiling, if some care is taken in writing them.
Autoconf does not solve all problems related to making portable software packages—for a more complete solution, it should be used in concert with other GNU build tools like Automake and Libtool. These other tools take on jobs like the creation of a portable, recursive makefile with all of the standard targets, linking of shared libraries, and so on. See The GNU Build System, for more information.
Autoconf imposes some restrictions on the names of macros used with
#if
in C programs (see Preprocessor Symbol Index).
Autoconf requires GNU M4 version 1.4.6 or later in order to generate the scripts. It uses features that some versions of M4, including GNU M4 1.3, do not have. Autoconf works better with GNU M4 version 1.4.14 or later, though this is not required.
See Autoconf 1, for information about upgrading from version 1. See History, for the story of Autoconf’s development. See FAQ, for answers to some common questions about Autoconf.
See the Autoconf web page for up-to-date information, details on the mailing lists, pointers to a list of known bugs, etc.
Mail suggestions to the Autoconf mailing list. Past suggestions are archived.
Mail bug reports to the Autoconf Bugs mailing list. Past bug reports are archived.
If possible, first check that your bug is not already solved in current development versions, and that it has not been reported yet. Be sure to include all the needed information and a short configure.ac that demonstrates the problem.
Autoconf’s development tree is accessible via git
; see the
Autoconf
Summary for details, or view
the actual
repository. Anonymous CVS access is also available, see
README for more details. Patches relative to the
current git
version can be sent for review to the
Autoconf Patches mailing list, with
discussion on prior patches
archived; and all commits are posted in the read-only
Autoconf Commit mailing list, which is
also archived.
Because of its mission, the Autoconf package itself includes only a set of often-used macros that have already demonstrated their usefulness. Nevertheless, if you wish to share your macros, or find existing ones, see the Autoconf Macro Archive, which is kindly run by Peter Simons.
Next: Making configure Scripts, Previous: Introduction, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Autoconf solves an important problem—reliable discovery of system-specific build and runtime information—but this is only one piece of the puzzle for the development of portable software. To this end, the GNU project has developed a suite of integrated utilities to finish the job Autoconf started: the GNU build system, whose most important components are Autoconf, Automake, and Libtool. In this chapter, we introduce you to those tools, point you to sources of more information, and try to convince you to use the entire GNU build system for your software.
• Automake | Escaping makefile hell | |
• Gnulib | The GNU portability library | |
• Libtool | Building libraries portably | |
• Pointers | More info on the GNU build system |
Next: Gnulib, Up: The GNU Build System [Contents][Index]
The ubiquity of make
means that a makefile is almost the
only viable way to distribute automatic build rules for software, but
one quickly runs into its numerous limitations. Its lack of
support for automatic dependency tracking, recursive builds in
subdirectories, reliable timestamps (e.g., for network file systems), and
so on, mean that developers must painfully (and often incorrectly)
reinvent the wheel for each project. Portability is non-trivial, thanks
to the quirks of make
on many systems. On top of all this is the
manual labor required to implement the many standard targets that users
have come to expect (make install
, make distclean
,
make uninstall
, etc.). Since you are, of course, using Autoconf,
you also have to insert repetitive code in your Makefile.in to
recognize @CC@
, @CFLAGS@
, and other substitutions
provided by configure
. Into this mess steps Automake.
Automake allows you to specify your build needs in a Makefile.am file with a vastly simpler and more powerful syntax than that of a plain makefile, and then generates a portable Makefile.in for use with Autoconf. For example, the Makefile.am to build and install a simple “Hello world” program might look like:
bin_PROGRAMS = hello hello_SOURCES = hello.c
The resulting Makefile.in (~400 lines) automatically supports all
the standard targets, the substitutions provided by Autoconf, automatic
dependency tracking, VPATH
building, and so on. make
builds the hello
program, and make install
installs it
in /usr/local/bin (or whatever prefix was given to
configure
, if not /usr/local).
The benefits of Automake increase for larger packages (especially ones with subdirectories), but even for small programs the added convenience and portability can be substantial. And that’s not all...
Next: Libtool, Previous: Automake, Up: The GNU Build System [Contents][Index]
GNU software has a well-deserved reputation for running on many different types of systems. While our primary goal is to write software for the GNU system, many users and developers have been introduced to us through the systems that they were already using.
Gnulib is a central location for common GNU code, intended to be shared among free software packages. Its components are typically shared at the source level, rather than being a library that gets built, installed, and linked against. The idea is to copy files from Gnulib into your own source tree. There is no distribution tarball; developers should just grab source modules from the repository. The source files are available online, under various licenses, mostly GNU GPL or GNU LGPL.
Gnulib modules typically contain C source code along with Autoconf
macros used to configure the source code. For example, the Gnulib
stdbool
module implements a stdbool.h header that nearly
conforms to C99, even on old-fashioned hosts that lack stdbool.h.
This module contains a source file for the replacement header, along
with an Autoconf macro that arranges to use the replacement header on
old-fashioned systems.
Next: Pointers, Previous: Gnulib, Up: The GNU Build System [Contents][Index]
Often, one wants to build not only programs, but libraries, so that other programs can benefit from the fruits of your labor. Ideally, one would like to produce shared (dynamically linked) libraries, which can be used by multiple programs without duplication on disk or in memory and can be updated independently of the linked programs. Producing shared libraries portably, however, is the stuff of nightmares—each system has its own incompatible tools, compiler flags, and magic incantations. Fortunately, GNU provides a solution: Libtool.
Libtool handles all the requirements of building shared libraries for you, and at this time seems to be the only way to do so with any portability. It also handles many other headaches, such as: the interaction of Make rules with the variable suffixes of shared libraries, linking reliably with shared libraries before they are installed by the superuser, and supplying a consistent versioning system (so that different versions of a library can be installed or upgraded without breaking binary compatibility). Although Libtool, like Autoconf, can be used without Automake, it is most simply utilized in conjunction with Automake—there, Libtool is used automatically whenever shared libraries are needed, and you need not know its syntax.
Previous: Libtool, Up: The GNU Build System [Contents][Index]
Developers who are used to the simplicity of make
for small
projects on a single system might be daunted at the prospect of
learning to use Automake and Autoconf. As your software is
distributed to more and more users, however, you otherwise
quickly find yourself putting lots of effort into reinventing the
services that the GNU build tools provide, and making the
same mistakes that they once made and overcame. (Besides, since
you’re already learning Autoconf, Automake is a piece of cake.)
There are a number of places that you can go to for more information on the GNU build tools.
The project home pages for Autoconf, Automake, Gnulib, and Libtool.
See Automake in GNU Automake, for more information on Automake.
The book GNU Autoconf, Automake and Libtool1 describes the complete GNU build environment. You can also find the entire book on-line.
Next: Setup, Previous: The GNU Build System, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
configure
ScriptsThe configuration scripts that Autoconf produces are by convention
called configure
. When run, configure
creates several
files, replacing configuration parameters in them with appropriate
values. The files that configure
creates are:
#define
directives (see Configuration Headers);
configure
makes a mistake.
To create a configure
script with Autoconf, you need to write an
Autoconf input file configure.ac (or configure.in) and run
autoconf
on it. If you write your own feature tests to
supplement those that come with Autoconf, you might also write files
called aclocal.m4 and acsite.m4. If you use a C header
file to contain #define
directives, you might also run
autoheader
, and you can distribute the generated file
config.h.in with the package.
Here is a diagram showing how the files that can be used in
configuration are produced. Programs that are executed are suffixed by
‘*’. Optional files are enclosed in square brackets (‘[]’).
autoconf
and autoheader
also read the installed Autoconf
macro files (by reading autoconf.m4).
Files used in preparing a software package for distribution, when using just Autoconf:
your source files --> [autoscan*] --> [configure.scan] --> configure.ac
configure.ac --. | .------> autoconf* -----> configure [aclocal.m4] --+---+ | `-----> [autoheader*] --> [config.h.in] [acsite.m4] ---'
Makefile.in
Additionally, if you use Automake, the following additional productions come into play:
[acinclude.m4] --. | [local macros] --+--> aclocal* --> aclocal.m4 | configure.ac ----'
configure.ac --. +--> automake* --> Makefile.in Makefile.am ---'
Files used in configuring a software package:
.-------------> [config.cache] configure* ------------+-------------> config.log | [config.h.in] -. v .-> [config.h] -. +--> config.status* -+ +--> make* Makefile.in ---' `-> Makefile ---'
• Writing Autoconf Input | What to put in an Autoconf input file | |
• autoscan Invocation | Semi-automatic configure.ac writing | |
• ifnames Invocation | Listing the conditionals in source code | |
• autoconf Invocation | How to create configuration scripts | |
• autoreconf Invocation | Remaking multiple configure scripts
|
Next: autoscan Invocation, Up: Making configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
To produce a configure
script for a software package, create a
file called configure.ac that contains invocations of the
Autoconf macros that test the system features your package needs or can
use. Autoconf macros already exist to check for many features; see
Existing Tests, for their descriptions. For most other features,
you can use Autoconf template macros to produce custom checks; see
Writing Tests, for information about them. For especially tricky
or specialized features, configure.ac might need to contain some
hand-crafted shell commands; see Portable Shell
Programming. The autoscan
program can give you a good start
in writing configure.ac (see autoscan Invocation, for more
information).
Previous versions of Autoconf promoted the name configure.in,
which is somewhat ambiguous (the tool needed to process this file is not
described by its extension), and introduces a slight confusion with
config.h.in and so on (for which ‘.in’ means “to be
processed by configure
”). Using configure.ac is now
preferred.
• Shell Script Compiler | Autoconf as solution of a problem | |
• Autoconf Language | Programming in Autoconf | |
• Autoconf Input Layout | Standard organization of configure.ac |
Next: Autoconf Language, Up: Writing Autoconf Input [Contents][Index]
Just as for any other computer language, in order to properly program configure.ac in Autoconf you must understand what problem the language tries to address and how it does so.
The problem Autoconf addresses is that the world is a mess. After all,
you are using Autoconf in order to have your package compile easily on
all sorts of different systems, some of them being extremely hostile.
Autoconf itself bears the price for these differences: configure
must run on all those systems, and thus configure
must limit itself
to their lowest common denominator of features.
Naturally, you might then think of shell scripts; who needs
autoconf
? A set of properly written shell functions is enough to
make it easy to write configure
scripts by hand. Sigh!
Unfortunately, even in 2008, where shells without any function support are
far and few between, there are pitfalls to avoid when making use of them.
Also, finding a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions is not trivial,
even though there is almost always one on interesting porting targets.
So, what is really needed is some kind of compiler, autoconf
,
that takes an Autoconf program, configure.ac, and transforms it
into a portable shell script, configure
.
How does autoconf
perform this task?
There are two obvious possibilities: creating a brand new language or
extending an existing one. The former option is attractive: all
sorts of optimizations could easily be implemented in the compiler and
many rigorous checks could be performed on the Autoconf program
(e.g., rejecting any non-portable construct). Alternatively, you can
extend an existing language, such as the sh
(Bourne shell)
language.
Autoconf does the latter: it is a layer on top of sh
. It was
therefore most convenient to implement autoconf
as a macro
expander: a program that repeatedly performs macro expansions on
text input, replacing macro calls with macro bodies and producing a pure
sh
script in the end. Instead of implementing a dedicated
Autoconf macro expander, it is natural to use an existing
general-purpose macro language, such as M4, and implement the extensions
as a set of M4 macros.
Next: Autoconf Input Layout, Previous: Shell Script Compiler, Up: Writing Autoconf Input [Contents][Index]
The Autoconf language differs from many other computer languages because it treats actual code the same as plain text. Whereas in C, for instance, data and instructions have different syntactic status, in Autoconf their status is rigorously the same. Therefore, we need a means to distinguish literal strings from text to be expanded: quotation.
When calling macros that take arguments, there must not be any white space between the macro name and the open parenthesis.
AC_INIT ([oops], [1.0]) # incorrect AC_INIT([hello], [1.0]) # good
Arguments should be enclosed within the quote characters ‘[’ and ‘]’, and be separated by commas. Any leading blanks or newlines in arguments are ignored, unless they are quoted. You should always quote an argument that might contain a macro name, comma, parenthesis, or a leading blank or newline. This rule applies recursively for every macro call, including macros called from other macros. For more details on quoting rules, see Programming in M4.
For instance:
AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], [1], [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])], [AC_MSG_ERROR([sorry, can't do anything for you])])
is quoted properly. You may safely simplify its quotation to:
AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], 1, [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])], [AC_MSG_ERROR([sorry, can't do anything for you])])
because ‘1’ cannot contain a macro call. Here, the argument of
AC_MSG_ERROR
must be quoted; otherwise, its comma would be
interpreted as an argument separator. Also, the second and third arguments
of ‘AC_CHECK_HEADER’ must be quoted, since they contain
macro calls. The three arguments ‘HAVE_STDIO_H’, ‘stdio.h’,
and ‘Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.’ do not need quoting, but
if you unwisely defined a macro with a name like ‘Define’ or
‘stdio’ then they would need quoting. Cautious Autoconf users
would keep the quotes, but many Autoconf users find such precautions
annoying, and would rewrite the example as follows:
AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h, [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1, [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])], [AC_MSG_ERROR([sorry, can't do anything for you])])
This is safe, so long as you adopt good naming conventions and do not define macros with names like ‘HAVE_STDIO_H’, ‘stdio’, or ‘h’. Though it is also safe here to omit the quotes around ‘Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.’ this is not recommended, as message strings are more likely to inadvertently contain commas.
The following example is wrong and dangerous, as it is underquoted:
AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1, Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.), AC_MSG_ERROR([sorry, can't do anything for you]))
In other cases, you may have to use text that also resembles a macro
call. You must quote that text even when it is not passed as a macro
argument. For example, these two approaches in configure.ac
(quoting just the potential problems, or quoting the entire line) will
protect your script in case autoconf ever adds a macro AC_DC
:
echo "Hard rock was here! --[AC_DC]" [echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"]
which results in this text in configure:
echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC" echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
When you use the same text in a macro argument, you must therefore have an extra quotation level (since one is stripped away by the macro substitution). In general, then, it is a good idea to use double quoting for all literal string arguments, either around just the problematic portions, or over the entire argument:
AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC] stinks --Iron Maiden]) AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
However, the above example triggers a warning about a possibly
unexpanded macro when running autoconf
, because it collides
with the namespace of macros reserved for the Autoconf language. To be
really safe, you can use additional escaping (either a quadrigraph, or
creative shell constructs) to silence that particular warning:
echo "Hard rock was here! --AC""_DC" AC_MSG_WARN([[AC@&t@_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
You are now able to understand one of the constructs of Autoconf that has been continually misunderstood... The rule of thumb is that whenever you expect macro expansion, expect quote expansion; i.e., expect one level of quotes to be lost. For instance:
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(AC_LANG_SOURCE([char b[10];]), [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
is incorrect: here, the first argument of AC_LANG_SOURCE
is
‘char b[10];’ and is expanded once, which results in
‘char b10;’; and the AC_LANG_SOURCE
is also expanded prior
to being passed to AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
. (There was an idiom common
in Autoconf’s past to
address this issue via the M4 changequote
primitive, but do not
use it!) Let’s take a closer look: the author meant the first argument
to be understood as a literal, and therefore it must be quoted twice;
likewise, the intermediate AC_LANG_SOURCE
macro should be quoted
once so that it is only expanded after the rest of the body of
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
is in place:
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[char b[10];]])], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
Voilà, you actually produce ‘char b[10];’ this time!
On the other hand, descriptions (e.g., the last parameter of
AC_DEFINE
or AS_HELP_STRING
) are not literals—they
are subject to line breaking, for example—and should not be double quoted.
Even if these descriptions are short and are not actually broken, double
quoting them yields weird results.
Some macros take optional arguments, which this documentation represents as [arg] (not to be confused with the quote characters). You may just leave them empty, or use ‘[]’ to make the emptiness of the argument explicit, or you may simply omit the trailing commas. The three lines below are equivalent:
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h], [], [], []) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h],,,) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h])
It is best to put each macro call on its own line in
configure.ac. Most of the macros don’t add extra newlines; they
rely on the newline after the macro call to terminate the commands.
This approach makes the generated configure
script a little
easier to read by not inserting lots of blank lines. It is generally
safe to set shell variables on the same line as a macro call, because
the shell allows assignments without intervening newlines.
You can include comments in configure.ac files by starting them with the ‘#’. For example, it is helpful to begin configure.ac files with a line like this:
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
Previous: Autoconf Language, Up: Writing Autoconf Input [Contents][Index]
The order in which configure.ac calls the Autoconf macros is not
important, with a few exceptions. Every configure.ac must
contain a call to AC_INIT
before the checks, and a call to
AC_OUTPUT
at the end (see Output). Additionally, some macros
rely on other macros having been called first, because they check
previously set values of some variables to decide what to do. These
macros are noted in the individual descriptions (see Existing Tests), and they also warn you when configure
is created if they
are called out of order.
To encourage consistency, here is a suggested order for calling the Autoconf macros. Generally speaking, the things near the end of this list are those that could depend on things earlier in it. For example, library functions could be affected by types and libraries.
Autoconf requirementsAC_INIT(package, version, bug-report-address)
information on the package checks for programs checks for libraries checks for header files checks for types checks for structures checks for compiler characteristics checks for library functions checks for system servicesAC_CONFIG_FILES([file…])
AC_OUTPUT
Next: ifnames Invocation, Previous: Writing Autoconf Input, Up: Making configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
autoscan
to Create configure.acThe autoscan
program can help you create and/or maintain a
configure.ac file for a software package. autoscan
examines source files in the directory tree rooted at a directory given
as a command line argument, or the current directory if none is given.
It searches the source files for common portability problems and creates
a file configure.scan which is a preliminary configure.ac
for that package, and checks a possibly existing configure.ac for
completeness.
When using autoscan
to create a configure.ac, you
should manually examine configure.scan before renaming it to
configure.ac; it probably needs some adjustments.
Occasionally, autoscan
outputs a macro in the wrong order
relative to another macro, so that autoconf
produces a warning;
you need to move such macros manually. Also, if you want the package to
use a configuration header file, you must add a call to
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
(see Configuration Headers). You might
also have to change or add some #if
directives to your program in
order to make it work with Autoconf (see ifnames Invocation, for
information about a program that can help with that job).
When using autoscan
to maintain a configure.ac, simply
consider adding its suggestions. The file autoscan.log
contains detailed information on why a macro is requested.
autoscan
uses several data files (installed along with Autoconf)
to determine which macros to output when it finds particular symbols in
a package’s source files. These data files all have the same format:
each line consists of a symbol, one or more blanks, and the Autoconf macro to
output if that symbol is encountered. Lines starting with ‘#’ are
comments.
autoscan
accepts the following options:
Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
Print the names of the files it examines and the potentially interesting symbols it finds in them. This output can be voluminous.
Don’t remove temporary files.
Append dir to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
Prepend dir to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
Next: autoconf Invocation, Previous: autoscan Invocation, Up: Making configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
ifnames
to List Conditionalsifnames
can help you write configure.ac for a software
package. It prints the identifiers that the package already uses in C
preprocessor conditionals. If a package has already been set up to have
some portability, ifnames
can thus help you figure out what its
configure
needs to check for. It may help fill in some gaps in a
configure.ac generated by autoscan
(see autoscan Invocation).
ifnames
scans all of the C source files named on the command line
(or the standard input, if none are given) and writes to the standard
output a sorted list of all the identifiers that appear in those files
in #if
, #elif
, #ifdef
, or #ifndef
directives. It prints each identifier on a line, followed by a
space-separated list of the files in which that identifier occurs.
ifnames
accepts the following options:
Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
Next: autoreconf Invocation, Previous: ifnames Invocation, Up: Making configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
autoconf
to Create configure
To create configure
from configure.ac, run the
autoconf
program with no arguments. autoconf
processes
configure.ac with the M4 macro processor, using the
Autoconf macros. If you give autoconf
an argument, it reads that
file instead of configure.ac and writes the configuration script
to the standard output instead of to configure
. If you give
autoconf
the argument -, it reads from the standard
input instead of configure.ac and writes the configuration script
to the standard output.
The Autoconf macros are defined in several files. Some of the files are
distributed with Autoconf; autoconf
reads them first. Then it
looks for the optional file acsite.m4 in the directory that
contains the distributed Autoconf macro files, and for the optional file
aclocal.m4 in the current directory. Those files can contain
your site’s or the package’s own Autoconf macro definitions
(see Writing Autoconf Macros, for more information). If a macro is
defined in more than one of the files that autoconf
reads, the
last definition it reads overrides the earlier ones.
autoconf
accepts the following options:
Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
Report processing steps.
Don’t remove the temporary files.
Remake configure even if newer than its input files.
Append dir to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
Prepend dir to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
Save output (script or trace) to file. The file - stands for the standard output.
Report the warnings related to category (which can actually be a
comma separated list). See Reporting Messages, macro
AC_DIAGNOSE
, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
values include:
report all the warnings
report none
treats warnings as errors
disable warnings falling into category
Warnings about ‘syntax’ are enabled by default, and the environment
variable WARNINGS
, a comma separated list of categories, is
honored as well. Passing -W category actually behaves as if
you had passed --warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,category. To
disable the defaults and WARNINGS
, and then
enable warnings about obsolete constructs, use -W
none,obsolete.
Because autoconf
uses autom4te
behind the scenes, it
displays a back trace for errors, but not for warnings; if you want
them, just pass -W error. See autom4te Invocation, for some
examples.
Do not create the configure
script, but list the calls to
macro according to the format. Multiple --trace
arguments can be used to list several macros. Multiple --trace
arguments for a single macro are not cumulative; instead, you should
just make format as long as needed.
The format is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and several special escape codes. It defaults to ‘$f:$l:$n:$%’; see autom4te Invocation, for details on the format.
By default, --trace does not trace the initialization of the
Autoconf macros (typically the AC_DEFUN
definitions). This
results in a noticeable speedup, but can be disabled by this option.
It is often necessary to check the content of a configure.ac file, but parsing it yourself is extremely fragile and error-prone. It is suggested that you rely upon --trace to scan configure.ac. For instance, to find the list of variables that are substituted, use:
$ autoconf -t AC_SUBST configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_C configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_N configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_T More traces deleted
The example below highlights the difference between ‘$@’, ‘$*’, and ‘$%’.
$ cat configure.ac AC_DEFINE(This, is, [an [example]]) $ autoconf -t 'AC_DEFINE:@: $@ *: $* %: $%' @: [This],[is],[an [example]] *: This,is,an [example] %: This:is:an [example]
The format gives you a lot of freedom:
$ autoconf -t 'AC_SUBST:$$ac_subst{"$1"} = "$f:$l";' $ac_subst{"ECHO_C"} = "configure.ac:2"; $ac_subst{"ECHO_N"} = "configure.ac:2"; $ac_subst{"ECHO_T"} = "configure.ac:2"; More traces deleted
A long separator can be used to improve the readability of complex structures, and to ease their parsing (for instance when no single character is suitable as a separator):
$ autoconf -t 'AM_MISSING_PROG:${|:::::|}*' ACLOCAL|:::::|aclocal|:::::|$missing_dir AUTOCONF|:::::|autoconf|:::::|$missing_dir AUTOMAKE|:::::|automake|:::::|$missing_dir More traces deleted
Previous: autoconf Invocation, Up: Making configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
autoreconf
to Update configure
ScriptsInstalling the various components of the GNU Build System can be
tedious: running autopoint
for Gettext, automake
for
Makefile.in etc. in each directory. It may be needed either
because some tools such as automake
have been updated on your
system, or because some of the sources such as configure.ac have
been updated, or finally, simply in order to install the GNU Build
System in a fresh tree.
autoreconf
runs autoconf
, autoheader
,
aclocal
, automake
, libtoolize
, and
autopoint
(when appropriate) repeatedly to update the
GNU Build System in the specified directories and their
subdirectories (see Subdirectories). By default, it only remakes
those files that are older than their sources. The environment variables
AUTOM4TE
, AUTOCONF
, AUTOHEADER
, AUTOMAKE
,
ACLOCAL
, AUTOPOINT
, LIBTOOLIZE
, M4
, and MAKE
may be used to override the invocation of the respective tools.
If you install a new version of some tool, you can make
autoreconf
remake all of the files by giving it the
--force option.
See Automatic Remaking, for Make rules to automatically
rebuild configure
scripts when their source files change. That
method handles the timestamps of configuration header templates
properly, but does not pass --autoconf-dir=dir or
--localdir=dir.
Gettext supplies the autopoint
command to add translation
infrastructure to a source package. If you use autopoint
,
your configure.ac should invoke both AM_GNU_GETTEXT
and
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(gettext-version)
. See Invoking the autopoint
Program in GNU gettext
utilities, for further details.
autoreconf
accepts the following options:
Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
Print the name of each directory autoreconf
examines and the
commands it runs. If given two or more times, pass --verbose
to subordinate tools that support it.
Don’t remove the temporary files.
Remake even configure scripts and configuration headers that are newer than their input files (configure.ac and, if present, aclocal.m4).
Install the missing auxiliary files in the package. By default, files are copied; this can be changed with --symlink.
If deemed appropriate, this option triggers calls to ‘automake --add-missing’, ‘libtoolize’, ‘autopoint’, etc.
Do not rebuild files in subdirectories to configure (see Subdirectories,
macro AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS
).
When used with --install, install symbolic links to the missing auxiliary files instead of copying them.
When the directories were configured, update the configuration by running ‘./config.status --recheck && ./config.status’, and then run ‘make’.
Append dir to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
Passed on to aclocal
, autoconf
and
autoheader
internally.
Prepend dir to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
Passed on to autoconf
and autoheader
internally.
Report the warnings related to category (which can actually be a comma separated list).
related to cross compilation issues.
report the uses of obsolete constructs.
portability issues
dubious syntactic constructs.
report all the warnings
report none
treats warnings as errors
disable warnings falling into category
Warnings about ‘syntax’ are enabled by default, and the environment
variable WARNINGS
, a comma separated list of categories, is
honored as well. Passing -W category actually behaves as if
you had passed --warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,category. To
disable the defaults and WARNINGS
, and then
enable warnings about obsolete constructs, use -W
none,obsolete.
If you want autoreconf
to pass flags that are not listed here
on to aclocal
, set ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS
in your Makefile.am.
Due to a limitation in the Autoconf implementation these flags currently
must be set on a single line in Makefile.am, without any
backslash-newlines.
Next: Existing Tests, Previous: Making configure Scripts, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Autoconf-generated configure
scripts need some information about
how to initialize, such as how to find the package’s source files and
about the output files to produce. The following sections describe the
initialization and the creation of output files.
• Initializing configure | Option processing etc. | |
• Versioning | Dealing with Autoconf versions | |
• Notices | Copyright, version numbers in configure
| |
• Input | Where Autoconf should find files | |
• Output | Outputting results from the configuration | |
• Configuration Actions | Preparing the output based on results | |
• Configuration Files | Creating output files | |
• Makefile Substitutions | Using output variables in makefiles | |
• Configuration Headers | Creating a configuration header file | |
• Configuration Commands | Running arbitrary instantiation commands | |
• Configuration Links | Links depending on the configuration | |
• Subdirectories | Configuring independent packages together | |
• Default Prefix | Changing the default installation prefix |
Next: Versioning, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
configure
Every configure
script must call AC_INIT
before doing
anything else that produces output. Calls to silent macros, such as
AC_DEFUN
, may also occur prior to AC_INIT
, although these
are generally used via aclocal.m4, since that is implicitly
included before the start of configure.ac. The only other
required macro is AC_OUTPUT
(see Output).
Process any command-line arguments and perform initialization and verification.
Set the name of the package and its version. These are
typically used in --version support, including that of
configure
. The optional argument bug-report should be
the email to which users should send bug reports. The package
tarname differs from package: the latter designates the full
package name (e.g., ‘GNU Autoconf’), while the former is meant for
distribution tar ball names (e.g., ‘autoconf’). It defaults to
package with ‘GNU ’ stripped, lower-cased, and all characters
other than alphanumerics and underscores are changed to ‘-’. If
provided, url should be the home page for the package.
The arguments of AC_INIT
must be static, i.e., there should not
be any shell computation, quotes, or newlines, but they can be computed
by M4. This is because the package information strings are expanded at
M4 time into several contexts, and must give the same text at shell time
whether used in single-quoted strings, double-quoted strings, quoted
here-documents, or unquoted here-documents. It is permissible to use
m4_esyscmd
or m4_esyscmd_s
for computing a version string
that changes with every commit to a version control system (in fact,
Autoconf does just that, for all builds of the development tree made
between releases).
The following M4 macros (e.g., AC_PACKAGE_NAME
), output variables
(e.g., PACKAGE_NAME
), and preprocessor symbols (e.g.,
PACKAGE_NAME
), are defined by AC_INIT
:
AC_PACKAGE_NAME
, PACKAGE_NAME
Exactly package.
AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME
, PACKAGE_TARNAME
Exactly tarname, possibly generated from package.
AC_PACKAGE_VERSION
, PACKAGE_VERSION
Exactly version.
AC_PACKAGE_STRING
, PACKAGE_STRING
Exactly ‘package version’.
AC_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
, PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
Exactly bug-report, if one was provided. Typically an email address, or URL to a bug management web page.
AC_PACKAGE_URL
, PACKAGE_URL
Exactly url, if one was provided. If url was empty, but package begins with ‘GNU ’, then this defaults to ‘http://www.gnu.org/software/tarname/’, otherwise, no URL is assumed.
If your configure
script does its own option processing, it
should inspect ‘$@’ or ‘$*’ immediately after calling
AC_INIT
, because other Autoconf macros liberally use the
set
command to process strings, and this has the side effect
of updating ‘$@’ and ‘$*’. However, we suggest that you use
standard macros like AC_ARG_ENABLE
instead of attempting to
implement your own option processing. See Site Configuration.
Next: Notices, Previous: Initializing configure, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
The following optional macros can be used to help choose the minimum version of Autoconf that can successfully compile a given configure.ac.
Ensure that a recent enough version of Autoconf is being used. If the
version of Autoconf being used to create configure
is
earlier than version, print an error message to the standard
error output and exit with failure (exit status is 63). For example:
AC_PREREQ([2.69])
This macro may be used before AC_INIT
.
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It identifies the version
of Autoconf that is currently parsing the input file, in a format
suitable for m4_version_compare
(see m4_version_compare); in
other words, for this release of Autoconf, its value is
‘2.69’. One potential use of this macro is for writing
conditional fallbacks based on when a feature was added to Autoconf,
rather than using AC_PREREQ
to require the newer version of
Autoconf. However, remember that the Autoconf philosophy favors feature
checks over version checks.
You should not expand this macro directly; use
‘m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])’ instead. This is because some
users might
have a beta version of Autoconf installed, with arbitrary letters
included in its version string. This means it is possible for the
version string to contain the name of a defined macro, such that
expanding AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION
would trigger the expansion of that
macro during rescanning, and change the version string to be different
than what you intended to check.
Next: Input, Previous: Versioning, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
configure
The following macros manage version numbers for configure
scripts. Using them is optional.
State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation’s copyright on
the Autoconf macros, parts of your configure
are covered by the
copyright-notice.
The copyright-notice shows up in both the head of
configure
and in ‘configure --version’.
Copy revision stamp revision-info into the configure
script, with any dollar signs or double-quotes removed. This macro lets
you put a revision stamp from configure.ac into configure
without RCS or CVS changing it when you check in
configure
. That way, you can determine easily which revision of
configure.ac a particular configure
corresponds to.
For example, this line in configure.ac:
AC_REVISION([$Revision: 1.30 $])
produces this in configure
:
#!/bin/sh # From configure.ac Revision: 1.30
configure
Inputunique-file-in-source-dir is some file that is in the package’s
source directory; configure
checks for this file’s existence to
make sure that the directory that it is told contains the source code in
fact does. Occasionally people accidentally specify the wrong directory
with --srcdir; this is a safety check. See configure Invocation, for more information.
Packages that do manual configuration or use the install
program
might need to tell configure
where to find some other shell
scripts by calling AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR
, though the default places
it looks are correct for most cases.
Use the auxiliary build tools (e.g., install-sh,
config.sub, config.guess, Cygnus configure
,
Automake and Libtool scripts, etc.) that are in directory dir.
These are auxiliary files used in configuration. dir can be
either absolute or relative to srcdir. The default is
srcdir or srcdir/.. or
srcdir/../.., whichever is the first that contains
install-sh. The other files are not checked for, so that using
AC_PROG_INSTALL
does not automatically require distributing the
other auxiliary files. It checks for install.sh also, but that
name is obsolete because some make
have a rule that creates
install from it if there is no makefile.
The auxiliary directory is commonly named build-aux. If you need portability to DOS variants, do not name the auxiliary directory aux. See File System Conventions.
Declares that file is expected in the directory defined above. In
Autoconf proper, this macro does nothing: its sole purpose is to be
traced by third-party tools to produce a list of expected auxiliary
files. For instance it is called by macros like AC_PROG_INSTALL
(see Particular Programs) or AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
(see Canonicalizing) to register the auxiliary files they need.
Similarly, packages that use aclocal
should declare where
local macros can be found using AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR
.
Specify dir as the location of additional local Autoconf macros.
This macro is intended for use by future versions of commands like
autoreconf
that trace macro calls. It should be called
directly from configure.ac so that tools that install macros for
aclocal
can find the macros’ declarations.
Note that if you use aclocal
from Automake to generate
aclocal.m4, you must also set ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I
dir
in your top-level Makefile.am. Due to a limitation in
the Autoconf implementation of autoreconf
, these include
directives currently must be set on a single line in Makefile.am,
without any backslash-newlines.
Next: Configuration Actions, Previous: Input, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
Every Autoconf script, e.g., configure.ac, should finish by
calling AC_OUTPUT
. That is the macro that generates and runs
config.status, which in turn creates the makefiles and any
other files resulting from configuration. This is the only required
macro besides AC_INIT
(see Input).
Generate config.status and launch it. Call this macro once, at the end of configure.ac.
config.status performs all the configuration actions: all the
output files (see Configuration Files, macro
AC_CONFIG_FILES
), header files (see Configuration Headers,
macro AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
), commands (see Configuration Commands, macro AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
), links (see
Configuration Links, macro AC_CONFIG_LINKS
), subdirectories
to configure (see Subdirectories, macro AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS
)
are honored.
The location of your AC_OUTPUT
invocation is the exact point
where configuration actions are taken: any code afterwards is
executed by configure
once config.status
was run. If
you want to bind actions to config.status
itself
(independently of whether configure
is being run), see
Running Arbitrary Configuration
Commands.
Historically, the usage of AC_OUTPUT
was somewhat different.
See Obsolete Macros, for a description of the arguments that
AC_OUTPUT
used to support.
If you run make
in subdirectories, you should run it using the
make
variable MAKE
. Most versions of make
set
MAKE
to the name of the make
program plus any options it
was given. (But many do not include in it the values of any variables
set on the command line, so those are not passed on automatically.)
Some old versions of make
do not set this variable. The
following macro allows you to use it even with those versions.
If the Make command, $MAKE
if set or else ‘make’, predefines
$(MAKE)
, define output variable SET_MAKE
to be empty.
Otherwise, define SET_MAKE
to a macro definition that sets
$(MAKE)
, such as ‘MAKE=make’. Calls AC_SUBST
for
SET_MAKE
.
If you use this macro, place a line like this in each Makefile.in
that runs MAKE
on other directories:
@SET_MAKE@
Next: Configuration Files, Previous: Output, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
configure is designed so that it appears to do everything itself, but there is actually a hidden slave: config.status. configure is in charge of examining your system, but it is config.status that actually takes the proper actions based on the results of configure. The most typical task of config.status is to instantiate files.
This section describes the common behavior of the four standard
instantiating macros: AC_CONFIG_FILES
, AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
,
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
and AC_CONFIG_LINKS
. They all
have this prototype:
AC_CONFIG_ITEMS(tag…, [commands], [init-cmds])
where the arguments are:
A blank-or-newline-separated list of tags, which are typically the names of the files to instantiate.
You are encouraged to use literals as tags. In particular, you should avoid
… && my_foos="$my_foos fooo" … && my_foos="$my_foos foooo" AC_CONFIG_ITEMS([$my_foos])
and use this instead:
… && AC_CONFIG_ITEMS([fooo]) … && AC_CONFIG_ITEMS([foooo])
The macros AC_CONFIG_FILES
and AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
use
special tag values: they may have the form ‘output’ or
‘output:inputs’. The file output is instantiated
from its templates, inputs (defaulting to ‘output.in’).
‘AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk])’, for example, asks for the creation of the file Makefile that contains the expansion of the output variables in the concatenation of boiler/top.mk and boiler/bot.mk.
The special value ‘-’ might be used to denote the standard output when used in output, or the standard input when used in the inputs. You most probably don’t need to use this in configure.ac, but it is convenient when using the command line interface of ./config.status, see config.status Invocation, for more details.
The inputs may be absolute or relative file names. In the latter case they are first looked for in the build tree, and then in the source tree. Input files should be text files, and a line length below 2000 bytes should be safe.
Shell commands output literally into config.status, and associated with a tag that the user can use to tell config.status which commands to run. The commands are run each time a tag request is given to config.status, typically each time the file tag is created.
The variables set during the execution of configure
are
not available here: you first need to set them via the
init-cmds. Nonetheless the following variables are precomputed:
srcdir
The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
directory is the top build directory. This
is what the configure
option --srcdir sets.
ac_top_srcdir
The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working directory is the current build directory.
ac_top_build_prefix
The name of the top build directory, assuming that the working directory is the current build directory. It can be empty, or else ends with a slash, so that you may concatenate it.
ac_srcdir
The name of the corresponding source directory, assuming that the working directory is the current build directory.
tmp
The name of a temporary directory within the build tree, which you
can use if you need to create additional temporary files. The
directory is cleaned up when config.status
is done or
interrupted. Please use package-specific file name prefixes to
avoid clashing with files that config.status
may use
internally.
The current directory refers to the directory (or pseudo-directory) containing the input part of tags. For instance, running
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([deep/dir/out:in/in.in], […], […])
with --srcdir=../package produces the following values:
# Argument of --srcdir srcdir='../package' # Reversing deep/dir ac_top_build_prefix='../../' # Concatenation of $ac_top_build_prefix and srcdir ac_top_srcdir='../../../package' # Concatenation of $ac_top_srcdir and deep/dir ac_srcdir='../../../package/deep/dir'
independently of ‘in/in.in’.
Shell commands output unquoted near the beginning of
config.status, and executed each time config.status runs
(regardless of the tag). Because they are unquoted, for example,
‘$var’ is output as the value of var
. init-cmds
is typically used by configure to give config.status some
variables it needs to run the commands.
You should be extremely cautious in your variable names: all the init-cmds share the same name space and may overwrite each other in unpredictable ways. Sorry...
All these macros can be called multiple times, with different tag values, of course!
Next: Makefile Substitutions, Previous: Configuration Actions, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
Be sure to read the previous section, Configuration Actions.
Make AC_OUTPUT
create each file by copying an input
file (by default file.in), substituting the output variable
values.
This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see Configuration Actions. See Makefile Substitutions, for more information on using
output variables. See Setting Output Variables, for more information
on creating them. This macro creates the directory that the file is in
if it doesn’t exist. Usually, makefiles are created this way,
but other files, such as .gdbinit, can be specified as well.
Typical calls to AC_CONFIG_FILES
look like this:
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile man/Makefile X/Imakefile]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([autoconf], [chmod +x autoconf])
You can override an input file name by appending to file a colon-separated list of input files. Examples:
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk] [lib/Makefile:boiler/lib.mk])
Doing this allows you to keep your file names acceptable to DOS variants, or to prepend and/or append boilerplate to the file.
Next: Configuration Headers, Previous: Configuration Files, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
Each subdirectory in a distribution that contains something to be
compiled or installed should come with a file Makefile.in, from
which configure
creates a file Makefile in that directory.
To create Makefile, configure
performs a simple variable
substitution, replacing occurrences of ‘@variable@’ in
Makefile.in with the value that configure
has determined
for that variable. Variables that are substituted into output files in
this way are called output variables. They are ordinary shell
variables that are set in configure
. To make configure
substitute a particular variable into the output files, the macro
AC_SUBST
must be called with that variable name as an argument.
Any occurrences of ‘@variable@’ for other variables are
left unchanged. See Setting Output Variables, for more information
on creating output variables with AC_SUBST
.
A software package that uses a configure
script should be
distributed with a file Makefile.in, but no makefile; that
way, the user has to properly configure the package for the local system
before compiling it.
See Makefile Conventions in The GNU Coding Standards, for more information on what to put in makefiles.
• Preset Output Variables | Output variables that are always set | |
• Installation Directory Variables | Other preset output variables | |
• Changed Directory Variables | Warnings about datarootdir | |
• Build Directories | Supporting multiple concurrent compiles | |
• Automatic Remaking | Makefile rules for configuring |
Next: Installation Directory Variables, Up: Makefile Substitutions [Contents][Index]
Some output variables are preset by the Autoconf macros. Some of the
Autoconf macros set additional output variables, which are mentioned in
the descriptions for those macros. See Output Variable Index, for a
complete list of output variables. See Installation Directory Variables, for the list of the preset ones related to installation
directories. Below are listed the other preset ones, many of which are
precious variables (see Setting Output Variables,
AC_ARG_VAR
).
The preset variables which are available during config.status
(see Configuration Actions) may also be used during
configure
tests. For example, it is permissible to reference
‘$srcdir’ when constructing a list of directories to pass via
option -I during a compiler feature check. When used in this
manner, coupled with the fact that configure
is always run
from the top build directory, it is sufficient to use just
‘$srcdir’ instead of ‘$top_srcdir’.
Debugging and optimization options for the C compiler. If it is not set
in the environment when configure
runs, the default value is set
when you call AC_PROG_CC
(or empty if you don’t). configure
uses this variable when compiling or linking programs to test for C features.
If a compiler option affects only the behavior of the preprocessor
(e.g., -Dname), it should be put into CPPFLAGS
instead. If it affects only the linker (e.g., -Ldirectory),
it should be put into LDFLAGS
instead. If it
affects only the compiler proper, CFLAGS
is the natural home for
it. If an option affects multiple phases of the compiler, though,
matters get tricky. One approach to put such options directly into
CC
, e.g., CC='gcc -m64'
. Another is to put them into both
CPPFLAGS
and LDFLAGS
, but not into CFLAGS
.
However, remember that some Makefile variables are reserved by
the GNU Coding Standards for the use of the “user”—the person
building the package. For instance, CFLAGS
is one such variable.
Sometimes package developers are tempted to set user variables such as
CFLAGS
because it appears to make their job easier. However, the
package itself should never set a user variable, particularly not to
include switches that are required for proper compilation of the
package. Since these variables are documented as being for the package
builder, that person rightfully expects to be able to override any of
these variables at build time. If the package developer needs to add
switches without interfering with the user, the proper way to do that is
to introduce an additional variable. Automake makes this easy by
introducing AM_CFLAGS
(see Flag Variables Ordering in GNU Automake), but the concept is the same even if
Automake is not used.
A comment saying that the file was generated automatically by
configure
and giving the name of the input file.
AC_OUTPUT
adds a comment line containing this variable to the top
of every makefile it creates. For other files, you should
reference this variable in a comment at the top of each input file. For
example, an input shell script should begin like this:
#!/bin/sh # @configure_input@
The presence of that line also reminds people editing the file that it
needs to be processed by configure
in order to be used.
Preprocessor options for the C, C++, Objective C, and Objective C++
preprocessors and compilers. If
it is not set in the environment when configure
runs, the default
value is empty. configure
uses this variable when preprocessing
or compiling programs to test for C, C++, Objective C, and Objective C++
features.
This variable’s contents should contain options like -I,
-D, and -U that affect only the behavior of the
preprocessor. Please see the explanation of CFLAGS
for what you
can do if an option affects other phases of the compiler as well.
Currently, configure
always links as part of a single
invocation of the compiler that also preprocesses and compiles, so it
uses this variable also when linking programs. However, it is unwise to
depend on this behavior because the GNU Coding Standards do
not require it and many packages do not use CPPFLAGS
when linking
programs.
See Special Chars in Variables, for limitations that CPPFLAGS
might run into.
Debugging and optimization options for the C++ compiler. It acts like
CFLAGS
, but for C++ instead of C.
-D options to pass to the C compiler. If AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
is called, configure
replaces ‘@DEFS@’ with
-DHAVE_CONFIG_H instead (see Configuration Headers). This
variable is not defined while configure
is performing its tests,
only when creating the output files. See Setting Output Variables, for
how to check the results of previous tests.
How does one suppress the trailing newline from echo
for
question-answer message pairs? These variables provide a way:
echo $ECHO_N "And the winner is... $ECHO_C" sleep 100000000000 echo "${ECHO_T}dead."
Some old and uncommon echo
implementations offer no means to
achieve this, in which case ECHO_T
is set to tab. You might not
want to use it.
Debugging and optimization options for the Erlang compiler. If it is not set
in the environment when configure
runs, the default value is empty.
configure
uses this variable when compiling
programs to test for Erlang features.
Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran compiler. If it
is not set in the environment when configure
runs, the default
value is set when you call AC_PROG_FC
(or empty if you don’t).
configure
uses this variable when compiling or linking
programs to test for Fortran features.
Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran 77 compiler. If it
is not set in the environment when configure
runs, the default
value is set when you call AC_PROG_F77
(or empty if you don’t).
configure
uses this variable when compiling or linking
programs to test for Fortran 77 features.
Options for the linker. If it is not set
in the environment when configure
runs, the default value is empty.
configure
uses this variable when linking programs to test for
C, C++, Objective C, Objective C++, Fortran, and Go features.
This variable’s contents should contain options like -s and
-L that affect only the behavior of the linker. Please see the
explanation of CFLAGS
for what you can do if an option also
affects other phases of the compiler.
Don’t use this variable to pass library names
(-l) to the linker; use LIBS
instead.
-l options to pass to the linker. The default value is empty,
but some Autoconf macros may prepend extra libraries to this variable if
those libraries are found and provide necessary functions, see
Libraries. configure
uses this variable when linking
programs to test for C, C++, Objective C, Objective C++, Fortran, and Go
features.
Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C compiler. It
acts like CFLAGS
, but for Objective C instead of C.
Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C++ compiler. It
acts like CXXFLAGS
, but for Objective C++ instead of C++.
Debugging and optimization options for the Go compiler. It acts like
CFLAGS
, but for Go instead of C.
Rigorously equal to ‘.’. Added for symmetry only.
Absolute name of builddir
.
The relative name of the top level of the current build tree. In the
top-level directory, this is the same as builddir
.
The relative name of the top level of the current build tree with final
slash if nonempty. This is the same as top_builddir
, except that
it contains zero or more runs of ../
, so it should not be
appended with a slash for concatenation. This helps for make
implementations that otherwise do not treat ./file and file
as equal in the toplevel build directory.
Absolute name of top_builddir
.
The name of the directory that contains the source code for that makefile.
Absolute name of srcdir
.
The name of the top-level source code directory for the
package. In the top-level directory, this is the same as srcdir
.
Absolute name of top_srcdir
.
Next: Changed Directory Variables, Previous: Preset Output Variables, Up: Makefile Substitutions [Contents][Index]
The following variables specify the directories for
package installation, see Variables for
Installation Directories in The GNU Coding
Standards, for more information. Each variable corresponds to an
argument of configure
; trailing slashes are stripped so that
expressions such as ‘${prefix}/lib’ expand with only one slash
between directory names. See the end of this section for
details on when and how to use these variables.
The directory for installing executables that users run.
The directory for installing idiosyncratic read-only architecture-independent data.
The root of the directory tree for read-only architecture-independent data files.
The directory for installing documentation files (other than Info and man).
The directory for installing documentation files in DVI format.
The installation prefix for architecture-dependent files. By default
it’s the same as prefix
. You should avoid installing anything
directly to exec_prefix
. However, the default value for
directories containing architecture-dependent files should be relative
to exec_prefix
.
The directory for installing HTML documentation.
The directory for installing C header files.
The directory for installing documentation in Info format.
The directory for installing object code libraries.
The directory for installing executables that other programs run.
The directory for installing locale-dependent but architecture-independent data, such as message catalogs. This directory usually has a subdirectory per locale.
The directory for installing modifiable single-machine data.
The top-level directory for installing documentation in man format.
The directory for installing C header files for non-GCC compilers.
The directory for installing PDF documentation.
The common installation prefix for all files. If exec_prefix
is defined to a different value, prefix
is used only for
architecture-independent files.
The directory for installing PostScript documentation.
The directory for installing executables that system administrators run.
The directory for installing modifiable architecture-independent data.
The directory for installing read-only single-machine data.
Most of these variables have values that rely on prefix
or
exec_prefix
. It is deliberate that the directory output
variables keep them unexpanded: typically ‘@datarootdir@’ is
replaced by ‘${prefix}/share’, not ‘/usr/local/share’, and
‘@datadir@’ is replaced by ‘${datarootdir}’.
This behavior is mandated by the GNU Coding Standards, so that when the user runs:
she can still specify a different prefix from the one specified to
configure
, in which case, if needed, the package should hard
code dependencies corresponding to the make-specified prefix.
she can specify a different installation location, in which case the package must still depend on the location which was compiled in (i.e., never recompile when ‘make install’ is run). This is an extremely important feature, as many people may decide to install all the files of a package grouped together, and then install links from the final locations to there.
In order to support these features, it is essential that
datarootdir
remains defined as ‘${prefix}/share’,
so that its value can be expanded based
on the current value of prefix
.
A corollary is that you should not use these variables except in
makefiles. For instance, instead of trying to evaluate datadir
in configure and hard-coding it in makefiles using
e.g., ‘AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], ["$datadir"], [Data directory.])’,
you should add
-DDATADIR='$(datadir)' to your makefile’s definition of
CPPFLAGS
(AM_CPPFLAGS
if you are also using Automake).
Similarly, you should not rely on AC_CONFIG_FILES
to replace
bindir
and friends in your shell scripts and other files; instead,
let make
manage their replacement. For instance Autoconf
ships templates of its shell scripts ending with ‘.in’, and uses a
makefile snippet similar to the following to build scripts like
autoheader
and autom4te
:
edit = sed \ -e 's|@bindir[@]|$(bindir)|g' \ -e 's|@pkgdatadir[@]|$(pkgdatadir)|g' \ -e 's|@prefix[@]|$(prefix)|g'
autoheader autom4te: Makefile rm -f $@ $@.tmp srcdir=''; \ test -f ./$@.in || srcdir=$(srcdir)/; \ $(edit) $${srcdir}$@.in >$@.tmp chmod +x $@.tmp chmod a-w $@.tmp mv $@.tmp $@
autoheader: $(srcdir)/autoheader.in autom4te: $(srcdir)/autom4te.in
Some details are noteworthy:
The brackets prevent configure
from replacing
‘@bindir@’ in the Sed expression itself.
Brackets are preferable to a backslash here, since
Posix says ‘\@’ is not portable.
Don’t use ‘@bindir@’! Use the matching makefile variable instead.
The example takes advantage of the variable ‘$(pkgdatadir)’ provided by Automake; it is equivalent to ‘$(datadir)/$(PACKAGE)’.
Don’t use ‘/’ in the Sed expressions that replace file names since most likely the variables you use, such as ‘$(bindir)’, contain ‘/’. Use a shell metacharacter instead, such as ‘|’.
File names, file name components, and the value of VPATH
should
not contain shell metacharacters or white
space. See Special Chars in Variables.
Since edit
uses values that depend on the configuration specific
values (prefix
, etc.) and not only on VERSION
and so forth,
the output depends on Makefile, not configure.ac.
The main rule is generic, and uses ‘$@’ extensively to avoid the need for multiple copies of the rule.
You can’t use them! The above snippet cannot be (portably) rewritten as:
autoconf autoheader: Makefile
.in: rm -f $@ $@.tmp $(edit) $< >$@.tmp chmod +x $@.tmp mv $@.tmp $@
See Single Suffix Rules, for details.
Be sure to specify the name of the source directory, otherwise the package won’t support separated builds.
For the more specific installation of Erlang libraries, the following variables are defined:
The common parent directory of Erlang library installation directories.
This variable is set by calling the AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
macro in configure.ac.
The installation directory for Erlang library library. This variable is set by using the ‘AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR’ macro in configure.ac.
See Erlang Libraries, for details.
Next: Build Directories, Previous: Installation Directory Variables, Up: Makefile Substitutions [Contents][Index]
In Autoconf 2.60, the set of directory variables has changed, and the defaults of some variables have been adjusted (see Installation Directory Variables) to changes in the GNU Coding Standards. Notably, datadir, infodir, and mandir are now expressed in terms of datarootdir. If you are upgrading from an earlier Autoconf version, you may need to adjust your files to ensure that the directory variables are substituted correctly (see Defining Directories), and that a definition of datarootdir is in place. For example, in a Makefile.in, adding
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
is usually sufficient. If you use Automake to create Makefile.in, it will add this for you.
To help with the transition, Autoconf warns about files that seem to use
datarootdir
without defining it. In some cases, it then expands
the value of $datarootdir
in substitutions of the directory
variables. The following example shows such a warning:
$ cat configure.ac AC_INIT AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile]) AC_OUTPUT $ cat Makefile.in prefix = @prefix@ datadir = @datadir@ $ autoconf $ configure configure: creating ./config.status config.status: creating Makefile config.status: WARNING: Makefile.in seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting $ cat Makefile prefix = /usr/local datadir = ${prefix}/share
Usually one can easily change the file to accommodate both older and newer Autoconf releases:
$ cat Makefile.in prefix = @prefix@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ datadir = @datadir@ $ configure configure: creating ./config.status config.status: creating Makefile $ cat Makefile prefix = /usr/local datarootdir = ${prefix}/share datadir = ${datarootdir}
In some cases, however, the checks may not be able to detect that a suitable
initialization of datarootdir
is in place, or they may fail to detect
that such an initialization is necessary in the output file. If, after
auditing your package, there are still spurious configure warnings about
datarootdir
, you may add the line
AC_DEFUN([AC_DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED])
to your configure.ac to disable the warnings. This is an exception
to the usual rule that you should not define a macro whose name begins with
AC_
(see Macro Names).
Next: Automatic Remaking, Previous: Changed Directory Variables, Up: Makefile Substitutions [Contents][Index]
You can support compiling a software package for several architectures simultaneously from the same copy of the source code. The object files for each architecture are kept in their own directory.
To support doing this, make
uses the VPATH
variable to
find the files that are in the source directory. GNU Make
can do this. Most other recent make
programs can do this as
well, though they may have difficulties and it is often simpler to
recommend GNU make
(see VPATH and Make). Older
make
programs do not support VPATH
; when using them, the
source code must be in the same directory as the object files.
If you are using GNU Automake, the remaining details in this
section are already covered for you, based on the contents of your
Makefile.am. But if you are using Autoconf in isolation, then
supporting VPATH
requires the following in your
Makefile.in:
srcdir = @srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@
Do not set VPATH
to the value of another variable (see Variables listed in VPATH.
configure
substitutes the correct value for srcdir
when
it produces Makefile.
Do not use the make
variable $<
, which expands to the
file name of the file in the source directory (found with VPATH
),
except in implicit rules. (An implicit rule is one such as ‘.c.o’,
which tells how to create a .o file from a .c file.) Some
versions of make
do not set $<
in explicit rules; they
expand it to an empty value.
Instead, Make command lines should always refer to source files by prefixing them with ‘$(srcdir)/’. For example:
time.info: time.texinfo $(MAKEINFO) '$(srcdir)/time.texinfo'
Previous: Build Directories, Up: Makefile Substitutions [Contents][Index]
You can put rules like the following in the top-level Makefile.in for a package to automatically update the configuration information when you change the configuration files. This example includes all of the optional files, such as aclocal.m4 and those related to configuration header files. Omit from the Makefile.in rules for any of these files that your package does not use.
The ‘$(srcdir)/’ prefix is included because of limitations in the
VPATH
mechanism.
The stamp- files are necessary because the timestamps of
config.h.in and config.h are not changed if remaking
them does not change their contents. This feature avoids unnecessary
recompilation. You should include the file stamp-h.in in your
package’s distribution, so that make
considers
config.h.in up to date. Don’t use touch
(see Limitations of Usual Tools); instead, use
echo
(using
date
would cause needless differences, hence CVS
conflicts, etc.).
$(srcdir)/configure: configure.ac aclocal.m4 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoconf # autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file. $(srcdir)/config.h.in: stamp-h.in $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoheader echo timestamp > '$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in' config.h: stamp-h stamp-h: config.h.in config.status ./config.status Makefile: Makefile.in config.status ./config.status config.status: configure ./config.status --recheck
(Be careful if you copy these lines directly into your makefile, as you need to convert the indented lines to start with the tab character.)
In addition, you should use
AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
so config.status ensures that config.h is considered up to
date. See Output, for more information about AC_OUTPUT
.
See config.status Invocation, for more examples of handling configuration-related dependencies.
Next: Configuration Commands, Previous: Makefile Substitutions, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
When a package contains more than a few tests that define C preprocessor
symbols, the command lines to pass -D options to the compiler
can get quite long. This causes two problems. One is that the
make
output is hard to visually scan for errors. More
seriously, the command lines can exceed the length limits of some
operating systems. As an alternative to passing -D options to
the compiler, configure
scripts can create a C header file
containing ‘#define’ directives. The AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
macro selects this kind of output. Though it can be called anywhere
between AC_INIT
and AC_OUTPUT
, it is customary to call
it right after AC_INIT
.
The package should ‘#include’ the configuration header file before
any other header files, to prevent inconsistencies in declarations (for
example, if it redefines const
).
To provide for VPATH builds, remember to pass the C compiler a -I. option (or -I..; whichever directory contains config.h). Even if you use ‘#include "config.h"’, the preprocessor searches only the directory of the currently read file, i.e., the source directory, not the build directory.
With the appropriate -I option, you can use ‘#include <config.h>’. Actually, it’s a good habit to use it, because in the rare case when the source directory contains another config.h, the build directory should be searched first.
This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see Configuration Actions. Make AC_OUTPUT
create the file(s) in the
blank-or-newline-separated list header containing C preprocessor
#define
statements, and replace ‘@DEFS@’ in generated
files with -DHAVE_CONFIG_H instead of the value of DEFS
.
The usual name for header is config.h.
If header already exists and its contents are identical to what
AC_OUTPUT
would put in it, it is left alone. Doing this allows
making some changes in the configuration without needlessly causing
object files that depend on the header file to be recompiled.
Usually the input file is named header.in; however, you can override the input file name by appending to header a colon-separated list of input files. For example, you might need to make the input file name acceptable to DOS variants:
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
This macro is defined as the name of the first declared config header and undefined if no config headers have been declared up to this point. A third-party macro may, for example, require use of a config header without invoking AC_CONFIG_HEADERS twice, like this:
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [m4_ifndef([AH_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])])])
See Configuration Actions, for more details on header.
• Header Templates | Input for the configuration headers | |
• autoheader Invocation | How to create configuration templates | |
• Autoheader Macros | How to specify CPP templates |
Next: autoheader Invocation, Up: Configuration Headers [Contents][Index]
Your distribution should contain a template file that looks as you want
the final header file to look, including comments, with #undef
statements which are used as hooks. For example, suppose your
configure.ac makes these calls:
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([conf.h]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])
Then you could have code like the following in conf.h.in.
The conf.h created by configure
defines ‘HAVE_UNISTD_H’
to 1, if and only if the system has unistd.h.
/* Define as 1 if you have unistd.h. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
The format of the template file is stricter than what the C preprocessor is required to accept. A directive line should contain only whitespace, ‘#undef’, and ‘HAVE_UNISTD_H’. The use of ‘#define’ instead of ‘#undef’, or of comments on the same line as ‘#undef’, is strongly discouraged. Each hook should only be listed once. Other preprocessor lines, such as ‘#ifdef’ or ‘#include’, are copied verbatim from the template into the generated header.
Since it is a tedious task to keep a template header up to date, you may
use autoheader
to generate it, see autoheader Invocation.
During the instantiation of the header, each ‘#undef’ line in the
template file for each symbol defined by ‘AC_DEFINE’ is changed to an
appropriate ‘#define’. If the corresponding ‘AC_DEFINE’ has not
been executed during the configure
run, the ‘#undef’ line is
commented out. (This is important, e.g., for ‘_POSIX_SOURCE’:
on many systems, it can be implicitly defined by the compiler, and
undefining it in the header would then break compilation of subsequent
headers.)
Currently, all remaining ‘#undef’ lines in the header template are commented out, whether or not there was a corresponding ‘AC_DEFINE’ for the macro name; but this behavior is not guaranteed for future releases of Autoconf.
Generally speaking, since you should not use ‘#define’, and you cannot guarantee whether a ‘#undef’ directive in the header template will be converted to a ‘#define’ or commented out in the generated header file, the template file cannot be used for conditional definition effects. Consequently, if you need to use the construct
#ifdef THIS # define THAT #endif
you must place it outside of the template.
If you absolutely need to hook it to the config header itself, please put
the directives to a separate file, and ‘#include’ that file from the
config header template. If you are using autoheader
, you would
probably use ‘AH_BOTTOM’ to append the ‘#include’ directive.
Next: Autoheader Macros, Previous: Header Templates, Up: Configuration Headers [Contents][Index]
autoheader
to Create config.h.inThe autoheader
program can create a template file of C
‘#define’ statements for configure
to use.
It searches for the first invocation of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
in
configure sources to determine the name of the template.
(If the first call of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
specifies more than one
input file name, autoheader
uses the first one.)
It is recommended that only one input file is used. If you want to append
a boilerplate code, it is preferable to use
‘AH_BOTTOM([#include <conf_post.h>])’.
File conf_post.h is not processed during the configuration then,
which make things clearer. Analogically, AH_TOP
can be used to
prepend a boilerplate code.
In order to do its job, autoheader
needs you to document all
of the symbols that you might use. Typically this is done via an
AC_DEFINE
or AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED
call whose first argument
is a literal symbol and whose third argument describes the symbol
(see Defining Symbols). Alternatively, you can use
AH_TEMPLATE
(see Autoheader Macros), or you can supply a
suitable input file for a subsequent configuration header file.
Symbols defined by Autoconf’s builtin tests are already documented properly;
you need to document only those that you
define yourself.
You might wonder why autoheader
is needed: after all, why
would configure
need to “patch” a config.h.in to
produce a config.h instead of just creating config.h from
scratch? Well, when everything rocks, the answer is just that we are
wasting our time maintaining autoheader
: generating
config.h directly is all that is needed. When things go wrong,
however, you’ll be thankful for the existence of autoheader
.
The fact that the symbols are documented is important in order to
check that config.h makes sense. The fact that there is a
well-defined list of symbols that should be defined (or not) is
also important for people who are porting packages to environments where
configure
cannot be run: they just have to fill in the
blanks.
But let’s come back to the point: the invocation of autoheader
…
If you give autoheader
an argument, it uses that file instead
of configure.ac and writes the header file to the standard output
instead of to config.h.in. If you give autoheader
an
argument of -, it reads the standard input instead of
configure.ac and writes the header file to the standard output.
autoheader
accepts the following options:
Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
Report processing steps.
Don’t remove the temporary files.
Remake the template file even if newer than its input files.
Append dir to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
Prepend dir to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
Report the warnings related to category (which can actually be a comma separated list). Current categories include:
report the uses of obsolete constructs
report all the warnings
report none
treats warnings as errors
disable warnings falling into category
Previous: autoheader Invocation, Up: Configuration Headers [Contents][Index]
autoheader
scans configure.ac and figures out which C
preprocessor symbols it might define. It knows how to generate
templates for symbols defined by AC_CHECK_HEADERS
,
AC_CHECK_FUNCS
etc., but if you AC_DEFINE
any additional
symbol, you must define a template for it. If there are missing
templates, autoheader
fails with an error message.
The template for a symbol is created
by autoheader
from
the description argument to an AC_DEFINE
;
see Defining Symbols.
For special needs, you can use the following macros.
Tell autoheader
to generate a template for key. This macro
generates standard templates just like AC_DEFINE
when a
description is given.
For example:
AH_TEMPLATE([CRAY_STACKSEG_END], [Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.])
generates the following template, with the description properly justified.
/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */ #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
Tell autoheader
to include the template as-is in the header
template file. This template is associated with the key,
which is used to sort all the different templates and guarantee their
uniqueness. It should be a symbol that can be defined via AC_DEFINE
.
Include text at the top of the header template file.
Include text at the bottom of the header template file.
Please note that text gets included “verbatim” to the template file, not to the resulting config header, so it can easily get mangled when the template is processed. There is rarely a need for something other than
AH_BOTTOM([#include <custom.h>])
Next: Configuration Links, Previous: Configuration Headers, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
You can execute arbitrary commands before, during, and after
config.status is run. The three following macros accumulate the
commands to run when they are called multiple times.
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
replaces the obsolete macro
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS
; see Obsolete Macros, for details.
Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
config.status, and shell commands to initialize any variables
from configure
. Associate the commands with tag.
Since typically the cmds create a file, tag should
naturally be the name of that file. If needed, the directory hosting
tag is created. This macro is one of the instantiating macros;
see Configuration Actions.
Here is an unrealistic example:
fubar=42 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([fubar], [echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.], [fubar=$fubar])
Here is a better one:
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([timestamp], [date >timestamp])
The following two macros look similar, but in fact they are not of the same breed: they are executed directly by configure, so you cannot use config.status to rerun them.
Execute the cmds right before creating config.status.
This macro presents the last opportunity to call AC_SUBST
,
AC_DEFINE
, or AC_CONFIG_ITEMS
macros.
Execute the cmds right after creating config.status.
Next: Subdirectories, Previous: Configuration Commands, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
You may find it convenient to create links whose destinations depend upon
results of tests. One can use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
but the
creation of relative symbolic links can be delicate when the package is
built in a directory different from the source directory.
Make AC_OUTPUT
link each of the existing files source to
the corresponding link name dest. Makes a symbolic link if
possible, otherwise a hard link if possible, otherwise a copy. The
dest and source names should be relative to the top level
source or build directory. This macro is one of the instantiating
macros; see Configuration Actions.
For example, this call:
AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
creates in the current directory host.h as a link to srcdir/config/$machine.h, and object.h as a link to srcdir/config/$obj_format.h.
The tempting value ‘.’ for dest is invalid: it makes it impossible for ‘config.status’ to guess the links to establish.
One can then run:
./config.status host.h object.h
to create the links.
Next: Default Prefix, Previous: Configuration Links, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
In most situations, calling AC_OUTPUT
is sufficient to produce
makefiles in subdirectories. However, configure
scripts
that control more than one independent package can use
AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS
to run configure
scripts for other
packages in subdirectories.
Make AC_OUTPUT
run configure
in each subdirectory
dir in the given blank-or-newline-separated list. Each dir should
be a literal, i.e., please do not use:
if test "x$package_foo_enabled" = xyes; then my_subdirs="$my_subdirs foo" fi AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([$my_subdirs])
because this prevents ‘./configure --help=recursive’ from
displaying the options of the package foo
. Instead, you should
write:
if test "x$package_foo_enabled" = xyes; then AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo]) fi
If a given dir is not found at configure
run time, a
warning is reported; if the subdirectory is optional, write:
if test -d "$srcdir/foo"; then AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo]) fi
If a given dir contains configure.gnu
, it is run instead
of configure
. This is for packages that might use a
non-Autoconf script Configure
, which can’t be called through a
wrapper configure
since it would be the same file on
case-insensitive file systems. Likewise, if a dir contains
configure.in but no configure
, the Cygnus
configure
script found by AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR
is used.
The subdirectory configure
scripts are given the same command
line options that were given to this configure
script, with minor
changes if needed, which include:
$prefix
, including if it was
defaulted, and if the default values of the top level and of the subdirectory
configure differ.
This macro also sets the output variable subdirs
to the list of
directories ‘dir …’. Make rules can use
this variable to determine which subdirectories to recurse into.
This macro may be called multiple times.
Previous: Subdirectories, Up: Setup [Contents][Index]
By default, configure
sets the prefix for files it installs to
/usr/local. The user of configure
can select a different
prefix using the --prefix and --exec-prefix options.
There are two ways to change the default: when creating
configure
, and when running it.
Some software packages might want to install in a directory other than
/usr/local by default. To accomplish that, use the
AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT
macro.
Set the default installation prefix to prefix instead of /usr/local.
It may be convenient for users to have configure
guess the
installation prefix from the location of a related program that they
have already installed. If you wish to do that, you can call
AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM
.
If the user did not specify an installation prefix (using the
--prefix option), guess a value for it by looking for
program in PATH
, the way the shell does. If program
is found, set the prefix to the parent of the directory containing
program, else default the prefix as described above
(/usr/local or AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT
). For example, if
program is gcc
and the PATH
contains
/usr/local/gnu/bin/gcc, set the prefix to /usr/local/gnu.
Next: Writing Tests, Previous: Setup, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
These macros test for particular system features that packages might need or want to use. If you need to test for a kind of feature that none of these macros check for, you can probably do it by calling primitive test macros with appropriate arguments (see Writing Tests).
These tests print messages telling the user which feature they’re
checking for, and what they find. They cache their results for future
configure
runs (see Caching Results).
Some of these macros set output variables. See Makefile Substitutions, for how to get their values. The phrase “define name” is used below as a shorthand to mean “define the C preprocessor symbol name to the value 1”. See Defining Symbols, for how to get those symbol definitions into your program.
• Common Behavior | Macros’ standard schemes | |
• Alternative Programs | Selecting between alternative programs | |
• Files | Checking for the existence of files | |
• Libraries | Library archives that might be missing | |
• Library Functions | C library functions that might be missing | |
• Header Files | Header files that might be missing | |
• Declarations | Declarations that may be missing | |
• Structures | Structures or members that might be missing | |
• Types | Types that might be missing | |
• Compilers and Preprocessors | Checking for compiling programs | |
• System Services | Operating system services | |
• Posix Variants | Special kludges for specific Posix variants | |
• Erlang Libraries | Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries |
Next: Alternative Programs, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
Much effort has been expended to make Autoconf easy to learn. The most obvious way to reach this goal is simply to enforce standard interfaces and behaviors, avoiding exceptions as much as possible. Because of history and inertia, unfortunately, there are still too many exceptions in Autoconf; nevertheless, this section describes some of the common rules.
• Standard Symbols | Symbols defined by the macros | |
• Default Includes | Includes used by the generic macros |
Next: Default Includes, Up: Common Behavior [Contents][Index]
All the generic macros that AC_DEFINE
a symbol as a result of
their test transform their argument values to a standard alphabet.
First, argument is converted to upper case and any asterisks
(‘*’) are each converted to ‘P’. Any remaining characters
that are not alphanumeric are converted to underscores.
For instance,
AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct $Expensive*])
defines the symbol ‘HAVE_STRUCT__EXPENSIVEP’ if the check succeeds.
Previous: Standard Symbols, Up: Common Behavior [Contents][Index]
Several tests depend upon a set of header files. Since these headers are not universally available, tests actually have to provide a set of protected includes, such as:
#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME # include <sys/time.h> # include <time.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H # include <sys/time.h> # else # include <time.h> # endif #endif
Unless you know exactly what you are doing, you should avoid using unconditional includes, and check the existence of the headers you include beforehand (see Header Files).
Most generic macros use the following macro to provide the default set of includes:
Expand to include-directives if defined, otherwise to:
#include <stdio.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H # include <sys/stat.h> #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include <stdlib.h> # include <stddef.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include <stdlib.h> # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H # include <memory.h> # endif # include <string.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H # include <strings.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include <inttypes.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H # include <stdint.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include <unistd.h> #endif
If the default includes are used, then check for the presence of these
headers and their compatibility, i.e., you don’t need to run
AC_HEADER_STDC
, nor check for stdlib.h etc.
These headers are checked for in the same order as they are included.
For instance, on some systems string.h and strings.h both
exist, but conflict. Then HAVE_STRING_H
is defined, not
HAVE_STRINGS_H
.
Next: Files, Previous: Common Behavior, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
These macros check for the presence or behavior of particular programs. They are used to choose between several alternative programs and to decide what to do once one has been chosen. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a program you need, and you don’t need to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the general program-check macros.
• Particular Programs | Special handling to find certain programs | |
• Generic Programs | How to find other programs |
Next: Generic Programs, Up: Alternative Programs [Contents][Index]
These macros check for particular programs—whether they exist, and in some cases whether they support certain features.
Check for gawk
, mawk
, nawk
, and awk
, in that
order, and set output variable AWK
to the first one that is found.
It tries gawk
first because that is reported to be the
best implementation. The result can be overridden by setting the
variable AWK
or the cache variable ac_cv_prog_AWK
.
Using this macro is sufficient to avoid the pitfalls of traditional
awk
(see Limitations of Usual Tools).
Look for the best available grep
or ggrep
that accepts the
longest input lines possible, and that supports multiple -e options.
Set the output variable GREP
to whatever is chosen.
See Limitations of Usual Tools, for more information about
portability problems with the grep
command family. The result
can be overridden by setting the GREP
variable and is cached in the
ac_cv_path_GREP
variable.
Check whether $GREP -E
works, or else look for the best available
egrep
or gegrep
that accepts the longest input lines possible.
Set the output variable EGREP
to whatever is chosen. The result
can be overridden by setting the EGREP
variable and is cached in the
ac_cv_path_EGREP
variable.
Check whether $GREP -F
works, or else look for the best available
fgrep
or gfgrep
that accepts the longest input lines possible.
Set the output variable FGREP
to whatever is chosen. The result
can be overridden by setting the FGREP
variable and is cached in the
ac_cv_path_FGREP
variable.
Set output variable INSTALL
to the name of a BSD-compatible
install
program, if one is found in the current PATH
.
Otherwise, set INSTALL
to ‘dir/install-sh -c’,
checking the directories specified to AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR
(or its
default directories) to determine dir (see Output). Also set
the variables INSTALL_PROGRAM
and INSTALL_SCRIPT
to
‘${INSTALL}’ and INSTALL_DATA
to ‘${INSTALL} -m 644’.
‘@INSTALL@’ is special, as its value may vary for different configuration files.
This macro screens out various instances of install
known not to
work. It prefers to find a C program rather than a shell script, for
speed. Instead of install-sh, it can also use install.sh,
but that name is obsolete because some make
programs have a rule
that creates install from it if there is no makefile. Further, this
macro requires install
to be able to install multiple files into a
target directory in a single invocation.
Autoconf comes with a copy of install-sh that you can use. If
you use AC_PROG_INSTALL
, you must include either
install-sh or install.sh in your distribution; otherwise
configure
produces an error message saying it can’t find
them—even if the system you’re on has a good install
program.
This check is a safety measure to prevent you from accidentally leaving
that file out, which would prevent your package from installing on
systems that don’t have a BSD-compatible install
program.
If you need to use your own installation program because it has features
not found in standard install
programs, there is no reason to use
AC_PROG_INSTALL
; just put the file name of your program into your
Makefile.in files.
The result of the test can be overridden by setting the variable
INSTALL
or the cache variable ac_cv_path_install
.
Set output variable MKDIR_P
to a program that ensures that for
each argument, a directory named by this argument exists, creating it
and its parent directories if needed, and without race conditions when
two instances of the program attempt to make the same directory at
nearly the same time.
This macro uses the ‘mkdir -p’ command if possible. Otherwise, it
falls back on invoking install-sh
with the -d option,
so your package should
contain install-sh as described under AC_PROG_INSTALL
.
An install-sh file that predates Autoconf 2.60 or Automake 1.10
is vulnerable to race conditions, so if you want to support parallel
installs from
different packages into the same directory you need to make sure you
have an up-to-date install-sh. In particular, be careful about
using ‘autoreconf -if’ if your Automake predates Automake 1.10.
This macro is related to the AS_MKDIR_P
macro (see Programming in M4sh), but it sets an output variable intended for use in other
files, whereas AS_MKDIR_P
is intended for use in scripts like
configure
. Also, AS_MKDIR_P
does not accept options,
but MKDIR_P
supports the -m option, e.g., a makefile
might invoke $(MKDIR_P) -m 0 dir
to create an inaccessible
directory, and conversely a makefile should use $(MKDIR_P) --
$(FOO)
if FOO might yield a value that begins with ‘-’.
Finally, AS_MKDIR_P
does not check for race condition
vulnerability, whereas AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
does.
‘@MKDIR_P@’ is special, as its value may vary for different configuration files.
The result of the test can be overridden by setting the variable
MKDIR_P
or the cache variable ac_cv_path_mkdir
.
If flex
is found, set output variable LEX
to ‘flex’
and LEXLIB
to -lfl, if that library is in a standard
place. Otherwise set LEX
to ‘lex’ and LEXLIB
to
-ll, if found. If neither variant is available, set LEX
to ‘:’; for packages that ship the generated file.yy.c
alongside the source file.l, this default allows users without a
lexer generator to still build the package even if the timestamp for
file.l is inadvertently changed.
Define YYTEXT_POINTER
if yytext
defaults to ‘char *’ instead
of to ‘char []’. Also set output variable LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT
to
the base of the file name that the lexer generates; usually
lex.yy, but sometimes something else. These results vary
according to whether lex
or flex
is being used.
You are encouraged to use Flex in your sources, since it is both more
pleasant to use than plain Lex and the C source it produces is portable.
In order to ensure portability, however, you must either provide a
function yywrap
or, if you don’t use it (e.g., your scanner has
no ‘#include’-like feature), simply include a ‘%noyywrap’
statement in the scanner’s source. Once this done, the scanner is
portable (unless you felt free to use nonportable constructs) and
does not depend on any library. In this case, and in this case only, it
is suggested that you use this Autoconf snippet:
AC_PROG_LEX if test "x$LEX" != xflex; then LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex" AC_SUBST([LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT], [lex.yy]) AC_SUBST([LEXLIB], ['']) fi
The shell script missing
can be found in the Automake
distribution.
Remember that the user may have supplied an alternate location in
LEX
, so if Flex is required, it is better to check that the user
provided something sufficient by parsing the output of ‘$LEX
--version’ than by simply relying on test "x$LEX" = xflex
.
To ensure backward compatibility, Automake’s AM_PROG_LEX
invokes
(indirectly) this macro twice, which causes an annoying but benign
“AC_PROG_LEX
invoked multiple times” warning. Future versions
of Automake will fix this issue; meanwhile, just ignore this message.
As part of running the test, this macro may delete any file in the configuration directory named lex.yy.c or lexyy.c.
The result of this test can be influenced by setting the variable
LEX
or the cache variable ac_cv_prog_LEX
.
If ‘ln -s’ works on the current file system (the operating system
and file system support symbolic links), set the output variable
LN_S
to ‘ln -s’; otherwise, if ‘ln’ works, set
LN_S
to ‘ln’, and otherwise set it to ‘cp -pR’.
If you make a link in a directory other than the current directory, its
meaning depends on whether ‘ln’ or ‘ln -s’ is used. To safely
create links using ‘$(LN_S)’, either find out which form is used
and adjust the arguments, or always invoke ln
in the directory
where the link is to be created.
In other words, it does not work to do:
$(LN_S) foo /x/bar
Instead, do:
(cd /x && $(LN_S) foo bar)
Set output variable RANLIB
to ‘ranlib’ if ranlib
is found, and otherwise to ‘:’ (do nothing).
Set output variable SED
to a Sed implementation that conforms to
Posix and does not have arbitrary length limits. Report an error if no
acceptable Sed is found. See Limitations of Usual Tools, for more
information about portability problems with Sed.
The result of this test can be overridden by setting the SED
variable
and is cached in the ac_cv_path_SED
variable.
If bison
is found, set output variable YACC
to ‘bison
-y’. Otherwise, if byacc
is found, set YACC
to
‘byacc’. Otherwise set YACC
to ‘yacc’.
The result of this test can be influenced by setting the variable
YACC
or the cache variable ac_cv_prog_YACC
.
Previous: Particular Programs, Up: Alternative Programs [Contents][Index]
These macros are used to find programs not covered by the “particular”
test macros. If you need to check the behavior of a program as well as
find out whether it is present, you have to write your own test for it
(see Writing Tests). By default, these macros use the environment
variable PATH
. If you need to check for a program that might not
be in the user’s PATH
, you can pass a modified path to use
instead, like this:
AC_PATH_PROG([INETD], [inetd], [/usr/libexec/inetd], [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/libexec$PATH_SEPARATOR]dnl [/usr/sbin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/etc$PATH_SEPARATOR/etc])
You are strongly encouraged to declare the variable passed to
AC_CHECK_PROG
etc. as precious. See Setting Output Variables,
AC_ARG_VAR
, for more details.
Check whether program prog-to-check-for exists in path. If
it is found, set variable to value-if-found, otherwise to
value-if-not-found, if given. Always pass over reject (an
absolute file name) even if it is the first found in the search path; in
that case, set variable using the absolute file name of the
prog-to-check-for found that is not reject. If
variable was already set, do nothing. Calls AC_SUBST
for
variable. The result of this test can be overridden by setting the
variable variable or the cache variable
ac_cv_prog_variable
.
Check for each program in the blank-separated list
progs-to-check-for existing in the path. If one is found, set
variable to the name of that program. Otherwise, continue
checking the next program in the list. If none of the programs in the
list are found, set variable to value-if-not-found; if
value-if-not-found is not specified, the value of variable
is not changed. Calls AC_SUBST
for variable. The result of
this test can be overridden by setting the variable variable or the
cache variable ac_cv_prog_variable
.
Like AC_CHECK_PROG
, but first looks for prog-to-check-for
with a prefix of the target type as determined by
AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
, followed by a dash (see Canonicalizing).
If the tool cannot be found with a prefix, and if the build and target
types are equal, then it is also searched for without a prefix.
As noted in Specifying Target Triplets, the
target is rarely specified, because most of the time it is the same
as the host: it is the type of system for which any compiler tool in
the package produces code. What this macro looks for is,
for example, a tool (assembler, linker, etc.) that the
compiler driver (gcc
for the GNU C Compiler)
uses to produce objects, archives or executables.
Like AC_CHECK_PROG
, but first looks for prog-to-check-for
with a prefix of the host type as specified by --host, followed by a
dash. For example, if the user runs
‘configure --build=x86_64-gnu --host=i386-gnu’, then this call:
AC_CHECK_TOOL([RANLIB], [ranlib], [:])
sets RANLIB
to i386-gnu-ranlib if that program exists in
path, or otherwise to ‘ranlib’ if that program exists in
path, or to ‘:’ if neither program exists.
When cross-compiling, this macro will issue a warning if no program prefixed with the host type could be found. For more information, see Specifying Target Triplets.
Like AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL
, each of the tools in the list
progs-to-check-for are checked with a prefix of the target type as
determined by AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
, followed by a dash
(see Canonicalizing). If none of the tools can be found with a
prefix, and if the build and target types are equal, then the first one
without a prefix is used. If a tool is found, set variable to
the name of that program. If none of the tools in the list are found,
set variable to value-if-not-found; if value-if-not-found
is not specified, the value of variable is not changed. Calls
AC_SUBST
for variable.
Like AC_CHECK_TOOL
, each of the tools in the list
progs-to-check-for are checked with a prefix of the host type as
determined by AC_CANONICAL_HOST
, followed by a dash
(see Canonicalizing). If none of the tools can be found with a
prefix, then the first one without a prefix is used. If a tool is found,
set variable to the name of that program. If none of the tools in
the list are found, set variable to value-if-not-found; if
value-if-not-found is not specified, the value of variable
is not changed. Calls AC_SUBST
for variable.
When cross-compiling, this macro will issue a warning if no program prefixed with the host type could be found. For more information, see Specifying Target Triplets.
Like AC_CHECK_PROG
, but set variable to the absolute
name of prog-to-check-for if found. The result of this test
can be overridden by setting the variable variable. A positive
result of this test is cached in the ac_cv_path_variable
variable.
Like AC_CHECK_PROGS
, but if any of progs-to-check-for
are found, set variable to the absolute name of the program
found. The result of this test can be overridden by setting the
variable variable. A positive result of this test is cached in
the ac_cv_path_variable
variable.
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. If variable is not
empty, then set the cache variable ac_cv_path_variable
to
its value. Otherwise, check for each program in the blank-separated
list progs-to-check-for existing in path. For each program
found, execute feature-test with ac_path_variable
set to the absolute name of the candidate program. If no invocation of
feature-test sets the shell variable
ac_cv_path_variable
, then action-if-not-found is
executed. feature-test will be run even when
ac_cv_path_variable
is set, to provide the ability to
choose a better candidate found later in path; to accept the
current setting and bypass all further checks, feature-test can
execute ac_path_variable_found=:
.
Note that this macro has some subtle differences from
AC_CHECK_PROGS
. It is designed to be run inside
AC_CACHE_VAL
, therefore, it should have no side effects. In
particular, variable is not set to the final value of
ac_cv_path_variable
, nor is AC_SUBST
automatically
run. Also, on failure, any action can be performed, whereas
AC_CHECK_PROGS
only performs
variable=value-if-not-found
.
Here is an example, similar to what Autoconf uses in its own configure
script. It will search for an implementation of m4
that
supports the indir
builtin, even if it goes by the name
gm4
or is not the first implementation on PATH
.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for m4 that supports indir], [ac_cv_path_M4], [AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK([M4], [m4 gm4], [[m4out=`echo 'changequote([,])indir([divnum])' | $ac_path_M4` test "x$m4out" = x0 \ && ac_cv_path_M4=$ac_path_M4 ac_path_M4_found=:]], [AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find m4 that supports indir])])]) AC_SUBST([M4], [$ac_cv_path_M4])
Like AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL
, but set variable to the absolute
name of the program if it is found.
Like AC_CHECK_TOOL
, but set variable to the absolute
name of the program if it is found.
When cross-compiling, this macro will issue a warning if no program prefixed with the host type could be found. For more information, see Specifying Target Triplets.
Next: Libraries, Previous: Alternative Programs, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
You might also need to check for the existence of files. Before using these macros, ask yourself whether a runtime test might not be a better solution. Be aware that, like most Autoconf macros, they test a feature of the host machine, and therefore, they die when cross-compiling.
Check whether file file exists on the native system. If it is
found, execute action-if-found, otherwise do
action-if-not-found, if given. The result of this test is cached
in the ac_cv_file_file
variable, with characters not
suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
Executes AC_CHECK_FILE
once for each file listed in files.
Additionally, defines ‘HAVE_file’ (see Standard Symbols)
for each file found. The results of each test are cached in the
ac_cv_file_file
variable, with characters not suitable for
a variable name mapped to underscores.
Next: Library Functions, Previous: Files, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
The following macros check for the presence of certain C, C++, Fortran, or Go library archive files.
Test whether the library library is available by trying to link a test program that calls function function with the library. function should be a function provided by the library. Use the base name of the library; e.g., to check for -lmp, use ‘mp’ as the library argument.
action-if-found is a list of shell commands to run if the link
with the library succeeds; action-if-not-found is a list of shell
commands to run if the link fails. If action-if-found is not
specified, the default action prepends -llibrary to
LIBS
and defines ‘HAVE_LIBlibrary’ (in all
capitals). This macro is intended to support building LIBS
in
a right-to-left (least-dependent to most-dependent) fashion such that
library dependencies are satisfied as a natural side effect of
consecutive tests. Linkers are sensitive to library ordering
so the order in which LIBS
is generated is important to reliable
detection of libraries.
If linking with library results in unresolved symbols that would
be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
as the other-libraries argument, separated by spaces:
e.g., -lXt -lX11. Otherwise, this macro may fail to detect
that library is present, because linking the test program can
fail with unresolved symbols. The other-libraries argument
should be limited to cases where it is desirable to test for one library
in the presence of another that is not already in LIBS
.
AC_CHECK_LIB
requires some care in usage, and should be avoided
in some common cases. Many standard functions like gethostbyname
appear in the standard C library on some hosts, and in special libraries
like nsl
on other hosts. On some hosts the special libraries
contain variant implementations that you may not want to use. These
days it is normally better to use AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gethostbyname],
[nsl])
instead of AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])
.
The result of this test is cached in the
ac_cv_lib_library_function
variable.
Search for a library defining function if it’s not already available. This equates to calling ‘AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [function])])’ first with no libraries, then for each library listed in search-libs.
Prepend -llibrary to LIBS
for the first library found
to contain function, and run action-if-found. If the
function is not found, run action-if-not-found.
If linking with library results in unresolved symbols that would be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries as the other-libraries argument, separated by spaces: e.g., -lXt -lX11. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect that function is present, because linking the test program always fails with unresolved symbols.
The result of this test is cached in the
ac_cv_search_function
variable as ‘none required’ if
function is already available, as ‘no’ if no library
containing function was found, otherwise as the
-llibrary option that needs to be prepended to LIBS
.
Next: Header Files, Previous: Libraries, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
The following macros check for particular C library functions. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a function you need, and you don’t need to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the general function-check macros.
• Function Portability | Pitfalls with usual functions | |
• Particular Functions | Special handling to find certain functions | |
• Generic Functions | How to find other functions |
Next: Particular Functions, Up: Library Functions [Contents][Index]
Most usual functions can either be missing, or be buggy, or be limited on some architectures. This section tries to make an inventory of these portability issues. By definition, this list always requires additions. A much more complete list is maintained by the Gnulib project (see Gnulib), covering Current Posix Functions in GNU gnulib, Legacy Functions in GNU gnulib, and Glibc Functions in GNU gnulib. Please help us keep the gnulib list as complete as possible.
exit
On ancient hosts, exit
returned int
.
This is because exit
predates void
, and there was a long
tradition of it returning int
.
On current hosts, the problem more likely is that exit
is not
declared, due to C++ problems of some sort or another. For this reason
we suggest that test programs not invoke exit
, but return from
main
instead.
free
The C standard says a call free (NULL)
does nothing, but
some old systems don’t support this (e.g., NextStep).
isinf
isnan
The C99 standard says that isinf
and isnan
are
macros. On some systems just macros are available
(e.g., HP-UX and Solaris 10), on
some systems both macros and functions (e.g., glibc 2.3.2), and on some
systems only functions (e.g., IRIX 6 and Solaris 9). In some cases
these functions are declared in nonstandard headers like
<sunmath.h>
and defined in non-default libraries like
-lm or -lsunmath.
The C99 isinf
and isnan
macros work correctly with
long double
arguments, but pre-C99 systems that use functions
typically assume double
arguments. On such a system,
isinf
incorrectly returns true for a finite long double
argument that is outside the range of double
.
The best workaround for these issues is to use gnulib modules
isinf
and isnan
(see Gnulib). But a lighter weight
solution involves code like the following.
#include <math.h> #ifndef isnan # define isnan(x) \ (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isnan_ld (x) \ : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isnan_d (x) \ : isnan_f (x)) static inline int isnan_f (float x) { return x != x; } static inline int isnan_d (double x) { return x != x; } static inline int isnan_ld (long double x) { return x != x; } #endif #ifndef isinf # define isinf(x) \ (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isinf_ld (x) \ : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isinf_d (x) \ : isinf_f (x)) static inline int isinf_f (float x) { return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); } static inline int isinf_d (double x) { return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); } static inline int isinf_ld (long double x) { return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); } #endif
Use AC_C_INLINE
(see C Compiler) so that this code works on
compilers that lack the inline
keyword. Some optimizing
compilers mishandle these definitions, but systems with that bug
typically have many other floating point corner-case compliance problems
anyway, so it’s probably not worth worrying about.
malloc
The C standard says a call malloc (0)
is implementation
dependent. It can return either NULL
or a new non-null pointer.
The latter is more common (e.g., the GNU C Library) but is by
no means universal. AC_FUNC_MALLOC
can be used to insist on non-NULL
(see Particular Functions).
putenv
Posix prefers setenv
to putenv
; among other things,
putenv
is not required of all Posix implementations, but
setenv
is.
Posix specifies that putenv
puts the given string directly in
environ
, but some systems make a copy of it instead (e.g.,
glibc 2.0, or BSD). And when a copy is made, unsetenv
might
not free it, causing a memory leak (e.g., FreeBSD 4).
On some systems putenv ("FOO")
removes ‘FOO’ from the
environment, but this is not standard usage and it dumps core
on some systems (e.g., AIX).
On MinGW, a call putenv ("FOO=")
removes ‘FOO’ from the
environment, rather than inserting it with an empty value.
realloc
The C standard says a call realloc (NULL, size)
is equivalent
to malloc (size)
, but some old systems don’t support this (e.g.,
NextStep).
signal
handlerNormally signal
takes a handler function with a return type of
void
, but some old systems required int
instead. Any
actual int
value returned is not used; this is only a
difference in the function prototype demanded.
All systems we know of in current use return void
. The
int
was to support K&R C, where of course void
is not
available. The obsolete macro AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
(see AC_TYPE_SIGNAL) can be used to establish the correct type in
all cases.
In most cases, it is more robust to use sigaction
when it is
available, rather than signal
.
snprintf
The C99 standard says that if the output array isn’t big enough
and if no other errors occur, snprintf
and vsnprintf
truncate the output and return the number of bytes that ought to have
been produced. Some older systems return the truncated length (e.g.,
GNU C Library 2.0.x or IRIX 6.5), some a negative value
(e.g., earlier GNU C Library versions), and some the buffer
length without truncation (e.g., 32-bit Solaris 7). Also, some buggy
older systems ignore the length and overrun the buffer (e.g., 64-bit
Solaris 7).
sprintf
The C standard says sprintf
and vsprintf
return the
number of bytes written. On some ancient systems (SunOS 4 for
instance) they return the buffer pointer instead, but these no
longer need to be worried about.
sscanf
On various old systems, e.g., HP-UX 9, sscanf
requires
that its
input string be writable (though it doesn’t actually change it). This
can be a problem when using gcc
since it normally puts
constant strings in read-only memory (see Incompatibilities of GCC in Using and
Porting the GNU Compiler Collection). Apparently in some cases even
having format strings read-only can be a problem.
strerror_r
Posix specifies that strerror_r
returns an int
, but many
systems (e.g., GNU C Library version 2.2.4) provide a
different version returning a char *
. AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
can detect which is in use (see Particular Functions).
strnlen
AIX 4.3 provides a broken version which produces the following results:
strnlen ("foobar", 0) = 0 strnlen ("foobar", 1) = 3 strnlen ("foobar", 2) = 2 strnlen ("foobar", 3) = 1 strnlen ("foobar", 4) = 0 strnlen ("foobar", 5) = 6 strnlen ("foobar", 6) = 6 strnlen ("foobar", 7) = 6 strnlen ("foobar", 8) = 6 strnlen ("foobar", 9) = 6
sysconf
_SC_PAGESIZE
is standard, but some older systems (e.g., HP-UX
9) have _SC_PAGE_SIZE
instead. This can be tested with
#ifdef
.
unlink
The Posix spec says that unlink
causes the given file to be
removed only after there are no more open file handles for it. Some
non-Posix hosts have trouble with this requirement, though,
and some DOS variants even corrupt the file system.
unsetenv
On MinGW, unsetenv
is not available, but a variable ‘FOO’
can be removed with a call putenv ("FOO=")
, as described under
putenv
above.
va_copy
The C99 standard provides va_copy
for copying
va_list
variables. It may be available in older environments
too, though possibly as __va_copy
(e.g., gcc
in strict
pre-C99 mode). These can be tested with #ifdef
. A fallback to
memcpy (&dst, &src, sizeof (va_list))
gives maximum
portability.
va_list
va_list
is not necessarily just a pointer. It can be a
struct
(e.g., gcc
on Alpha), which means NULL
is
not portable. Or it can be an array (e.g., gcc
in some
PowerPC configurations), which means as a function parameter it can be
effectively call-by-reference and library routines might modify the
value back in the caller (e.g., vsnprintf
in the GNU C Library
2.1).
>>
Normally the C >>
right shift of a signed type replicates the
high bit, giving a so-called “arithmetic” shift. But care should be
taken since Standard C doesn’t require that behavior. On those
few processors without a native arithmetic shift (for instance Cray
vector systems) zero bits may be shifted in, the same as a shift of an
unsigned type.
/
C divides signed integers by truncating their quotient toward zero, yielding the same result as Fortran. However, before C99 the standard allowed C implementations to take the floor or ceiling of the quotient in some cases. Hardly any implementations took advantage of this freedom, though, and it’s probably not worth worrying about this issue nowadays.
Next: Generic Functions, Previous: Function Portability, Up: Library Functions [Contents][Index]
These macros check for particular C functions—whether they exist, and in some cases how they respond when given certain arguments.
Check how to get alloca
. Tries to get a builtin version by
checking for alloca.h or the predefined C preprocessor macros
__GNUC__
and _AIX
. If this macro finds alloca.h,
it defines HAVE_ALLOCA_H
.
If those attempts fail, it looks for the function in the standard C
library. If any of those methods succeed, it defines
HAVE_ALLOCA
. Otherwise, it sets the output variable
ALLOCA
to ‘${LIBOBJDIR}alloca.o’ and defines
C_ALLOCA
(so programs can periodically call ‘alloca (0)’ to
garbage collect). This variable is separate from LIBOBJS
so
multiple programs can share the value of ALLOCA
without needing
to create an actual library, in case only some of them use the code in
LIBOBJS
. The ‘${LIBOBJDIR}’ prefix serves the same
purpose as in LIBOBJS
(see AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS).
This macro does not try to get alloca
from the System V R3
libPW or the System V R4 libucb because those libraries
contain some incompatible functions that cause trouble. Some versions
do not even contain alloca
or contain a buggy version. If you
still want to use their alloca
, use ar
to extract
alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c.
Source files that use alloca
should start with a piece of code
like the following, to declare it properly.
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include <stdlib.h> # include <stddef.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include <stdlib.h> # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H # include <alloca.h> #elif !defined alloca # ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca # elif defined _AIX # define alloca __alloca # elif defined _MSC_VER # include <malloc.h> # define alloca _alloca # elif !defined HAVE_ALLOCA # ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" # endif void *alloca (size_t); # endif #endif
If the chown
function is available and works (in particular, it
should accept -1 for uid
and gid
), define
HAVE_CHOWN
. The result of this macro is cached in the
ac_cv_func_chown_works
variable.
If the closedir
function does not return a meaningful value,
define CLOSEDIR_VOID
. Otherwise, callers ought to check its
return value for an error indicator.
Currently this test is implemented by running a test program. When
cross compiling the pessimistic assumption that closedir
does not
return a meaningful value is made.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_func_closedir_void
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as closedir
returns a meaningful value
on current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
If the error_at_line
function is not found, require an
AC_LIBOBJ
replacement of ‘error’.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_lib_error_at_line
variable.
The AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
macro is obsolescent. New programs
should use Gnulib’s error
module. See Gnulib.
If the fnmatch
function conforms to Posix, define
HAVE_FNMATCH
. Detect common implementation bugs, for example,
the bugs in Solaris 2.4.
Unlike the other specific
AC_FUNC
macros, AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
does not replace a
broken/missing fnmatch
. This is for historical reasons.
See AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH
below.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works
variable.
This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib’s
fnmatch-posix
module. See Gnulib.
Behave like AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH
(replace) but also test
whether fnmatch
supports GNU extensions. Detect common
implementation bugs, for example, the bugs in the GNU C
Library 2.1.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_func_fnmatch_gnu
variable.
This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib’s
fnmatch-gnu
module. See Gnulib.
This macro checks for the fork
and vfork
functions. If a
working fork
is found, define HAVE_WORKING_FORK
. This macro
checks whether fork
is just a stub by trying to run it.
If vfork.h is found, define HAVE_VFORK_H
. If a working
vfork
is found, define HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
. Otherwise,
define vfork
to be fork
for backward compatibility with
previous versions of autoconf
. This macro checks for several known
errors in implementations of vfork
and considers the system to not
have a working vfork
if it detects any of them. It is not considered
to be an implementation error if a child’s invocation of signal
modifies the parent’s signal handler, since child processes rarely change
their signal handlers.
Since this macro defines vfork
only for backward compatibility with
previous versions of autoconf
you’re encouraged to define it
yourself in new code:
#ifndef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK # define vfork fork #endif
The results of this macro are cached in the ac_cv_func_fork_works
and ac_cv_func_vfork_works
variables. In order to override the
test, you also need to set the ac_cv_func_fork
and
ac_cv_func_vfork
variables.
If the fseeko
function is available, define HAVE_FSEEKO
.
Define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
if necessary to make the prototype
visible on some systems (e.g., glibc 2.2). Otherwise linkage problems
may occur when compiling with AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
on
largefile-sensitive systems where off_t
does not default to a
64bit entity. All systems with fseeko
also supply ftello
.
If the getgroups
function is available and works (unlike on
Ultrix 4.3, where ‘getgroups (0, 0)’ always fails), define
HAVE_GETGROUPS
. Set GETGROUPS_LIBS
to any libraries
needed to get that function. This macro runs AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
.
Check how to get the system load averages. To perform its tests
properly, this macro needs the file getloadavg.c; therefore, be
sure to set the AC_LIBOBJ
replacement directory properly (see
Generic Functions, AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR
).
If the system has the getloadavg
function, define
HAVE_GETLOADAVG
, and set GETLOADAVG_LIBS
to any libraries
necessary to get that function. Also add GETLOADAVG_LIBS
to
LIBS
. Otherwise, require an AC_LIBOBJ
replacement for
‘getloadavg’ with source code in dir/getloadavg.c, and
possibly define several other C preprocessor macros and output
variables:
C_GETLOADAVG
.
SVR4
, DGUX
, UMAX
, or UMAX4_3
if on
those systems.
HAVE_NLIST_H
.
HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME
. The obsolete symbol
NLIST_NAME_UNION
is still defined, but do not depend upon it.
getloadavg
to work. In this case, define
GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
, set the output variable NEED_SETGID
to ‘true’ (and otherwise to ‘false’), and set
KMEM_GROUP
to the name of the group that should own the installed
program.
The AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
macro is obsolescent. New programs should
use Gnulib’s getloadavg
module. See Gnulib.
Check for getmntent
in the standard C library, and then in the
sun, seq, and gen libraries, for UNICOS,
IRIX 4, PTX, and UnixWare, respectively. Then, if
getmntent
is available, define HAVE_GETMNTENT
and set
ac_cv_func_getmntent
to yes
. Otherwise set
ac_cv_func_getmntent
to no
.
The result of this macro can be overridden by setting the cache variable
ac_cv_search_getmntent
.
Define GETPGRP_VOID
if it is an error to pass 0 to
getpgrp
; this is the Posix behavior. On older BSD
systems, you must pass 0 to getpgrp
, as it takes an argument and
behaves like Posix’s getpgid
.
#ifdef GETPGRP_VOID pid = getpgrp (); #else pid = getpgrp (0); #endif
This macro does not check whether
getpgrp
exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
first call AC_CHECK_FUNC
for getpgrp
.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_func_getpgrp_void
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a getpgrp
whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
If link is a symbolic link, then lstat
should treat
link/ the same as link/.. However, many older
lstat
implementations incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
It is safe to assume that if lstat
incorrectly ignores
trailing slashes, then other symbolic-link-aware functions like
unlink
also incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
If lstat
behaves properly, define
LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
, otherwise require an
AC_LIBOBJ
replacement of lstat
.
The result of this macro is cached in the
ac_cv_func_lstat_dereferences_slashed_symlink
variable.
The AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
macro is obsolescent.
New programs should use Gnulib’s lstat
module. See Gnulib.
If the malloc
function is compatible with the GNU C
library malloc
(i.e., ‘malloc (0)’ returns a valid
pointer), define HAVE_MALLOC
to 1. Otherwise define
HAVE_MALLOC
to 0, ask for an AC_LIBOBJ
replacement for
‘malloc’, and define malloc
to rpl_malloc
so that the
native malloc
is not used in the main project.
Typically, the replacement file malloc.c should look like (note the ‘#undef malloc’):
#include <config.h> #undef malloc #include <sys/types.h> void *malloc (); /* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap. If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */ void * rpl_malloc (size_t n) { if (n == 0) n = 1; return malloc (n); }
The result of this macro is cached in the
ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull
variable.
Define HAVE_MBRTOWC
to 1 if the function mbrtowc
and the
type mbstate_t
are properly declared.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_func_mbrtowc
variable.
If the memcmp
function is not available, or does not work on
8-bit data (like the one on SunOS 4.1.3), or fails when comparing 16
bytes or more and with at least one buffer not starting on a 4-byte
boundary (such as the one on NeXT x86 OpenStep), require an
AC_LIBOBJ
replacement for ‘memcmp’.
The result of this macro is cached in the
ac_cv_func_memcmp_working
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a working
memcmp
. New programs need not use this macro.
If the mktime
function is not available, or does not work
correctly, require an AC_LIBOBJ
replacement for ‘mktime’.
For the purposes of this test, mktime
should conform to the
Posix standard and should be the inverse of
localtime
.
The result of this macro is cached in the
ac_cv_func_working_mktime
variable.
The AC_FUNC_MKTIME
macro is obsolescent. New programs should
use Gnulib’s mktime
module. See Gnulib.
If the mmap
function exists and works correctly, define
HAVE_MMAP
. This checks only private fixed mapping of already-mapped
memory.
The result of this macro is cached in the
ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped
variable.
If the obstacks are found, define HAVE_OBSTACK
, else require an
AC_LIBOBJ
replacement for ‘obstack’.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_func_obstack
variable.
If the realloc
function is compatible with the GNU C
library realloc
(i.e., ‘realloc (NULL, 0)’ returns a
valid pointer), define HAVE_REALLOC
to 1. Otherwise define
HAVE_REALLOC
to 0, ask for an AC_LIBOBJ
replacement for
‘realloc’, and define realloc
to rpl_realloc
so that
the native realloc
is not used in the main project. See
AC_FUNC_MALLOC
for details.
The result of this macro is cached in the
ac_cv_func_realloc_0_nonnull
variable.
Determines the correct type to be passed for each of the
select
function’s arguments, and defines those types
in SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
, SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
, and
SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
respectively. SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
defaults
to ‘int’, SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
defaults to ‘int *’,
and SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
defaults to ‘struct timeval *’.
This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a select
whose
signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
If setpgrp
takes no argument (the Posix version), define
SETPGRP_VOID
. Otherwise, it is the BSD version, which takes
two process IDs as arguments. This macro does not check whether
setpgrp
exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
first call AC_CHECK_FUNC
for setpgrp
.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_func_setpgrp_void
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a setpgrp
whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
Determine whether stat
or lstat
have the bug that it
succeeds when given the zero-length file name as argument. The stat
and lstat
from SunOS 4.1.4 and the Hurd (as of 1998-11-01) do
this.
If it does, then define HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
(or
HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
) and ask for an AC_LIBOBJ
replacement of it.
The results of these macros are cached in the
ac_cv_func_stat_empty_string_bug
and the
ac_cv_func_lstat_empty_string_bug
variables, respectively.
These macros are obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug. New programs need not use these macros.
If the strcoll
function exists and works correctly, define
HAVE_STRCOLL
. This does a bit more than
‘AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcoll)’, because some systems have incorrect
definitions of strcoll
that should not be used.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_func_strcoll_works
variable.
If strerror_r
is available, define HAVE_STRERROR_R
, and if
it is declared, define HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
. If it returns a
char *
message, define STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
; otherwise it
returns an int
error number. The Thread-Safe Functions option of
Posix requires strerror_r
to return int
, but
many systems (including, for example, version 2.2.4 of the GNU C
Library) return a char *
value that is not necessarily equal to
the buffer argument.
The result of this macro is cached in the
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p
variable.
Check for strftime
in the intl library, for SCO Unix.
Then, if strftime
is available, define HAVE_STRFTIME
.
This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems require the intl
library for strftime
. New programs need not use this macro.
If the strtod
function does not exist or doesn’t work correctly,
ask for an AC_LIBOBJ
replacement of ‘strtod’. In this case,
because strtod.c is likely to need ‘pow’, set the output
variable POW_LIB
to the extra library needed.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_func_strtod
variable
and depends upon the result in the ac_cv_func_pow
variable.
The AC_FUNC_STRTOD
macro is obsolescent. New programs should
use Gnulib’s strtod
module. See Gnulib.
If the strtold
function exists and conforms to C99, define
HAVE_STRTOLD
.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_func_strtold
variable.
If the strnlen
function is not available, or is buggy (like the one
from AIX 4.3), require an AC_LIBOBJ
replacement for it.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_func_strnlen_working
variable.
If ‘utime (file, NULL)’ sets file’s timestamp to
the present, define HAVE_UTIME_NULL
.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_func_utime_null
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have a utime
that behaves this way. New programs need not use this macro.
If vprintf
is found, define HAVE_VPRINTF
. Otherwise, if
_doprnt
is found, define HAVE_DOPRNT
. (If vprintf
is available, you may assume that vfprintf
and vsprintf
are also available.)
This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have vprintf
.
New programs need not use this macro.
If the fnmatch
function does not conform to Posix (see
AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
), ask for its AC_LIBOBJ
replacement.
The files fnmatch.c, fnmatch_loop.c, and fnmatch_.h
in the AC_LIBOBJ
replacement directory are assumed to contain a
copy of the source code of GNU fnmatch
. If necessary,
this source code is compiled as an AC_LIBOBJ
replacement, and the
fnmatch_.h file is linked to fnmatch.h so that it can be
included in place of the system <fnmatch.h>
.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as it assumes the use of particular source
files. New programs should use Gnulib’s fnmatch-posix
module,
which provides this macro along with the source files. See Gnulib.
Previous: Particular Functions, Up: Library Functions [Contents][Index]
These macros are used to find functions not covered by the “particular”
test macros. If the functions might be in libraries other than the
default C library, first call AC_CHECK_LIB
for those libraries.
If you need to check the behavior of a function as well as find out
whether it is present, you have to write your own test for
it (see Writing Tests).
If C function function is available, run shell commands
action-if-found, otherwise action-if-not-found. If you just
want to define a symbol if the function is available, consider using
AC_CHECK_FUNCS
instead. This macro checks for functions with C
linkage even when AC_LANG(C++)
has been called, since C is more
standardized than C++. (see Language Choice, for more information
about selecting the language for checks.)
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_func_function
variable.
For each function enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
list, define HAVE_function
(in all capitals) if it is available.
If action-if-found is given, it is additional shell code to
execute when one of the functions is found. You can give it a value of
‘break’ to break out of the loop on the first match. If
action-if-not-found is given, it is executed when one of the
functions is not found.
Results are cached for each function as in AC_CHECK_FUNC
.
For each function enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
list, define HAVE_function
(in all capitals) if it is available.
This is a once-only variant of AC_CHECK_FUNCS
. It generates the
checking code at most once, so that configure
is smaller and
faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
early during the configure
run.
Autoconf follows a philosophy that was formed over the years by those who have struggled for portability: isolate the portability issues in specific files, and then program as if you were in a Posix environment. Some functions may be missing or unfixable, and your package must be ready to replace them.
Suitable replacements for many such problem functions are available from Gnulib (see Gnulib).
Specify that ‘function.c’ must be included in the executables to replace a missing or broken implementation of function.
Technically, it adds ‘function.$ac_objext’ to the output
variable LIBOBJS
if it is not already in, and calls
AC_LIBSOURCE
for ‘function.c’. You should not
directly change LIBOBJS
, since this is not traceable.
Specify that file might be needed to compile the project. If you
need to know what files might be needed by a configure.ac, you
should trace AC_LIBSOURCE
. file must be a literal.
This macro is called automatically from AC_LIBOBJ
, but you must
call it explicitly if you pass a shell variable to AC_LIBOBJ
. In
that case, since shell variables cannot be traced statically, you must
pass to AC_LIBSOURCE
any possible files that the shell variable
might cause AC_LIBOBJ
to need. For example, if you want to pass
a variable $foo_or_bar
to AC_LIBOBJ
that holds either
"foo"
or "bar"
, you should do:
AC_LIBSOURCE([foo.c]) AC_LIBSOURCE([bar.c]) AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
There is usually a way to avoid this, however, and you are encouraged to
simply call AC_LIBOBJ
with literal arguments.
Note that this macro replaces the obsolete AC_LIBOBJ_DECL
, with
slightly different semantics: the old macro took the function name,
e.g., foo
, as its argument rather than the file name.
Like AC_LIBSOURCE
, but accepts one or more files in a
comma-separated M4 list. Thus, the above example might be rewritten:
AC_LIBSOURCES([foo.c, bar.c]) AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
Specify that AC_LIBOBJ
replacement files are to be found in
directory, a name relative to the top level of the
source tree. The replacement directory defaults to ., the top
level directory, and the most typical value is lib, corresponding
to ‘AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR([lib])’.
configure
might need to know the replacement directory for the
following reasons: (i) some checks use the replacement files, (ii) some
macros bypass broken system headers by installing links to the
replacement headers (iii) when used in conjunction with Automake,
within each makefile, directory is used as a relative path
from $(top_srcdir)
to each object named in LIBOBJS
and
LTLIBOBJS
, etc.
It is common to merely check for the existence of a function, and ask
for its AC_LIBOBJ
replacement if missing. The following macro is
a convenient shorthand.
Like AC_CHECK_FUNCS
, but uses ‘AC_LIBOBJ(function)’ as
action-if-not-found. You can declare your replacement function by
enclosing the prototype in ‘#ifndef HAVE_function’. If the
system has the function, it probably declares it in a header file you
should be including, so you shouldn’t redeclare it lest your declaration
conflict.
Next: Declarations, Previous: Library Functions, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
The following macros check for the presence of certain C header files. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a header file you need, and you don’t need to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the general header-file check macros.
• Header Portability | Collected knowledge on common headers | |
• Particular Headers | Special handling to find certain headers | |
• Generic Headers | How to find other headers |
Next: Particular Headers, Up: Header Files [Contents][Index]
This section documents some collected knowledge about common headers, and the problems they cause. By definition, this list always requires additions. A much more complete list is maintained by the Gnulib project (see Gnulib), covering Posix Headers in GNU gnulib and Glibc Headers in GNU gnulib. Please help us keep the gnulib list as complete as possible.
C99 says that limits.h defines LLONG_MIN
,
LLONG_MAX
, and ULLONG_MAX
, but many almost-C99
environments (e.g., default GCC 4.0.2 + glibc 2.4) do not
define them.
The C99 standard says that inttypes.h includes stdint.h, so there’s no need to include stdint.h separately in a standard environment. Some implementations have inttypes.h but not stdint.h (e.g., Solaris 7), but we don’t know of any implementation that has stdint.h but not inttypes.h.
It requires linux/types.h and sys/socket.h.
It requires linux/types.h.
On Darwin, this file requires that sys/socket.h be included beforehand. One should run:
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h], [], [], [#include <stdio.h> #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include <stdlib.h> # include <stddef.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include <stdlib.h> # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H # include <sys/socket.h> #endif ])
On Darwin, this file requires that stdio.h and sys/socket.h be included beforehand. One should run:
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/if_ether.h], [], [], [#include <stdio.h> #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include <stdlib.h> # include <stddef.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include <stdlib.h> # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H # include <sys/socket.h> #endif ])
See above, item inttypes.h vs. stdint.h.
On many systems (e.g., Darwin), stdio.h is a prerequisite.
On FreeBSD 4.8 on ia32 and using gcc version 2.95.4, sys/params.h is a prerequisite.
On Solaris 8, sys/stream.h is a prerequisite.
On Darwin, stdlib.h is a prerequisite.
On Tru64 5.1, sys/types.h is a prerequisite.
Using XFree86, this header requires X11/Xlib.h, which is probably so required that you might not even consider looking for it.
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h], [], [], [[#include <X11/Xlib.h> ]])
Next: Generic Headers, Previous: Header Portability, Up: Header Files [Contents][Index]
These macros check for particular system header files—whether they exist, and in some cases whether they declare certain symbols.
Check whether stdbool.h exists and conforms to C99, and cache the
result in the ac_cv_header_stdbool_h
variable. If the type
_Bool
is defined, define HAVE__BOOL
to 1.
This macro is intended for use by Gnulib (see Gnulib) and other
packages that supply a substitute stdbool.h on platforms lacking
a conforming one. The AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
macro is better for code
that explicitly checks for stdbool.h.
Check whether to enable assertions in the style of assert.h.
Assertions are enabled by default, but the user can override this by
invoking configure
with the --disable-assert option.
Check for the following header files. For the first one that is found and defines ‘DIR’, define the listed C preprocessor macro:
dirent.h | HAVE_DIRENT_H |
sys/ndir.h | HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H |
sys/dir.h | HAVE_SYS_DIR_H |
ndir.h | HAVE_NDIR_H |
The directory-library declarations in your source code should look something like the following:
#include <sys/types.h> #ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H # include <dirent.h> # define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name) #else # define dirent direct # define NAMLEN(dirent) ((dirent)->d_namlen) # ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H # include <sys/ndir.h> # endif # ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H # include <sys/dir.h> # endif # ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H # include <ndir.h> # endif #endif
Using the above declarations, the program would declare variables to be
of type struct dirent
, not struct direct
, and would access
the length of a directory entry name by passing a pointer to a
struct dirent
to the NAMLEN
macro.
This macro also checks for the SCO Xenix dir and x libraries.
This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems with directory
libraries have <dirent.h>
. New programs need not use this macro.
Also see AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
and
AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
(see Particular Structures).
If sys/types.h does not define major
, minor
, and
makedev
, but sys/mkdev.h does, define
MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
; otherwise, if sys/sysmacros.h does, define
MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
.
Checks for header resolv.h, checking for prerequisites first. To properly use resolv.h, your code should contain something like the following:
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H # include <netinet/in.h> /* inet_ functions / structs */ #endif #ifdef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H # include <arpa/nameser.h> /* DNS HEADER struct */ #endif #ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H # include <netdb.h> #endif #include <resolv.h>
If the macros S_ISDIR
, S_ISREG
, etc. defined in
sys/stat.h do not work properly (returning false positives),
define STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
. This is the case on Tektronix UTekV,
Amdahl UTS and Motorola System V/88.
This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug. New programs need not use this macro.
If stdbool.h exists and conforms to C99, define
HAVE_STDBOOL_H
to 1; if the type _Bool
is defined, define
HAVE__BOOL
to 1. To fulfill the C99 requirements, your
program could contain the following code:
#ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H # include <stdbool.h> #else # ifndef HAVE__BOOL # ifdef __cplusplus typedef bool _Bool; # else # define _Bool signed char # endif # endif # define bool _Bool # define false 0 # define true 1 # define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1 #endif
Alternatively you can use the ‘stdbool’ package of Gnulib
(see Gnulib). It simplifies your code so that it can say just
#include <stdbool.h>
, and it adds support for less-common
platforms.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_header_stdbool_h
variable.
This macro differs from AC_CHECK_HEADER_STDBOOL
only in that it
defines HAVE_STDBOOL_H
whereas AC_CHECK_HEADER_STDBOOL
does not.
Define STDC_HEADERS
if the system has C header files
conforming to ANSI C89 (ISO C90).
Specifically, this macro checks for stdlib.h, stdarg.h,
string.h, and float.h; if the system has those, it
probably has the rest of the C89 header files. This macro also
checks whether string.h declares memchr
(and thus
presumably the other mem
functions), whether stdlib.h
declare free
(and thus presumably malloc
and other related
functions), and whether the ctype.h macros work on characters
with the high bit set, as the C standard requires.
If you use this macro, your code can refer to STDC_HEADERS
to
determine whether the system has conforming header files (and probably C
library functions).
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_header_stdc
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have conforming header files. New programs need not use this macro.
Nowadays string.h is part of the C standard and declares functions like
strcpy
, and strings.h is standardized by Posix and declares
BSD functions like bcopy
; but
historically, string functions were a major sticking point in this area.
If you still want to worry about portability to ancient systems without
standard headers, there is so much variation
that it is probably easier to declare the functions you use than to
figure out exactly what the system header files declare. Some ancient systems
contained a mix of functions from the C standard and from BSD;
some were mostly standard but lacked ‘memmove’; some defined the
BSD functions as macros in string.h or
strings.h; some had only the BSD functions but
string.h; some declared the memory functions in memory.h,
some in string.h; etc. It is probably sufficient to check for
one string function and one memory function; if the library had the
standard versions of those then it probably had most of the others.
If you put the following in configure.ac:
# This example is obsolescent. # Nowadays you can omit these macro calls. AC_HEADER_STDC AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr memcpy])
then, in your code, you can use declarations like this:
/* This example is obsolescent. Nowadays you can just #include <string.h>. */ #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include <string.h> #else # ifndef HAVE_STRCHR # define strchr index # define strrchr rindex # endif char *strchr (), *strrchr (); # ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY # define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n)) # define memmove(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n)) # endif #endif
If you use a function like memchr
, memset
, strtok
,
or strspn
, which have no BSD equivalent, then macros don’t
suffice to port to ancient hosts; you must provide an implementation of
each function. An easy
way to incorporate your implementations only when needed (since the ones
in system C libraries may be hand optimized) is to, taking memchr
for example, put it in memchr.c and use
‘AC_REPLACE_FUNCS([memchr])’.
If sys/wait.h exists and is compatible with Posix, define
HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
. Incompatibility can occur if sys/wait.h
does not exist, or if it uses the old BSD union wait
instead
of int
to store a status value. If sys/wait.h is not
Posix compatible, then instead of including it, define the
Posix macros with their usual interpretations. Here is an
example:
#include <sys/types.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H # include <sys/wait.h> #endif #ifndef WEXITSTATUS # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8) #endif #ifndef WIFEXITED # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0) #endif
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as current systems are compatible with Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
_POSIX_VERSION
is defined when unistd.h is included on
Posix systems. If there is no unistd.h, it is definitely
not a Posix system. However, some non-Posix systems do
have unistd.h.
The way to check whether the system supports Posix is:
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include <sys/types.h> # include <unistd.h> #endif #ifdef _POSIX_VERSION /* Code for Posix systems. */ #endif
If a program may include both time.h and sys/time.h,
define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
. On some ancient systems,
sys/time.h included time.h, but time.h was not
protected against multiple inclusion, so programs could not explicitly
include both files. This macro is useful in programs that use, for
example, struct timeval
as well as
struct tm
. It is best used in conjunction with
HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
, which can be checked for using
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h])
.
#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME # include <sys/time.h> # include <time.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H # include <sys/time.h> # else # include <time.h> # endif #endif
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_header_time
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as current systems can include both files when they exist. New programs need not use this macro.
If the use of TIOCGWINSZ
requires <sys/ioctl.h>, then
define GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
. Otherwise TIOCGWINSZ
can be
found in <termios.h>.
Use:
#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H # include <termios.h> #endif #ifdef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL # include <sys/ioctl.h> #endif
Previous: Particular Headers, Up: Header Files [Contents][Index]
These macros are used to find system header files not covered by the “particular” test macros. If you need to check the contents of a header as well as find out whether it is present, you have to write your own test for it (see Writing Tests).
If the system header file header-file is compilable, execute shell
commands action-if-found, otherwise execute
action-if-not-found. If you just want to define a symbol if the
header file is available, consider using AC_CHECK_HEADERS
instead.
includes is decoded to determine the appropriate include
directives. If omitted or empty, configure will check for both header
existence (with the preprocessor) and usability (with the compiler),
using AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
for the compile test. If
there is a discrepancy between the results, a warning is issued to the
user, and the compiler results are favored (see Present But Cannot Be Compiled). In general, favoring the compiler results means
that a header will be treated as not found even though the file exists,
because you did not provide enough prerequisites.
Providing a non-empty includes argument allows the code to provide
any prerequisites prior to including the header under test; it is common
to use the argument AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
(see Default Includes). With an explicit fourth argument, no preprocessor test is
needed. As a special case, an includes of exactly ‘-’
triggers the older preprocessor check, which merely determines existence
of the file in the preprocessor search path; this should only be used as
a last resort (it is safer to determine the actual prerequisites and
perform a compiler check, or else use AC_PREPROC_IFELSE
to make
it obvious that only a preprocessor check is desired).
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_header_header-file
variable, with characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to
underscores.
For each given system header file header-file in the
blank-separated argument list that exists, define
HAVE_header-file
(in all capitals). If action-if-found
is given, it is additional shell code to execute when one of the header
files is found. You can give it a value of ‘break’ to break out of
the loop on the first match. If action-if-not-found is given, it
is executed when one of the header files is not found.
includes is interpreted as in AC_CHECK_HEADER
, in order to
choose the set of preprocessor directives supplied before the header
under test.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_header_header-file
variable, with characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to
underscores.
Previous versions of Autoconf merely checked whether the header was
accepted by the preprocessor. This was changed because the old test was
inappropriate for typical uses. Headers are typically used to compile,
not merely to preprocess, and the old behavior sometimes accepted
headers that clashed at compile-time (see Present But Cannot Be Compiled). If you need to check whether a header is preprocessable,
you can use AC_PREPROC_IFELSE
(see Running the Preprocessor).
Actually requiring a header to compile improves the robustness of the test, but it also requires that you make sure that headers that must be included before the header-file be part of the includes, (see Default Includes). If looking for bar.h, which requires that foo.h be included before if it exists, we suggest the following scheme:
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([bar.h], [], [], [#ifdef HAVE_FOO_H # include <foo.h> #endif ])
The following variant generates smaller, faster configure
files if you do not need the full power of AC_CHECK_HEADERS
.
For each given system header file header-file in the
blank-separated argument list that exists, define
HAVE_header-file
(in all capitals).
This is a once-only variant of AC_CHECK_HEADERS
. It generates the
checking code at most once, so that configure
is smaller and
faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
early during the configure
run. Thus, this macro is only safe
for checking headers that do not have prerequisites beyond what
AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
provides.
Next: Structures, Previous: Header Files, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
The following macros check for the declaration of variables and
functions. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
symbol you need, then you can use the general macros (see Generic Declarations) or, for more complex tests, you may use
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
(see Running the Compiler).
• Particular Declarations | Macros to check for certain declarations | |
• Generic Declarations | How to find other declarations |
Next: Generic Declarations, Up: Declarations [Contents][Index]
There are no specific macros for declarations.
Previous: Particular Declarations, Up: Declarations [Contents][Index]
These macros are used to find declarations not covered by the “particular” test macros.
If symbol (a function, variable, or constant) is not declared in
includes and a declaration is needed, run the shell commands
action-if-not-found, otherwise action-if-found.
includes is a series of include directives, defaulting to
AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
(see Default Includes), which are used
prior to the declaration under test.
This macro actually tests whether symbol is defined as a macro or can be used as an r-value, not whether it is really declared, because it is much safer to avoid introducing extra declarations when they are not needed. In order to facilitate use of C++ and overloaded function declarations, it is possible to specify function argument types in parentheses for types which can be zero-initialized:
AC_CHECK_DECL([basename(char *)])
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_have_decl_symbol
variable, with characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to
underscores.
For each of the symbols (comma-separated list with optional
function argument types for C++ overloads), define
HAVE_DECL_symbol
(in all capitals) to ‘1’ if
symbol is declared, otherwise to ‘0’. If
action-if-not-found is given, it is additional shell code to
execute when one of the function declarations is needed, otherwise
action-if-found is executed.
includes is a series of include directives, defaulting to
AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
(see Default Includes), which are used
prior to the declarations under test.
This macro uses an M4 list as first argument:
AC_CHECK_DECLS([strdup]) AC_CHECK_DECLS([strlen]) AC_CHECK_DECLS([malloc, realloc, calloc, free]) AC_CHECK_DECLS([j0], [], [], [[#include <math.h>]]) AC_CHECK_DECLS([[basename(char *)], [dirname(char *)]])
Unlike the other ‘AC_CHECK_*S’ macros, when a symbol is not
declared, HAVE_DECL_symbol
is defined to ‘0’ instead
of leaving HAVE_DECL_symbol
undeclared. When you are
sure that the check was performed, use
HAVE_DECL_symbol
in #if
:
#if !HAVE_DECL_SYMBOL extern char *symbol; #endif
If the test may have not been performed, however, because it is safer not to declare a symbol than to use a declaration that conflicts with the system’s one, you should use:
#if defined HAVE_DECL_MALLOC && !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC void *malloc (size_t *s); #endif
You fall into the second category only in extreme situations: either your files may be used without being configured, or they are used during the configuration. In most cases the traditional approach is enough.
This macro caches its results in ac_cv_have_decl_symbol
variables, with characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to
underscores.
For each of the symbols (comma-separated list), define
HAVE_DECL_symbol
(in all capitals) to ‘1’ if
symbol is declared in the default include files, otherwise to
‘0’. This is a once-only variant of AC_CHECK_DECLS
. It
generates the checking code at most once, so that configure
is
smaller and faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are
always done once, early during the configure
run.
Next: Types, Previous: Declarations, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
The following macros check for the presence of certain members in C
structures. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
member you need, then you can use the general structure-member macros
(see Generic Structures) or, for more complex tests, you may use
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
(see Running the Compiler).
• Particular Structures | Macros to check for certain structure members | |
• Generic Structures | How to find other structure members |
Next: Generic Structures, Up: Structures [Contents][Index]
The following macros check for certain structures or structure members.
Perform all the actions of AC_HEADER_DIRENT
(see Particular Headers). Then, if struct dirent
contains a d_ino
member, define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
.
HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
indicates only the presence of
d_ino
, not whether its contents are always reliable.
Traditionally, a zero d_ino
indicated a deleted directory entry,
though current systems hide this detail from the user and never return
zero d_ino
values.
Many current systems report an incorrect d_ino
for a directory
entry that is a mount point.
Perform all the actions of AC_HEADER_DIRENT
(see Particular Headers). Then, if struct dirent
contains a d_type
member, define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
.
If struct stat
contains an st_blocks
member, define
HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
. Otherwise, require an
AC_LIBOBJ
replacement of ‘fileblocks’. The former name,
HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
is to be avoided, as its support will cease in the
future.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_blocks
variable.
If time.h does not define struct tm
, define
TM_IN_SYS_TIME
, which means that including sys/time.h
had better define struct tm
.
This macro is obsolescent, as time.h defines struct tm
in
current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
Figure out how to get the current timezone. If struct tm
has a
tm_zone
member, define HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
(and the
obsoleted HAVE_TM_ZONE
). Otherwise, if the external array
tzname
is found, define HAVE_TZNAME
; if it is declared,
define HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
.
Previous: Particular Structures, Up: Structures [Contents][Index]
These macros are used to find structure members not covered by the “particular” test macros.
Check whether member is a member of the aggregate aggregate. If no includes are specified, the default includes are used (see Default Includes).
AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct passwd.pw_gecos], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([we need `passwd.pw_gecos'])], [[#include <pwd.h>]])
You can use this macro for submembers:
AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct top.middle.bot)
This macro caches its result in the
ac_cv_member_aggregate_member
variable, with
characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
Check for the existence of each ‘aggregate.member’ of
members using the previous macro. When member belongs to
aggregate, define HAVE_aggregate_member
(in all
capitals, with spaces and dots replaced by underscores). If
action-if-found is given, it is executed for each of the found
members. If action-if-not-found is given, it is executed for each
of the members that could not be found.
includes is a series of include directives, defaulting to
AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
(see Default Includes), which are used
prior to the members under test.
This macro uses M4 lists:
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev, struct stat.st_blksize])
Next: Compilers and Preprocessors, Previous: Structures, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
The following macros check for C types, either builtin or typedefs. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a type you need, and you don’t need to check for any special properties of it, then you can use a general type-check macro.
• Particular Types | Special handling to find certain types | |
• Generic Types | How to find other types |
Next: Generic Types, Up: Types [Contents][Index]
These macros check for particular C types in sys/types.h, stdlib.h, stdint.h, inttypes.h and others, if they exist.
The Gnulib stdint
module is an alternate way to define many of
these symbols; it is useful if you prefer your code to assume a
C99-or-better environment. See Gnulib.
Define GETGROUPS_T
to be whichever of gid_t
or int
is the base type of the array argument to getgroups
.
This macro caches the base type in the ac_cv_type_getgroups
variable.
If stdint.h or inttypes.h does not define the type
int8_t
, define int8_t
to a signed
integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide and that uses two’s complement
representation, if such a type exists.
If you are worried about porting to hosts that lack such a type, you can
use the results of this macro in C89-or-later code as follows:
#if HAVE_STDINT_H # include <stdint.h> #endif #if defined INT8_MAX || defined int8_t code using int8_t #else complicated alternative using >8-bit 'signed char' #endif
This macro caches the type in the ac_cv_c_int8_t
variable.
This is like AC_TYPE_INT8_T
, except for 16-bit integers.
This is like AC_TYPE_INT8_T
, except for 32-bit integers.
This is like AC_TYPE_INT8_T
, except for 64-bit integers.
If stdint.h or inttypes.h defines the type intmax_t
,
define HAVE_INTMAX_T
. Otherwise, define intmax_t
to the
widest signed integer type.
If stdint.h or inttypes.h defines the type intptr_t
,
define HAVE_INTPTR_T
. Otherwise, define intptr_t
to a
signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
exists.
If the C compiler supports a working long double
type, define
HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
. The long double
type might have the
same range and precision as double
.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_long_double
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support long
double
. New programs need not use this macro.
If the C compiler supports a working long double
type with more
range or precision than the double
type, define
HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_long_double_wider
variable.
If the C compiler supports a working long long int
type, define
HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
. However, this test does not test
long long int
values in preprocessor #if
expressions,
because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
See Preprocessor Arithmetic.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_long_long_int
variable.
Define HAVE_MBSTATE_T
if <wchar.h>
declares the
mbstate_t
type. Also, define mbstate_t
to be a type if
<wchar.h>
does not declare it.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_mbstate_t
variable.
Define mode_t
to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
define it.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_mode_t
variable.
Define off_t
to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
define it.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_off_t
variable.
Define pid_t
to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
define it.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_pid_t
variable.
Define size_t
to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
define it.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_size_t
variable.
Define ssize_t
to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
define it.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_ssize_t
variable.
Define uid_t
and gid_t
to suitable types, if standard
headers do not define them.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_uid_t
variable.
If stdint.h or inttypes.h does not define the type
uint8_t
, define uint8_t
to an
unsigned integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide, if such a type
exists.
This is like AC_TYPE_INT8_T
, except for unsigned integers.
This is like AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
, except for 16-bit integers.
This is like AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
, except for 32-bit integers.
This is like AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
, except for 64-bit integers.
If stdint.h or inttypes.h defines the type uintmax_t
,
define HAVE_UINTMAX_T
. Otherwise, define uintmax_t
to the
widest unsigned integer type.
If stdint.h or inttypes.h defines the type uintptr_t
,
define HAVE_UINTPTR_T
. Otherwise, define uintptr_t
to an
unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
exists.
If the C compiler supports a working unsigned long long int
type,
define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
. However, this test does not test
unsigned long long int
values in preprocessor #if
expressions,
because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
See Preprocessor Arithmetic.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int
variable.
Previous: Particular Types, Up: Types [Contents][Index]
These macros are used to check for types not covered by the “particular” test macros.
Check whether type is defined. It may be a compiler builtin type
or defined by the includes. includes is a series of include
directives, defaulting to AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
(see Default Includes), which are used prior to the type under test.
In C, type must be a type-name, so that the expression ‘sizeof (type)’ is valid (but ‘sizeof ((type))’ is not). The same test is applied when compiling for C++, which means that in C++ type should be a type-id and should not be an anonymous ‘struct’ or ‘union’.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_type_type
variable, with ‘*’ mapped to ‘p’ and other characters not
suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
For each type of the types that is defined, define
HAVE_type
(in all capitals). Each type must follow
the rules of AC_CHECK_TYPE
. If no includes are
specified, the default includes are used (see Default Includes). If
action-if-found is given, it is additional shell code to execute
when one of the types is found. If action-if-not-found is given,
it is executed when one of the types is not found.
This macro uses M4 lists:
AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t]) AC_CHECK_TYPES([unsigned long long int, uintmax_t]) AC_CHECK_TYPES([float_t], [], [], [[#include <math.h>]])
Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide to another version of
AC_CHECK_TYPE
, broken by design. In order to keep backward
compatibility, a simple heuristic, quite safe but not totally, is
implemented. In case of doubt, read the documentation of the former
AC_CHECK_TYPE
, see Obsolete Macros.
Next: System Services, Previous: Types, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
All the tests for compilers (AC_PROG_CC
, AC_PROG_CXX
,
AC_PROG_F77
) define the output variable EXEEXT
based on
the output of the compiler, typically to the empty string if
Posix and ‘.exe’ if a DOS variant.
They also define the output variable OBJEXT
based on the
output of the compiler, after .c files have been excluded, typically
to ‘o’ if Posix, ‘obj’ if a DOS variant.
If the compiler being used does not produce executables, the tests fail. If the executables can’t be run, and cross-compilation is not enabled, they fail too. See Manual Configuration, for more on support for cross compiling.
• Specific Compiler Characteristics | Some portability issues | |
• Generic Compiler Characteristics | Language independent tests and features | |
• C Compiler | Checking its characteristics | |
• C++ Compiler | Likewise | |
• Objective C Compiler | Likewise | |
• Objective C++ Compiler | Likewise | |
• Erlang Compiler and Interpreter | Likewise | |
• Fortran Compiler | Likewise | |
• Go Compiler | Likewise |
Some compilers exhibit different behaviors.
Autoconf relies on a trick to extract one bit of information from the C compiler: using negative array sizes. For instance the following excerpt of a C source demonstrates how to test whether ‘int’ objects are 4 bytes wide:
static int test_array[sizeof (int) == 4 ? 1 : -1];
To our knowledge, there is a single compiler that does not support this
trick: the HP C compilers (the real ones, not only the
“bundled”) on HP-UX 11.00.
They incorrectly reject the above program with the diagnostic
“Variable-length arrays cannot have static storage.”
This bug comes from HP compilers’ mishandling of sizeof (int)
,
not from the ? 1 : -1
, and
Autoconf works around this problem by casting sizeof (int)
to
long int
before comparing it.
Next: C Compiler, Previous: Specific Compiler Characteristics, Up: Compilers and Preprocessors [Contents][Index]
Define SIZEOF_type-or-expr
(see Standard Symbols) to be
the size in bytes of type-or-expr, which may be either a type or
an expression returning a value that has a size. If the expression
‘sizeof (type-or-expr)’ is invalid, the result is 0.
includes is a series of include directives, defaulting to
AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
(see Default Includes), which are used
prior to the expression under test.
This macro now works even when cross-compiling. The unused argument was used when cross-compiling.
For example, the call
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int *])
defines SIZEOF_INT_P
to be 8 on DEC Alpha AXP systems.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_sizeof_type-or-expr
variable, with ‘*’ mapped to ‘p’ and other characters not
suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
Define ALIGNOF_type
(see Standard Symbols) to be the
alignment in bytes of type. ‘type y;’ must be valid as
a structure member declaration. If ‘type’ is unknown, the result
is 0. If no includes are specified, the default includes are used
(see Default Includes).
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_alignof_type-or-expr
variable, with ‘*’ mapped to ‘p’ and other characters not
suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
Store into the shell variable var the value of the integer
expression. The
value should fit in an initializer in a C variable of type signed
long
. To support cross compilation (in which case, the macro only works on
hosts that use twos-complement arithmetic), it should be possible to evaluate
the expression at compile-time. If no includes are specified, the
default includes are used (see Default Includes).
Execute action-if-fails if the value cannot be determined correctly.
Normally Autoconf ignores warnings generated by the compiler, linker, and
preprocessor. If this macro is used, warnings count as fatal
errors for the current language. This macro is useful when the
results of configuration are used where warnings are unacceptable; for
instance, if parts of a program are built with the GCC
-Werror
option. If the whole program is built using -Werror it is
often simpler to put -Werror in the compiler flags (CFLAGS
,
etc.).
OpenMP specifies extensions of C, C++, and Fortran that simplify optimization of shared memory parallelism, which is a common problem on multicore CPUs.
If the current language is C, the macro AC_OPENMP
sets the
variable OPENMP_CFLAGS
to the C compiler flags needed for
supporting OpenMP. OPENMP_CFLAGS
is set to empty if the
compiler already supports OpenMP, if it has no way to activate OpenMP
support, or if the user rejects OpenMP support by invoking
‘configure’ with the ‘--disable-openmp’ option.
OPENMP_CFLAGS
needs to be used when compiling programs, when
preprocessing program source, and when linking programs. Therefore you
need to add $(OPENMP_CFLAGS)
to the CFLAGS
of C programs
that use OpenMP. If you preprocess OpenMP-specific C code, you also
need to add $(OPENMP_CFLAGS)
to CPPFLAGS
. The presence of
OpenMP support is revealed at compile time by the preprocessor macro
_OPENMP
.
Linking a program with OPENMP_CFLAGS
typically adds one more
shared library to the program’s dependencies, so its use is recommended
only on programs that actually require OpenMP.
If the current language is C++, AC_OPENMP
sets the variable
OPENMP_CXXFLAGS
, suitably for the C++ compiler. The same remarks
hold as for C.
If the current language is Fortran 77 or Fortran, AC_OPENMP
sets
the variable OPENMP_FFLAGS
or OPENMP_FCFLAGS
,
respectively. Similar remarks as for C hold, except that
CPPFLAGS
is not used for Fortran, and no preprocessor macro
signals OpenMP support.
For portability, it is best to avoid spaces between ‘#’ and ‘pragma omp’. That is, write ‘#pragma omp’, not ‘# pragma omp’. The Sun WorkShop 6.2 C compiler chokes on the latter.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_prog_c_openmp
,
ac_cv_prog_cxx_openmp
, ac_cv_prog_f77_openmp
, or
ac_cv_prog_fc_openmp
variable, depending on the current language.
Next: C++ Compiler, Previous: Generic Compiler Characteristics, Up: Compilers and Preprocessors [Contents][Index]
The following macros provide ways to find and exercise a C Compiler. There are a few constructs that ought to be avoided, but do not deserve being checked for, since they can easily be worked around.
They tickle a bug in the HP-UX C compiler (checked on HP-UX 10.20, 11.00, and 11i). When given the following source:
#ifdef __STDC__ /\ * A comment with backslash-newlines in it. %{ %} *\ \ / char str[] = "\\ " A string with backslash-newlines in it %{ %} \\ ""; char apostrophe = '\\ \ '\ '; #endif
the compiler incorrectly fails with the diagnostics “Non-terminating comment at end of file” and “Missing ‘#endif’ at end of file.” Removing the lines with solitary backslashes solves the problem.
Some compilers, such as HP’s, report names of files being compiled when given more than one file operand. For instance:
$ cc a.c b.c a.c: b.c:
This can cause problems if you observe the output of the compiler to detect failures. Invoking ‘cc -c a.c && cc -c b.c && cc -o c a.o b.o’ solves the issue.
#error
failingThe IRIX C compiler does not fail when #error is preprocessed; it
simply emits a diagnostic and continues, exiting successfully. So,
instead of an error directive like #error "Unsupported word size"
it is more portable to use an invalid directive like #Unsupported
word size
in Autoconf tests. In ordinary source code, #error
is
OK, since installers with inadequate compilers like IRIX can simply
examine these compilers’ diagnostic output.
#line
supportOn Solaris, c89
(at least Sun C 5.3 through 5.8)
diagnoses #line
directives whose line
numbers are greater than 32767. Nothing in Posix
makes this invalid. That is why Autoconf stopped issuing
#line
directives.
Determine a C compiler to use. If CC
is not already set in the
environment, check for gcc
and cc
, then for other C
compilers. Set output variable CC
to the name of the compiler
found.
This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C compilers to
search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
alternative search list for the C compiler. For example, if you didn’t
like the default order, then you could invoke AC_PROG_CC
like
this:
AC_PROG_CC([gcc cl cc])
If the C compiler does not handle function prototypes correctly by
default, try to add an option to output variable CC
to make it
so. This macro tries various options that select standard-conformance
modes on various systems.
After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
set to accept ANSI C89 (ISO C90); if not, the shell
variable
ac_cv_prog_cc_c89
is set to ‘no’. See also
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
below.
If using the GNU C compiler, set shell variable GCC
to
‘yes’. If output variable CFLAGS
was not already set, set
it to -g -O2 for the GNU C compiler (-O2 on systems
where GCC does not accept -g), or -g for
other compilers. If your package does not like this default, then it is
acceptable to insert the line ‘: ${CFLAGS=""}’ after AC_INIT
and before AC_PROG_CC
to select an empty default instead.
Many Autoconf macros use a compiler, and thus call
‘AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])’ to ensure that the compiler has been
determined before the body of the outermost AC_DEFUN
macro.
Although AC_PROG_CC
is safe to directly expand multiple times, it
performs certain checks (such as the proper value of EXEEXT
) only
on the first invocation. Therefore, care must be used when invoking
this macro from within another macro rather than at the top level
(see Expanded Before Required).
If the C compiler does not accept the -c and -o options
simultaneously, define NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
. This macro actually
tests both the compiler found by AC_PROG_CC
, and, if different,
the first cc
in the path. The test fails if one fails. This
macro was created for GNU Make to choose the default C compilation
rule.
For the compiler compiler, this macro caches its result in the
ac_cv_prog_cc_compiler_c_o
variable.
Set output variable CPP
to a command that runs the
C preprocessor. If ‘$CC -E’ doesn’t work, /lib/cpp is used.
It is only portable to run CPP
on files with a .c
extension.
Some preprocessors don’t indicate missing include files by the error
status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported.
For most preprocessors, though, warnings do not cause include-file
tests to fail unless AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR
is also specified.
This acts like AC_PROG_CPP
, except it treats warnings from the
preprocessor as errors even if the preprocessor exit status indicates
success. This is useful for avoiding headers that generate mandatory
warnings, such as deprecation notices.
The following macros check for C compiler or machine architecture
features. To check for characteristics not listed here, use
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
(see Running the Compiler) or
AC_RUN_IFELSE
(see Runtime).
If the C compiler cannot compile ISO Standard C (currently
C99), try to add an option to output variable CC
to make it work.
If the compiler does not support C99, fall back to supporting
ANSI C89 (ISO C90).
After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
set to accept Standard C; if not, the shell variable
ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc
is set to ‘no’.
If the C compiler is not in ANSI C89 (ISO C90) mode by
default, try to add an option to output variable CC
to make it
so. This macro tries various options that select ANSI C89 on
some system or another, preferring extended functionality modes over
strict conformance modes. It considers the compiler to be in
ANSI C89 mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
set to accept ANSI C89; if not, the shell variable
ac_cv_prog_cc_c89
is set to ‘no’.
This macro is called automatically by AC_PROG_CC
.
If the C compiler is not in C99 mode by default, try to add an
option to output variable CC
to make it so. This macro tries
various options that select C99 on some system or another, preferring
extended functionality modes over strict conformance modes. It
considers the compiler to be in C99 mode if it handles _Bool
,
//
comments, flexible array members, inline
, signed and
unsigned long long int
, mixed code and declarations, named
initialization of structs,
restrict
, va_copy
, varargs macros, variable declarations
in for
loops, and variable length arrays.
After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
set to accept C99; if not, the shell variable
ac_cv_prog_cc_c99
is set to ‘no’.
Define ‘HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A’ to 1 if the C compiler understands ‘\a’.
This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers understand ‘\a’. New programs need not use this macro.
If words are stored with the most significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC CPUs), execute action-if-true. If words are stored with the least significant byte first (like Intel and VAX CPUs), execute action-if-false.
This macro runs a test-case if endianness cannot be determined from the system header files. When cross-compiling, the test-case is not run but grep’ed for some magic values. action-if-unknown is executed if the latter case fails to determine the byte sex of the host system.
In some cases a single run of a compiler can generate code for multiple
architectures. This can happen, for example, when generating Mac OS X
universal binary files, which work on both PowerPC and Intel
architectures. In this case, the different variants might be for
different architectures whose endiannesses differ. If
configure
detects this, it executes action-if-universal
instead of action-if-unknown.
The default for action-if-true is to define
‘WORDS_BIGENDIAN’. The default for action-if-false is to do
nothing. The default for action-if-unknown is to
abort configure and tell the installer how to bypass this test.
And finally, the default for action-if-universal is to ensure that
‘WORDS_BIGENDIAN’ is defined if and only if a universal build is
detected and the current code is big-endian; this default works only if
autoheader
is used (see autoheader Invocation).
If you use this macro without specifying action-if-universal, you
should also use AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
; otherwise
‘WORDS_BIGENDIAN’ may be set incorrectly for Mac OS X universal
binary files.
If the C compiler does not fully support the const
keyword,
define const
to be empty. Some C compilers that do
not define __STDC__
do support const
; some compilers that
define __STDC__
do not completely support const
. Programs
can simply use const
as if every C compiler supported it; for
those that don’t, the makefile or configuration header file
defines it as empty.
Occasionally installers use a C++ compiler to compile C code, typically
because they lack a C compiler. This causes problems with const
,
because C and C++ treat const
differently. For example:
const int foo;
is valid in C but not in C++. These differences unfortunately cannot be
papered over by defining const
to be empty.
If autoconf
detects this situation, it leaves const
alone,
as this generally yields better results in practice. However, using a
C++ compiler to compile C code is not recommended or supported, and
installers who run into trouble in this area should get a C compiler
like GCC to compile their C code.
This macro caches its result in the ac_cv_c_const
variable.
This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support const
.
New programs need not use this macro.
If the C compiler recognizes a variant spelling for the restrict
keyword (__restrict
, __restrict__
, or _Restrict
),
then define restrict
to that; this is more likely to do the right
thing with compilers that support language variants where plain
restrict
is not a keyword. Otherwise, if the C compiler
recognizes the restrict
keyword, don’t do anything.
Otherwise, define restrict
to be empty.
Thus, programs may simply use restrict
as if every C compiler
supported it; for those that do not, the makefile
or configuration header defines it away.
Although support in C++ for the restrict
keyword is not
required, several C++ compilers do accept the keyword.
This macro works for them, too.
This macro caches ‘no’ in the ac_cv_c_restrict
variable
if restrict
is not supported, and a supported spelling otherwise.
If the C compiler does not understand the keyword volatile
,
define volatile
to be empty. Programs can simply use
volatile
as if every C compiler supported it; for those that do
not, the makefile or configuration header defines it as
empty.
If the correctness of your program depends on the semantics of
volatile
, simply defining it to be empty does, in a sense, break
your code. However, given that the compiler does not support
volatile
, you are at its mercy anyway. At least your
program compiles, when it wouldn’t before.
See Volatile Objects, for more about volatile
.
In general, the volatile
keyword is a standard C feature, so
you might expect that volatile
is available only when
__STDC__
is defined. However, Ultrix 4.3’s native compiler does
support volatile, but does not define __STDC__
.
This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support volatile
.
New programs need not use this macro.
If the C compiler supports the keyword inline
, do nothing.
Otherwise define inline
to __inline__
or __inline
if it accepts one of those, otherwise define inline
to be empty.
If the C type char
is unsigned, define __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
,
unless the C compiler predefines it.
These days, using this macro is not necessary. The same information can be determined by this portable alternative, thus avoiding the use of preprocessor macros in the namespace reserved for the implementation.
#include <limits.h> #if CHAR_MIN == 0 # define CHAR_UNSIGNED 1 #endif
If the C preprocessor supports the stringizing operator, define
HAVE_STRINGIZE
. The stringizing operator is ‘#’ and is
found in macros such as this:
#define x(y) #y
This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support the stringizing operator. New programs need not use this macro.
If the C compiler supports flexible array members, define
FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
to nothing; otherwise define it to 1.
That way, a declaration like this:
struct s { size_t n_vals; double val[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; };
will let applications use the “struct hack” even with compilers that do not support flexible array members. To allocate and use such an object, you can use code like this:
size_t i; size_t n = compute_value_count (); struct s *p = malloc (offsetof (struct s, val) + n * sizeof (double)); p->n_vals = n; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) p->val[i] = compute_value (i);
If the C compiler supports variable-length arrays, define
HAVE_C_VARARRAYS
. A variable-length array is an array of automatic
storage duration whose length is determined at run time, when the array
is declared.
If the C compiler supports GCC’s typeof
syntax either
directly or
through a different spelling of the keyword (e.g., __typeof__
),
define HAVE_TYPEOF
. If the support is available only through a
different spelling, define typeof
to that spelling.
If function prototypes are understood by the compiler (as determined by
AC_PROG_CC
), define PROTOTYPES
and __PROTOTYPES
.
Defining __PROTOTYPES
is for the benefit of
header files that cannot use macros that infringe on user name space.
This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support prototypes. New programs need not use this macro.
Add -traditional to output variable CC
if using the
GNU C compiler and ioctl
does not work properly without
-traditional. That usually happens when the fixed header files
have not been installed on an old system.
This macro is obsolescent, since current versions of the GNU C compiler fix the header files automatically when installed.
Next: Objective C Compiler, Previous: C Compiler, Up: Compilers and Preprocessors [Contents][Index]
Determine a C++ compiler to use. Check whether the environment variable
CXX
or CCC
(in that order) is set; if so, then set output
variable CXX
to its value.
Otherwise, if the macro is invoked without an argument, then search for
a C++ compiler under the likely names (first g++
and c++
then other names). If none of those checks succeed, then as a last
resort set CXX
to g++
.
This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C++ compilers to
search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
alternative search list for the C++ compiler. For example, if you
didn’t like the default order, then you could invoke AC_PROG_CXX
like this:
AC_PROG_CXX([gcc cl KCC CC cxx cc++ xlC aCC c++ g++])
If using the GNU C++ compiler, set shell variable GXX
to
‘yes’. If output variable CXXFLAGS
was not already set, set
it to -g -O2 for the GNU C++ compiler (-O2 on
systems where G++ does not accept -g), or -g for other
compilers. If your package does not like this default, then it is
acceptable to insert the line ‘: ${CXXFLAGS=""}’ after AC_INIT
and before AC_PROG_CXX
to select an empty default instead.
Set output variable CXXCPP
to a command that runs the C++
preprocessor. If ‘$CXX -E’ doesn’t work, /lib/cpp is used.
It is portable to run CXXCPP
only on files with a .c,
.C, .cc, or .cpp extension.
Some preprocessors don’t indicate missing include files by the error status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported. However, it is not known whether such broken preprocessors exist for C++.
Test whether the C++ compiler accepts the options -c and
-o simultaneously, and define CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
,
if it does not.
Next: Objective C++ Compiler, Previous: C++ Compiler, Up: Compilers and Preprocessors [Contents][Index]
Determine an Objective C compiler to use. If OBJC
is not already
set in the environment, check for Objective C compilers. Set output
variable OBJC
to the name of the compiler found.
This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C compilers to
search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
alternative search list for the Objective C compiler. For example, if you
didn’t like the default order, then you could invoke AC_PROG_OBJC
like this:
AC_PROG_OBJC([gcc objcc objc])
If using the GNU Objective C compiler, set shell variable
GOBJC
to ‘yes’. If output variable OBJCFLAGS
was not
already set, set it to -g -O2 for the GNU Objective C
compiler (-O2 on systems where gcc
does not accept
-g), or -g for other compilers.
Set output variable OBJCPP
to a command that runs the Objective C
preprocessor. If ‘$OBJC -E’ doesn’t work, /lib/cpp is used.
Next: Erlang Compiler and Interpreter, Previous: Objective C Compiler, Up: Compilers and Preprocessors [Contents][Index]
Determine an Objective C++ compiler to use. If OBJCXX
is not already
set in the environment, check for Objective C++ compilers. Set output
variable OBJCXX
to the name of the compiler found.
This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C++ compilers
to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
alternative search list for the Objective C++ compiler. For example, if you
didn’t like the default order, then you could invoke AC_PROG_OBJCXX
like this:
AC_PROG_OBJCXX([gcc g++ objcc++ objcxx])
If using the GNU Objective C++ compiler, set shell variable
GOBJCXX
to ‘yes’. If output variable OBJCXXFLAGS
was not
already set, set it to -g -O2 for the GNU Objective C++
compiler (-O2 on systems where gcc
does not accept
-g), or -g for other compilers.
Set output variable OBJCXXCPP
to a command that runs the Objective C++
preprocessor. If ‘$OBJCXX -E’ doesn’t work, /lib/cpp is used.
Next: Fortran Compiler, Previous: Objective C++ Compiler, Up: Compilers and Preprocessors [Contents][Index]
Autoconf defines the following macros for determining paths to the essential Erlang/OTP programs:
Determine an Erlang compiler to use. If ERLC
is not already set in the
environment, check for erlc
. Set output variable ERLC
to the
complete path of the compiler command found. In addition, if ERLCFLAGS
is not set in the environment, set it to an empty value.
The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
macro AC_PATH_PROG
for looking for the erlc
program. For
example, to look for erlc
only in the /usr/lib/erlang/bin
directory:
AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
A simplified variant of the AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC
macro, that prints an
error message and exits the configure
script if the erlc
program is not found.
Determine an Erlang interpreter to use. If ERL
is not already
set in the
environment, check for erl
. Set output variable ERL
to the
complete path of the interpreter command found.
The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
macro AC_PATH_PROG
for looking for the erl
program. For
example, to look for erl
only in the /usr/lib/erlang/bin
directory:
AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
A simplified variant of the AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL
macro, that prints an
error message and exits the configure
script if the erl
program is not found.
Next: Go Compiler, Previous: Erlang Compiler and Interpreter, Up: Compilers and Preprocessors [Contents][Index]
The Autoconf Fortran support is divided into two categories: legacy
Fortran 77 macros (F77
), and modern Fortran macros (FC
).
The former are intended for traditional Fortran 77 code, and have output
variables like F77
, FFLAGS
, and FLIBS
. The latter
are for newer programs that can (or must) compile under the newer
Fortran standards, and have output variables like FC
,
FCFLAGS
, and FCLIBS
.
Except for the macros AC_FC_SRCEXT
, AC_FC_FREEFORM
,
AC_FC_FIXEDFORM
, and AC_FC_LINE_LENGTH
(see below), the
FC
and F77
macros behave almost identically, and so they
are documented together in this section.
Determine a Fortran 77 compiler to use. If F77
is not already
set in the environment, then check for g77
and f77
, and
then some other names. Set the output variable F77
to the name
of the compiler found.
This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran 77
compilers to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to
specify an alternative search list for the Fortran 77 compiler. For
example, if you didn’t like the default order, then you could invoke
AC_PROG_F77
like this:
AC_PROG_F77([fl32 f77 fort77 xlf g77 f90 xlf90])
If using g77
(the GNU Fortran 77 compiler), then
set the shell variable G77
to ‘yes’.
If the output variable FFLAGS
was not already set in the
environment, then set it to -g -02 for g77
(or -O2
where g77
does not accept -g). Otherwise, set
FFLAGS
to -g for all other Fortran 77 compilers.
The result of the GNU test is cached in the
ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu
variable, acceptance of -g in the
ac_cv_prog_f77_g
variable.
Determine a Fortran compiler to use. If FC
is not already set in
the environment, then dialect
is a hint to indicate what Fortran
dialect to search for; the default is to search for the newest available
dialect. Set the output variable FC
to the name of the compiler
found.
By default, newer dialects are preferred over older dialects, but if
dialect
is specified then older dialects are preferred starting
with the specified dialect. dialect
can currently be one of
Fortran 77, Fortran 90, or Fortran 95. However, this is only a hint of
which compiler name to prefer (e.g., f90
or f95
),
and no attempt is made to guarantee that a particular language standard
is actually supported. Thus, it is preferable that you avoid the
dialect
option, and use AC_PROG_FC only for code compatible with
the latest Fortran standard.
This macro may, alternatively, be invoked with an optional first argument
which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran
compilers to search for, just as in AC_PROG_F77
.
If using gfortran
or g77
(the GNU Fortran compilers), then
set the shell variable GFC
to ‘yes’.
If the output variable FCFLAGS
was not already set in the
environment, then set it to -g -02 for GNU g77
(or
-O2 where g77
does not accept -g). Otherwise,
set FCFLAGS
to -g for all other Fortran compilers.
The result of the GNU test is cached in the ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu
variable, acceptance of -g in the ac_cv_prog_fc_g
variable.
Test whether the Fortran compiler accepts the options -c and
-o simultaneously, and define F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
or
FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
, respectively, if it does not.
The result of the test is cached in the ac_cv_prog_f77_c_o
or
ac_cv_prog_fc_c_o
variable, respectively.
The following macros check for Fortran compiler characteristics.
To check for characteristics not listed here, use
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
(see Running the Compiler) or
AC_RUN_IFELSE
(see Runtime), making sure to first set the
current language to Fortran 77 or Fortran via AC_LANG([Fortran 77])
or AC_LANG(Fortran)
(see Language Choice).
Determine the linker flags (e.g., -L and -l) for the
Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries that are required to
successfully link a Fortran program or shared library. The output
variable FLIBS
or FCLIBS
is set to these flags (which
should be included after LIBS
when linking).
This macro is intended to be used in those situations when it is necessary to mix, e.g., C++ and Fortran source code in a single program or shared library (see Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++ in GNU Automake).
For example, if object files from a C++ and Fortran compiler must be linked together, then the C++ compiler/linker must be used for linking (since special C++-ish things need to happen at link time like calling global constructors, instantiating templates, enabling exception support, etc.).
However, the Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries must be linked in as well, but the C++ compiler/linker doesn’t know by default how to add these Fortran 77 libraries. Hence, this macro was created to determine these Fortran libraries.
The macros AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN
and AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN
or
AC_F77_MAIN
and AC_FC_MAIN
are probably also necessary to
link C/C++ with Fortran; see below. Further, it is highly recommended
that you use AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
(see Configuration Headers)
because the complex defines that the function wrapper macros create
may not work with C/C++ compiler drivers.
These macros internally compute the flag needed to verbose linking
output and cache it in ac_cv_prog_f77_v
or ac_cv_prog_fc_v
variables, respectively. The computed linker flags are cached in
ac_cv_f77_libs
or ac_cv_fc_libs
, respectively.
With many compilers, the Fortran libraries detected by
AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
or AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
provide
their own main
entry function that initializes things like
Fortran I/O, and which then calls a user-provided entry function named
(say) MAIN__
to run the user’s program. The
AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN
and AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN
or
AC_F77_MAIN
and AC_FC_MAIN
macros figure out how to deal with
this interaction.
When using Fortran for purely numerical functions (no I/O, etc.) often
one prefers to provide one’s own main
and skip the Fortran
library initializations. In this case, however, one may still need to
provide a dummy MAIN__
routine in order to prevent linking errors
on some systems. AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN
or AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN
detects whether any such routine is required for linking, and
what its name is; the shell variable F77_DUMMY_MAIN
or
FC_DUMMY_MAIN
holds this name, unknown
when no solution
was found, and none
when no such dummy main is needed.
By default, action-if-found defines F77_DUMMY_MAIN
or
FC_DUMMY_MAIN
to the name of this routine (e.g., MAIN__
)
if it is required. action-if-not-found defaults to
exiting with an error.
In order to link with Fortran routines, the user’s C/C++ program should then include the following code to define the dummy main if it is needed:
#ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN # ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" # endif int F77_DUMMY_MAIN () { return 1; } #endif
(Replace F77
with FC
for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
Note that this macro is called automatically from AC_F77_WRAPPERS
or AC_FC_WRAPPERS
; there is generally no need to call it
explicitly unless one wants to change the default actions.
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_f77_dummy_main
or
ac_cv_fc_dummy_main
variable, respectively.
As discussed above, many Fortran libraries allow you to provide an entry
point called (say) MAIN__
instead of the usual main
, which
is then called by a main
function in the Fortran libraries that
initializes things like Fortran I/O. The
AC_F77_MAIN
and AC_FC_MAIN
macros detect whether it is
possible to utilize such an alternate main function, and defines
F77_MAIN
and FC_MAIN
to the name of the function. (If no
alternate main function name is found, F77_MAIN
and FC_MAIN
are
simply defined to main
.)
Thus, when calling Fortran routines from C that perform things like I/O, one should use this macro and declare the "main" function like so:
#ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif int F77_MAIN (int argc, char *argv[]);
(Again, replace F77
with FC
for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
The result of this macro is cached in the ac_cv_f77_main
or
ac_cv_fc_main
variable, respectively.
Defines C macros F77_FUNC (name, NAME)
, FC_FUNC (name, NAME)
,
F77_FUNC_(name, NAME)
, and FC_FUNC_(name, NAME)
to properly
mangle the names of C/C++ identifiers, and identifiers with underscores,
respectively, so that they match the name-mangling scheme used by the
Fortran compiler.
Fortran is case-insensitive, and in order to achieve this the Fortran
compiler converts all identifiers into a canonical case and format. To
call a Fortran subroutine from C or to write a C function that is
callable from Fortran, the C program must explicitly use identifiers in
the format expected by the Fortran compiler. In order to do this, one
simply wraps all C identifiers in one of the macros provided by
AC_F77_WRAPPERS
or AC_FC_WRAPPERS
. For example, suppose
you have the following Fortran 77 subroutine:
subroutine foobar (x, y) double precision x, y y = 3.14159 * x return end
You would then declare its prototype in C or C++ as:
#define FOOBAR_F77 F77_FUNC (foobar, FOOBAR) #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" /* prevent C++ name mangling */ #endif void FOOBAR_F77 (double *x, double *y);
Note that we pass both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the
function name to F77_FUNC
so that it can select the right one.
Note also that all parameters to Fortran 77 routines are passed as
pointers (see Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++ in GNU
Automake).
(Replace F77
with FC
for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
Although Autoconf tries to be intelligent about detecting the
name-mangling scheme of the Fortran compiler, there may be Fortran
compilers that it doesn’t support yet. In this case, the above code
generates a compile-time error, but some other behavior
(e.g., disabling Fortran-related features) can be induced by checking
whether F77_FUNC
or FC_FUNC
is defined.
Now, to call that routine from a C program, we would do something like:
{ double x = 2.7183, y; FOOBAR_F77 (&x, &y); }
If the Fortran identifier contains an underscore (e.g., foo_bar
),
you should use F77_FUNC_
or FC_FUNC_
instead of
F77_FUNC
or FC_FUNC
(with the same arguments). This is
because some Fortran compilers mangle names differently if they contain
an underscore.
The name mangling scheme is encoded in the ac_cv_f77_mangling
or
ac_cv_fc_mangling
cache variable, respectively, and also used for
the AC_F77_FUNC
and AC_FC_FUNC
macros described below.
Given an identifier name, set the shell variable shellvar to
hold the mangled version name according to the rules of the
Fortran linker (see also AC_F77_WRAPPERS
or
AC_FC_WRAPPERS
). shellvar is optional; if it is not
supplied, the shell variable is simply name. The purpose of
this macro is to give the caller a way to access the name-mangling
information other than through the C preprocessor as above, for example,
to call Fortran routines from some language other than C/C++.
By default, the FC
macros perform their tests using a .f
extension for source-code files. Some compilers, however, only enable
newer language features for appropriately named files, e.g., Fortran 90
features only for .f90 files, or preprocessing only with
.F files or maybe other upper-case extensions. On the other
hand, some other compilers expect all source files to end in .f
and require special flags to support other file name extensions. The
AC_FC_SRCEXT
and AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT
macros deal with these
issues.
The AC_FC_SRCEXT
macro tries to get the FC
compiler to
accept files ending with the extension .ext (i.e.,
ext does not contain the dot). If any special compiler
flags are needed for this, it stores them in the output variable
FCFLAGS_ext
. This extension and these flags are then used
for all subsequent FC
tests (until AC_FC_SRCEXT
or
AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT
is called another time).
For example, you would use AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)
to employ the
.f90 extension in future tests, and it would set the
FCFLAGS_f90
output variable with any extra flags that are needed
to compile such files.
Similarly, the AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT
macro tries to get the FC
compiler to preprocess and compile files with the extension
.ext. When both fpp
and cpp
style
preprocessing are provided, the former is preferred, as the latter may
treat continuation lines, //
tokens, and white space differently
from what some Fortran dialects expect. Conversely, if you do not want
files to be preprocessed, use only lower-case characters in the file
name extension. Like with AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)
, any needed flags
are stored in the FCFLAGS_ext
variable.
The FCFLAGS_ext
flags can not be simply absorbed
into FCFLAGS
, for two reasons based on the limitations of some
compilers. First, only one FCFLAGS_ext
can be used at a
time, so files with different extensions must be compiled separately.
Second, FCFLAGS_ext
must appear immediately before
the source-code file name when compiling. So, continuing the example
above, you might compile a foo.f90 file in your makefile with the
command:
foo.o: foo.f90 $(FC) -c $(FCFLAGS) $(FCFLAGS_f90) '$(srcdir)/foo.f90'
If AC_FC_SRCEXT
or AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT
succeeds in compiling
files with the ext extension, it calls action-if-success
(defaults to nothing). If it fails, and cannot find a way to make the
FC
compiler accept such files, it calls action-if-failure
(defaults to exiting with an error message).
The AC_FC_SRCEXT
and AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT
macros cache their
results in ac_cv_fc_srcext_ext
and
ac_cv_fc_pp_srcext_ext
variables, respectively.
Find a flag to specify defines for preprocessed Fortran. Not all
Fortran compilers use -D. Substitute FC_DEFINE
with
the result and call action-if-success (defaults to nothing) if
successful, and action-if-failure (defaults to failing with an
error message) if not.
This macro calls AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT([F])
in order to learn how to
preprocess a conftest.F file, but restores a previously used
Fortran source file extension afterwards again.
The result of this test is cached in the ac_cv_fc_pp_define
variable.
Try to ensure that the Fortran compiler ($FC
) allows free-format
source code (as opposed to the older fixed-format style from Fortran
77). If necessary, it may add some additional flags to FCFLAGS
.
This macro is most important if you are using the default .f
extension, since many compilers interpret this extension as indicating
fixed-format source unless an additional flag is supplied. If you
specify a different extension with AC_FC_SRCEXT
, such as
.f90, then AC_FC_FREEFORM
ordinarily succeeds without
modifying FCFLAGS
. For extensions which the compiler does not
know about, the flag set by the AC_FC_SRCEXT
macro might let
the compiler assume Fortran 77 by default, however.
If AC_FC_FREEFORM
succeeds in compiling free-form source, it
calls action-if-success (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
calls action-if-failure (defaults to exiting with an error
message).
The result of this test, or ‘none’ or ‘unknown’, is cached in
the ac_cv_fc_freeform
variable.
Try to ensure that the Fortran compiler ($FC
) allows the old
fixed-format source code (as opposed to free-format style). If
necessary, it may add some additional flags to FCFLAGS
.
This macro is needed for some compilers alias names like xlf95
which assume free-form source code by default, and in case you want to
use fixed-form source with an extension like .f90 which many
compilers interpret as free-form by default. If you specify a different
extension with AC_FC_SRCEXT
, such as .f, then
AC_FC_FIXEDFORM
ordinarily succeeds without modifying
FCFLAGS
.
If AC_FC_FIXEDFORM
succeeds in compiling fixed-form source, it
calls action-if-success (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
calls action-if-failure (defaults to exiting with an error
message).
The result of this test, or ‘none’ or ‘unknown’, is cached in
the ac_cv_fc_fixedform
variable.
Try to ensure that the Fortran compiler ($FC
) accepts long source
code lines. The length argument may be given as 80, 132, or
unlimited, and defaults to 132. Note that line lengths above 254
columns are not portable, and some compilers do not accept more than 132
columns at least for fixed format source. If necessary, it may add some
additional flags to FCFLAGS
.
If AC_FC_LINE_LENGTH
succeeds in compiling fixed-form source, it
calls action-if-success (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
calls action-if-failure (defaults to exiting with an error
message).
The result of this test, or ‘none’ or ‘unknown’, is cached in
the ac_cv_fc_line_length
variable.
The AC_FC_CHECK_BOUNDS
macro tries to enable array bounds checking
in the Fortran compiler. If successful, the action-if-success
is called and any needed flags are added to FCFLAGS
. Otherwise,
action-if-failure is called, which defaults to failing with an error
message. The macro currently requires Fortran 90 or a newer dialect.
The result of the macro is cached in the ac_cv_fc_check_bounds
variable.
Try to disallow implicit declarations in the Fortran compiler. If
successful, action-if-success is called and any needed flags
are added to FFLAGS
or FCFLAGS
, respectively. Otherwise,
action-if-failure is called, which defaults to failing with an error
message.
The result of these macros are cached in the
ac_cv_f77_implicit_none
and ac_cv_fc_implicit_none
variables, respectively.
Find the Fortran 90 module file name extension. Most Fortran 90 compilers store module information in files separate from the object files. The module files are usually named after the name of the module rather than the source file name, with characters possibly turned to upper case, plus an extension, often .mod.
Not all compilers use module files at all, or by default. The Cray Fortran compiler requires -e m in order to store and search module information in .mod files rather than in object files. Likewise, the Fujitsu Fortran compilers uses the -Am option to indicate how module information is stored.
The AC_FC_MODULE_EXTENSION
macro computes the module extension
without the leading dot, and stores that in the FC_MODEXT
variable. If the compiler does not produce module files, or the
extension cannot be determined, FC_MODEXT
is empty. Typically,
the result of this macro may be used in cleanup make
rules as
follows:
clean-modules: -test -z "$(FC_MODEXT)" || rm -f *.$(FC_MODEXT)
The extension, or ‘unknown’, is cached in the
ac_cv_fc_module_ext
variable.
Find the compiler flag to include Fortran 90 module information from
another directory, and store that in the FC_MODINC
variable.
Call action-if-success (defaults to nothing) if successful, and
set FC_MODINC
to empty and call action-if-failure (defaults
to exiting with an error message) if not.
Most Fortran 90 compilers provide a way to specify module directories. Some have separate flags for the directory to write module files to, and directories to search them in, whereas others only allow writing to the current directory or to the first directory specified in the include path. Further, with some compilers, the module search path and the preprocessor search path can only be modified with the same flag. Thus, for portability, write module files to the current directory only and list that as first directory in the search path.
There may be no whitespace between FC_MODINC
and the following
directory name, but FC_MODINC
may contain trailing white space.
For example, if you use Automake and would like to search ../lib
for module files, you can use the following:
AM_FCFLAGS = $(FC_MODINC). $(FC_MODINC)../lib
Inside configure
tests, you can use:
if test -n "$FC_MODINC"; then FCFLAGS="$FCFLAGS $FC_MODINC. $FC_MODINC../lib" fi
The flag is cached in the ac_cv_fc_module_flag
variable.
The substituted value of FC_MODINC
may refer to the
ac_empty
dummy placeholder empty variable, to avoid losing
the significant trailing whitespace in a Makefile.
Find the compiler flag to write Fortran 90 module information to
another directory, and store that in the FC_MODOUT
variable.
Call action-if-success (defaults to nothing) if successful, and
set FC_MODOUT
to empty and call action-if-failure (defaults
to exiting with an error message) if not.
Not all Fortran 90 compilers write module files, and of those that do,
not all allow writing to a directory other than the current one, nor
do all have separate flags for writing and reading; see the description
of AC_FC_MODULE_FLAG
above. If you need to be able to write to
another directory, for maximum portability use FC_MODOUT
before
any FC_MODINC
and include both the current directory and the one
you write to in the search path:
AM_FCFLAGS = $(FC_MODOUT)../mod $(FC_MODINC)../mod $(FC_MODINC). …
The flag is cached in the ac_cv_fc_module_output_flag
variable.
The substituted value of FC_MODOUT
may refer to the
ac_empty
dummy placeholder empty variable, to avoid losing
the significant trailing whitespace in a Makefile.
Previous: Fortran Compiler, Up: Compilers and Preprocessors [Contents][Index]
Autoconf provides basic support for the Go programming language when
using the gccgo
compiler (there is currently no support for the
6g
and 8g
compilers).
Find the Go compiler to use. Check whether the environment variable
GOC
is set; if so, then set output variable GOC
to its
value.
Otherwise, if the macro is invoked without an argument, then search for
a Go compiler named gccgo
. If it is not found, then as a last
resort set GOC
to gccgo
.
This macro may be invoked with an optional first argument which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Go compilers to search for.
If output variable GOFLAGS
was not already set, set it to
-g -O2. If your package does not like this default,
GOFLAGS
may be set before AC_PROG_GO
.
Next: Posix Variants, Previous: Compilers and Preprocessors, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
The following macros check for operating system services or capabilities.
Try to locate the X Window System include files and libraries. If the user gave the command line options --x-includes=dir and --x-libraries=dir, use those directories.
If either or both were not given, get the missing values by running
xmkmf
(or an executable pointed to by the XMKMF
environment variable) on a trivial Imakefile and examining the
makefile that it produces. Setting XMKMF
to ‘false’
disables this method.
If this method fails to find the X Window System, configure
looks for the files in several directories where they often reside.
If either method is successful, set the shell variables
x_includes
and x_libraries
to their locations, unless they
are in directories the compiler searches by default.
If both methods fail, or the user gave the command line option
--without-x, set the shell variable no_x
to ‘yes’;
otherwise set it to the empty string.
An enhanced version of AC_PATH_X
. It adds the C compiler flags
that X needs to output variable X_CFLAGS
, and the X linker flags
to X_LIBS
. Define X_DISPLAY_MISSING
if X is not
available.
This macro also checks for special libraries that some systems need in
order to compile X programs. It adds any that the system needs to
output variable X_EXTRA_LIBS
. And it checks for special X11R6
libraries that need to be linked with before -lX11, and adds
any found to the output variable X_PRE_LIBS
.
Check whether the system supports starting scripts with a line of the
form ‘#!/bin/sh’ to select the interpreter to use for the script.
After running this macro, shell code in configure.ac can check
the shell variable interpval
; it is set to ‘yes’
if the system supports ‘#!’, ‘no’ if not.
Arrange for 64-bit file offsets, known as
large-file support. On some hosts, one must use special compiler
options to build programs that can access large files. Append any such
options to the output variable CC
. Define
_FILE_OFFSET_BITS
and _LARGE_FILES
if necessary.
Large-file support can be disabled by configuring with the --disable-largefile option.
If you use this macro, check that your program works even when
off_t
is wider than long int
, since this is common when
large-file support is enabled. For example, it is not correct to print
an arbitrary off_t
value X
with printf ("%ld",
(long int) X)
.
The LFS introduced the fseeko
and ftello
functions to
replace their C counterparts fseek
and ftell
that do not
use off_t
. Take care to use AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
to make their
prototypes available when using them and large-file support is
enabled.
If the system supports file names longer than 14 characters, define
HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
.
Check to see if the Posix termios headers and functions are available on the
system. If so, set the shell variable ac_cv_sys_posix_termios
to
‘yes’. If not, set the variable to ‘no’.
Next: Erlang Libraries, Previous: System Services, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
The following macro makes it possible to use features of Posix that are extensions to C, as well as platform extensions not defined by Posix.
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.60. If possible, enable extensions to C or Posix on hosts that normally disable the extensions, typically due to standards-conformance namespace issues. This should be called before any macros that run the C compiler. The following preprocessor macros are defined where appropriate:
_GNU_SOURCE
Enable extensions on GNU/Linux.
__EXTENSIONS__
Enable general extensions on Solaris.
_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
Enable threading extensions on Solaris.
_TANDEM_SOURCE
Enable extensions for the HP NonStop platform.
_ALL_SOURCE
Enable extensions for AIX 3, and for Interix.
_POSIX_SOURCE
Enable Posix functions for Minix.
_POSIX_1_SOURCE
Enable additional Posix functions for Minix.
_MINIX
Identify Minix platform. This particular preprocessor macro is obsolescent, and may be removed in a future release of Autoconf.
Previous: Posix Variants, Up: Existing Tests [Contents][Index]
The following macros check for an installation of Erlang/OTP, and for the presence of certain Erlang libraries. All those macros require the configuration of an Erlang interpreter and an Erlang compiler (see Erlang Compiler and Interpreter).
Set the output variable ERLANG_ERTS_VER
to the version of the
Erlang runtime system (as returned by Erlang’s
erlang:system_info(version)
function). The result of this test
is cached if caching is enabled when running configure
. The
ERLANG_ERTS_VER
variable is not intended to be used for testing
for features of specific ERTS versions, but to be used for substituting
the ERTS version in Erlang/OTP release resource files (.rel
files), as shown below.
Set the output variable ERLANG_ROOT_DIR
to the path to the base
directory in which Erlang/OTP is installed (as returned by Erlang’s
code:root_dir/0
function). The result of this test is cached if
caching is enabled when running configure
.
Set the output variable ERLANG_LIB_DIR
to the path of the library
directory of Erlang/OTP (as returned by Erlang’s
code:lib_dir/0
function), which subdirectories each contain an installed
Erlang/OTP library. The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled
when running configure
.
Test whether the Erlang/OTP library library is installed by
calling Erlang’s code:lib_dir/1
function. The result of this
test is cached if caching is enabled when running configure
.
action-if-found is a list of shell commands to run if the library
is installed; action-if-not-found is a list of shell commands to
run if it is not. Additionally, if the library is installed, the output
variable ‘ERLANG_LIB_DIR_library’ is set to the path to the
library installation directory, and the output variable
‘ERLANG_LIB_VER_library’ is set to the version number that is
part of the subdirectory name, if it is in the standard form
(library-version
). If the directory name does not
have a version part, ‘ERLANG_LIB_VER_library’ is set to the
empty string. If the library is not installed,
‘ERLANG_LIB_DIR_library’ and
‘ERLANG_LIB_VER_library’ are set to "not found"
. For
example, to check if library stdlib
is installed:
AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib], [echo "stdlib version \"$ERLANG_LIB_VER_stdlib\"" echo "is installed in \"$ERLANG_LIB_DIR_stdlib\""], [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])])
The ‘ERLANG_LIB_VER_library’ variables (set by
AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB
) and the ERLANG_ERTS_VER
variable (set
by AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ERTS_VER
) are not intended to be used for
testing for features of specific versions of libraries or of the Erlang
runtime system. Those variables are intended to be substituted in
Erlang release resource files (.rel
files). For instance, to
generate a example.rel file for an application depending on the
stdlib
library, configure.ac could contain:
AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ERTS_VER AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([example.rel])
The example.rel.in file used to generate example.rel should contain:
{release, {"@PACKAGE@", "@VERSION@"}, {erts, "@ERLANG_ERTS_VER@"}, [{stdlib, "@ERLANG_LIB_VER_stdlib@"}, {@PACKAGE@, "@VERSION@"}]}.
In addition to the above macros, which test installed Erlang libraries, the following macros determine the paths to the directories into which newly built Erlang libraries are to be installed:
Set the ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
output variable to the directory into
which every built Erlang library should be installed in a separate
subdirectory.
If this variable is not set in the environment when configure
runs,
its default value is ${libdir}/erlang/lib
.
Set the ‘ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_library’ output variable to the
directory into which the built Erlang library library version
version should be installed. If this variable is not set in the
environment when configure
runs, its default value is
‘$ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR/library-version’, the value of the
ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
variable being set by the
AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
macro.
Next: Results, Previous: Existing Tests, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
If the existing feature tests don’t do something you need, you have to write new ones. These macros are the building blocks. They provide ways for other macros to check whether various kinds of features are available and report the results.
This chapter contains some suggestions and some of the reasons why the existing tests are written the way they are. You can also learn a lot about how to write Autoconf tests by looking at the existing ones. If something goes wrong in one or more of the Autoconf tests, this information can help you understand the assumptions behind them, which might help you figure out how to best solve the problem.
These macros check the output of the compiler system of the current language (see Language Choice). They do not cache the results of their tests for future use (see Caching Results), because they don’t know enough about the information they are checking for to generate a cache variable name. They also do not print any messages, for the same reason. The checks for particular kinds of features call these macros and do cache their results and print messages about what they’re checking for.
When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro. See Writing Autoconf Macros, for how to do that.
• Language Choice | Selecting which language to use for testing | |
• Writing Test Programs | Forging source files for compilers | |
• Running the Preprocessor | Detecting preprocessor symbols | |
• Running the Compiler | Detecting language or header features | |
• Running the Linker | Detecting library features | |
• Runtime | Testing for runtime features | |
• Systemology | A zoology of operating systems | |
• Multiple Cases | Tests for several possible values |
Next: Writing Test Programs, Up: Writing Tests [Contents][Index]
Autoconf-generated configure
scripts check for the C compiler and
its features by default. Packages that use other programming languages
(maybe more than one, e.g., C and C++) need to test features of the
compilers for the respective languages. The following macros determine
which programming language is used in the subsequent tests in
configure.ac.
Do compilation tests using the compiler, preprocessor, and file extensions for the specified language.
Supported languages are:
Do compilation tests using CC
and CPP
and use extension
.c for test programs. Use compilation flags: CPPFLAGS
with
CPP
, and both CPPFLAGS
and CFLAGS
with CC
.
Do compilation tests using CXX
and CXXCPP
and use
extension .C for test programs. Use compilation flags:
CPPFLAGS
with CXXCPP
, and both CPPFLAGS
and
CXXFLAGS
with CXX
.
Do compilation tests using F77
and use extension .f for
test programs. Use compilation flags: FFLAGS
.
Do compilation tests using FC
and use extension .f (or
whatever has been set by AC_FC_SRCEXT
) for test programs. Use
compilation flags: FCFLAGS
.
Compile and execute tests using ERLC
and ERL
and use extension
.erl for test Erlang modules. Use compilation flags: ERLCFLAGS
.
Do compilation tests using OBJC
and OBJCPP
and use
extension .m for test programs. Use compilation flags:
CPPFLAGS
with OBJCPP
, and both CPPFLAGS
and
OBJCFLAGS
with OBJC
.
Do compilation tests using OBJCXX
and OBJCXXCPP
and use
extension .mm for test programs. Use compilation flags:
CPPFLAGS
with OBJCXXCPP
, and both CPPFLAGS
and
OBJCXXFLAGS
with OBJCXX
.
Do compilation tests using GOC
and use extension .go for
test programs. Use compilation flags GOFLAGS
.
Remember the current language (as set by AC_LANG
) on a stack, and
then select the language. Use this macro and AC_LANG_POP
in macros that need to temporarily switch to a particular language.
Select the language that is saved on the top of the stack, as set by
AC_LANG_PUSH
, and remove it from the stack.
If given, language specifies the language we just quit. It is a good idea to specify it when it’s known (which should be the case…), since Autoconf detects inconsistencies.
AC_LANG_PUSH([Fortran 77]) # Perform some tests on Fortran 77. # … AC_LANG_POP([Fortran 77])
Check statically that the current language is language. You should use this in your language specific macros to avoid that they be called with an inappropriate language.
This macro runs only at autoconf
time, and incurs no cost at
configure
time. Sadly enough and because Autoconf is a two
layer language 2, the macros
AC_LANG_PUSH
and AC_LANG_POP
cannot be “optimizing”,
therefore as much as possible you ought to avoid using them to wrap
your code, rather, require from the user to run the macro with a
correct current language, and check it with AC_LANG_ASSERT
.
And anyway, that may help the user understand she is running a Fortran
macro while expecting a result about her Fortran 77 compiler...
Ensure that whichever preprocessor would currently be used for tests has
been found. Calls AC_REQUIRE
(see Prerequisite Macros) with an
argument of either AC_PROG_CPP
or AC_PROG_CXXCPP
,
depending on which language is current.
Next: Running the Preprocessor, Previous: Language Choice, Up: Writing Tests [Contents][Index]
Autoconf tests follow a common scheme: feed some program with some input, and most of the time, feed a compiler with some source file. This section is dedicated to these source samples.
• Guidelines | General rules for writing test programs | |
• Test Functions | Avoiding pitfalls in test programs | |
• Generating Sources | Source program boilerplate |
Next: Test Functions, Up: Writing Test Programs [Contents][Index]
The most important rule to follow when writing testing samples is:
This motto means that testing samples must be written with the same strictness as real programs are written. In particular, you should avoid “shortcuts” and simplifications.
Don’t just play with the preprocessor if you want to prepare a
compilation. For instance, using cpp
to check whether a header is
functional might let your configure
accept a header which
causes some compiler error. Do not hesitate to check a header with
other headers included before, especially required headers.
Make sure the symbols you use are properly defined, i.e., refrain from simply declaring a function yourself instead of including the proper header.
Test programs should not write to standard output. They
should exit with status 0 if the test succeeds, and with status 1
otherwise, so that success
can be distinguished easily from a core dump or other failure;
segmentation violations and other failures produce a nonzero exit
status. Unless you arrange for exit
to be declared, test
programs should return
, not exit
, from main
,
because on many systems exit
is not declared by default.
Test programs can use #if
or #ifdef
to check the values of
preprocessor macros defined by tests that have already run. For
example, if you call AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
, then later on in
configure.ac you can have a test program that includes
stdbool.h conditionally:
#ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H # include <stdbool.h> #endif
Both #if HAVE_STDBOOL_H
and #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
will
work with any standard C compiler. Some developers prefer #if
because it is easier to read, while others prefer #ifdef
because
it avoids diagnostics with picky compilers like GCC with the
-Wundef option.
If a test program needs to use or create a data file, give it a name
that starts with conftest, such as conftest.data. The
configure
script cleans up by running ‘rm -f -r conftest*’
after running test programs and if the script is interrupted.
Next: Generating Sources, Previous: Guidelines, Up: Writing Test Programs [Contents][Index]
These days it’s safe to assume support for function prototypes (introduced in C89).
Functions that test programs declare should also be conditionalized for C++, which requires ‘extern "C"’ prototypes. Make sure to not include any header files containing clashing prototypes.
#ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif void *valloc (size_t);
If a test program calls a function with invalid parameters (just to see
whether it exists), organize the program to ensure that it never invokes
that function. You can do this by calling it in another function that is
never invoked. You can’t do it by putting it after a call to
exit
, because GCC version 2 knows that exit
never returns
and optimizes out any code that follows it in the same block.
If you include any header files, be sure to call the functions
relevant to them with the correct number of arguments, even if they are
just 0, to avoid compilation errors due to prototypes. GCC
version 2
has internal prototypes for several functions that it automatically
inlines; for example, memcpy
. To avoid errors when checking for
them, either pass them the correct number of arguments or redeclare them
with a different return type (such as char
).
Previous: Test Functions, Up: Writing Test Programs [Contents][Index]
Autoconf provides a set of macros that can be used to generate test source files. They are written to be language generic, i.e., they actually depend on the current language (see Language Choice) to “format” the output properly.
Save the source text in the current test source file:
conftest.extension where the extension depends on the
current language. As of Autoconf 2.63b, the source file also contains
the results of all of the AC_DEFINE
performed so far.
Note that the source is evaluated exactly once, like regular Autoconf macro arguments, and therefore (i) you may pass a macro invocation, (ii) if not, be sure to double quote if needed.
This macro issues a warning during autoconf
processing if
source does not include an expansion of the macro
AC_LANG_DEFINES_PROVIDED
(note that both AC_LANG_SOURCE
and
AC_LANG_PROGRAM
call this macro, and thus avoid the warning).
This macro is seldom called directly, but is used under the hood by more
common macros such as AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
and AC_RUN_IFELSE
.
This macro is called as a witness that the file
conftest.extension appropriate for the current language is
complete, including all previously determined results from
AC_DEFINE
. This macro is seldom called directly, but exists if
you have a compelling reason to write a conftest file without using
AC_LANG_SOURCE
, yet still want to avoid a syntax warning from
AC_LANG_CONFTEST
.
Expands into the source, with the definition of
all the AC_DEFINE
performed so far. This macro includes an
expansion of AC_LANG_DEFINES_PROVIDED
.
In many cases, you may find it more convenient to use the wrapper
AC_LANG_PROGRAM
.
For instance, executing (observe the double quotation!):
AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@example.org], [], [http://www.example.org/]) AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"], [Greetings string.]) AC_LANG([C]) AC_LANG_CONFTEST( [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]])]) gcc -E -dD conftest.c
on a system with gcc
installed, results in:
… #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello" #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello" #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0" #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0" #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@example.org" #define PACKAGE_URL "http://www.example.org/" #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n" const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
When the test language is Fortran, Erlang, or Go, the AC_DEFINE
definitions are not automatically translated into constants in the
source code by this macro.
Expands into a source file which consists of the prologue, and
then body as body of the main function (e.g., main
in
C). Since it uses AC_LANG_SOURCE
, the features of the latter are
available.
For instance:
AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@example.org], [], [http://www.example.org/]) AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"], [Greetings string.]) AC_LANG_CONFTEST( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]], [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])]) gcc -E -dD conftest.c
on a system with gcc
installed, results in:
… #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello" #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello" #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0" #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0" #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@example.org" #define PACKAGE_URL "http://www.example.org/" #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n" const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n"; int main () { fputs (hw, stdout); ; return 0; }
In Erlang tests, the created source file is that of an Erlang module called
conftest
(conftest.erl). This module defines and exports
at least
one start/0
function, which is called to perform the test. The
prologue is optional code that is inserted between the module header and
the start/0
function definition. body is the body of the
start/0
function without the final period (see Runtime, about
constraints on this function’s behavior).
For instance:
AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@example.org]) AC_LANG(Erlang) AC_LANG_CONFTEST( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[-define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").]], [[io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])]])]) cat conftest.erl
results in:
-module(conftest). -export([start/0]). -define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!"). start() -> io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD]) .
Expands into a source file which consists of the prologue, and
then a call to the function as body of the main function (e.g.,
main
in C). Since it uses AC_LANG_PROGRAM
, the feature
of the latter are available.
This function will probably be replaced in the future by a version which would enable specifying the arguments. The use of this macro is not encouraged, as it violates strongly the typing system.
This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
Expands into a source file which uses the function in the body of
the main function (e.g., main
in C). Since it uses
AC_LANG_PROGRAM
, the features of the latter are available.
As AC_LANG_CALL
, this macro is documented only for completeness.
It is considered to be severely broken, and in the future will be
removed in favor of actual function calls (with properly typed
arguments).
This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
Next: Running the Compiler, Previous: Writing Test Programs, Up: Writing Tests [Contents][Index]
Sometimes one might need to run the preprocessor on some source file. Usually it is a bad idea, as you typically need to compile your project, not merely run the preprocessor on it; therefore you certainly want to run the compiler, not the preprocessor. Resist the temptation of following the easiest path.
Nevertheless, if you need to run the preprocessor, then use
AC_PREPROC_IFELSE
.
The macros described in this section cannot be used for tests in Erlang, Fortran, or Go, since those languages require no preprocessor.
Run the preprocessor of the current language (see Language Choice)
on the input, run the shell commands action-if-true on
success, action-if-false otherwise. The input can be made
by AC_LANG_PROGRAM
and friends.
This macro uses CPPFLAGS
, but not CFLAGS
, because
-g, -O, etc. are not valid options to many C
preprocessors.
It is customary to report unexpected failures with
AC_MSG_FAILURE
. If needed, action-if-true can further access
the preprocessed output in the file conftest.i.
For instance:
AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@example.org]) AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"], [Greetings string.]) AC_PREPROC_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]], [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])], [AC_MSG_RESULT([OK])], [AC_MSG_FAILURE([unexpected preprocessor failure])])
results in:
checking for gcc... gcc checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out checking whether the C compiler works... yes checking whether we are cross compiling... no checking for suffix of executables... checking for suffix of object files... o checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E OK
The macro AC_TRY_CPP
(see Obsolete Macros) used to play the
role of AC_PREPROC_IFELSE
, but double quotes its argument, making
it impossible to use it to elaborate sources. You are encouraged to
get rid of your old use of the macro AC_TRY_CPP
in favor of
AC_PREPROC_IFELSE
, but, in the first place, are you sure you need
to run the preprocessor and not the compiler?
If the output of running the preprocessor on the system header file header-file matches the extended regular expression pattern, execute shell commands action-if-found, otherwise execute action-if-not-found.
program is the text of a C or C++ program, on which shell variable, back quote, and backslash substitutions are performed. If the output of running the preprocessor on program matches the extended regular expression pattern, execute shell commands action-if-found, otherwise execute action-if-not-found.
Next: Running the Linker, Previous: Running the Preprocessor, Up: Writing Tests [Contents][Index]
To check for a syntax feature of the current language’s (see Language Choice) compiler, such as whether it recognizes a certain keyword, or
simply to try some library feature, use AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
to try
to compile a small program that uses that feature.
Run the compiler and compilation flags of the current language
(see Language Choice) on the input, run the shell commands
action-if-true on success, action-if-false otherwise. The
input can be made by AC_LANG_PROGRAM
and friends.
It is customary to report unexpected failures with
AC_MSG_FAILURE
. This macro does not try to link; use
AC_LINK_IFELSE
if you need to do that (see Running the Linker). If needed, action-if-true can further access the
just-compiled object file conftest.$OBJEXT.
This macro uses AC_REQUIRE
for the compiler associated with the
current language, which means that if the compiler has not yet been
determined, the compiler determination will be made prior to the body of
the outermost AC_DEFUN
macro that triggered this macro to
expand (see Expanded Before Required).
For tests in Erlang, the input must be the source code of a module named
conftest
. AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
generates a conftest.beam
file that can be interpreted by the Erlang virtual machine (ERL
). It is
recommended to use AC_LANG_PROGRAM
to specify the test program,
to ensure that the Erlang module has the right name.
Next: Runtime, Previous: Running the Compiler, Up: Writing Tests [Contents][Index]
To check for a library, a function, or a global variable, Autoconf
configure
scripts try to compile and link a small program that
uses it. This is unlike Metaconfig, which by default uses nm
or
ar
on the C library to try to figure out which functions are
available. Trying to link with the function is usually a more reliable
approach because it avoids dealing with the variations in the options
and output formats of nm
and ar
and in the location of the
standard libraries. It also allows configuring for cross-compilation or
checking a function’s runtime behavior if needed. On the other hand,
it can be slower than scanning the libraries once, but accuracy is more
important than speed.
AC_LINK_IFELSE
is used to compile test programs to test for
functions and global variables. It is also used by AC_CHECK_LIB
to check for libraries (see Libraries), by adding the library being
checked for to LIBS
temporarily and trying to link a small
program.
Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current
language (see Language Choice) on the input, run the shell
commands action-if-true on success, action-if-false
otherwise. The input can be made by AC_LANG_PROGRAM
and
friends. If needed, action-if-true can further access the
just-linked program file conftest$EXEEXT.
LDFLAGS
and LIBS
are used for linking, in addition to the
current compilation flags.
It is customary to report unexpected failures with
AC_MSG_FAILURE
. This macro does not try to execute the program;
use AC_RUN_IFELSE
if you need to do that (see Runtime).
The AC_LINK_IFELSE
macro cannot be used for Erlang tests, since Erlang
programs are interpreted and do not require linking.
Next: Systemology, Previous: Running the Linker, Up: Writing Tests [Contents][Index]
Sometimes you need to find out how a system performs at runtime, such as whether a given function has a certain capability or bug. If you can, make such checks when your program runs instead of when it is configured. You can check for things like the machine’s endianness when your program initializes itself.
If you really need to test for a runtime behavior while configuring,
you can write a test program to determine the result, and compile and
run it using AC_RUN_IFELSE
. Avoid running test programs if
possible, because this prevents people from configuring your package for
cross-compiling.
Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current language (see Language Choice) on the input, then execute the resulting program. If the program returns an exit status of 0 when executed, run shell commands action-if-true. Otherwise, run shell commands action-if-false.
The input can be made by AC_LANG_PROGRAM
and friends.
LDFLAGS
and LIBS
are used for linking, in addition to the
compilation flags of the current language (see Language Choice).
Additionally, action-if-true can run ./conftest$EXEEXT
for further testing.
In the action-if-false section, the failing exit status is available in the shell variable ‘$?’. This exit status might be that of a failed compilation, or it might be that of a failed program execution.
If cross-compilation mode is enabled (this is the case if either the
compiler being used does not produce executables that run on the system
where configure
is being run, or if the options --build
and --host
were both specified and their values are different),
then the test program is
not run. If the optional shell commands action-if-cross-compiling
are given, those commands are run instead; typically these commands
provide pessimistic defaults that allow cross-compilation to work even
if the guess was wrong. If the fourth argument is empty or omitted, but
cross-compilation is detected, then configure
prints an error
message and exits. If you want your package to be useful in a
cross-compilation scenario, you should provide a non-empty
action-if-cross-compiling clause, as well as wrap the
AC_RUN_IFELSE
compilation inside an AC_CACHE_CHECK
(see Caching Results) which allows the user to override the
pessimistic default if needed.
It is customary to report unexpected failures with
AC_MSG_FAILURE
.
autoconf
prints a warning message when creating
configure
each time it encounters a call to
AC_RUN_IFELSE
with no action-if-cross-compiling argument
given. If you are not concerned about users configuring your package
for cross-compilation, you may ignore the warning. A few of the macros
distributed with Autoconf produce this warning message; but if this is a
problem for you, please report it as a bug, along with an appropriate
pessimistic guess to use instead.
To configure for cross-compiling you can also choose a value for those parameters based on the canonical system name (see Manual Configuration). Alternatively, set up a test results cache file with the correct values for the host system (see Caching Results).
To provide a default for calls of AC_RUN_IFELSE
that are embedded
in other macros, including a few of the ones that come with Autoconf,
you can test whether the shell variable cross_compiling
is set to
‘yes’, and then use an alternate method to get the results instead
of calling the macros.
It is also permissible to temporarily assign to cross_compiling
in order to force tests to behave as though they are in a
cross-compilation environment, particularly since this provides a way to
test your action-if-cross-compiling even when you are not using a
cross-compiler.
# We temporarily set cross-compile mode to force AC_COMPUTE_INT # to use the slow link-only method save_cross_compiling=$cross_compiling cross_compiling=yes AC_COMPUTE_INT([…]) cross_compiling=$save_cross_compiling
A C or C++ runtime test should be portable. See Portable C and C++.
Erlang tests must exit themselves the Erlang VM by calling the halt/1
function: the given status code is used to determine the success of the test
(status is 0
) or its failure (status is different than 0
), as
explained above. It must be noted that data output through the standard output
(e.g., using io:format/2
) may be truncated when halting the VM.
Therefore, if a test must output configuration information, it is recommended
to create and to output data into the temporary file named conftest.out,
using the functions of module file
. The conftest.out
file is
automatically deleted by the AC_RUN_IFELSE
macro. For instance, a
simplified implementation of Autoconf’s AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR
macro is:
AC_INIT([LibdirTest], [1.0], [bug-libdirtest@example.org]) AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERL AC_LANG(Erlang) AC_RUN_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [dnl file:write_file("conftest.out", code:lib_dir()), halt(0)])], [echo "code:lib_dir() returned: `cat conftest.out`"], [AC_MSG_FAILURE([test Erlang program execution failed])])
Next: Multiple Cases, Previous: Runtime, Up: Writing Tests [Contents][Index]
This section aims at presenting some systems and pointers to documentation. It may help you addressing particular problems reported by users.
Posix-conforming systems are derived from the Unix operating system.
The Rosetta Stone for Unix contains a table correlating the features of various Posix-conforming systems. Unix History is a simplified diagram of how many Unix systems were derived from each other.
The Heirloom Project provides some variants of traditional implementations of Unix utilities.
Darwin is also known as Mac OS X. Beware that the file system can be case-preserving, but case insensitive. This can cause nasty problems, since for instance the installation attempt for a package having an INSTALL file can result in ‘make install’ report that nothing was to be done!
That’s all dependent on whether the file system is a UFS (case sensitive) or HFS+ (case preserving). By default Apple wants you to install the OS on HFS+. Unfortunately, there are some pieces of software which really need to be built on UFS. We may want to rebuild Darwin to have both UFS and HFS+ available (and put the /local/build tree on the UFS).
QNX is a realtime operating system running on Intel architecture meant to be scalable from the small embedded systems to the hundred processor super-computer. It claims to be Posix certified. More information is available on the QNX home page.
Documentation of several versions of Tru64 is available in different formats.
Officially this was called the “Seventh Edition” of “the UNIX time-sharing system” but we use the more-common name “Unix version 7”. Documentation is available in the Unix Seventh Edition Manual. Previous versions of Unix are called “Unix version 6”, etc., but they were not as widely used.
Previous: Systemology, Up: Writing Tests [Contents][Index]
Some operations are accomplished in several possible ways, depending on the OS variant. Checking for them essentially requires a “case statement”. Autoconf does not directly provide one; however, it is easy to simulate by using a shell variable to keep track of whether a way to perform the operation has been found yet.
Here is an example that uses the shell variable fstype
to keep
track of whether the remaining cases need to be checked. Note that
since the value of fstype
is under our control, we don’t have to
use the longer ‘test "x$fstype" = xno’.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to get file system type]) fstype=no # The order of these tests is important. AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statvfs.h> #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])], [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_STATVFS], [1], [Define if statvfs exists.]) fstype=SVR4]) if test $fstype = no; then AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h> #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])], [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_USG_STATFS], [1], [Define if USG statfs.]) fstype=SVR3]) fi if test $fstype = no; then AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h> #include <sys/vmount.h>]])]), [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_AIX_STATFS], [1], [Define if AIX statfs.]) fstype=AIX]) fi # (more cases omitted here) AC_MSG_RESULT([$fstype])
Next: Programming in M4, Previous: Writing Tests, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Once configure
has determined whether a feature exists, what can
it do to record that information? There are four sorts of things it can
do: define a C preprocessor symbol, set a variable in the output files,
save the result in a cache file for future configure
runs, and
print a message letting the user know the result of the test.
• Defining Symbols | Defining C preprocessor symbols | |
• Setting Output Variables | Replacing variables in output files | |
• Special Chars in Variables | Characters to beware of in variables | |
• Caching Results | Speeding up subsequent configure runs
| |
• Printing Messages | Notifying configure users
|
Next: Setting Output Variables, Up: Results [Contents][Index]
A common action to take in response to a feature test is to define a C
preprocessor symbol indicating the results of the test. That is done by
calling AC_DEFINE
or AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED
.
By default, AC_OUTPUT
places the symbols defined by these macros
into the output variable DEFS
, which contains an option
-Dsymbol=value for each symbol defined. Unlike in
Autoconf version 1, there is no variable DEFS
defined while
configure
is running. To check whether Autoconf macros have
already defined a certain C preprocessor symbol, test the value of the
appropriate cache variable, as in this example:
AC_CHECK_FUNC([vprintf], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_VPRINTF], [1], [Define if vprintf exists.])]) if test "x$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != xyes; then AC_CHECK_FUNC([_doprnt], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DOPRNT], [1], [Define if _doprnt exists.])]) fi
If AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
has been called, then instead of creating
DEFS
, AC_OUTPUT
creates a header file by substituting the
correct values into #define
statements in a template file.
See Configuration Headers, for more information about this kind of
output.
Define variable to value (verbatim), by defining a C preprocessor macro for variable. variable should be a C identifier, optionally suffixed by a parenthesized argument list to define a C preprocessor macro with arguments. The macro argument list, if present, should be a comma-separated list of C identifiers, possibly terminated by an ellipsis ‘...’ if C99 syntax is employed. variable should not contain comments, white space, trigraphs, backslash-newlines, universal character names, or non-ASCII characters.
value may contain backslash-escaped newlines, which will be
preserved if you use AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
but flattened if passed
via @DEFS@
(with no effect on the compilation, since the
preprocessor sees only one line in the first place). value should
not contain raw newlines. If you are not using
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
, value should not contain any ‘#’
characters, as make
tends to eat them. To use a shell
variable, use AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED
instead.
description is only useful if you are using
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
. In this case, description is put into
the generated config.h.in as the comment before the macro define.
The following example defines the C preprocessor variable
EQUATION
to be the string constant ‘"$a > $b"’:
AC_DEFINE([EQUATION], ["$a > $b"], [Equation string.])
If neither value nor description are given, then value defaults to 1 instead of to the empty string. This is for backwards compatibility with older versions of Autoconf, but this usage is obsolescent and may be withdrawn in future versions of Autoconf.
If the variable is a literal string, it is passed to
m4_pattern_allow
(see Forbidden Patterns).
If multiple AC_DEFINE
statements are executed for the same
variable name (not counting any parenthesized argument list),
the last one wins.
Like AC_DEFINE
, but three shell expansions are
performed—once—on variable and value: variable expansion
(‘$’), command substitution (‘`’), and backslash escaping
(‘\’), as if in an unquoted here-document. Single and double quote
characters in the value have no
special meaning. Use this macro instead of AC_DEFINE
when
variable or value is a shell variable. Examples:
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([config_machfile], ["$machfile"], [Configuration machine file.]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETGROUPS_T], [$ac_cv_type_getgroups], [getgroups return type.]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([$ac_tr_hdr], [1], [Translated header name.])
Due to a syntactical bizarreness of the Bourne shell, do not use
semicolons to separate AC_DEFINE
or AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED
calls from other macro calls or shell code; that can cause syntax errors
in the resulting configure
script. Use either blanks or
newlines. That is, do this:
AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h], [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]) LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
or this:
AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h], [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]) LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
instead of this:
AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h], [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]); LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
Next: Special Chars in Variables, Previous: Defining Symbols, Up: Results [Contents][Index]
Another way to record the results of tests is to set output
variables, which are shell variables whose values are substituted into
files that configure
outputs. The two macros below create new
output variables. See Preset Output Variables, for a list of output
variables that are always available.
Create an output variable from a shell variable. Make AC_OUTPUT
substitute the variable variable into output files (typically one
or more makefiles). This means that AC_OUTPUT
replaces instances of ‘@variable@’ in input files with the
value that the shell variable variable has when AC_OUTPUT
is called. The value can contain any non-NUL
character, including
newline. If you are using Automake 1.11 or newer, for newlines in values
you might want to consider using AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE
to prevent
automake
from adding a line variable =
@variable@
to the Makefile.in files (see Automake in Other things Automake recognizes).
Variable occurrences should not overlap: e.g., an input file should
not contain ‘@var1@var2@’ if var1 and var2
are variable names.
The substituted value is not rescanned for more output variables;
occurrences of ‘@variable@’ in the value are inserted
literally into the output file. (The algorithm uses the special marker
|#_!!_#|
internally, so neither the substituted value nor the
output file may contain |#_!!_#|
.)
If value is given, in addition assign it to variable.
The string variable is passed to m4_pattern_allow
(see Forbidden Patterns).
Another way to create an output variable from a shell variable. Make
AC_OUTPUT
insert (without substitutions) the contents of the file
named by shell variable variable into output files. This means
that AC_OUTPUT
replaces instances of
‘@variable@’ in output files (such as Makefile.in)
with the contents of the file that the shell variable variable
names when AC_OUTPUT
is called. Set the variable to
/dev/null for cases that do not have a file to insert.
This substitution occurs only when the ‘@variable@’ is on a
line by itself, optionally surrounded by spaces and tabs. The
substitution replaces the whole line, including the spaces, tabs, and
the terminating newline.
This macro is useful for inserting makefile fragments containing
special dependencies or other make
directives for particular host
or target types into makefiles. For example, configure.ac
could contain:
AC_SUBST_FILE([host_frag]) host_frag=$srcdir/conf/sun4.mh
and then a Makefile.in could contain:
@host_frag@
The string variable is passed to m4_pattern_allow
(see Forbidden Patterns).
Running configure
in varying environments can be extremely
dangerous. If for instance the user runs ‘CC=bizarre-cc
./configure’, then the cache, config.h, and many other output
files depend upon bizarre-cc
being the C compiler. If
for some reason the user runs ./configure
again, or if it is
run via ‘./config.status --recheck’, (See Automatic Remaking,
and see config.status Invocation), then the configuration can be
inconsistent, composed of results depending upon two different
compilers.
Environment variables that affect this situation, such as ‘CC’
above, are called precious variables, and can be declared as such
by AC_ARG_VAR
.
Declare variable is a precious variable, and include its description in the variable section of ‘./configure --help’.
Being precious means that
AC_SUBST
.
configure
was launched is
saved in the cache, including if it was not specified on the command
line but via the environment. Indeed, while configure
can
notice the definition of CC
in ‘./configure CC=bizarre-cc’,
it is impossible to notice it in ‘CC=bizarre-cc ./configure’,
which, unfortunately, is what most users do.
We emphasize that it is the initial value of variable which
is saved, not that found during the execution of configure
.
Indeed, specifying ‘./configure FOO=foo’ and letting
‘./configure’ guess that FOO
is foo
can be two
different things.
configure
runs. For instance:
$ ./configure --silent --config-cache $ CC=cc ./configure --silent --config-cache configure: error: `CC' was not set in the previous run configure: error: changes in the environment can compromise \ the build configure: error: run `make distclean' and/or \ `rm config.cache' and start over
and similarly if the variable is unset, or if its content is changed. If the content has white space changes only, then the error is degraded to a warning only, but the old value is reused.
$ CC=/usr/bin/cc ./configure var=raboof --silent $ ./config.status --recheck running CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/sh /bin/sh ./configure var=raboof \ CC=/usr/bin/cc --no-create --no-recursion
Next: Caching Results, Previous: Setting Output Variables, Up: Results [Contents][Index]
Many output variables are intended to be evaluated both by
make
and by the shell. Some characters are expanded
differently in these two contexts, so to avoid confusion these
variables’ values should not contain any of the following characters:
" # $ & ' ( ) * ; < > ? [ \ ^ ` |
Also, these variables’ values should neither contain newlines, nor start with ‘~’, nor contain white space or ‘:’ immediately followed by ‘~’. The values can contain nonempty sequences of white space characters like tabs and spaces, but each such sequence might arbitrarily be replaced by a single space during substitution.
These restrictions apply both to the values that configure
computes, and to the values set directly by the user. For example, the
following invocations of configure
are problematic, since they
attempt to use special characters within CPPFLAGS
and white space
within $(srcdir)
:
CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"' '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure' '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure' CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"'
Next: Printing Messages, Previous: Special Chars in Variables, Up: Results [Contents][Index]
To avoid checking for the same features repeatedly in various
configure
scripts (or in repeated runs of one script),
configure
can optionally save the results of many checks in a
cache file (see Cache Files). If a configure
script
runs with caching enabled and finds a cache file, it reads the results
of previous runs from the cache and avoids rerunning those checks. As a
result, configure
can then run much faster than if it had to
perform all of the checks every time.
Ensure that the results of the check identified by cache-id are
available. If the results of the check were in the cache file that was
read, and configure
was not given the --quiet or
--silent option, print a message saying that the result was
cached; otherwise, run the shell commands commands-to-set-it. If
the shell commands are run to determine the value, the value is
saved in the cache file just before configure
creates its output
files. See Cache Variable Names, for how to choose the name of the
cache-id variable.
The commands-to-set-it must have no side effects except for setting the variable cache-id, see below.
A wrapper for AC_CACHE_VAL
that takes care of printing the
messages. This macro provides a convenient shorthand for the most
common way to use these macros. It calls AC_MSG_CHECKING
for
message, then AC_CACHE_VAL
with the cache-id and
commands arguments, and AC_MSG_RESULT
with cache-id.
The commands-to-set-it must have no side effects except for setting the variable cache-id, see below.
It is common to find buggy macros using AC_CACHE_VAL
or
AC_CACHE_CHECK
, because people are tempted to call
AC_DEFINE
in the commands-to-set-it. Instead, the code that
follows the call to AC_CACHE_VAL
should call
AC_DEFINE
, by examining the value of the cache variable. For
instance, the following macro is broken:
AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works], [my_cv_shell_true_works=no (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes if test "x$my_cv_shell_true_works" = xyes; then AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1], [Define if `true(1)' works properly.]) fi]) ])
This fails if the cache is enabled: the second time this macro is run,
TRUE_WORKS
will not be defined. The proper implementation
is:
AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works], [my_cv_shell_true_works=no (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes]) if test "x$my_cv_shell_true_works" = xyes; then AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1], [Define if `true(1)' works properly.]) fi ])
Also, commands-to-set-it should not print any messages, for
example with AC_MSG_CHECKING
; do that before calling
AC_CACHE_VAL
, so the messages are printed regardless of whether
the results of the check are retrieved from the cache or determined by
running the shell commands.
• Cache Variable Names | Shell variables used in caches | |
• Cache Files | Files configure uses for caching
| |
• Cache Checkpointing | Loading and saving the cache file |
Next: Cache Files, Up: Caching Results [Contents][Index]
The names of cache variables should have the following format:
package-prefix_cv_value-type_specific-value_[additional-options]
for example, ‘ac_cv_header_stat_broken’ or ‘ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional’. The parts of the variable name are:
An abbreviation for your package or organization; the same prefix you begin local Autoconf macros with, except lowercase by convention. For cache values used by the distributed Autoconf macros, this value is ‘ac’.
_cv_
Indicates that this shell variable is a cache value. This string must be present in the variable name, including the leading underscore.
A convention for classifying cache values, to produce a rational naming system. The values used in Autoconf are listed in Macro Names.
Which member of the class of cache values this test applies to. For example, which function (‘alloca’), program (‘gcc’), or output variable (‘INSTALL’).
Any particular behavior of the specific member that this test applies to. For example, ‘broken’ or ‘set’. This part of the name may be omitted if it does not apply.
The values assigned to cache variables may not contain newlines. Usually, their values are Boolean (‘yes’ or ‘no’) or the names of files or functions; so this is not an important restriction. Cache Variable Index for an index of cache variables with documented semantics.
Next: Cache Checkpointing, Previous: Cache Variable Names, Up: Caching Results [Contents][Index]
A cache file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
tests run on one system so they can be shared between configure scripts
and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. If its contents
are invalid for some reason, the user may delete or edit it, or override
documented cache variables on the configure
command line.
By default, configure
uses no cache file,
to avoid problems caused by accidental
use of stale cache files.
To enable caching, configure
accepts --config-cache (or
-C) to cache results in the file config.cache.
Alternatively, --cache-file=file specifies that
file be the cache file. The cache file is created if it does not
exist already. When configure
calls configure
scripts in
subdirectories, it uses the --cache-file argument so that they
share the same cache. See Subdirectories, for information on
configuring subdirectories with the AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS
macro.
config.status only pays attention to the cache file if it is
given the --recheck option, which makes it rerun
configure
.
It is wrong to try to distribute cache files for particular system types. There is too much room for error in doing that, and too much administrative overhead in maintaining them. For any features that can’t be guessed automatically, use the standard method of the canonical system type and linking files (see Manual Configuration).
The site initialization script can specify a site-wide cache file to
use, instead of the usual per-program cache. In this case, the cache
file gradually accumulates information whenever someone runs a new
configure
script. (Running configure
merges the new cache
results with the existing cache file.) This may cause problems,
however, if the system configuration (e.g., the installed libraries or
compilers) changes and the stale cache file is not deleted.
If configure
is interrupted at the right time when it updates
a cache file outside of the build directory where the configure
script is run, it may leave behind a temporary file named after the
cache file with digits following it. You may safely delete such a file.
Previous: Cache Files, Up: Caching Results [Contents][Index]
If your configure script, or a macro called from configure.ac, happens
to abort the configure process, it may be useful to checkpoint the cache
a few times at key points using AC_CACHE_SAVE
. Doing so
reduces the amount of time it takes to rerun the configure script with
(hopefully) the error that caused the previous abort corrected.
Loads values from existing cache file, or creates a new cache file if a
cache file is not found. Called automatically from AC_INIT
.
Flushes all cached values to the cache file. Called automatically from
AC_OUTPUT
, but it can be quite useful to call
AC_CACHE_SAVE
at key points in configure.ac.
For instance:
… AC_INIT, etc. …
# Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_CC
AC_PROG_AWK
… more program checks …
AC_CACHE_SAVE
# Checks for libraries.
AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])
AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [connect])
… more lib checks …
AC_CACHE_SAVE
# Might abort… AM_PATH_GTK([1.0.2], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])]) AM_PATH_GTKMM([0.9.5], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
… AC_OUTPUT, etc. …
Previous: Caching Results, Up: Results [Contents][Index]
configure
scripts need to give users running them several kinds
of information. The following macros print messages in ways appropriate
for each kind. The arguments to all of them get enclosed in shell
double quotes, so the shell performs variable and back-quote
substitution on them.
These macros are all wrappers around the echo
shell command.
They direct output to the appropriate file descriptor (see File Descriptor Macros).
configure
scripts should rarely need to run echo
directly
to print messages for the user. Using these macros makes it easy to
change how and when each kind of message is printed; such changes need
only be made to the macro definitions and all the callers change
automatically.
To diagnose static issues, i.e., when autoconf
is run, see
Diagnostic Macros.
Notify the user that configure
is checking for a particular
feature. This macro prints a message that starts with ‘checking ’
and ends with ‘...’ and no newline. It must be followed by a call
to AC_MSG_RESULT
to print the result of the check and the
newline. The feature-description should be something like
‘whether the Fortran compiler accepts C++ comments’ or ‘for
c89’.
This macro prints nothing if configure
is run with the
--quiet or --silent option.
Notify the user of the results of a check. result-description is
almost always the value of the cache variable for the check, typically
‘yes’, ‘no’, or a file name. This macro should follow a call
to AC_MSG_CHECKING
, and the result-description should be
the completion of the message printed by the call to
AC_MSG_CHECKING
.
This macro prints nothing if configure
is run with the
--quiet or --silent option.
Deliver the message to the user. It is useful mainly to print a general description of the overall purpose of a group of feature checks, e.g.,
AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking if stack overflow is detectable])
This macro prints nothing if configure
is run with the
--quiet or --silent option.
Notify the user of an error that prevents configure
from
completing. This macro prints an error message to the standard error
output and exits configure
with exit-status (‘$?’
by default, except that ‘0’ is converted to ‘1’).
error-description should be something like ‘invalid value
$HOME for \$HOME’.
The error-description should start with a lower-case letter, and “cannot” is preferred to “can’t”.
This AC_MSG_ERROR
wrapper notifies the user of an error that
prevents configure
from completing and that additional
details are provided in config.log. This is typically used when
abnormal results are found during a compilation.
Notify the configure
user of a possible problem. This macro
prints the message to the standard error output; configure
continues running afterward, so macros that call AC_MSG_WARN
should
provide a default (back-up) behavior for the situations they warn about.
problem-description should be something like ‘ln -s seems to
make hard links’.
Next: Programming in M4sh, Previous: Results, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Autoconf is written on top of two layers: M4sugar, which provides convenient macros for pure M4 programming, and M4sh, which provides macros dedicated to shell script generation.
As of this version of Autoconf, these two layers still contain experimental macros, whose interface might change in the future. As a matter of fact, anything that is not documented must not be used.
• M4 Quotation | Protecting macros from unwanted expansion | |
• Using autom4te | The Autoconf executables backbone | |
• Programming in M4sugar | Convenient pure M4 macros | |
• Debugging via autom4te | Figuring out what M4 was doing |
Next: Using autom4te, Up: Programming in M4 [Contents][Index]
The most common problem with existing macros is an improper quotation. This section, which users of Autoconf can skip, but which macro writers must read, first justifies the quotation scheme that was chosen for Autoconf and then ends with a rule of thumb. Understanding the former helps one to follow the latter.
• Active Characters | Characters that change the behavior of M4 | |
• One Macro Call | Quotation and one macro call | |
• Quoting and Parameters | M4 vs. shell parameters | |
• Quotation and Nested Macros | Macros calling macros | |
• Changequote is Evil | Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote | |
• Quadrigraphs | Another way to escape special characters | |
• Balancing Parentheses | Dealing with unbalanced parentheses | |
• Quotation Rule Of Thumb | One parenthesis, one quote |
Next: One Macro Call, Up: M4 Quotation [Contents][Index]
To fully understand where proper quotation is important, you first need to know what the special characters are in Autoconf: ‘#’ introduces a comment inside which no macro expansion is performed, ‘,’ separates arguments, ‘[’ and ‘]’ are the quotes themselves3, ‘(’ and ‘)’ (which M4 tries to match by pairs), and finally ‘$’ inside a macro definition.
In order to understand the delicate case of macro calls, we first have to present some obvious failures. Below they are “obvious-ified”, but when you find them in real life, they are usually in disguise.
Comments, introduced by a hash and running up to the newline, are opaque tokens to the top level: active characters are turned off, and there is no macro expansion:
# define([def], ine) ⇒# define([def], ine)
Each time there can be a macro expansion, there is a quotation expansion, i.e., one level of quotes is stripped:
int tab[10]; ⇒int tab10; [int tab[10];] ⇒int tab[10];
Without this in mind, the reader might try hopelessly to use her macro
array
:
define([array], [int tab[10];]) array ⇒int tab10; [array] ⇒array
How can you correctly output the intended results4?
Next: Quoting and Parameters, Previous: Active Characters, Up: M4 Quotation [Contents][Index]
Let’s proceed on the interaction between active characters and macros with this small macro, which just returns its first argument:
define([car], [$1])
The two pairs of quotes above are not part of the arguments of
define
; rather, they are understood by the top level when it
tries to find the arguments of define
. Therefore, assuming
car
is not already defined, it is equivalent to write:
define(car, $1)
But, while it is acceptable for a configure.ac to avoid unnecessary quotes, it is bad practice for Autoconf macros which must both be more robust and also advocate perfect style.
At the top level, there are only two possibilities: either you quote or you don’t:
car(foo, bar, baz) ⇒foo [car(foo, bar, baz)] ⇒car(foo, bar, baz)
Let’s pay attention to the special characters:
car(#) error→EOF in argument list
The closing parenthesis is hidden in the comment; with a hypothetical quoting, the top level understood it this way:
car([#)]
Proper quotation, of course, fixes the problem:
car([#]) ⇒#
Here are more examples:
car(foo, bar) ⇒foo car([foo, bar]) ⇒foo, bar car((foo, bar)) ⇒(foo, bar) car([(foo], [bar)]) ⇒(foo define([a], [b]) ⇒ car(a) ⇒b car([a]) ⇒b car([[a]]) ⇒a car([[[a]]]) ⇒[a]
Next: Quotation and Nested Macros, Previous: One Macro Call, Up: M4 Quotation [Contents][Index]
When M4 encounters ‘$’ within a macro definition, followed immediately by a character it recognizes (‘0’…‘9’, ‘#’, ‘@’, or ‘*’), it will perform M4 parameter expansion. This happens regardless of how many layers of quotes the parameter expansion is nested within, or even if it occurs in text that will be rescanned as a comment.
define([none], [$1]) ⇒ define([one], [[$1]]) ⇒ define([two], [[[$1]]]) ⇒ define([comment], [# $1]) ⇒ define([active], [ACTIVE]) ⇒ none([active]) ⇒ACTIVE one([active]) ⇒active two([active]) ⇒[active] comment([active]) ⇒# active
On the other hand, since autoconf generates shell code, you often want to output shell variable expansion, rather than performing M4 parameter expansion. To do this, you must use M4 quoting to separate the ‘$’ from the next character in the definition of your macro. If the macro definition occurs in single-quoted text, then insert another level of quoting; if the usage is already inside a double-quoted string, then split it into concatenated strings.
define([single], [a single-quoted $[]1 definition]) ⇒ define([double], [[a double-quoted $][1 definition]]) ⇒ single ⇒a single-quoted $1 definition double ⇒a double-quoted $1 definition
Posix states that M4 implementations are free to provide implementation extensions when ‘${’ is encountered in a macro definition. Autoconf reserves the longer sequence ‘${{’ for use with planned extensions that will be available in the future GNU M4 2.0, but guarantees that all other instances of ‘${’ will be output literally. Therefore, this idiom can also be used to output shell code parameter references:
define([first], [${1}])first ⇒${1}
Posix also states that ‘$11’ should expand to the first parameter concatenated with a literal ‘1’, although some versions of GNU M4 expand the eleventh parameter instead. For portability, you should only use single-digit M4 parameter expansion.
With this in mind, we can explore the cases where macros invoke macros...
Next: Changequote is Evil, Previous: Quoting and Parameters, Up: M4 Quotation [Contents][Index]
The examples below use the following macros:
define([car], [$1]) define([active], [ACT, IVE]) define([array], [int tab[10]])
Each additional embedded macro call introduces other possible interesting quotations:
car(active) ⇒ACT car([active]) ⇒ACT, IVE car([[active]]) ⇒active
In the first case, the top level looks for the arguments of car
,
and finds ‘active’. Because M4 evaluates its arguments
before applying the macro, ‘active’ is expanded, which results in:
car(ACT, IVE) ⇒ACT
In the second case, the top level gives ‘active’ as first and only
argument of car
, which results in:
active ⇒ACT, IVE
i.e., the argument is evaluated after the macro that invokes it.
In the third case, car
receives ‘[active]’, which results in:
[active] ⇒active
exactly as we already saw above.
The example above, applied to a more realistic example, gives:
car(int tab[10];) ⇒int tab10; car([int tab[10];]) ⇒int tab10; car([[int tab[10];]]) ⇒int tab[10];
Huh? The first case is easily understood, but why is the second wrong,
and the third right? To understand that, you must know that after
M4 expands a macro, the resulting text is immediately subjected
to macro expansion and quote removal. This means that the quote removal
occurs twice—first before the argument is passed to the car
macro, and second after the car
macro expands to the first
argument.
As the author of the Autoconf macro car
, you then consider it to
be incorrect that your users have to double-quote the arguments of
car
, so you “fix” your macro. Let’s call it qar
for
quoted car:
define([qar], [[$1]])
and check that qar
is properly fixed:
qar([int tab[10];]) ⇒int tab[10];
Ahhh! That’s much better.
But note what you’ve done: now that the result of qar
is always
a literal string, the only time a user can use nested macros is if she
relies on an unquoted macro call:
qar(active) ⇒ACT qar([active]) ⇒active
leaving no way for her to reproduce what she used to do with car
:
car([active]) ⇒ACT, IVE
Worse yet: she wants to use a macro that produces a set of cpp
macros:
define([my_includes], [#include <stdio.h>]) car([my_includes]) ⇒#include <stdio.h> qar(my_includes) error→EOF in argument list
This macro, qar
, because it double quotes its arguments, forces
its users to leave their macro calls unquoted, which is dangerous.
Commas and other active symbols are interpreted by M4 before
they are given to the macro, often not in the way the users expect.
Also, because qar
behaves differently from the other macros,
it’s an exception that should be avoided in Autoconf.
Next: Quadrigraphs, Previous: Quotation and Nested Macros, Up: M4 Quotation [Contents][Index]
changequote
is EvilThe temptation is often high to bypass proper quotation, in particular
when it’s late at night. Then, many experienced Autoconf hackers
finally surrender to the dark side of the force and use the ultimate
weapon: changequote
.
The M4 builtin changequote
belongs to a set of primitives that
allow one to adjust the syntax of the language to adjust it to one’s
needs. For instance, by default M4 uses ‘`’ and ‘'’ as
quotes, but in the context of shell programming (and actually of most
programming languages), that’s about the worst choice one can make:
because of strings and back-quoted expressions in shell code (such as
‘'this'’ and ‘`that`’), and because of literal characters in usual
programming languages (as in ‘'0'’), there are many unbalanced
‘`’ and ‘'’. Proper M4 quotation then becomes a nightmare, if
not impossible. In order to make M4 useful in such a context, its
designers have equipped it with changequote
, which makes it
possible to choose another pair of quotes. M4sugar, M4sh, Autoconf, and
Autotest all have chosen to use ‘[’ and ‘]’. Not especially
because they are unlikely characters, but because they are
characters unlikely to be unbalanced.
There are other magic primitives, such as changecom
to specify
what syntactic forms are comments (it is common to see
‘changecom(<!--, -->)’ when M4 is used to produce HTML pages),
changeword
and changesyntax
to change other syntactic
details (such as the character to denote the nth argument, ‘$’ by
default, the parentheses around arguments, etc.).
These primitives are really meant to make M4 more useful for specific domains: they should be considered like command line options: --quotes, --comments, --words, and --syntax. Nevertheless, they are implemented as M4 builtins, as it makes M4 libraries self contained (no need for additional options).
There lies the problem...
The problem is that it is then tempting to use them in the middle of an M4 script, as opposed to its initialization. This, if not carefully thought out, can lead to disastrous effects: you are changing the language in the middle of the execution. Changing and restoring the syntax is often not enough: if you happened to invoke macros in between, these macros are lost, as the current syntax is probably not the one they were implemented with.
Next: Balancing Parentheses, Previous: Changequote is Evil, Up: M4 Quotation [Contents][Index]
When writing an Autoconf macro you may occasionally need to generate special characters that are difficult to express with the standard Autoconf quoting rules. For example, you may need to output the regular expression ‘[^[]’, which matches any character other than ‘[’. This expression contains unbalanced brackets so it cannot be put easily into an M4 macro.
Additionally, there are a few m4sugar macros (such as m4_split
and m4_expand
) which internally use special markers in addition
to the regular quoting characters. If the arguments to these macros
contain the literal strings ‘-=<{(’ or ‘)}>=-’, the macros
might behave incorrectly.
You can work around these problems by using one of the following quadrigraphs:
‘[’
‘]’
‘$’
‘#’
‘(’
‘)’
Expands to nothing.
Quadrigraphs are replaced at a late stage of the translation process,
after m4
is run, so they do not get in the way of M4 quoting.
For example, the string ‘^@<:@’, independently of its quotation,
appears as ‘^[’ in the output.
The empty quadrigraph can be used:
Trailing spaces are smashed by autom4te
. This is a feature.
For instance ‘@<@&t@:@’ produces ‘@<:@’. For a more contrived example:
m4_define([a], [A])m4_define([b], [B])m4_define([c], [C])dnl m4_split([a )}>=- b -=<{( c]) ⇒[a], [], [B], [], [c] m4_split([a )}@&t@>=- b -=<@&t@{( c]) ⇒[a], [)}>=-], [b], [-=<{(], [c]
For instance you might want to mention AC_FOO
in a comment, while
still being sure that autom4te
still catches unexpanded
‘AC_*’. Then write ‘AC@&t@_FOO’.
The name ‘@&t@’ was suggested by Paul Eggert:
I should give some credit to the ‘@&t@’ pun. The ‘&’ is my own invention, but the ‘t’ came from the source code of the ALGOL68C compiler, written by Steve Bourne (of Bourne shell fame), and which used ‘mt’ to denote the empty string. In C, it would have looked like something like:
char const mt[] = "";but of course the source code was written in Algol 68.
I don’t know where he got ‘mt’ from: it could have been his own invention, and I suppose it could have been a common pun around the Cambridge University computer lab at the time.
Next: Quotation Rule Of Thumb, Previous: Quadrigraphs, Up: M4 Quotation [Contents][Index]
One of the pitfalls of portable shell programming is that case
statements require unbalanced parentheses (see Limitations of
Shell Builtins). With syntax highlighting
editors, the presence of unbalanced ‘)’ can interfere with editors
that perform syntax highlighting of macro contents based on finding the
matching ‘(’. Another concern is how much editing must be done
when transferring code snippets between shell scripts and macro
definitions. But most importantly, the presence of unbalanced
parentheses can introduce expansion bugs.
For an example, here is an underquoted attempt to use the macro
my_case
, which happens to expand to a portable case
statement:
AC_DEFUN([my_case], [case $file_name in *.c) echo "C source code";; esac]) AS_IF(:, my_case)
In the above example, the AS_IF
call underquotes its arguments.
As a result, the unbalanced ‘)’ generated by the premature
expansion of my_case
results in expanding AS_IF
with a
truncated parameter, and the expansion is syntactically invalid:
if :; then case $file_name in *.c fi echo "C source code";; esac)
If nothing else, this should emphasize the importance of the quoting
arguments to macro calls. On the other hand, there are several
variations for defining my_case
to be more robust, even when used
without proper quoting, each with some benefits and some drawbacks.
AC_DEFUN([my_case], [case $file_name in #( *.c) echo "C source code";; esac])
This version provides balanced parentheses to several editors, and can be copied and pasted into a terminal as is. Unfortunately, it is still unbalanced as an Autoconf argument, since ‘#(’ is an M4 comment that masks the normal properties of ‘(’.
AC_DEFUN([my_case], [case $file_name in @%:@( *.c) echo "C source code";; esac])
This version provides balanced parentheses to even more editors, and can be used as a balanced Autoconf argument. Unfortunately, it requires some editing before it can be copied and pasted into a terminal, and the use of the quadrigraph ‘@%:@’ for ‘#’ reduces readability.
AC_DEFUN([my_case], [case $file_name in *.c[)] echo "C source code";; esac])
This version quotes the ‘)’, so that it can be used as a balanced Autoconf argument. As written, this is not balanced to an editor, but it can be coupled with ‘[#(]’ to meet that need, too. However, it still requires some edits before it can be copied and pasted into a terminal.
AC_DEFUN([my_case], [[case $file_name in #( *.c) echo "C source code";; esac]])
Since the entire macro is double-quoted, there is no problem with using this as an Autoconf argument; and since the double-quoting is over the entire statement, this code can be easily copied and pasted into a terminal. However, the double quoting prevents the expansion of any macros inside the case statement, which may cause its own set of problems.
AS_CASE
AC_DEFUN([my_case], [AS_CASE([$file_name], [*.c], [echo "C source code"])])
This version avoids the balancing issue altogether, by relying on
AS_CASE
(see Common Shell Constructs); it also allows for the
expansion of AC_REQUIRE
to occur prior to the entire case
statement, rather than within a branch of the case statement that might
not be taken. However, the abstraction comes with a penalty that it is
no longer a quick copy, paste, and edit to get back to shell code.
Previous: Balancing Parentheses, Up: M4 Quotation [Contents][Index]
To conclude, the quotation rule of thumb is:
Never over-quote, never under-quote, in particular in the definition of macros. In the few places where the macros need to use brackets (usually in C program text or regular expressions), properly quote the arguments!
It is common to read Autoconf programs with snippets like:
AC_TRY_LINK( changequote(<<, >>)dnl <<#include <time.h> #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */ extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */ #endif>>, changequote([, ])dnl [atoi (*tzname);], ac_cv_var_tzname=yes, ac_cv_var_tzname=no)
which is incredibly useless since AC_TRY_LINK
is already
double quoting, so you just need:
AC_TRY_LINK( [#include <time.h> #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */ extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */ #endif], [atoi (*tzname);], [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes], [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
The M4-fluent reader might note that these two examples are rigorously equivalent, since M4 swallows both the ‘changequote(<<, >>)’ and ‘<<’ ‘>>’ when it collects the arguments: these quotes are not part of the arguments!
Simplified, the example above is just doing this:
changequote(<<, >>)dnl <<[]>> changequote([, ])dnl
instead of simply:
[[]]
With macros that do not double quote their arguments (which is the rule), double-quote the (risky) literals:
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[#include <time.h> #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */ extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */ #endif]], [atoi (*tzname);])], [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes], [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
Please note that the macro AC_TRY_LINK
is obsolete, so you really
should be using AC_LINK_IFELSE
instead.
See Quadrigraphs, for what to do if you run into a hopeless case where quoting does not suffice.
When you create a configure
script using newly written macros,
examine it carefully to check whether you need to add more quotes in
your macros. If one or more words have disappeared in the M4
output, you need more quotes. When in doubt, quote.
However, it’s also possible to put on too many layers of quotes. If
this happens, the resulting configure
script may contain
unexpanded macros. The autoconf
program checks for this problem
by looking for the string ‘AC_’ in configure. However, this
heuristic does not work in general: for example, it does not catch
overquoting in AC_DEFINE
descriptions.
Next: Programming in M4sugar, Previous: M4 Quotation, Up: Programming in M4 [Contents][Index]
autom4te
The Autoconf suite, including M4sugar, M4sh, and Autotest, in addition
to Autoconf per se, heavily rely on M4. All these different uses
revealed common needs factored into a layer over M4:
autom4te
5.
autom4te
is a preprocessor that is like m4
.
It supports M4 extensions designed for use in tools like Autoconf.
• autom4te Invocation | A GNU M4 wrapper | |
• Customizing autom4te | Customizing the Autoconf package |
Next: Customizing autom4te, Up: Using autom4te [Contents][Index]
autom4te
The command line arguments are modeled after M4’s:
autom4te options files
where the files are directly passed to m4
. By default,
GNU M4 is found during configuration, but the environment
variable
M4
can be set to tell autom4te
where to look. In addition
to the regular expansion, it handles the replacement of the quadrigraphs
(see Quadrigraphs), and of ‘__oline__’, the current line in the
output. It supports an extended syntax for the files:
This file is an M4 frozen file. Note that all the previous files are ignored. See the option --melt for the rationale.
If found in the library path, the file is included for expansion, otherwise it is ignored instead of triggering a failure.
Of course, it supports the Autoconf common subset of options:
Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
Report processing steps.
Don’t remove the temporary files and be even more verbose.
Also look for input files in dir. Multiple invocations accumulate.
Save output (script or trace) to file. The file - stands for the standard output.
As an extension of m4
, it includes the following options:
Report the warnings related to category (which can actually be a
comma separated list). See Reporting Messages, macro
AC_DIAGNOSE
, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
values include:
report all the warnings
report none
treats warnings as errors
disable warnings falling into category
Warnings about ‘syntax’ are enabled by default, and the environment
variable WARNINGS
, a comma separated list of categories, is
honored. ‘autom4te -W category’ actually
behaves as if you had run:
autom4te --warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,category
For example, if you want to disable defaults and WARNINGS
of autom4te
, but enable the warnings about obsolete
constructs, you would use -W none,obsolete.
autom4te
displays a back trace for errors, but not for
warnings; if you want them, just pass -W error.
Do not use frozen files. Any argument file.m4f
is
replaced by file.m4
. This helps tracing the macros which
are executed only when the files are frozen, typically
m4_define
. For instance, running:
autom4te --melt 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
is roughly equivalent to running:
m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 4.m4 input.m4
while
autom4te 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
is equivalent to:
m4 --reload-state=4.m4f input.m4
Produce a frozen state file. autom4te
freezing is stricter
than M4’s: it must produce no warnings, and no output other than empty
lines (a line with white space is not empty) and comments
(starting with ‘#’). Unlike m4
’s similarly-named option,
this option takes no argument:
autom4te 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze --output=3.m4f
corresponds to
m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze-state=3.m4f
Set the mode of the non-traces output to octal-mode; by default ‘0666’.
As another additional feature over m4
, autom4te
caches its results. GNU M4 is able to produce a regular
output and traces at the same time. Traces are heavily used in the
GNU Build System: autoheader
uses them to build
config.h.in, autoreconf
to determine what
GNU Build System components are used, automake
to
“parse” configure.ac etc. To avoid recomputation,
traces are cached while performing regular expansion,
and conversely. This cache is (actually, the caches are) stored in
the directory autom4te.cache. It can safely be removed
at any moment (especially if for some reason autom4te
considers it trashed).
Specify the name of the directory where the result should be cached. Passing an empty value disables caching. Be sure to pass a relative file name, as for the time being, global caches are not supported.
Don’t cache the results.
If a cache is used, consider it obsolete (but update it anyway).
Because traces are so important to the GNU Build System,
autom4te
provides high level tracing features as compared to
M4, and helps exploiting the cache:
Trace the invocations of macro according to the format. Multiple --trace arguments can be used to list several macros. Multiple --trace arguments for a single macro are not cumulative; instead, you should just make format as long as needed.
The format is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and several special escape codes. It defaults to ‘$f:$l:$n:$%’. It can use the following special escapes:
The character ‘$’.
The file name from which macro is called.
The line number from which macro is called.
The depth of the macro call. This is an M4 technical detail that you probably don’t want to know about.
The name of the macro.
The numth argument of the call to macro.
All the arguments passed to macro, separated by the character sep or the string separator (‘,’ by default). Each argument is quoted, i.e., enclosed in a pair of square brackets.
As above, but the arguments are not quoted.
As above, but the arguments are not quoted, all new line characters in the arguments are smashed, and the default separator is ‘:’.
The escape ‘$%’ produces single-line trace outputs (unless you put newlines in the ‘separator’), while ‘$@’ and ‘$*’ do not.
See autoconf Invocation, for examples of trace uses.
Cache the traces of macro, but do not enable traces. This is
especially important to save CPU cycles in the future. For instance,
when invoked, autoconf
preselects all the macros that
autoheader
, automake
, autoreconf
, etc.,
trace, so that running m4
is not needed to trace them: the
cache suffices. This results in a huge speed-up.
Finally, autom4te
introduces the concept of Autom4te
libraries. They consists in a powerful yet extremely simple feature:
sets of combined command line arguments:
Use the language Autom4te library. Current languages include:
M4sugar
create M4sugar output.
M4sh
create M4sh executable shell scripts.
Autotest
create Autotest executable test suites.
Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4
create Autoconf executable configure scripts without reading aclocal.m4.
Autoconf
create Autoconf executable configure scripts. This language inherits
all the characteristics of Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4
and
additionally reads aclocal.m4.
Prepend directory dir to the search path. This is used to include the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
As an example, if Autoconf is installed in its default location, /usr/local, the command ‘autom4te -l m4sugar foo.m4’ is strictly equivalent to the command:
autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \ m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f --warnings syntax foo.m4
Recursive expansion applies here: the command ‘autom4te -l m4sh foo.m4’ is the same as ‘autom4te --language M4sugar m4sugar/m4sh.m4f foo.m4’, i.e.:
autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \ m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f m4sugar/m4sh.m4f --mode 777 foo.m4
The definition of the languages is stored in autom4te.cfg.
Previous: autom4te Invocation, Up: Using autom4te [Contents][Index]
autom4te
One can customize autom4te
via ~/.autom4te.cfg (i.e.,
as found in the user home directory), and ./.autom4te.cfg (i.e.,
as found in the directory from which autom4te
is run). The
order is first reading autom4te.cfg, then ~/.autom4te.cfg,
then ./.autom4te.cfg, and finally the command line arguments.
In these text files, comments are introduced with #
, and empty
lines are ignored. Customization is performed on a per-language basis,
wrapped in between a ‘begin-language: "language"’,
‘end-language: "language"’ pair.
Customizing a language stands for appending options (see autom4te Invocation) to the current definition of the language. Options, and more generally arguments, are introduced by ‘args: arguments’. You may use the traditional shell syntax to quote the arguments.
As an example, to disable Autoconf caches (autom4te.cache) globally, include the following lines in ~/.autom4te.cfg:
## ------------------ ## ## User Preferences. ## ## ------------------ ## begin-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4" args: --no-cache end-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
Next: Debugging via autom4te, Previous: Using autom4te, Up: Programming in M4 [Contents][Index]
M4 by itself provides only a small, but sufficient, set of all-purpose macros. M4sugar introduces additional generic macros. Its name was coined by Lars J. Aas: “Readability And Greater Understanding Stands 4 M4sugar”.
M4sugar reserves the macro namespace ‘^_m4_’ for internal use, and the macro namespace ‘^m4_’ for M4sugar macros. You should not define your own macros into these namespaces.
• Redefined M4 Macros | M4 builtins changed in M4sugar | |
• Diagnostic Macros | Diagnostic messages from M4sugar | |
• Diversion support | Diversions in M4sugar | |
• Conditional constructs | Conditions in M4 | |
• Looping constructs | Iteration in M4 | |
• Evaluation Macros | More quotation and evaluation control | |
• Text processing Macros | String manipulation in M4 | |
• Number processing Macros | Arithmetic computation in M4 | |
• Set manipulation Macros | Set manipulation in M4 | |
• Forbidden Patterns | Catching unexpanded macros |
Next: Diagnostic Macros, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
With a few exceptions, all the M4 native macros are moved in the
‘m4_’ pseudo-namespace, e.g., M4sugar renames define
as
m4_define
etc.
The list of macros unchanged from M4, except for their name, is:
Some M4 macros are redefined, and are slightly incompatible with their native equivalent.
All M4 macros starting with ‘__’ retain their original name: for
example, no m4__file__
is defined.
This is not technically a macro, but a feature of Autom4te. The
sequence __oline__
can be used similarly to the other m4sugar
location macros, but rather than expanding to the location of the input
file, it is translated to the line number where it appears in the output
file after all other M4 expansions.
This macro kept its original name: no m4_dnl
is defined.
This macro corresponds to patsubst
. The name m4_patsubst
is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once GNU M4 2.0 is
released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
This macro corresponds to regexp
. The name m4_regexp
is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once GNU M4 2.0 is
released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
These macros aren’t directly builtins, but are closely related to
m4_pushdef
and m4_defn
. m4_copy
and
m4_rename
ensure that dest is undefined, while
m4_copy_force
and m4_rename_force
overwrite any existing
definition. All four macros then proceed to copy the entire pushdef
stack of definitions of source over to dest. m4_copy
and m4_copy_force
preserve the source (including in the special
case where source is undefined), while m4_rename
and
m4_rename_force
undefine the original macro name (making it an
error to rename an undefined source).
Note that attempting to invoke a renamed macro might not work, since the macro may have a dependence on helper macros accessed via composition of ‘$0’ but that were not also renamed; likewise, other macros may have a hard-coded dependence on source and could break if source has been deleted. On the other hand, it is always safe to rename a macro to temporarily move it out of the way, then rename it back later to restore original semantics.
This macro fails if macro is not defined, even when using older
versions of M4 that did not warn. See m4_undefine
.
Unfortunately, in order to support these older versions of M4, there are
some situations involving unbalanced quotes where concatenating multiple
macros together will work in newer M4 but not in m4sugar; use
quadrigraphs to work around this.
M4sugar relies heavily on diversions, so rather than behaving as a
primitive, m4_divert
behaves like:
m4_divert_pop()m4_divert_push([diversion])
See Diversion support, for more details about the use of the diversion stack. In particular, this implies that diversion should be a named diversion rather than a raw number. But be aware that it is seldom necessary to explicitly change the diversion stack, and that when done incorrectly, it can lead to syntactically invalid scripts.
m4_dumpdef
is like the M4 builtin, except that this version
requires at least one argument, output always goes to standard error
rather than the current debug file, no sorting is done on multiple
arguments, and an error is issued if any
name is undefined. m4_dumpdefs
is a convenience macro that
calls m4_dumpdef
for all of the
m4_pushdef
stack of definitions, starting with the current, and
silently does nothing if name is undefined.
Unfortunately, due to a limitation in M4 1.4.x, any macro defined as a
builtin is output as the empty string. This behavior is rectified by
using M4 1.6 or newer. However, this behavior difference means that
m4_dumpdef
should only be used while developing m4sugar macros,
and never in the final published form of a macro.
Like m4_esyscmd
, this macro expands to the result of running
command in a shell. The difference is that any trailing newlines
are removed, so that the output behaves more like shell command
substitution.
This macro corresponds to m4exit
.
This macro corresponds to ifelse
. string-1 and
string-2 are compared literally, so usually one of the two
arguments is passed unquoted. See Conditional constructs, for more
conditional idioms.
Like the M4 builtins, but warn against multiple inclusions of file.
Posix requires maketemp
to replace the trailing ‘X’
characters in template with the process id, without regards to the
existence of a file by that name, but this a security hole. When this
was pointed out to the Posix folks, they agreed to invent a new macro
mkstemp
that always creates a uniquely named file, but not all
versions of GNU M4 support the new macro. In M4sugar,
m4_maketemp
and m4_mkstemp
are synonyms for each other,
and both have the secure semantics regardless of which macro the
underlying M4 provides.
This macro fails if macro is not defined, even when using older
versions of M4 that did not warn. See m4_undefine
.
This macro fails if macro is not defined, even when using older versions of M4 that did not warn. Use
m4_ifdef([macro], [m4_undefine([macro])])
if you are not sure whether macro is defined.
Unlike the M4 builtin, at least one diversion must be specified.
Also, since the M4sugar diversion stack prefers named
diversions, the use of m4_undivert
to include files is risky.
See Diversion support, for more details about the use of the
diversion stack. But be aware that it is seldom necessary to explicitly
change the diversion stack, and that when done incorrectly, it can lead
to syntactically invalid scripts.
These macros correspond to m4wrap
. Posix requires arguments of
multiple wrap calls to be reprocessed at EOF in the same order
as the original calls (first-in, first-out). GNU M4 versions
through 1.4.10, however, reprocess them in reverse order (last-in,
first-out). Both orders are useful, therefore, you can rely on
m4_wrap
to provide FIFO semantics and m4_wrap_lifo
for
LIFO semantics, regardless of the underlying GNU M4 version.
Unlike the GNU M4 builtin, these macros only recognize one
argument, and avoid token pasting between consecutive invocations. On
the other hand, nested calls to m4_wrap
from within wrapped text
work just as in the builtin.
Next: Diversion support, Previous: Redefined M4 Macros, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal,
they should report them using these macros. For issuing dynamic issues,
i.e., when configure
is run, see Printing Messages.
Assert that the arithmetic expression evaluates to non-zero.
Otherwise, issue a fatal error, and exit autom4te
with
exit-status.
Similar to the builtin m4_errprint
, except that a newline is
guaranteed after message.
Report a severe error message prefixed with the current location,
and have autom4te
die.
Useful as a prefix in a message line. Short for:
__file__:__line__
Report message as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
user) if warnings of the category are turned on. If the message
is emitted, it is prefixed with the current location, and followed by a
call trace of all macros defined via AC_DEFUN
used to get to the
current expansion. You are encouraged to use standard categories, which
currently include:
messages that don’t fall into one of the following categories. Use of an empty category is equivalent.
related to cross compilation issues.
use of an obsolete construct.
dubious syntactic constructs, incorrectly ordered macro calls.
Next: Conditional constructs, Previous: Diagnostic Macros, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
M4sugar makes heavy use of diversions under the hood, because it is often the case that text that must appear early in the output is not discovered until late in the input. Additionally, some of the topological sorting algorithms used in resolving macro dependencies use diversions. However, most macros should not need to change diversions directly, but rather rely on higher-level M4sugar macros to manage diversions transparently. If you change diversions improperly, you risk generating a syntactically invalid script, because an incorrect diversion will violate assumptions made by many macros about whether prerequisite text has been previously output. In short, if you manually change the diversion, you should not expect any macros provided by the Autoconf package to work until you have restored the diversion stack back to its original state.
In the rare case that it is necessary to write a macro that explicitly
outputs text to a different diversion, it is important to be aware of an
M4 limitation regarding diversions: text only goes to a diversion if it
is not part of argument collection. Therefore, any macro that changes
the current diversion cannot be used as an unquoted argument to another
macro, but must be expanded at the top level. The macro
m4_expand
will diagnose any attempt to change diversions, since
it is generally useful only as an argument to another macro. The
following example shows what happens when diversion manipulation is
attempted within macro arguments:
m4_do([normal text] m4_divert_push([KILL])unwanted[]m4_divert_pop([KILL]) [m4_divert_push([KILL])discarded[]m4_divert_pop([KILL])])dnl ⇒normal text ⇒unwanted
Notice that the unquoted text unwanted
is output, even though it
was processed while the current diversion was KILL
, because it
was collected as part of the argument to m4_do
. However, the
text discarded
disappeared as desired, because the diversion
changes were single-quoted, and were not expanded until the top-level
rescan of the output of m4_do
.
To make diversion management easier, M4sugar uses the concept of named
diversions. Rather than using diversion numbers directly, it is nicer
to associate a name with each diversion. The diversion number associated
with a particular diversion name is an implementation detail, and a
syntax warning is issued if a diversion number is used instead of a
name. In general, you should not output text
to a named diversion until after calling the appropriate initialization
routine for your language (m4_init
, AS_INIT
,
AT_INIT
, …), although there are some exceptions documented
below.
M4sugar defines two named diversions.
KILL
Text written to this diversion is discarded. This is the default diversion once M4sugar is initialized.
GROW
This diversion is used behind the scenes by topological sorting macros,
such as AC_REQUIRE
.
M4sh adds several more named diversions.
BINSH
This diversion is reserved for the ‘#!’ interpreter line.
HEADER-REVISION
This diversion holds text from AC_REVISION
.
HEADER-COMMENT
This diversion holds comments about the purpose of a file.
HEADER-COPYRIGHT
This diversion is managed by AC_COPYRIGHT
.
M4SH-SANITIZE
This diversion contains M4sh sanitization code, used to ensure M4sh is executing in a reasonable shell environment.
M4SH-INIT
This diversion contains M4sh initialization code, initializing variables that are required by other M4sh macros.
BODY
This diversion contains the body of the shell code, and is the default diversion once M4sh is initialized.
Autotest inherits diversions from M4sh, and changes the default
diversion from BODY
back to KILL
. It also adds several
more named diversions, with the following subset designed for developer
use.
PREPARE_TESTS
This diversion contains initialization sequences which are executed
after atconfig and atlocal, and after all command line
arguments have been parsed, but prior to running any tests. It can be
used to set up state that is required across all tests. This diversion
will work even before AT_INIT
.
Autoconf inherits diversions from M4sh, and adds the following named diversions which developers can utilize.
DEFAULTS
This diversion contains shell variable assignments to set defaults that must be in place before arguments are parsed. This diversion is placed early enough in configure that it is unsafe to expand any autoconf macros into this diversion.
HELP_ENABLE
If AC_PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER
was used, then text placed in this
diversion will be included as part of a quoted here-doc providing all of
the --help output of configure related to options
created by AC_ARG_WITH
and AC_ARG_ENABLE
.
INIT_PREPARE
This diversion occurs after all command line options have been parsed, but prior to the main body of the configure script. This diversion is the last chance to insert shell code such as variable assignments or shell function declarations that will used by the expansion of other macros.
For now, the remaining named diversions of Autoconf, Autoheader, and Autotest are not documented. In other words, intentionally outputting text into an undocumented diversion is subject to breakage in a future release of Autoconf.
Permanently discard any text that has been diverted into diversion.
Similar to m4_divert_text
, except that content is only
output to diversion if this is the first time that
m4_divert_once
has been called with its particular arguments.
If provided, check that the current diversion is indeed diversion.
Then change to the diversion located earlier on the stack, giving an
error if an attempt is made to pop beyond the initial m4sugar diversion
of KILL
.
Remember the former diversion on the diversion stack, and output subsequent text into diversion. M4sugar maintains a diversion stack, and issues an error if there is not a matching pop for every push.
Output content and a newline into diversion, without affecting the current diversion. Shorthand for:
m4_divert_push([diversion])content m4_divert_pop([diversion])dnl
One use of m4_divert_text
is to develop two related macros, where
macro ‘MY_A’ does the work, but adjusts what work is performed
based on whether the optional macro ‘MY_B’ has also been expanded.
Of course, it is possible to use AC_BEFORE
within MY_A
to
require that ‘MY_B’ occurs first, if it occurs at all. But this
imposes an ordering restriction on the user; it would be nicer if macros
‘MY_A’ and ‘MY_B’ can be invoked in either order. The trick
is to let ‘MY_B’ leave a breadcrumb in an early diversion, which
‘MY_A’ can then use to determine whether ‘MY_B’ has been
expanded.
AC_DEFUN([MY_A], [# various actions if test -n "$b_was_used"; then # extra action fi]) AC_DEFUN([MY_B], [AC_REQUIRE([MY_A])dnl m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [b_was_used=true])])
Initialize the M4sugar environment, setting up the default named
diversion to be KILL
.
Next: Looping constructs, Previous: Diversion support, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
The following macros provide additional conditional constructs as
convenience wrappers around m4_if
.
The string string is repeatedly compared against a series of regex arguments; if a match is found, the expansion is the corresponding value, otherwise, the macro moves on to the next regex. If no regex match, then the result is the optional default, or nothing.
The string string is altered by regex-1 and subst-1, as if by:
m4_bpatsubst([[string]], [regex], [subst])
The result of the substitution is then passed through the next set of regex and subst, and so forth. An empty subst implies deletion of any matched portions in the current string. Note that this macro over-quotes string; this behavior is intentional, so that the result of each step of the recursion remains as a quoted string. However, it means that anchors (‘^’ and ‘$’ in the regex will line up with the extra quotations, and not the characters of the original string. The overquoting is removed after the final substitution.
Test string against multiple value possibilities, resulting in the first if-value for a match, or in the optional default. This is shorthand for:
m4_if([string], [value-1], [if-value-1], [string], [value-2], [if-value-2], …, [default])
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Similar to m4_if
,
except that each test is expanded only when it is encountered.
This is useful for short-circuiting expensive tests; while m4_if
requires all its strings to be expanded up front before doing
comparisons, m4_cond
only expands a test when all earlier
tests have failed.
For an example, these two sequences give the same result, but in the
case where ‘$1’ does not contain a backslash, the m4_cond
version only expands m4_index
once, instead of five times, for
faster computation if this is a common case for ‘$1’. Notice that
every third argument is unquoted for m4_if
, and quoted for
m4_cond
:
m4_if(m4_index([$1], [\]), [-1], [$2], m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0), [1], [$2], m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0), [1], [$2], m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0), [1], [$3], m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0), [1], [$3], [$2]) m4_cond([m4_index([$1], [\])], [-1], [$2], [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0)], [1], [$2], [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0)], [1], [$2], [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0)], [1], [$3], [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0)], [1], [$3], [$2])
If expr-1 contains text, use it. Otherwise, select expr-2.
m4_default
expands the result, while m4_default_quoted
does not. Useful for providing a fixed default if the expression that
results in expr-1 would otherwise be empty. The difference
between m4_default
and m4_default_nblank
is whether an
argument consisting of just blanks (space, tab, newline) is
significant. When using the expanding versions, note that an argument
may contain text but still expand to an empty string.
m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl m4_define([empty], [])dnl m4_define([demo1], [m4_default([$1], [$2])])dnl m4_define([demo2], [m4_default_quoted([$1], [$2])])dnl m4_define([demo3], [m4_default_nblank([$1], [$2])])dnl m4_define([demo4], [m4_default_nblank_quoted([$1], [$2])])dnl demo1([active], [default]) ⇒ACTIVE demo1([], [active]) ⇒ACTIVE demo1([empty], [text]) ⇒ -demo1([ ], [active])- ⇒- - demo2([active], [default]) ⇒active demo2([], [active]) ⇒active demo2([empty], [text]) ⇒empty -demo2([ ], [active])- ⇒- - demo3([active], [default]) ⇒ACTIVE demo3([], [active]) ⇒ACTIVE demo3([empty], [text]) ⇒ -demo3([ ], [active])- ⇒-ACTIVE- demo4([active], [default]) ⇒active demo4([], [active]) ⇒active demo4([empty], [text]) ⇒empty -demo4([ ], [active])- ⇒-active-
If macro does not already have a definition, then define it to default-definition.
If cond is empty or consists only of blanks (space, tab, newline), then expand if-blank; otherwise, expand if-text. Two variants exist, in order to make it easier to select the correct logical sense when using only two parameters. Note that this is more efficient than the equivalent behavior of:
m4_ifval(m4_normalize([cond]), if-text, if-blank)
This is shorthand for:
m4_ifdef([macro], [if-defined], [if-not-defined])
If macro is undefined, or is defined as the empty string, expand to if-false. Otherwise, expands to if-true. Similar to:
m4_ifval(m4_defn([macro]), [if-true], [if-false])
except that it is not an error if macro is undefined.
Expands to if-true if cond is not empty, otherwise to if-false. This is shorthand for:
m4_if([cond], [], [if-false], [if-true])
Similar to m4_ifval
, except guarantee that a newline is present
after any non-empty expansion. Often followed by dnl
.
Expand to text, and add a newline if text is not empty.
Often followed by dnl
.
Next: Evaluation Macros, Previous: Conditional constructs, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
The following macros are useful in implementing recursive algorithms in
M4, including loop operations. An M4 list is formed by quoting a list
of quoted elements; generally the lists are comma-separated, although
m4_foreach_w
is whitespace-separated. For example, the list
‘[[a], [b,c]]’ contains two elements: ‘[a]’ and ‘[b,c]’.
It is common to see lists with unquoted elements when those elements are
not likely to be macro names, as in ‘[fputc_unlocked,
fgetc_unlocked]’.
Although not generally recommended, it is possible for quoted lists to have side effects; all side effects are expanded only once, and prior to visiting any list element. On the other hand, the fact that unquoted macros are expanded exactly once means that macros without side effects can be used to generate lists. For example,
m4_foreach([i], [[1], [2], [3]m4_errprintn([hi])], [i]) error→hi ⇒123 m4_define([list], [[1], [2], [3]]) ⇒ m4_foreach([i], [list], [i]) ⇒123
Extracts argument n (larger than 0) from the remaining arguments. If there are too few arguments, the empty string is used. For any n besides 1, this is more efficient than the similar ‘m4_car(m4_shiftn([n], [], [arg…]))’.
Expands to the quoted first arg. Can be used with m4_cdr
to recursively iterate
through a list. Generally, when using quoted lists of quoted elements,
m4_car
should be called without any extra quotes.
Expands to a quoted list of all but the first arg, or the empty
string if there was only one argument. Generally, when using quoted
lists of quoted elements, m4_cdr
should be called without any
extra quotes.
For example, this is a simple implementation of m4_map
; note how
each iteration checks for the end of recursion, then merely applies the
first argument to the first element of the list, then repeats with the
rest of the list. (The actual implementation in M4sugar is a bit more
involved, to gain some speed and share code with m4_map_sep
, and
also to avoid expanding side effects in ‘$2’ twice).
m4_define([m4_map], [m4_ifval([$2], [m4_apply([$1], m4_car($2))[]$0([$1], m4_cdr($2))])])dnl m4_map([ m4_eval], [[[1]], [[1+1]], [[10],[16]]]) ⇒ 1 2 a
Loop over the numeric values between first and last including bounds by increments of step. For each iteration, expand expression with the numeric value assigned to var. If step is omitted, it defaults to ‘1’ or ‘-1’ depending on the order of the limits. If given, step has to match this order. The number of iterations is determined independently from definition of var; iteration cannot be short-circuited or lengthened by modifying var from within expression.
Loop over the comma-separated M4 list list, assigning each value to var, and expand expression. The following example outputs two lines:
m4_foreach([myvar], [[foo], [bar, baz]], [echo myvar ])dnl ⇒echo foo ⇒echo bar, baz
Note that for some forms of expression, it may be faster to use
m4_map_args
.
Loop over the white-space-separated list list, assigning each value
to var, and expand expression. If var is only
referenced once in expression, it is more efficient to use
m4_map_args_w
.
The deprecated macro AC_FOREACH
is an alias of
m4_foreach_w
.
Loop over the comma separated quoted list of argument descriptions in
list, and invoke macro with the arguments. An argument
description is in turn a comma-separated quoted list of quoted elements,
suitable for m4_apply
. The macros m4_map
and
m4_map_sep
ignore empty argument descriptions, while
m4_mapall
and m4_mapall_sep
invoke macro with no
arguments. The macros m4_map_sep
and m4_mapall_sep
additionally expand separator between invocations of macro.
Note that separator is expanded, unlike in m4_join
. When
separating output with commas, this means that the map result can be
used as a series of arguments, by using a single-quoted comma as
separator, or as a single string, by using a double-quoted comma.
m4_map([m4_count], []) ⇒ m4_map([ m4_count], [[], [[1]], [[1], [2]]]) ⇒ 1 2 m4_mapall([ m4_count], [[], [[1]], [[1], [2]]]) ⇒ 0 1 2 m4_map_sep([m4_eval], [,], [[[1+2]], [[10], [16]]]) ⇒3,a m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [,], [[[a]], [[b]]]) ⇒a,b m4_count(m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [,], [[[a]], [[b]]])) ⇒2 m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [[,]], [[[a]], [[b]]]) ⇒a,b m4_count(m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [[,]], [[[a]], [[b]]])) ⇒1
Repeatedly invoke macro with each successive arg as its only
argument. In the following example, three solutions are presented with
the same expansion; the solution using m4_map_args
is the most
efficient.
m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl m4_foreach([var], [[plain], [active]], [ m4_echo(m4_defn([var]))]) ⇒ plain active m4_map([ m4_echo], [[[plain]], [[active]]]) ⇒ plain active m4_map_args([ m4_echo], [plain], [active]) ⇒ plain active
In cases where it is useful to operate on additional parameters besides
the list elements, the macro m4_curry
can be used in macro
to supply the argument currying necessary to generate the desired
argument list. In the following example, list_add_n
is more
efficient than list_add_x
. On the other hand, using
m4_map_args_sep
can be even more efficient.
m4_define([list], [[1], [2], [3]])dnl m4_define([add], [m4_eval(([$1]) + ([$2]))])dnl dnl list_add_n(N, ARG...) dnl Output a list consisting of each ARG added to N m4_define([list_add_n], [m4_shift(m4_map_args([,m4_curry([add], [$1])], m4_shift($@)))])dnl list_add_n([1], list) ⇒2,3,4 list_add_n([2], list) ⇒3,4,5 m4_define([list_add_x], [m4_shift(m4_foreach([var], m4_dquote(m4_shift($@)), [,add([$1],m4_defn([var]))]))])dnl list_add_x([1], list) ⇒2,3,4
For every pair of arguments arg, invoke macro with two arguments. If there is an odd number of arguments, invoke macro-end, which defaults to macro, with the remaining argument.
m4_map_args_pair([, m4_reverse], [], [1], [2], [3]) ⇒, 2, 1, 3 m4_map_args_pair([, m4_reverse], [, m4_dquote], [1], [2], [3]) ⇒, 2, 1, [3] m4_map_args_pair([, m4_reverse], [, m4_dquote], [1], [2], [3], [4]) ⇒, 2, 1, 4, 3
Expand the sequence pre[arg]post
for each
argument, additionally expanding sep between arguments. One
common use of this macro is constructing a macro call, where the opening
and closing parentheses are split between pre and post; in
particular, m4_map_args([macro], [arg])
is equivalent
to m4_map_args_sep([macro(], [)], [], [arg])
. This
macro provides the most efficient means for iterating over an arbitrary
list of arguments, particularly when repeatedly constructing a macro
call with more arguments than arg.
Expand the sequence pre[word]post
for each word in
the whitespace-separated string, additionally expanding sep
between words. This macro provides the most efficient means for
iterating over a whitespace-separated string. In particular,
m4_map_args_w([string], [action(], [)])
is more
efficient than m4_foreach_w([var], [string],
[action(m4_defn([var]))])
.
m4_shiftn
performs count iterations of m4_shift
,
along with validation that enough arguments were passed in to match the
shift count, and that the count is positive. m4_shift2
and
m4_shift3
are specializations
of m4_shiftn
, introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and are more efficient
for two and three shifts, respectively.
For each of the m4_pushdef
definitions of macro, expand
action with the single argument of a definition of macro.
m4_stack_foreach
starts with the oldest definition, while
m4_stack_foreach_lifo
starts with the current definition.
action should not push or pop definitions of macro, nor is
there any guarantee that the current definition of macro matches
the argument that was passed to action. The macro m4_curry
can be used if action needs more than one argument, although in
that case it is more efficient to use m4_stack_foreach_sep.
Due to technical limitations, there are a few low-level m4sugar
functions, such as m4_pushdef
, that cannot be used as the
macro argument.
m4_pushdef([a], [1])m4_pushdef([a], [2])dnl m4_stack_foreach([a], [ m4_incr]) ⇒ 2 3 m4_stack_foreach_lifo([a], [ m4_curry([m4_substr], [abcd])]) ⇒ cd bcd
Expand the sequence pre[definition]post
for each
m4_pushdef
definition of macro, additionally expanding
sep between definitions. m4_stack_foreach_sep
visits the
oldest definition first, while m4_stack_foreach_sep_lifo
visits
the current definition first. This macro provides the most efficient
means for iterating over a pushdef stack. In particular,
m4_stack_foreach([macro], [action])
is short for
m4_stack_foreach_sep([macro], [action(], [)])
.
Next: Text processing Macros, Previous: Looping constructs, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
The following macros give some control over the order of the evaluation by adding or removing levels of quotes.
Apply the elements of the quoted, comma-separated list as the
arguments to macro. If list is empty, invoke macro
without arguments. Note the difference between m4_indir
, which
expects its first argument to be a macro name but can use names that are
otherwise invalid, and m4_apply
, where macro can contain
other text, but must end in a valid macro name.
m4_apply([m4_count], []) ⇒0 m4_apply([m4_count], [[]]) ⇒1 m4_apply([m4_count], [[1], [2]]) ⇒2 m4_apply([m4_join], [[|], [1], [2]]) ⇒1|2
This macro returns the decimal count of the number of arguments it was passed.
This macro performs argument currying. The expansion of this macro is another macro name that expects exactly one argument; that argument is then appended to the arg list, and then macro is expanded with the resulting argument list.
m4_curry([m4_curry], [m4_reverse], [1])([2])([3]) ⇒3, 2, 1
Unfortunately, due to a limitation in M4 1.4.x, it is not possible to
pass the definition of a builtin macro as the argument to the output of
m4_curry
; the empty string is used instead of the builtin token.
This behavior is rectified by using M4 1.6 or newer.
This macro loops over its arguments and expands each arg in
sequence. Its main use is for readability; it allows the use of
indentation and fewer dnl
to result in the same expansion. This
macro guarantees that no expansion will be concatenated with subsequent
text; to achieve full concatenation, use m4_unquote(m4_join([],
arg…))
.
m4_define([ab],[1])m4_define([bc],[2])m4_define([abc],[3])dnl m4_do([a],[b])c ⇒abc m4_unquote(m4_join([],[a],[b]))c ⇒3 m4_define([a],[A])m4_define([b],[B])m4_define([c],[C])dnl m4_define([AB],[4])m4_define([BC],[5])m4_define([ABC],[6])dnl m4_do([a],[b])c ⇒ABC m4_unquote(m4_join([],[a],[b]))c ⇒3
Return the arguments as a quoted list of quoted arguments. Conveniently, if there is just one arg, this effectively adds a level of quoting.
Return the arguments as a series of double-quoted arguments. Whereas
m4_dquote
returns a single argument, m4_dquote_elt
returns
as many arguments as it was passed.
Return the arguments, with the same level of quoting. Other than discarding whitespace after unquoted commas, this macro is a no-op.
Return the expansion of arg as a quoted string. Whereas
m4_quote
is designed to collect expanded text into a single
argument, m4_expand
is designed to perform one level of expansion
on quoted text. One distinction is in the treatment of whitespace
following a comma in the original arg. Any time multiple
arguments are collected into one with m4_quote
, the M4 argument
collection rules discard the whitespace. However, with m4_expand
,
whitespace is preserved, even after the expansion of macros contained in
arg. Additionally, m4_expand
is able to expand text that
would involve an unterminated comment, whereas expanding that same text
as the argument to m4_quote
runs into difficulty in finding the
end of the argument. Since manipulating diversions during argument
collection is inherently unsafe, m4_expand
issues an error if
arg attempts to change the current diversion (see Diversion support).
m4_define([active], [ACT, IVE])dnl m4_define([active2], [[ACT, IVE]])dnl m4_quote(active, active) ⇒ACT,IVE,ACT,IVE m4_expand([active, active]) ⇒ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE m4_quote(active2, active2) ⇒ACT, IVE,ACT, IVE m4_expand([active2, active2]) ⇒ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE m4_expand([# m4_echo]) ⇒# m4_echo m4_quote(# m4_echo) ) ⇒# m4_echo) ⇒
Note that m4_expand
cannot handle an arg that expands to
literal unbalanced quotes, but that quadrigraphs can be used when
unbalanced output is necessary. Likewise, unbalanced parentheses should
be supplied with double quoting or a quadrigraph.
m4_define([pattern], [[!@<:@]])dnl m4_define([bar], [BAR])dnl m4_expand([case $foo in m4_defn([pattern])@:}@ bar ;; *[)] blah ;; esac]) ⇒case $foo in ⇒ [![]) BAR ;; ⇒ *) blah ;; ⇒esac
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expands to nothing, ignoring all of its arguments. By itself, this isn’t very useful. However, it can be used to conditionally ignore an arbitrary number of arguments, by deciding which macro name to apply to a list of arguments.
dnl foo outputs a message only if [debug] is defined. m4_define([foo], [m4_ifdef([debug],[AC_MSG_NOTICE],[m4_ignore])([debug message])])
Note that for earlier versions of Autoconf, the macro __gnu__
can
serve the same purpose, although it is less readable.
This macro exists to aid debugging of M4sugar algorithms. Its net
effect is similar to m4_dquote
—it produces a quoted list of
quoted arguments, for each arg. The difference is that this
version uses a comma-newline separator instead of just comma, to improve
readability of the list; with the result that it is less efficient than
m4_dquote
.
m4_define([zero],[0])m4_define([one],[1])m4_define([two],[2])dnl m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]]) ⇒[0],[one],[[two]] m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]]) ⇒[0], ⇒[one], ⇒[[two]] m4_foreach([number], m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number]) ⇒ 0 1 two m4_foreach([number], m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number]) ⇒ 0 1 two
Return the arguments as a single entity, i.e., wrap them into a pair of quotes. This effectively collapses multiple arguments into one, although it loses whitespace after unquoted commas in the process.
Outputs each argument with the same level of quoting, but in reverse order, and with space following each comma for readability.
m4_define([active], [ACT,IVE]) ⇒ m4_reverse(active, [active]) ⇒active, IVE, ACT
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand each argument,
separated by commas. For a single arg, this effectively removes a
layer of quoting, and m4_unquote([arg])
is more efficient
than the equivalent m4_do([arg])
. For multiple arguments,
this results in an unquoted list of expansions. This is commonly used
with m4_split
, in order to convert a single quoted list into a
series of quoted elements.
The following example aims at emphasizing the difference between several
scenarios: not using these macros, using m4_defn
, using
m4_quote
, using m4_dquote
, and using m4_expand
.
$ cat example.m4 dnl Overquote, so that quotes are visible. m4_define([show], [$[]1 = [$1], $[]@ = [$@]]) m4_define([a], [A]) m4_define([mkargs], [1, 2[,] 3]) m4_define([arg1], [[$1]]) m4_divert([0])dnl show(a, b) show([a, b]) show(m4_quote(a, b)) show(m4_dquote(a, b)) show(m4_expand([a, b])) arg1(mkargs) arg1([mkargs]) arg1(m4_defn([mkargs])) arg1(m4_quote(mkargs)) arg1(m4_dquote(mkargs)) arg1(m4_expand([mkargs])) $ autom4te -l m4sugar example.m4 $1 = A, $@ = [A],[b] $1 = a, b, $@ = [a, b] $1 = A,b, $@ = [A,b] $1 = [A],[b], $@ = [[A],[b]] $1 = A, b, $@ = [A, b] 1 mkargs 1, 2[,] 3 1,2, 3 [1],[2, 3] 1, 2, 3
Next: Number processing Macros, Previous: Evaluation Macros, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
The following macros may be used to manipulate strings in M4. Many of the macros in this section intentionally result in quoted strings as output, rather than subjecting the arguments to further expansions. As a result, if you are manipulating text that contains active M4 characters, the arguments are passed with single quoting rather than double.
Redefine macro-name to its former contents with separator and string added at the end. If macro-name was undefined before (but not if it was defined but empty), then no separator is added. As of Autoconf 2.62, neither string nor separator are expanded during this macro; instead, they are expanded when macro-name is invoked.
m4_append
can be used to grow strings, and m4_append_uniq
to grow strings without duplicating substrings. Additionally,
m4_append_uniq
takes two optional parameters as of Autoconf 2.62;
if-uniq is expanded if string was appended, and
if-duplicate is expanded if string was already present.
Also, m4_append_uniq
warns if separator is not empty, but
occurs within string, since that can lead to duplicates.
Note that m4_append
can scale linearly in the length of the final
string, depending on the quality of the underlying M4 implementation,
while m4_append_uniq
has an inherent quadratic scaling factor.
If an algorithm can tolerate duplicates in the final string, use the
former for speed. If duplicates must be avoided, consider using
m4_set_add
instead (see Set manipulation Macros).
m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl m4_append([sentence], [This is an])dnl m4_append([sentence], [ active ])dnl m4_append([sentence], [symbol.])dnl sentence ⇒This is an ACTIVE symbol. m4_undefine([active])dnl ⇒This is an active symbol. m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing]) ⇒new m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing]) ⇒existing m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing]) ⇒new m4_append_uniq([list], [three], [, ], [new], [existing]) ⇒new m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing]) ⇒existing list ⇒one, two, three m4_dquote(list) ⇒[one],[two],[three] m4_append([list2], [one], [[, ]])dnl m4_append_uniq([list2], [two], [[, ]])dnl m4_append([list2], [three], [[, ]])dnl list2 ⇒one, two, three m4_dquote(list2) ⇒[one, two, three]
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It is similar to
m4_append_uniq
, but treats strings as a whitespace
separated list of words to append, and only appends unique words.
macro-name is updated with a single space between new words.
m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [1 1 2])dnl m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [ 2 3 ])dnl numbers ⇒1 2 3
Output string in quotes, but without a trailing newline. The
macro m4_chomp
is slightly faster, and removes at most one
newline; the macro m4_chomp_all
removes all consecutive trailing
newlines. Unlike m4_flatten
, embedded newlines are left intact,
and backslash does not influence the result.
This macro produces a quoted string containing the pairwise combination of every element of the quoted, comma-separated prefix-list, and every element from the suffix arguments. Each pairwise combination is joined with infix in the middle, and successive pairs are joined by separator. No expansion occurs on any of the arguments. No output occurs if either the prefix or suffix list is empty, but the lists can contain empty elements.
m4_define([a], [oops])dnl m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b], [c]], [-], [1], [2], [3]) ⇒a-1, a-2, a-3, b-1, b-2, b-3, c-1, c-2, c-3 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-]) ⇒ m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-], []) ⇒a-, b- m4_combine([, ], [], [-], [1], [2]) ⇒ m4_combine([, ], [[]], [-], [1], [2]) ⇒-1, -2
Convert all instances of ‘[’, ‘]’, ‘#’, and ‘$’ within string into their respective quadrigraphs. The result is still a quoted string.
Flatten string into a single line. Delete all backslash-newline pairs, and replace all remaining newlines with a space. The result is still a quoted string.
Concatenate each arg, separated by separator.
joinall
uses every argument, while join
omits empty
arguments so that there are no back-to-back separators in the output.
The result is a quoted string.
m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl m4_join([|], [one], [], [active], [two]) ⇒one|active|two m4_joinall([|], [one], [], [active], [two]) ⇒one||active|two
Note that if all you intend to do is join args with commas between
them, to form a quoted list suitable for m4_foreach
, it is more
efficient to use m4_dquote
.
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and expands to a newline, followed by any text. It is primarily useful for maintaining macro formatting, and ensuring that M4 does not discard leading whitespace during argument collection.
Remove leading and trailing spaces and tabs, sequences of
backslash-then-newline, and replace multiple spaces, tabs, and newlines
with a single space. This is a combination of m4_flatten
and
m4_strip
. To determine if string consists only of bytes
that would be removed by m4_normalize
, you can use
m4_ifblank
.
Backslash-escape all characters in string that are active in regexps.
Split string into an M4 list of elements quoted by ‘[’ and ‘]’, while keeping white space at the beginning and at the end. If regexp is given, use it instead of ‘[\t ]+’ for splitting. If string is empty, the result is an empty list.
Strip whitespace from string. Sequences of spaces and tabs are
reduced to a single space, then leading and trailing spaces are removed.
The result is still a quoted string. Note that this does not interfere
with newlines; if you want newlines stripped as well, consider
m4_flatten
, or do it all at once with m4_normalize
. To
quickly test if string has only whitespace, use m4_ifblank
.
Add a text box around message, using frame as the border character above and below the message. The frame argument must be a single byte, and does not support quadrigraphs. The frame correctly accounts for the subsequent expansion of message. For example:
m4_define([macro], [abc])dnl m4_text_box([macro]) ⇒## --- ## ⇒## abc ## ⇒## --- ##
The message must contain balanced quotes and parentheses, although quadrigraphs can be used to work around this.
Break string into a series of whitespace-separated words, then output those words separated by spaces, and wrapping lines any time the output would exceed width columns. If given, prefix1 begins the first line, and prefix begins all wrapped lines. If prefix1 is longer than prefix, then the first line consists of just prefix1. If prefix is longer than prefix1, padding is inserted so that the first word of string begins at the same indentation as all wrapped lines. Note that using literal tab characters in any of the arguments will interfere with the calculation of width. No expansions occur on prefix, prefix1, or the words of string, although quadrigraphs are recognized.
For some examples:
m4_text_wrap([Short string */], [ ], [/* ], [20]) ⇒/* Short string */ m4_text_wrap([Much longer string */], [ ], [/* ], [20]) ⇒/* Much longer ⇒ string */ m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --short ], [30]) ⇒ --short Short doc. m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --too-wide ], [30]) ⇒ --too-wide ⇒ Short doc. m4_text_wrap([Super long documentation.], [ ], [ --too-wide ], 30) ⇒ --too-wide ⇒ Super long ⇒ documentation.
Return string with letters converted to upper or lower case, respectively.
Next: Set manipulation Macros, Previous: Text processing Macros, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
The following macros facilitate integer arithmetic operations.
Where a parameter is documented as taking an arithmetic expression, you
can use anything that can be parsed by m4_eval
.
Compare the arithmetic expressions expr-1 and expr-2, and expand to ‘-1’ if expr-1 is smaller, ‘0’ if they are equal, and ‘1’ if expr-1 is larger.
Compare the two M4 lists consisting of comma-separated arithmetic expressions, left to right. Expand to ‘-1’ for the first element pairing where the value from list-1 is smaller, ‘1’ where the value from list-2 is smaller, or ‘0’ if both lists have the same values. If one list is shorter than the other, the remaining elements of the longer list are compared against zero.
m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1]) ⇒0 m4_list_cmp([1, [1 * 0]], [1, 0]) ⇒0 m4_list_cmp([1, 2], [1, 0]) ⇒1 m4_list_cmp([1, [1+1], 3],[1, 2]) ⇒1 m4_list_cmp([1, 2, -3], [1, 2]) ⇒-1 m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1, 2]) ⇒-1 m4_list_cmp([1], [1, 2]) ⇒-1
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the decimal value of the maximum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the decimal value of the minimum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
Expand to ‘-1’ if the arithmetic expression expr is negative, ‘1’ if it is positive, and ‘0’ if it is zero.
This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.53, but had a number of usability limitations that were not lifted until Autoconf 2.62. Compare the version strings version-1 and version-2, and expand to ‘-1’ if version-1 is smaller, ‘0’ if they are the same, or ‘1’ version-2 is smaller. Version strings must be a list of elements separated by ‘.’, ‘,’ or ‘-’, where each element is a number along with optional case-insensitive letters designating beta releases. The comparison stops at the leftmost element that contains a difference, although a 0 element compares equal to a missing element.
It is permissible to include commit identifiers in version, such as an abbreviated SHA1 of the commit, provided there is still a monotonically increasing prefix to allow for accurate version-based comparisons. For example, this paragraph was written when the development snapshot of autoconf claimed to be at version ‘2.61a-248-dc51’, or 248 commits after the 2.61a release, with an abbreviated commit identification of ‘dc51’.
m4_version_compare([1.1], [2.0]) ⇒-1 m4_version_compare([2.0b], [2.0a]) ⇒1 m4_version_compare([1.1.1], [1.1.1a]) ⇒-1 m4_version_compare([1.2], [1.1.1a]) ⇒1 m4_version_compare([1.0], [1]) ⇒0 m4_version_compare([1.1pre], [1.1PRE]) ⇒0 m4_version_compare([1.1a], [1,10]) ⇒-1 m4_version_compare([2.61a], [2.61a-248-dc51]) ⇒-1 m4_version_compare([2.61b], [2.61a-248-dc51]) ⇒1
Compares version against the version of Autoconf currently
running. If the running version is at version or newer, expand
if-new-enough, but if version is larger than the version
currently executing, expand if-old, which defaults to printing an
error message and exiting m4sugar with status 63. When given only one
argument, this behaves like AC_PREREQ
(see Versioning).
Remember that the autoconf philosophy favors feature checks over version
checks.
Next: Forbidden Patterns, Previous: Number processing Macros, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
Sometimes, it is necessary to track a set of data, where the order does
not matter and where there are no duplicates in the set. The following
macros facilitate set manipulations. Each set is an opaque object,
which can only be accessed via these basic operations. The underlying
implementation guarantees linear scaling for set creation, which is more
efficient than using the quadratic m4_append_uniq
. Both set
names and values can be arbitrary strings, except for unbalanced quotes.
This implementation ties up memory for removed elements until the next
operation that must traverse all the elements of a set; and although
that may slow down some operations until the memory for removed elements
is pruned, it still guarantees linear performance.
Adds the string value as a member of set set. Expand if-uniq if the element was added, or if-dup if it was previously in the set. Operates in amortized constant time, so that set creation scales linearly.
Adds each value to the set set. This is slightly more
efficient than repeatedly invoking m4_set_add
.
Expands if-present if the string value is a member of set, otherwise if-absent.
m4_set_contains([a], [1], [yes], [no]) ⇒no m4_set_add([a], [1], [added], [dup]) ⇒added m4_set_add([a], [1], [added], [dup]) ⇒dup m4_set_contains([a], [1], [yes], [no]) ⇒yes m4_set_remove([a], [1], [removed], [missing]) ⇒removed m4_set_contains([a], [1], [yes], [no]) ⇒no m4_set_remove([a], [1], [removed], [missing]) ⇒missing
Expands to a single string consisting of all the members of the set
set, each separated by sep, which is not expanded.
m4_set_contents
leaves the elements in set but reclaims any
memory occupied by removed elements, while m4_set_dump
is a
faster one-shot action that also deletes the set. No provision is made
for disambiguating members that contain a non-empty sep as a
substring; use m4_set_empty
to distinguish between an empty set
and the set containing only the empty string. The order of the output
is unspecified; in the current implementation, part of the speed of
m4_set_dump
results from using a different output order than
m4_set_contents
. These macros scale linearly in the size of the
set before memory pruning, and m4_set_contents([set],
[sep])
is faster than
m4_joinall([sep]m4_set_listc([set]))
.
m4_set_add_all([a], [1], [2], [3]) ⇒ m4_set_contents([a], [-]) ⇒1-2-3 m4_joinall([-]m4_set_listc([a])) ⇒1-2-3 m4_set_dump([a], [-]) ⇒3-2-1 m4_set_contents([a]) ⇒ m4_set_add([a], []) ⇒ m4_set_contents([a], [-]) ⇒
Delete all elements and memory associated with set. This is linear in the set size, and faster than removing one element at a time.
Compute the relation between seta and setb, and output the result as a list of quoted arguments without duplicates and with a leading comma. Set difference selects the elements in seta but not setb, intersection selects only elements in both sets, and union selects elements in either set. These actions are linear in the sum of the set sizes. The leading comma is necessary to distinguish between no elements and the empty string as the only element.
m4_set_add_all([a], [1], [2], [3]) ⇒ m4_set_add_all([b], [3], [], [4]) ⇒ m4_set_difference([a], [b]) ⇒,1,2 m4_set_difference([b], [a]) ⇒,,4 m4_set_intersection([a], [b]) ⇒,3 m4_set_union([a], [b]) ⇒,1,2,3,,4
Expand if-empty if the set set has no elements, otherwise
expand if-elements. This macro operates in constant time. Using
this macro can help disambiguate output from m4_set_contents
or
m4_set_list
.
For each element in the set set, expand action with the
macro variable defined as the set element. Behavior is
unspecified if action recursively lists the contents of set
(although listing other sets is acceptable), or if it modifies the set
in any way other than removing the element currently contained in
variable. This macro is faster than the corresponding
m4_foreach([variable],
m4_indir([m4_dquote]m4_set_listc([set])), [action])
,
although m4_set_map
might be faster still.
m4_set_add_all([a]m4_for([i], [1], [5], [], [,i])) ⇒ m4_set_contents([a]) ⇒12345 m4_set_foreach([a], [i], [m4_if(m4_eval(i&1), [0], [m4_set_remove([a], i, [i])])]) ⇒24 m4_set_contents([a]) ⇒135
Produce a list of arguments, where each argument is a quoted element
from the set set. The variant m4_set_listc
is unambiguous,
by adding a leading comma if there are any set elements, whereas the
variant m4_set_list
cannot distinguish between an empty set and a
set containing only the empty string. These can be directly used in
macros that take multiple arguments, such as m4_join
or
m4_set_add_all
, or wrapped by m4_dquote
for macros that
take a quoted list, such as m4_map
or m4_foreach
. Any
memory occupied by removed elements is reclaimed during these macros.
m4_set_add_all([a], [1], [2], [3]) ⇒ m4_set_list([a]) ⇒1,2,3 m4_set_list([b]) ⇒ m4_set_listc([b]) ⇒ m4_count(m4_set_list([b])) ⇒1 m4_set_empty([b], [0], [m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))]) ⇒0 m4_set_add([b], []) ⇒ m4_set_list([b]) ⇒ m4_set_listc([b]) ⇒, m4_count(m4_set_list([b])) ⇒1 m4_set_empty([b], [0], [m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))]) ⇒1
For each element in the set set, expand action with a single
argument of the set element. Behavior is unspecified if action
recursively lists the contents of set (although listing other sets
is acceptable), or if it modifies the set in any way other than removing
the element passed as an argument. This macro is faster than either
corresponding counterpart of
m4_map_args([action]m4_set_listc([set]))
or
m4_set_foreach([set], [var],
[action(m4_defn([var]))])
. It is possible to use m4_curry
if more than one argument is needed for action, although it is
more efficient to use m4_set_map_sep
in that case.
For each element in the set set, expand
pre[element]post
, additionally expanding sep
between elements. Behavior is unspecified if the expansion recursively
lists the contents of set (although listing other sets
is acceptable), or if it modifies the set in any way other than removing
the element visited by the expansion. This macro provides the most
efficient means for non-destructively visiting the elements of a set; in
particular, m4_set_map([set], [action])
is equivalent
to m4_set_map_sep([set], [action(], [)])
.
If value is an element in the set set, then remove it and
expand if-present. Otherwise expand if-absent. This macro
operates in constant time so that multiple removals will scale linearly
rather than quadratically; but when used outside of
m4_set_foreach
or m4_set_map
, it leaves memory occupied
until the set is later
compacted by m4_set_contents
or m4_set_list
. Several
other set operations are then less efficient between the time of element
removal and subsequent memory compaction, but still maintain their
guaranteed scaling performance.
Expand to the size of the set set. This implementation operates
in constant time, and is thus more efficient than
m4_eval(m4_count(m4_set_listc([set])) - 1)
.
Previous: Set manipulation Macros, Up: Programming in M4sugar [Contents][Index]
M4sugar provides a means to define suspicious patterns, patterns describing tokens which should not be found in the output. For instance, if an Autoconf configure script includes tokens such as ‘AC_DEFINE’, or ‘dnl’, then most probably something went wrong (typically a macro was not evaluated because of overquotation).
M4sugar forbids all the tokens matching ‘^_?m4_’ and ‘^dnl$’. Additional layers, such as M4sh and Autoconf, add additional forbidden patterns to the list.
Declare that no token matching pattern must be found in the output. Comments are not checked; this can be a problem if, for instance, you have some macro left unexpanded after an ‘#include’. No consensus is currently found in the Autoconf community, as some people consider it should be valid to name macros in comments (which doesn’t make sense to the authors of this documentation: input, such as macros, should be documented by ‘dnl’ comments; reserving ‘#’-comments to document the output).
Of course, you might encounter exceptions to these generic rules, for instance you might have to refer to ‘$m4_flags’.
Any token matching pattern is allowed, including if it matches an
m4_pattern_forbid
pattern.
Previous: Programming in M4sugar, Up: Programming in M4 [Contents][Index]
At times, it is desirable to see what was happening inside m4, to see
why output was not matching expectations. However, post-processing done
by autom4te
means that directly using the m4 builtin
m4_traceon
is likely to interfere with operation. Also, frequent
diversion changes and the concept of forbidden tokens make it difficult
to use m4_defn
to generate inline comments in the final output.
There are a couple of tools to help with this. One is the use of the
--trace option provided by autom4te
(as well as each
of the programs that wrap autom4te
, such as
autoconf
), in order to inspect when a macro is called and with
which arguments. For example, when this paragraph was written, the
autoconf version could be found by:
$ autoconf --trace=AC_INIT configure.ac:23:AC_INIT:GNU Autoconf:2.63b.95-3963:bug-autoconf@gnu.org $ autoconf --trace='AC_INIT:version is $2' version is 2.63b.95-3963
Another trick is to print out the expansion of various m4 expressions to
standard error or to an independent file, with no further m4 expansion,
and without interfering with diversion changes or the post-processing
done to standard output. m4_errprintn
shows a given expression
on standard error. For example, if you want to see the expansion of an
autoconf primitive or of one of your autoconf macros, you can do it like
this:
$ cat <<\EOF > configure.ac AC_INIT m4_errprintn([The definition of AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED:]) m4_errprintn(m4_defn([AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED])) AC_OUTPUT EOF $ autoconf error→The definition of AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED: error→_AC_DEFINE_Q([], $@)
Next: Writing Autoconf Macros, Previous: Programming in M4, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
M4sh, pronounced “mash”, is aiming at producing portable Bourne shell scripts. This name was coined by Lars J. Aas, who notes that, according to the Webster’s Revised Unabridged Dictionary (1913):
Mash \Mash\, n. [Akin to G. meisch, maisch, meische, maische, mash, wash, and prob. to AS. miscian to mix. See “Mix”.]
- A mass of mixed ingredients reduced to a soft pulpy state by beating or pressure...
- A mixture of meal or bran and water fed to animals.
- A mess; trouble. [Obs.] –Beau. & Fl.
M4sh reserves the M4 macro namespace ‘^_AS_’ for internal use, and the namespace ‘^AS_’ for M4sh macros. It also reserves the shell and environment variable namespace ‘^as_’, and the here-document delimiter namespace ‘^_AS[A-Z]’ in the output file. You should not define your own macros or output shell code that conflicts with these namespaces.
• Common Shell Constructs | Portability layer for common shell constructs | |
• Polymorphic Variables | Support for indirect variable names | |
• Initialization Macros | Macros to establish a sane shell environment | |
• File Descriptor Macros | File descriptor macros for input and output |
Next: Polymorphic Variables, Up: Programming in M4sh [Contents][Index]
M4sh provides portable alternatives for some common shell constructs that unfortunately are not portable in practice.
Expand into shell code that will output text surrounded by a box with char in the top and bottom border. text should not contain a newline, but may contain shell expansions valid for unquoted here-documents. char defaults to ‘-’, but can be any character except ‘/’, ‘'’, ‘"’, ‘\’, ‘&’, or ‘`’. This is useful for outputting a comment box into log files to separate distinct phases of script operation.
Expand into a shell ‘case’ statement, where word is matched against one or more patterns. if-matched is run if the corresponding pattern matched word, else default is run. Avoids several portability issues (see Limitations of Shell Builtins).
Output the directory portion of file-name. For example,
if $file
is ‘/one/two/three’, the command
dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
sets dir
to ‘/one/two’.
This interface may be improved in the future to avoid forks and losing trailing newlines.
Emits word to the standard output, followed by a newline. word
must be a single shell word (typically a quoted string). The bytes of
word are output as-is, even if it starts with "-" or contains "\".
Redirections can be placed outside the macro invocation. This is much
more portable than using echo
(see Limitations of
Shell Builtins).
Emits word to the standard output, without a following newline. word must be a single shell word (typically a quoted string) and, for portability, should not include more than one newline. The bytes of word are output as-is, even if it starts with "-" or contains "\". Redirections can be placed outside the macro invocation.
Expands to string, with any characters in chars escaped with
a backslash (‘\’). chars should be at most four bytes long,
and only contain characters from the set ‘`\"$’; however,
characters may be safely listed more than once in chars for the
sake of syntax highlighting editors. The current implementation expands
string after adding escapes; if string contains macro calls
that in turn expand to text needing shell quoting, you can use
AS_ESCAPE(m4_dquote(m4_expand([string])))
.
The default for chars (‘\"$`’) is the set of characters needing escapes when string will be used literally within double quotes. One common variant is the set of characters to protect when string will be used literally within back-ticks or an unquoted here-document (‘\$`’). Another common variant is ‘""’, which can be used to form a double-quoted string containing the same expansions that would have occurred if string were expanded in an unquoted here-document; however, when using this variant, care must be taken that string does not use double quotes within complex variable expansions (such as ‘${foo-`echo "hi"`}’) that would be broken with improper escapes.
This macro is often used with AS_ECHO
. For an example, observe
the output generated by the shell code generated from this snippet:
foo=bar AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE(["$foo" = ])AS_ESCAPE(["$foo"], [""])"]) ⇒"$foo" = "bar" m4_define([macro], [a, [\b]]) AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE([[macro]])"]) ⇒macro AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE([macro])"]) ⇒a, b AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE(m4_dquote(m4_expand([macro])))"]) ⇒a, \b
To escape a string that will be placed within single quotes, use:
m4_bpatsubst([[string]], ['], ['\\''])
Emit code to probe whether file is a regular file with executable permissions (and not a directory with search permissions). The caller is responsible for quoting file.
Emit code to exit the shell with status, defaulting to ‘$?’.
This macro
works around shells that see the exit status of the command prior to
exit
inside a ‘trap 0’ handler (see Limitations
of Shell Builtins).
Run shell code test1. If test1 exits with a zero status then run shell code run-if-true1, else examine further tests. If no test exits with a zero status, run shell code run-if-false, with simplifications if either run-if-true1 or run-if-false is empty. For example,
AS_IF([test "x$foo" = xyes], [HANDLE_FOO([yes])], [test "x$foo" != xno], [HANDLE_FOO([maybe])], [echo foo not specified])
ensures any required macros of HANDLE_FOO
are expanded before the first test.
Make the directory file-name, including intervening directories
as necessary. This is equivalent to ‘mkdir -p -- file-name’,
except that it is portable to older versions of mkdir
that
lack support for the -p option or for the --
delimiter (see Limitations of Usual Tools). Also,
AS_MKDIR_P
succeeds if file-name is a symbolic link to an existing directory,
even though Posix is unclear whether ‘mkdir -p’ should
succeed in that case. If creation of file-name fails, exit the
script.
Also see the AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
macro (see Particular Programs).
Emit shell code to set the value of ‘$?’ to status, as
efficiently as possible. However, this is not guaranteed to abort a
shell running with set -e
(see Limitations of Shell
Builtins). This should also be used at the end of a complex shell
function instead of ‘return’ (see Shell Functions) to avoid
a DJGPP shell bug.
Transform expression into a valid right-hand side for a C #define
.
For example:
# This outputs "#define HAVE_CHAR_P 1". # Notice the m4 quoting around #, to prevent an m4 comment type="char *" echo "[#]define AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_$type]) 1"
Transform expression into shell code that generates a valid shell
variable name. The result is literal when possible at m4 time, but must
be used with eval
if expression causes shell indirections.
For example:
# This outputs "Have it!". header="sys/some file.h" eval AS_TR_SH([HAVE_$header])=yes if test "x$HAVE_sys_some_file_h" = xyes; then echo "Have it!"; fi
Set the polymorphic shell variable var to dir/file, but optimizing the common cases (dir or file is ‘.’, file is absolute, etc.).
Unsets the shell variable var, working around bugs in older shells (see Limitations of Shell Builtins). var can be a literal or indirect variable name.
Compare two strings version-1 and version-2, possibly containing shell variables, as version strings, and expand action-if-less, action-if-equal, or action-if-greater depending upon the result. The algorithm to compare is similar to the one used by strverscmp in glibc (see String/Array Comparison in The GNU C Library).
Next: Initialization Macros, Previous: Common Shell Constructs, Up: Programming in M4sh [Contents][Index]
Often, it is convenient to write a macro that will emit shell code operating on a shell variable. The simplest case is when the variable name is known. But a more powerful idiom is writing shell code that can work through an indirection, where another variable or command substitution produces the name of the variable to actually manipulate. M4sh supports the notion of polymorphic shell variables, making it easy to write a macro that can deal with either literal or indirect variable names and output shell code appropriate for both use cases. Behavior is undefined if expansion of an indirect variable does not result in a literal variable name.
If the expansion of expression is definitely a shell literal,
expand if-literal. If the expansion of expression looks
like it might contain shell indirections (such as $var
or
`expr`
), then if-not is expanded. Sometimes, it is
possible to output optimized code if expression consists only of
shell variable expansions (such as ${var}
), in which case
if-simple-ref can be provided; but defaulting to if-not
should always be safe. AS_LITERAL_WORD_IF
only expands
if-literal if expression looks like a single shell word,
containing no whitespace; while AS_LITERAL_IF
allows whitespace
in expression.
In order to reduce the time spent recognizing whether an
expression qualifies as a literal or a simple indirection, the
implementation is somewhat conservative: expression must be a
single shell word (possibly after stripping whitespace), consisting only
of bytes that would have the same meaning whether unquoted or enclosed
in double quotes (for example, ‘a.b’ results in if-literal,
even though it is not a valid shell variable name; while both ‘'a'’
and ‘[$]’ result in if-not, because they behave differently
than ‘"'a'"’ and ‘"[$]"’). This macro can be used in contexts
for recognizing portable file names (such as in the implementation of
AC_LIBSOURCE
), or coupled with some transliterations for forming
valid variable names (such as in the implementation of AS_TR_SH
,
which uses an additional m4_translit
to convert ‘.’ to
‘_’).
This example shows how to read the contents of the shell variable
bar
, exercising all three arguments to AS_LITERAL_IF
. It
results in a script that will output the line ‘hello’ three times.
AC_DEFUN([MY_ACTION], [AS_LITERAL_IF([$1], [echo "$$1"], [AS_VAR_COPY([var], [$1]) echo "$var"], [eval 'echo "$'"$1"\"])]) foo=bar bar=hello MY_ACTION([bar]) MY_ACTION([`echo bar`]) MY_ACTION([$foo])
Emit shell code to append the shell expansion of text to the end of the current contents of the polymorphic shell variable var, taking advantage of shells that provide the ‘+=’ extension for more efficient scaling.
For situations where the final contents of var are relatively
short (less than 256 bytes), it is more efficient to use the simpler
code sequence of var=${var}text
(or its
polymorphic equivalent of AS_VAR_COPY([t], [var])
and
AS_VAR_SET([var], ["$t"text])
). But in the case
when the script will be repeatedly appending text into var
,
issues of scaling start to become apparent. A naive implementation
requires execution time linear to the length of the current contents of
var as well as the length of text for a single append, for
an overall quadratic scaling with multiple appends. This macro takes
advantage of shells which provide the extension
var+=text
, which can provide amortized constant time
for a single append, for an overall linear scaling with multiple
appends. Note that unlike AS_VAR_SET
, this macro requires that
text be quoted properly to avoid field splitting and file name
expansion.
Emit shell code to compute the arithmetic expansion of expression,
assigning the result as the contents of the polymorphic shell variable
var. The code takes advantage of shells that provide ‘$(())’
for fewer forks, but uses expr
as a fallback. Therefore, the
syntax for a valid expression is rather limited: all operators
must occur as separate shell arguments and with proper quoting, there is
no portable equality operator, all variables containing numeric values
must be expanded prior to the computation, all numeric values must be
provided in decimal without leading zeroes, and the first shell argument
should not be a negative number. In the following example, this snippet
will print ‘(2+3)*4 == 20’.
bar=3 AS_VAR_ARITH([foo], [\( 2 + $bar \) \* 4]) echo "(2+$bar)*4 == $foo"
Emit shell code to assign the contents of the polymorphic shell variable source to the polymorphic shell variable dest. For example, executing this M4sh snippet will output ‘bar hi’:
foo=bar bar=hi AS_VAR_COPY([a], [foo]) AS_VAR_COPY([b], [$foo]) echo "$a $b"
When it is necessary to access the contents of an indirect variable inside a shell double-quoted context, the recommended idiom is to first copy the contents into a temporary literal shell variable.
for header in stdint_h inttypes_h ; do AS_VAR_COPY([var], [ac_cv_header_$header]) echo "$header detected: $var" done
Output a shell conditional statement. If the contents of the polymorphic shell variable var match the string word, execute if-equal; otherwise execute if-not-equal. word must be a single shell word (typically a quoted string). Avoids shell bugs if an interrupt signal arrives while a command substitution in var is being expanded.
A common M4sh idiom involves composing shell variable names from an m4
argument (for example, writing a macro that uses a cache variable).
value can be an arbitrary string, which will be transliterated
into a valid shell name by AS_TR_SH
. In order to access the
composed variable name based on value, it is easier to declare a
temporary m4 macro m4-name with AS_VAR_PUSHDEF
, then use
that macro as the argument to subsequent AS_VAR
macros as a
polymorphic variable name, and finally free the temporary macro with
AS_VAR_POPDEF
. These macros are often followed with dnl
,
to avoid excess newlines in the output.
Here is an involved example, that shows the power of writing macros that can handle composed shell variable names:
m4_define([MY_CHECK_HEADER], [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([my_Header], [ac_cv_header_$1])dnl AS_VAR_IF([my_Header], [yes], [echo "header $1 detected"])dnl AS_VAR_POPDEF([my_Header])dnl ]) MY_CHECK_HEADER([stdint.h]) for header in inttypes.h stdlib.h ; do MY_CHECK_HEADER([$header]) done
In the above example, MY_CHECK_HEADER
can operate on polymorphic
variable names. In the first invocation, the m4 argument is
stdint.h
, which transliterates into a literal stdint_h
.
As a result, the temporary macro my_Header
expands to the literal
shell name ‘ac_cv_header_stdint_h’. In the second invocation, the
m4 argument to MY_CHECK_HEADER
is $header
, and the
temporary macro my_Header
expands to the indirect shell name
‘$as_my_Header’. During the shell execution of the for loop, when
‘$header’ contains ‘inttypes.h’, then ‘$as_my_Header’
contains ‘ac_cv_header_inttypes_h’. If this script is then run on a
platform where all three headers have been previously detected, the
output of the script will include:
header stdint.h detected header inttypes.h detected header stdlib.h detected
Emit shell code to assign the contents of the polymorphic shell variable var to the shell expansion of value. value is not subject to field splitting or file name expansion, so if command substitution is used, it may be done with ‘`""`’ rather than using an intermediate variable (see Shell Substitutions). However, value does undergo rescanning for additional macro names; behavior is unspecified if late expansion results in any shell meta-characters.
Emit a shell conditional statement, which executes if-set if the
polymorphic shell variable var
is set to any value, and
if-undef otherwise.
Emit a shell statement that results in a successful exit status only if
the polymorphic shell variable var
is set.
Next: File Descriptor Macros, Previous: Polymorphic Variables, Up: Programming in M4sh [Contents][Index]
Set up the shell to be more compatible with the Bourne shell as
standardized by Posix, if possible. This may involve setting
environment variables, or setting options, or similar
implementation-specific actions. This macro is deprecated, since
AS_INIT
already invokes it.
Initialize the M4sh environment. This macro calls m4_init
, then
outputs the #! /bin/sh
line, a notice about where the output was
generated from, and code to sanitize the environment for the rest of the
script. Among other initializations, this sets SHELL
to the shell
chosen to run the script (see CONFIG_SHELL), and LC_ALL
to
ensure the C locale. Finally, it changes the current diversion to
BODY
. AS_INIT
is called automatically by AC_INIT
and AT_INIT
, so shell code in configure,
config.status, and testsuite all benefit from a sanitized
shell environment.
Emit shell code to start the creation of a subsidiary shell script in
file, including changing file to be executable. This macro
populates the child script with information learned from the parent
(thus, the emitted code is equivalent in effect, but more efficient,
than the code output by AS_INIT
, AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE
, and
AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
). If present, comment is output near the
beginning of the child, prior to the shell initialization code, and is
subject to parameter expansion, command substitution, and backslash
quote removal. The
parent script should check the exit status after this macro, in case
file could not be properly created (for example, if the disk was
full). If successfully created, the parent script can then proceed to
append additional M4sh constructs into the child script.
Note that the child script starts life without a log file open, so if
the parent script uses logging (see AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD), you
must temporarily disable any attempts to use the log file until after
emitting code to open a log within the child. On the other hand, if the
parent script has AS_MESSAGE_FD
redirected somewhere besides
‘1’, then the child script already has code that copies stdout to
that descriptor. Currently, the suggested
idiom for writing a M4sh shell script from within another script is:
AS_INIT_GENERATED([file], [[# My child script. ]]) || { AS_ECHO(["Failed to create child script"]); AS_EXIT; } m4_pushdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])dnl cat >> "file" <<\__EOF__ # Code to initialize AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD m4_popdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])dnl # Additional code __EOF__
This, however, may change in the future as the M4sh interface is stabilized further.
Also, be aware that use of LINENO
within the child script may
report line numbers relative to their location in the parent script,
even when using AS_LINENO_PREPARE
, if the parent script was
unable to locate a shell with working LINENO
support.
Find a shell that supports the special variable LINENO
, which
contains the number of the currently executing line. This macro is
automatically invoked by AC_INIT
in configure scripts.
Set up variable as_me
to be the basename of the currently executing
script. This macro is automatically invoked by AC_INIT
in
configure scripts.
Create, as safely as possible, a temporary sub-directory within
dir with a name starting with prefix. prefix should
be 2-4 characters, to make it slightly easier to identify the owner of
the directory. If dir is omitted, then the value of TMPDIR
will be used (defaulting to ‘/tmp’). On success, the name of the
newly created directory is stored in the shell variable tmp
. On
error, the script is aborted.
Typically, this macro is coupled with some exit traps to delete the created directory and its contents on exit or interrupt. However, there is a slight window between when the directory is created and when the name is actually known to the shell, so an interrupt at the right moment might leave the temporary directory behind. Hence it is important to use a prefix that makes it easier to determine if a leftover temporary directory from an interrupted script is safe to delete.
The use of the output variable ‘$tmp’ rather than something in the ‘as_’ namespace is historical; it has the unfortunate consequence that reusing this otherwise common name for any other purpose inside your script has the potential to break any cleanup traps designed to remove the temporary directory.
Initialize the shell suitably for configure
scripts. This has
the effect of AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE
, and sets some other
environment variables for predictable results from configuration tests.
For example, it sets LC_ALL
to change to the default C locale.
See Special Shell Variables. This macro is deprecated, since
AS_INIT
already invokes it.
Previous: Initialization Macros, Up: Programming in M4sh [Contents][Index]
The following macros define file descriptors used to output messages (or input values) from configure scripts. For example:
echo "$wombats found" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo 'Enter desired kangaroo count:' >&AS_MESSAGE_FD read kangaroos <&AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD`
However doing so is seldom needed, because Autoconf provides higher level macros as described below.
The file descriptor for ‘checking for...’ messages and results.
By default, AS_INIT
sets this to ‘1’ for standalone M4sh
clients. However, AC_INIT
shuffles things around to another file
descriptor, in order to allow the -q option of
configure
to choose whether messages should go to the script’s
standard output or be discarded.
If you want to display some messages, consider using one of the printing macros (see Printing Messages) instead. Copies of messages output via these macros are also recorded in config.log.
This must either be empty, or expand to a file descriptor for log
messages. By default, AS_INIT
sets this macro to the empty
string for standalone M4sh clients, thus disabling logging. However,
AC_INIT
shuffles things around so that both configure
and config.status
use config.log for log messages.
Macros that run tools, like AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
(see Running the Compiler), redirect all output to this descriptor. You may want to do
so if you develop such a low-level macro.
This must expand to a file descriptor for the original standard input.
By default, AS_INIT
sets this macro to ‘0’ for standalone
M4sh clients. However, AC_INIT
shuffles things around for
safety.
When configure
runs, it may accidentally execute an
interactive command that has the same name as the non-interactive meant
to be used or checked. If the standard input was the terminal, such
interactive programs would cause configure
to stop, pending
some user input. Therefore configure
redirects its standard
input from /dev/null during its initialization. This is not
normally a problem, since configure
normally does not need
user input.
In the extreme case where your configure script really needs to
obtain some values from the original standard input, you can read them
explicitly from AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD
.
Next: Portable Shell, Previous: Programming in M4sh, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro. Here are some instructions and guidelines for writing Autoconf macros.
• Macro Definitions | Basic format of an Autoconf macro | |
• Macro Names | What to call your new macros | |
• Reporting Messages | Notifying autoconf users
| |
• Dependencies Between Macros | What to do when macros depend on other macros | |
• Obsoleting Macros | Warning about old ways of doing things | |
• Coding Style | Writing Autoconf macros à la Autoconf |
Next: Macro Names, Up: Writing Autoconf Macros [Contents][Index]
Autoconf macros are defined using the AC_DEFUN
macro, which is
similar to the M4 builtin m4_define
macro; this creates a macro
named name and with body as its expansion. In addition to
defining a macro, AC_DEFUN
adds to it some code that is used to
constrain the order in which macros are called, while avoiding redundant
output (see Prerequisite Macros).
An Autoconf macro definition looks like this:
AC_DEFUN(macro-name, macro-body)
You can refer to any arguments passed to the macro as ‘$1’, ‘$2’, etc. See How to define new macros in GNU M4, for more complete information on writing M4 macros.
Most macros fall in one of two general categories. The first category
includes macros which take arguments, in order to generate output
parameterized by those arguments. Macros in this category are designed
to be directly expanded, often multiple times, and should not be used as
the argument to AC_REQUIRE
. The other category includes macros
which are shorthand for a fixed block of text, and therefore do not take
arguments. For this category of macros, directly expanding the macro
multiple times results in redundant output, so it is more common to use
the macro as the argument to AC_REQUIRE
, or to declare the macro
with AC_DEFUN_ONCE
(see One-Shot Macros).
Be sure to properly quote both the macro-body and the macro-name to avoid any problems if the macro happens to have been previously defined.
Each macro should have a header comment that gives its prototype, and a brief description. When arguments have default values, display them in the prototype. For example:
# AC_MSG_ERROR(ERROR, [EXIT-STATUS = 1]) # -------------------------------------- m4_define([AC_MSG_ERROR], [{ AS_MESSAGE([error: $1], [2]) exit m4_default([$2], [1]); }])
Comments about the macro should be left in the header comment. Most other comments make their way into configure, so just keep using ‘#’ to introduce comments.
If you have some special comments about pure M4 code, comments
that make no sense in configure and in the header comment, then
use the builtin dnl
: it causes M4 to discard the text
through the next newline.
Keep in mind that dnl
is rarely needed to introduce comments;
dnl
is more useful to get rid of the newlines following macros
that produce no output, such as AC_REQUIRE
.
Public third-party macros need to use AC_DEFUN
, and not
m4_define
, in order to be found by aclocal
(see Extending aclocal in GNU Automake).
Additionally, if it is ever determined that a macro should be made
obsolete, it is easy to convert from AC_DEFUN
to AU_DEFUN
in order to have autoupdate
assist the user in choosing a
better alternative, but there is no corresponding way to make
m4_define
issue an upgrade notice (see AU_DEFUN).
There is another subtle, but important, difference between using
m4_define
and AC_DEFUN
: only the former is unaffected by
AC_REQUIRE
. When writing a file, it is always safe to replace a
block of text with a m4_define
macro that will expand to the same
text. But replacing a block of text with an AC_DEFUN
macro with
the same content does not necessarily give the same results, because it
changes the location where any embedded but unsatisfied
AC_REQUIRE
invocations within the block will be expanded. For an
example of this, see Expanded Before Required.
Next: Reporting Messages, Previous: Macro Definitions, Up: Writing Autoconf Macros [Contents][Index]
All of the public Autoconf macros have all-uppercase names in the
namespace ‘^AC_’ to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with
other text; Autoconf also reserves the namespace ‘^_AC_’ for
internal macros. All shell variables that they use for internal
purposes have mostly-lowercase names starting with ‘ac_’. Autoconf
also uses here-document delimiters in the namespace ‘^_AC[A-Z]’. During
configure
, files produced by Autoconf make heavy use of the
file system namespace ‘^conf’.
Since Autoconf is built on top of M4sugar (see Programming in M4sugar) and M4sh (see Programming in M4sh), you must also be aware of those namespaces (‘^_?\(m4\|AS\)_’). And since configure.ac is also designed to be scanned by Autoheader, Autoscan, Autoupdate, and Automake, you should be aware of the ‘^_?A[HNUM]_’ namespaces. In general, you should not use the namespace of a package that does not own the macro or shell code you are writing.
To ensure that your macros don’t conflict with present or future
Autoconf macros, you should prefix your own macro names and any shell
variables they use with some other sequence. Possibilities include your
initials, or an abbreviation for the name of your organization or
software package. Historically, people have not always followed the
rule of using a namespace appropriate for their package, and this has
made it difficult for determining the origin of a macro (and where to
report bugs about that macro), as well as difficult for the true
namespace owner to add new macros without interference from pre-existing
uses of third-party macros. Perhaps the best example of this confusion
is the AM_GNU_GETTEXT
macro, which belongs, not to Automake, but
to Gettext.
Most of the Autoconf macros’ names follow a structured naming convention that indicates the kind of feature check by the name. The macro names consist of several words, separated by underscores, going from most general to most specific. The names of their cache variables use the same convention (see Cache Variable Names, for more information on them).
The first word of the name after the namespace initials (such as ‘AC_’) usually tells the category of the feature being tested. Here are the categories used in Autoconf for specific test macros, the kind of macro that you are more likely to write. They are also used for cache variables, in all-lowercase. Use them where applicable; where they’re not, invent your own categories.
C
C language builtin features.
DECL
Declarations of C variables in header files.
FUNC
Functions in libraries.
GROUP
Posix group owners of files.
HEADER
Header files.
LIB
C libraries.
PROG
The base names of programs.
MEMBER
Members of aggregates.
SYS
Operating system features.
TYPE
C builtin or declared types.
VAR
C variables in libraries.
After the category comes the name of the particular feature being
tested. Any further words in the macro name indicate particular aspects
of the feature. For example, AC_PROG_CC_STDC
checks whether the
C compiler supports ISO Standard C.
An internal macro should have a name that starts with an underscore;
Autoconf internals should therefore start with ‘_AC_’.
Additionally, a macro that is an internal subroutine of another macro
should have a name that starts with an underscore and the name of that
other macro, followed by one or more words saying what the internal
macro does. For example, AC_PATH_X
has internal macros
_AC_PATH_X_XMKMF
and _AC_PATH_X_DIRECT
.
Next: Dependencies Between Macros, Previous: Macro Names, Up: Writing Autoconf Macros [Contents][Index]
When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal, it
is possible to make autoconf
detect the problem, and refuse to
create configure in the case of an error. The macros in this
section are considered obsolescent, and new code should use M4sugar
macros for this purpose, see Diagnostic Macros.
On the other hand, it is possible to want to detect errors when
configure
is run, which are dependent on the environment of
the user rather than the maintainer. For dynamic diagnostics, see
Printing Messages.
Report message as a warning (or as an error if requested by the user) if warnings of the category are turned on. This macro is obsolescent; you are encouraged to use:
m4_warn([category], [message])
instead. See m4_warn, for more details, including valid category names.
Report message as a syntax warning. This macro is obsolescent; you are encouraged to use:
m4_warn([syntax], [message])
instead. See m4_warn, for more details, as well as better finer-grained categories of warnings (not all problems have to do with syntax).
Report a severe error message, and have autoconf
die.
This macro is obsolescent; you are encouraged to use:
m4_fatal([message])
instead. See m4_fatal, for more details.
When the user runs ‘autoconf -W error’, warnings from
m4_warn
(including those issued through AC_DIAGNOSE
and
AC_WARNING
) are reported as errors, see autoconf Invocation.
Next: Obsoleting Macros, Previous: Reporting Messages, Up: Writing Autoconf Macros [Contents][Index]
Some Autoconf macros depend on other macros having been called first in order to work correctly. Autoconf provides a way to ensure that certain macros are called if needed and a way to warn the user if macros are called in an order that might cause incorrect operation.
• Prerequisite Macros | Ensuring required information | |
• Suggested Ordering | Warning about possible ordering problems | |
• One-Shot Macros | Ensuring a macro is called only once |
Next: Suggested Ordering, Up: Dependencies Between Macros [Contents][Index]
A macro that you write might need to use values that have previously
been computed by other macros. For example, AC_DECL_YYTEXT
examines the output of flex
or lex
, so it depends on
AC_PROG_LEX
having been called first to set the shell variable
LEX
.
Rather than forcing the user of the macros to keep track of the
dependencies between them, you can use the AC_REQUIRE
macro to do
it automatically. AC_REQUIRE
can ensure that a macro is only
called if it is needed, and only called once.
If the M4 macro macro-name has not already been called, call it
(without any arguments). Make sure to quote macro-name with
square brackets. macro-name must have been defined using
AC_DEFUN
or else contain a call to AC_PROVIDE
to indicate
that it has been called.
AC_REQUIRE
must be used inside a macro defined by AC_DEFUN
; it
must not be called from the top level. Also, it does not make sense to
require a macro that takes parameters.
AC_REQUIRE
is often misunderstood. It really implements
dependencies between macros in the sense that if one macro depends upon
another, the latter is expanded before the body of the
former. To be more precise, the required macro is expanded before
the outermost defined macro in the current expansion stack.
In particular, ‘AC_REQUIRE([FOO])’ is not replaced with the body of
FOO
. For instance, this definition of macros:
AC_DEFUN([TRAVOLTA], [test "$body_temperature_in_celsius" -gt "38" && dance_floor=occupied]) AC_DEFUN([NEWTON_JOHN], [test "x$hair_style" = xcurly && dance_floor=occupied])
AC_DEFUN([RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR], [if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then AC_REQUIRE([TRAVOLTA]) AC_REQUIRE([NEWTON_JOHN]) fi])
with this configure.ac
AC_INIT([Dance Manager], [1.0], [bug-dance@example.org]) RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR if test "x$dance_floor" = xoccupied; then AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot pick up here, let's move]) fi
does not leave you with a better chance to meet a kindred soul at other times than Saturday night since it expands into:
test "$body_temperature_in_Celsius" -gt "38" && dance_floor=occupied test "x$hair_style" = xcurly && dance_floor=occupied fi if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then fi
This behavior was chosen on purpose: (i) it prevents messages in required macros from interrupting the messages in the requiring macros; (ii) it avoids bad surprises when shell conditionals are used, as in:
if …; then AC_REQUIRE([SOME_CHECK]) fi … SOME_CHECK
However, this implementation can lead to another class of problems. Consider the case where an outer macro first expands, then indirectly requires, an inner macro:
AC_DEFUN([TESTA], [[echo in A if test -n "$SEEN_A" ; then echo duplicate ; fi SEEN_A=:]]) AC_DEFUN([TESTB], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA])[echo in B if test -z "$SEEN_A" ; then echo bug ; fi]]) AC_DEFUN([TESTC], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTB])[echo in C]]) AC_DEFUN([OUTER], [[echo in OUTER] TESTA TESTC]) OUTER
Prior to Autoconf 2.64, the implementation of AC_REQUIRE
recognized that TESTB
needed to be hoisted prior to the expansion
of OUTER
, but because TESTA
had already been directly
expanded, it failed to hoist TESTA
. Therefore, the expansion of
TESTB
occurs prior to its prerequisites, leading to the following
output:
in B bug in OUTER in A in C
Newer Autoconf is smart enough to recognize this situation, and hoists
TESTA
even though it has already been expanded, but issues a
syntax warning in the process. This is because the hoisted expansion of
TESTA
defeats the purpose of using AC_REQUIRE
to avoid
redundant code, and causes its own set of problems if the hoisted macro
is not idempotent:
in A in B in OUTER in A duplicate in C
The bug is not in Autoconf, but in the macro definitions. If you ever
pass a particular macro name to AC_REQUIRE
, then you are implying
that the macro only needs to be expanded once. But to enforce this,
either the macro must be declared with AC_DEFUN_ONCE
(although
this only helps in Autoconf 2.64 or newer), or all
uses of that macro should be through AC_REQUIRE
; directly
expanding the macro defeats the point of using AC_REQUIRE
to
eliminate redundant expansion. In the example, this rule of thumb was
violated because TESTB
requires TESTA
while OUTER
directly expands it. One way of fixing the bug is to factor
TESTA
into two macros, the portion designed for direct and
repeated use (here, named TESTA
), and the portion designed for
one-shot output and used only inside AC_REQUIRE
(here, named
TESTA_PREREQ
). Then, by fixing all clients to use the correct
calling convention according to their needs:
AC_DEFUN([TESTA], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA_PREREQ])[echo in A]]) AC_DEFUN([TESTA_PREREQ], [[echo in A_PREREQ if test -n "$SEEN_A" ; then echo duplicate ; fi SEEN_A=:]]) AC_DEFUN([TESTB], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA_PREREQ])[echo in B if test -z "$SEEN_A" ; then echo bug ; fi]]) AC_DEFUN([TESTC], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTB])[echo in C]]) AC_DEFUN([OUTER], [[echo in OUTER] TESTA TESTC]) OUTER
the resulting output will then obey all dependency rules and avoid any syntax warnings, whether the script is built with old or new Autoconf versions:
in A_PREREQ in B in OUTER in A in C
The helper macros AS_IF
and AS_CASE
may be used to
enforce expansion of required macros outside of shell conditional
constructs. You are furthermore encouraged, although not required, to
put all AC_REQUIRE
calls
at the beginning of a macro. You can use dnl
to avoid the empty
lines they leave.
Next: One-Shot Macros, Previous: Prerequisite Macros, Up: Dependencies Between Macros [Contents][Index]
Some macros should be run before another macro if both are called, but neither requires that the other be called. For example, a macro that changes the behavior of the C compiler should be called before any macros that run the C compiler. Many of these dependencies are noted in the documentation.
Autoconf provides the AC_BEFORE
macro to warn users when macros
with this kind of dependency appear out of order in a
configure.ac file. The warning occurs when creating
configure
from configure.ac, not when running
configure
.
For example, AC_PROG_CPP
checks whether the C compiler
can run the C preprocessor when given the -E option. It should
therefore be called after any macros that change which C compiler is
being used, such as AC_PROG_CC
. So AC_PROG_CC
contains:
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])dnl
This warns the user if a call to AC_PROG_CPP
has already occurred
when AC_PROG_CC
is called.
Make M4 print a warning message to the standard error output if
called-macro-name has already been called. this-macro-name
should be the name of the macro that is calling AC_BEFORE
. The
macro called-macro-name must have been defined using
AC_DEFUN
or else contain a call to AC_PROVIDE
to indicate
that it has been called.
Previous: Suggested Ordering, Up: Dependencies Between Macros [Contents][Index]
Some macros should be called only once, either because calling them
multiple time is unsafe, or because it is bad style. For instance
Autoconf ensures that AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
and cousins
(see Canonicalizing) are evaluated only once, because it makes no
sense to run these expensive checks more than once. Such one-shot
macros can be defined using AC_DEFUN_ONCE
.
Declare macro macro-name like AC_DEFUN
would (see Macro Definitions), but add additional logic that guarantees that only the
first use of the macro (whether by direct expansion or
AC_REQUIRE
) causes an expansion of macro-body; the
expansion will occur before the start of any enclosing macro defined by
AC_DEFUN
. Subsequent expansions are silently ignored.
Generally, it does not make sense for macro-body to use parameters
such as $1
.
Prior to Autoconf 2.64, a macro defined by AC_DEFUN_ONCE
would
emit a warning if it was directly expanded a second time, so for
portability, it is better to use AC_REQUIRE
than direct
invocation of macro-name inside a macro defined by AC_DEFUN
(see Prerequisite Macros).
Next: Coding Style, Previous: Dependencies Between Macros, Up: Writing Autoconf Macros [Contents][Index]
Configuration and portability technology has evolved over the years.
Often better ways of solving a particular problem are developed, or
ad-hoc approaches are systematized. This process has occurred in many
parts of Autoconf. One result is that some of the macros are now
considered obsolete; they still work, but are no longer considered
the best thing to do, hence they should be replaced with more modern
macros. Ideally, autoupdate
should replace the old macro calls
with their modern implementation.
Autoconf provides a simple means to obsolete a macro.
Define old-macro as implementation. The only difference
with AC_DEFUN
is that the user is warned that
old-macro is now obsolete.
If she then uses autoupdate
, the call to old-macro is
replaced by the modern implementation. message should
include information on what to do after running autoupdate
;
autoupdate
prints it as a warning, and includes it
in the updated configure.ac file.
The details of this macro are hairy: if autoconf
encounters an
AU_DEFUN
ed macro, all macros inside its second argument are expanded
as usual. However, when autoupdate
is run, only M4 and M4sugar
macros are expanded here, while all other macros are disabled and
appear literally in the updated configure.ac.
Used if the old-name is to be replaced by a call to new-macro with the same parameters. This happens for example if the macro was renamed.
Previous: Obsoleting Macros, Up: Writing Autoconf Macros [Contents][Index]
The Autoconf macros follow a strict coding style. You are encouraged to follow this style, especially if you intend to distribute your macro, either by contributing it to Autoconf itself or the Autoconf Macro Archive, or by other means.
The first requirement is to pay great attention to the quotation. For more details, see Autoconf Language, and M4 Quotation.
Do not try to invent new interfaces. It is likely that there is a macro in Autoconf that resembles the macro you are defining: try to stick to this existing interface (order of arguments, default values, etc.). We are conscious that some of these interfaces are not perfect; nevertheless, when harmless, homogeneity should be preferred over creativity.
Be careful about clashes both between M4 symbols and between shell variables.
If you stick to the suggested M4 naming scheme (see Macro Names),
you are unlikely to generate conflicts. Nevertheless, when you need to
set a special value, avoid using a regular macro name; rather,
use an “impossible” name. For instance, up to version 2.13, the macro
AC_SUBST
used to remember what symbol macros were already defined
by setting AC_SUBST_symbol
, which is a regular macro name.
But since there is a macro named AC_SUBST_FILE
, it was just
impossible to ‘AC_SUBST(FILE)’! In this case,
AC_SUBST(symbol)
or _AC_SUBST(symbol)
should
have been used (yes, with the parentheses).
No Autoconf macro should ever enter the user-variable name space; i.e.,
except for the variables that are the actual result of running the
macro, all shell variables should start with ac_
. In
addition, small macros or any macro that is likely to be embedded in
other macros should be careful not to use obvious names.
Do not use dnl
to introduce comments: most of the comments you
are likely to write are either header comments which are not output
anyway, or comments that should make their way into configure.
There are exceptional cases where you do want to comment special M4
constructs, in which case dnl
is right, but keep in mind that it
is unlikely.
M4 ignores the leading blanks and newlines before each argument. Use this feature to indent in such a way that arguments are (more or less) aligned with the opening parenthesis of the macro being called. For instance, instead of
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment, ac_cv_emxos2, [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, [return __EMX__;])], [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
write
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])], [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
or even
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])], [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
When using AC_RUN_IFELSE
or any macro that cannot work when
cross-compiling, provide a pessimistic value (typically ‘no’).
Feel free to use various tricks to prevent auxiliary tools, such as syntax-highlighting editors, from behaving improperly. For instance, instead of:
m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$"])
use
m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$""])
so that Emacsen do not open an endless “string” at the first quote. For the same reasons, avoid:
test $[#] != 0
and use:
test $[@%:@] != 0
Otherwise, the closing bracket would be hidden inside a ‘#’-comment,
breaking the bracket-matching highlighting from Emacsen. Note the
preferred style to escape from M4: ‘$[1]’, ‘$[@]’, etc. Do
not escape when it is unnecessary. Common examples of useless quotation
are ‘[$]$1’ (write ‘$$1’), ‘[$]var’ (use ‘$var’),
etc. If you add portability issues to the picture, you’ll prefer
‘${1+"$[@]"}’ to ‘"[$]@"’, and you’ll prefer do something
better than hacking Autoconf :-)
.
When using sed
, don’t use -e except for indenting
purposes. With the s
and y
commands, the preferred
separator is ‘/’ unless ‘/’ itself might appear in the pattern
or replacement, in which case you should use ‘|’, or optionally
‘,’ if you know the pattern and replacement cannot contain a file
name. If none of these characters will do, choose a printable character
that cannot appear in the pattern or replacement. Characters from the
set ‘"#$&'()*;<=>?`|~’ are good choices if the pattern or
replacement might contain a file name, since they have special meaning
to the shell and are less likely to occur in file names.
See Macro Definitions, for details on how to define a macro. If a
macro doesn’t use AC_REQUIRE
, is expected to never be the object
of an AC_REQUIRE
directive, and macros required by other macros
inside arguments do not need to be expanded before this macro, then
use m4_define
. In case of doubt, use AC_DEFUN
.
Also take into account that public third-party macros need to use
AC_DEFUN
in order to be found by aclocal
(see Extending aclocal in GNU Automake).
All the AC_REQUIRE
statements should be at the beginning of the
macro, and each statement should be followed by dnl
.
You should not rely on the number of arguments: instead of checking whether an argument is missing, test that it is not empty. It provides both a simpler and a more predictable interface to the user, and saves room for further arguments.
Unless the macro is short, try to leave the closing ‘])’ at the
beginning of a line, followed by a comment that repeats the name of the
macro being defined. This introduces an additional newline in
configure
; normally, that is not a problem, but if you want to
remove it you can use ‘[]dnl’ on the last line. You can similarly
use ‘[]dnl’ after a macro call to remove its newline. ‘[]dnl’
is recommended instead of ‘dnl’ to ensure that M4 does not
interpret the ‘dnl’ as being attached to the preceding text or
macro output. For example, instead of:
AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
AC_REQUIRE_CPP()
# …omitted…
AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
fi])
you would write:
AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
[AC_REQUIRE_CPP()[]dnl
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
# …omitted…
AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
fi[]dnl
])# AC_PATH_X
If the macro is long, try to split it into logical chunks. Typically,
macros that check for a bug in a function and prepare its
AC_LIBOBJ
replacement should have an auxiliary macro to perform
this setup. Do not hesitate to introduce auxiliary macros to factor
your code.
In order to highlight the recommended coding style, here is a macro written the old way:
dnl Check for EMX on OS/2. dnl _AC_EMXOS2 AC_DEFUN(_AC_EMXOS2, [AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment, ac_cv_emxos2, [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, return __EMX__;)], ac_cv_emxos2=yes, ac_cv_emxos2=no)]) test "x$ac_cv_emxos2" = xyes && EMXOS2=yes])
and the new way:
# _AC_EMXOS2 # ---------- # Check for EMX on OS/2. m4_define([_AC_EMXOS2], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])], [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])]) test "x$ac_cv_emxos2" = xyes && EMXOS2=yes[]dnl ])# _AC_EMXOS2
Next: Portable Make, Previous: Writing Autoconf Macros, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
When writing your own checks, there are some shell-script programming techniques you should avoid in order to make your code portable. The Bourne shell and upward-compatible shells like the Korn shell and Bash have evolved over the years, and many features added to the original System7 shell are now supported on all interesting porting targets. However, the following discussion between Russ Allbery and Robert Lipe is worth reading:
Russ Allbery:
The GNU assumption that
/bin/sh
is the one and only shell leads to a permanent deadlock. Vendors don’t want to break users’ existing shell scripts, and there are some corner cases in the Bourne shell that are not completely compatible with a Posix shell. Thus, vendors who have taken this route will never (OK…“never say never”) replace the Bourne shell (as/bin/sh
) with a Posix shell.
Robert Lipe:
This is exactly the problem. While most (at least most System V’s) do have a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions most vendor
/bin/sh
programs are not the Posix shell.So while most modern systems do have a shell somewhere that meets the Posix standard, the challenge is to find it.
For this reason, part of the job of M4sh (see Programming in M4sh)
is to find such a shell. But to prevent trouble, if you’re not using
M4sh you should not take advantage of features that were added after Unix
version 7, circa 1977 (see Systemology); you should not use aliases,
negated character classes, or even unset
. #
comments,
while not in Unix version 7, were retrofitted in the original Bourne
shell and can be assumed to be part of the least common denominator.
On the other hand, if you’re using M4sh you can assume that the shell
has the features that were added in SVR2 (circa 1984), including shell
functions,
return
, unset
, and I/O redirection for builtins. For
more information, refer to http://www.in-ulm.de/~mascheck/bourne/.
However, some pitfalls have to be avoided for portable use of these
constructs; these will be documented in the rest of this chapter.
See in particular Shell Functions and Limitations of Shell Builtins.
Some ancient systems have quite small limits on the length of the ‘#!’ line; for instance, 32 bytes (not including the newline) on SunOS 4. However, these ancient systems are no longer of practical concern.
The set of external programs you should run in a configure
script
is fairly small. See Utilities in
Makefiles in The GNU Coding Standards, for the list. This
restriction allows users to start out with a fairly small set of
programs and build the rest, avoiding too many interdependencies between
packages.
Some of these external utilities have a portable subset of features; see Limitations of Usual Tools.
There are other sources of documentation about shells. The specification for the Posix Shell Command Language, though more generous than the restrictive shell subset described above, is fairly portable nowadays. Also please see the Shell FAQs.
• Shellology | A zoology of shells | |
• Invoking the Shell | Invoking the shell as a command | |
• Here-Documents | Quirks and tricks | |
• File Descriptors | FDs and redirections | |
• Signal Handling | Shells, signals, and headaches | |
• File System Conventions | File names | |
• Shell Pattern Matching | Pattern matching | |
• Shell Substitutions | Variable and command expansions | |
• Assignments | Varying side effects of assignments | |
• Parentheses | Parentheses in shell scripts | |
• Slashes | Slashes in shell scripts | |
• Special Shell Variables | Variables you should not change | |
• Shell Functions | What to look out for if you use them | |
• Limitations of Builtins | Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh | |
• Limitations of Usual Tools | Portable use of portable tools |
Next: Invoking the Shell, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
There are several families of shells, most prominently the Bourne family and the C shell family which are deeply incompatible. If you want to write portable shell scripts, avoid members of the C shell family. The the Shell difference FAQ includes a small history of Posix shells, and a comparison between several of them.
Below we describe some of the members of the Bourne shell family.
Ash is often used on GNU/Linux and BSD systems as a light-weight Bourne-compatible shell. Ash 0.2 has some bugs that are fixed in the 0.3.x series, but portable shell scripts should work around them, since version 0.2 is still shipped with many GNU/Linux distributions.
To be compatible with Ash 0.2:
eval
:
foo= false $foo echo "Do not use it: $?" false eval 'echo "Do not use it: $?"'
cat ${FOO=`bar`}
To detect whether you are running Bash, test whether
BASH_VERSION
is set. To require
Posix compatibility, run ‘set -o posix’. See Bash Posix Mode in The GNU Bash Reference
Manual, for details.
Versions 2.05 and later of Bash use a different format for the
output of the set
builtin, designed to make evaluating its
output easier. However, this output is not compatible with earlier
versions of Bash (or with many other shells, probably). So if
you use Bash 2.05 or higher to execute configure
,
you’ll need to use Bash 2.05 for all other build tasks as well.
The Korn shell is compatible with the Bourne family and it mostly
conforms to Posix. It has two major variants commonly
called ‘ksh88’ and ‘ksh93’, named after the years of initial
release. It is usually called ksh
, but is called sh
on some hosts if you set your path appropriately.
Solaris systems have three variants:
/usr/bin/ksh
is ‘ksh88’; it is
standard on Solaris 2.0 and later.
/usr/xpg4/bin/sh
is a Posix-compliant variant of
‘ksh88’; it is standard on Solaris 9 and later.
/usr/dt/bin/dtksh
is ‘ksh93’.
Variants that are not standard may be parts of optional
packages. There is no extra charge for these packages, but they are
not part of a minimal OS install and therefore some installations may
not have it.
Starting with Tru64 Version 4.0, the Korn shell /usr/bin/ksh
is also available as /usr/bin/posix/sh
. If the environment
variable BIN_SH
is set to xpg4
, subsidiary invocations of
the standard shell conform to Posix.
A public-domain clone of the Korn shell called pdksh
is widely
available: it has most of the ‘ksh88’ features along with a few of
its own. It usually sets KSH_VERSION
, except if invoked as
/bin/sh
on OpenBSD, and similarly to Bash you can require
Posix compatibility by running ‘set -o posix’. Unfortunately, with
pdksh
5.2.14 (the latest stable version as of January 2007)
Posix mode is buggy and causes pdksh
to depart from Posix in
at least one respect, see Shell Substitutions.
To detect whether you are running zsh
, test whether
ZSH_VERSION
is set. By default zsh
is not
compatible with the Bourne shell: you must execute ‘emulate sh’,
and for zsh
versions before 3.1.6-dev-18 you must also
set NULLCMD
to ‘:’. See Compatibility in The Z Shell Manual, for details.
The default Mac OS X sh
was originally Zsh; it was changed to
Bash in Mac OS X 10.2.
Next: Here-Documents, Previous: Shellology, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
The Korn shell (up to at least version M-12/28/93d) has a bug when
invoked on a file whose name does not contain a slash. It first
searches for the file’s name in PATH
, and if found it executes
that rather than the original file. For example, assuming there is a
binary executable /usr/bin/script in your PATH
, the last
command in the following example fails because the Korn shell finds
/usr/bin/script and refuses to execute it as a shell script:
$ touch xxyzzyz script $ ksh xxyzzyz $ ksh ./script $ ksh script ksh: script: cannot execute
Bash 2.03 has a bug when invoked with the -c option: if the option-argument ends in backslash-newline, Bash incorrectly reports a syntax error. The problem does not occur if a character follows the backslash:
$ $ bash -c 'echo foo \ > ' bash: -c: line 2: syntax error: unexpected end of file $ bash -c 'echo foo \ > ' foo
See Backslash-Newline-Empty, for how this can cause problems in makefiles.
Next: File Descriptors, Previous: Invoking the Shell, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Don’t rely on ‘\’ being preserved just because it has no special
meaning together with the next symbol. In the native sh
on OpenBSD 2.7 ‘\"’ expands to ‘"’ in here-documents with
unquoted delimiter. As a general rule, if ‘\\’ expands to ‘\’
use ‘\\’ to get ‘\’.
With OpenBSD 2.7’s sh
$ cat <<EOF > \" \\ > EOF " \
and with Bash:
bash-2.04$ cat <<EOF > \" \\ > EOF \" \
Using command substitutions in a here-document that is fed to a shell
function is not portable. For example, with Solaris 10 /bin/sh
:
$ kitty () { cat; } $ kitty <<EOF > `echo ok` > EOF /tmp/sh199886: cannot open $ echo $? 1
Some shells mishandle large here-documents: for example,
Solaris 10 dtksh
and the UnixWare 7.1.1 Posix shell, which are
derived from Korn shell version M-12/28/93d, mishandle braced variable
expansion that crosses a 1024- or 4096-byte buffer boundary
within a here-document. Only the part of the variable name after the boundary
is used. For example, ${variable}
could be replaced by the expansion
of ${ble}
. If the end of the variable name is aligned with the block
boundary, the shell reports an error, as if you used ${}
.
Instead of ${variable-default}
, the shell may expand
${riable-default}
, or even ${fault}
. This bug can often
be worked around by omitting the braces: $variable
. The bug was
fixed in
‘ksh93g’ (1998-04-30) but as of 2006 many operating systems were
still shipping older versions with the bug.
Empty here-documents are not portable either; with the following code,
zsh
up to at least version 4.3.10 creates a file with a single
newline, whereas other shells create an empty file:
cat >file <<EOF EOF
Many shells (including the Bourne shell) implement here-documents inefficiently. In particular, some shells can be extremely inefficient when a single statement contains many here-documents. For instance if your configure.ac includes something like:
if <cross_compiling>; then assume this and that else check this check that check something else … on and on forever … fi
A shell parses the whole if
/fi
construct, creating
temporary files for each here-document in it. Some shells create links
for such here-documents on every fork
, so that the clean-up code
they had installed correctly removes them. It is creating the links
that can take the shell forever.
Moving the tests out of the if
/fi
, or creating multiple
if
/fi
constructs, would improve the performance
significantly. Anyway, this kind of construct is not exactly the
typical use of Autoconf. In fact, it’s even not recommended, because M4
macros can’t look into shell conditionals, so we may fail to expand a
macro when it was expanded before in a conditional path, and the
condition turned out to be false at runtime, and we end up not
executing the macro at all.
Be careful with the use of ‘<<-’ to unindent here-documents. The behavior is only portable for stripping leading TABs, and things can silently break if an overzealous editor converts to using leading spaces (not all shells are nice enough to warn about unterminated here-documents).
$ printf 'cat <<-x\n\t1\n\t 2\n\tx\n' | bash && echo done 1 2 done $ printf 'cat <<-x\n 1\n 2\n x\n' | bash-3.2 && echo done 1 2 x done
Next: Signal Handling, Previous: Here-Documents, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Most shells, if not all (including Bash, Zsh, Ash), output traces on stderr, even for subshells. This might result in undesirable content if you meant to capture the standard-error output of the inner command:
$ ash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr' $ cat stderr + eval echo foo >&2 + echo foo foo $ bash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr' $ cat stderr + eval 'echo foo >&2' ++ echo foo foo $ zsh -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr' # Traces on startup files deleted here. $ cat stderr +zsh:1> eval echo foo >&2 +zsh:1> echo foo foo
One workaround is to grep out uninteresting lines, hoping not to remove good ones.
If you intend to redirect both standard error and standard output, redirect standard output first. This works better with HP-UX, since its shell mishandles tracing if standard error is redirected first:
$ sh -x -c ': 2>err >out' + : + 2> err $ cat err 1> out
Don’t try to redirect the standard error of a command substitution. It must be done inside the command substitution. When running ‘: `cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null’ expect the error message to escape, while ‘: `cd /zorglub 2>/dev/null`’ works properly.
On the other hand, some shells, such as Solaris or FreeBSD
/bin/sh
, warn about missing programs before performing
redirections. Therefore, to silently check whether a program exists, it
is necessary to perform redirections on a subshell or brace group:
$ /bin/sh -c 'nosuch 2>/dev/null' nosuch: not found $ /bin/sh -c '(nosuch) 2>/dev/null' $ /bin/sh -c '{ nosuch; } 2>/dev/null' $ bash -c 'nosuch 2>/dev/null'
FreeBSD 6.2 sh may mix the trace output lines from the statements in a shell pipeline.
It is worth noting that Zsh (but not Ash nor Bash) makes it possible in assignments though: ‘foo=`cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null’.
Some shells, like ash
, don’t recognize bi-directional
redirection (‘<>’). And even on shells that recognize it, it is
not portable to use on fifos: Posix does not require read-write support
for named pipes, and Cygwin does not support it:
$ mkfifo fifo $ exec 5<>fifo $ echo hi >&5 bash: echo: write error: Communication error on send
Furthermore, versions of dash
before 0.5.6 mistakenly truncate
regular files when using ‘<>’:
$ echo a > file $ bash -c ': 1<>file'; cat file a $ dash -c ': 1<>file'; cat file $ rm a
When catering to old systems, don’t redirect the same file descriptor several times, as you are doomed to failure under Ultrix.
ULTRIX V4.4 (Rev. 69) System #31: Thu Aug 10 19:42:23 GMT 1995 UWS V4.4 (Rev. 11) $ eval 'echo matter >fullness' >void illegal io $ eval '(echo matter >fullness)' >void illegal io $ (eval '(echo matter >fullness)') >void Ambiguous output redirect.
In each case the expected result is of course fullness containing ‘matter’ and void being empty. However, this bug is probably not of practical concern to modern platforms.
Solaris 10 sh
will try to optimize away a :
command
(even if it is redirected) in a loop after the first iteration, or in a
shell function after the first call:
$ for i in 1 2 3 ; do : >x$i; done $ ls x* x1 $ f () { : >$1; }; f y1; f y2; f y3; $ ls y* y1
As a workaround, echo
or eval
can be used.
Don’t rely on file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 remaining closed in a subsidiary program. If any of these descriptors is closed, the operating system may open an unspecified file for the descriptor in the new process image. Posix 2008 says this may be done only if the subsidiary program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID, but HP-UX 11.23 does it even for ordinary programs, and the next version of Posix will allow HP-UX behavior.
If you want a file descriptor above 2 to be inherited into a child
process, then you must use redirections specific to that command or a
containing subshell or command group, rather than relying on
exec
in the shell. In ksh
as well as HP-UX
sh
, file descriptors above 2 which are opened using
‘exec n>file’ are closed by a subsequent ‘exec’ (such as
that involved in the fork-and-exec which runs a program or script):
$ echo 'echo hello >&5' >k $ /bin/sh -c 'exec 5>t; ksh ./k; exec 5>&-; cat t hello $ bash -c 'exec 5>t; ksh ./k; exec 5>&-; cat t hello $ ksh -c 'exec 5>t; ksh ./k; exec 5>&-; cat t ./k[1]: 5: cannot open [Bad file number] $ ksh -c '(ksh ./k) 5>t; cat t' hello $ ksh -c '{ ksh ./k; } 5>t; cat t' hello $ ksh -c '5>t ksh ./k; cat t hello
Don’t rely on duplicating a closed file descriptor to cause an
error. With Solaris /bin/sh
, failed duplication is silently
ignored, which can cause unintended leaks to the original file
descriptor. In this example, observe the leak to standard output:
$ bash -c 'echo hi >&3' 3>&-; echo $? bash: 3: Bad file descriptor 1 $ /bin/sh -c 'echo hi >&3' 3>&-; echo $? hi 0
Fortunately, an attempt to close an already closed file descriptor will portably succeed. Likewise, it is safe to use either style of ‘n<&-’ or ‘n>&-’ for closing a file descriptor, even if it doesn’t match the read/write mode that the file descriptor was opened with.
DOS variants cannot rename or remove open files, such as in ‘mv foo bar >foo’ or ‘rm foo >foo’, even though this is perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
A few ancient systems reserved some file descriptors. By convention, file descriptor 3 was opened to /dev/tty when you logged into Eighth Edition (1985) through Tenth Edition Unix (1989). File descriptor 4 had a special use on the Stardent/Kubota Titan (circa 1990), though we don’t now remember what it was. Both these systems are obsolete, so it’s now safe to treat file descriptors 3 and 4 like any other file descriptors.
On the other hand, you can’t portably use multi-digit file descriptors.
Solaris ksh
doesn’t understand any file descriptor larger than
‘9’:
$ bash -c 'exec 10>&-'; echo $? 0 $ ksh -c 'exec 9>&-'; echo $? 0 $ ksh -c 'exec 10>&-'; echo $? ksh[1]: exec: 10: not found 127
Next: File System Conventions, Previous: File Descriptors, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Portable handling of signals within the shell is another major source of headaches. This is worsened by the fact that various different, mutually incompatible approaches are possible in this area, each with its distinctive merits and demerits. A detailed description of these possible approaches, as well as of their pros and cons, can be found in this article.
Solaris 10 /bin/sh
automatically traps most signals by default;
the shell still exits with error upon termination by one of those signals,
but in such a case the exit status might be somewhat unexpected (even if
allowed by POSIX, strictly speaking):
$ bash -c 'kill -1 $$'; echo $? # Will exit 128 + (signal number). Hangup 129 $ /bin/ksh -c 'kill -15 $$'; echo $? # Likewise. Terminated 143 $ for sig in 1 2 3 15; do > echo $sig: > /bin/sh -c "kill -$s \$\$"; echo $? > done signal 1: Hangup 129 signal 2: 208 signal 3: 208 signal 15: 208
This gets even worse if one is using the POSIX ‘wait’ interface to get details about the shell process terminations: it will result in the shell having exited normally, rather than by receiving a signal.
$ cat > foo.c <<'END' #include <stdio.h> /* for printf */ #include <stdlib.h> /* for system */ #include <sys/wait.h> /* for WIF* macros */ int main(void) { int status = system ("kill -15 $$"); printf ("Terminated by signal: %s\n", WIFSIGNALED (status) ? "yes" : "no"); printf ("Exited normally: %s\n", WIFEXITED (status) ? "yes" : "no"); return 0; } END $ cc -o foo foo.c $ ./a.out # On GNU/Linux Terminated by signal: no Exited normally: yes $ ./a.out # On Solaris 10 Terminated by signal: yes Exited normally: no
Various shells seem to handle SIGQUIT
specially: they ignore it even
if it is not blocked, and even if the shell is not running interactively
(in fact, even if the shell has no attached tty); among these shells
are at least Bash (from version 2 onwards), Zsh 4.3.12, Solaris 10
/bin/ksh
and /usr/xpg4/bin/sh
, and AT&T ksh93
(2011).
Still, SIGQUIT
seems to be trappable quite portably within all
these shells. OTOH, some other shells doesn’t special-case the handling
of SIGQUIT
; among these shells are at least pdksh
5.2.14,
Solaris 10 and NetBSD 5.1 /bin/sh
, and the Almquist Shell 0.5.5.1.
Some shells (especially Korn shells and derivatives) might try to
propagate to themselves a signal that has killed a child process; this is
not a bug, but a conscious design choice (although its overall value might
be debatable). The exact details of how this is attained vary from shell
to shell. For example, upon running perl -e 'kill 2, $$'
, after
the perl process has been interrupted AT&T ksh93
(2011) will
proceed to send itself a SIGINT
, while Solaris 10 /bin/ksh
and /usr/xpg4/bin/sh
will proceed to exit with status 130 (i.e.,
128 + 2). In any case, if there is an active trap associated with
SIGINT
, those shells will correctly execute it.
Some Korn shells, when a child process die due receiving a signal with
signal number n, can leave in ‘$?’ an exit status of
256+n instead of the more common 128+n. Observe the
difference between AT&T ksh93
(2011) and bash
4.1.5 on
Debian:
$ /bin/ksh -c 'sh -c "kill -1 \$\$"; echo $?' /bin/ksh: line 1: 7837: Hangup 257 $ /bin/bash -c 'sh -c "kill -1 \$\$"; echo $?' /bin/bash: line 1: 7861 Hangup (sh -c "kill -1 \$\$") 129
This ksh
behavior is allowed by POSIX, if implemented with
due care; see this Austin Group discussion for more background. However, if it is not
implemented with proper care, such a behavior might cause problems
in some corner cases. To see why, assume we have a “wrapper” script
like this:
#!/bin/sh # Ignore some signals in the shell only, not in its child processes. trap : 1 2 13 15 wrapped_command "$@" ret=$? other_command exit $ret
If wrapped_command
is interrupted by a SIGHUP
(which
has signal number 1), ret
will be set to 257. Unless the
exit
shell builtin is smart enough to understand that such
a value can only have originated from a signal, and adjust the final
wait status of the shell appropriately, the value 257 will just get
truncated to 1 by the closing exit
call, so that a caller of
the script will have no way to determine that termination by a signal
was involved. Observe the different behavior of AT&T ksh93
(2011) and bash
4.1.5 on Debian:
$ cat foo.sh #!/bin/sh sh -c 'kill -1 $$' ret=$? echo $ret exit $ret $ /bin/ksh foo.sh; echo $? foo.sh: line 2: 12479: Hangup 257 1 $ /bin/bash foo.sh; echo $? foo.sh: line 2: 12487 Hangup (sh -c 'kill -1 $$') 129 129
Next: Shell Pattern Matching, Previous: Signal Handling, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Autoconf uses shell-script processing extensively, so the file names that it processes should not contain characters that are special to the shell. Special characters include space, tab, newline, NUL, and the following:
" # $ & ' ( ) * ; < = > ? [ \ ` |
Also, file names should not begin with ‘~’ or ‘-’, and should contain neither ‘-’ immediately after ‘/’ nor ‘~’ immediately after ‘:’. On Posix-like platforms, directory names should not contain ‘:’, as this runs afoul of ‘:’ used as the path separator.
These restrictions apply not only to the files that you distribute, but also to the absolute file names of your source, build, and destination directories.
On some Posix-like platforms, ‘!’ and ‘^’ are special too, so they should be avoided.
Posix lets implementations treat leading // specially, but requires leading /// and beyond to be equivalent to /. Most Unix variants treat // like /. However, some treat // as a “super-root” that can provide access to files that are not otherwise reachable from /. The super-root tradition began with Apollo Domain/OS, which died out long ago, but unfortunately Cygwin has revived it.
While autoconf
and friends are usually run on some Posix
variety, they can be used on other systems, most notably DOS
variants. This impacts several assumptions regarding file names.
For example, the following code:
case $foo_dir in /*) # Absolute ;; *) foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;; esac
fails to properly detect absolute file names on those systems, because they can use a drivespec, and usually use a backslash as directory separator. If you want to be portable to DOS variants (at the price of rejecting valid but oddball Posix file names like a:\b), you can check for absolute file names like this:
case $foo_dir in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute ;; *) foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;; esac
Make sure you quote the brackets if appropriate and keep the backslash as first character (see Limitations of Shell Builtins).
Also, because the colon is used as part of a drivespec, these systems don’t
use it as path separator. When creating or accessing paths, you can use the
PATH_SEPARATOR
output variable instead. configure
sets this
to the appropriate value for the build system (‘:’ or ‘;’) when it
starts up.
File names need extra care as well. While DOS variants
that are Posixy enough to run autoconf
(such as DJGPP)
are usually able to handle long file names properly, there are still
limitations that can seriously break packages. Several of these issues
can be easily detected by the
doschk
package.
A short overview follows; problems are marked with SFN/LFN to indicate where they apply: SFN means the issues are only relevant to plain DOS, not to DOS under Microsoft Windows variants, while LFN identifies problems that exist even under Microsoft Windows variants.
DOS cannot handle multiple dots in file names. This is an especially
important thing to remember when building a portable configure script,
as autoconf
uses a .in suffix for template files.
This is perfectly OK on Posix variants:
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c foo.bar]) AC_OUTPUT
but it causes problems on DOS, as it requires ‘config.h.in’, ‘source.c.in’ and ‘foo.bar.in’. To make your package more portable to DOS-based environments, you should use this instead:
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c:source.cin foo.bar:foobar.in]) AC_OUTPUT
DOS cannot handle file names that start with a dot. This is usually
not important for autoconf
.
DOS is case insensitive, so you cannot, for example, have both a
file called ‘INSTALL’ and a directory called ‘install’. This
also affects make
; if there’s a file called ‘INSTALL’ in
the directory, ‘make install’ does nothing (unless the
‘install’ target is marked as PHONY).
Because the DOS file system only stores the first 8 characters of the file name and the first 3 of the extension, those must be unique. That means that foobar-part1.c, foobar-part2.c and foobar-prettybird.c all resolve to the same file name (FOOBAR-P.C). The same goes for foo.bar and foo.bartender.
The 8+3 limit is not usually a problem under Microsoft Windows, as it uses numeric tails in the short version of file names to make them unique. However, a registry setting can turn this behavior off. While this makes it possible to share file trees containing long file names between SFN and LFN environments, it also means the above problem applies there as well.
Some characters are invalid in DOS file names, and should therefore be avoided. In a LFN environment, these are ‘/’, ‘\’, ‘?’, ‘*’, ‘:’, ‘<’, ‘>’, ‘|’ and ‘"’. In a SFN environment, other characters are also invalid. These include ‘+’, ‘,’, ‘[’ and ‘]’.
Some DOS file names are reserved, and cause problems if you try to use files with those names. These names include CON, AUX, COM1, COM2, COM3, COM4, LPT1, LPT2, LPT3, NUL, and PRN. File names are case insensitive, so even names like aux/config.guess are disallowed.
Next: Shell Substitutions, Previous: File System Conventions, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Nowadays portable patterns can use negated character classes like ‘[!-aeiou]’. The older syntax ‘[^-aeiou]’ is supported by some shells but not others; hence portable scripts should never use ‘^’ as the first character of a bracket pattern.
Outside the C locale, patterns like ‘[a-z]’ are problematic since they may match characters that are not lower-case letters.
Next: Assignments, Previous: Shell Pattern Matching, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Contrary to a persistent urban legend, the Bourne shell does not
systematically split variables and back-quoted expressions, in particular
on the right-hand side of assignments and in the argument of case
.
For instance, the following code:
case "$given_srcdir" in .) top_srcdir="`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'`" ;; *) top_srcdir="$dots$given_srcdir" ;; esac
is more readable when written as:
case $given_srcdir in .) top_srcdir=`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'` ;; *) top_srcdir=$dots$given_srcdir ;; esac
and in fact it is even more portable: in the first case of the
first attempt, the computation of top_srcdir
is not portable,
since not all shells properly understand "`…"…"…`"
,
for example Solaris 10 ksh:
$ foo="`echo " bar" | sed 's, ,,'`" ksh: : cannot execute ksh: bar | sed 's, ,,': cannot execute
Posix does not specify behavior for this sequence. On the other hand,
behavior for "`…\"…\"…`"
is specified by Posix,
but in practice, not all shells understand it the same way: pdksh 5.2.14
prints spurious quotes when in Posix mode:
$ echo "`echo \"hello\"`" hello $ set -o posix $ echo "`echo \"hello\"`" "hello"
There is just no portable way to use double-quoted strings inside double-quoted back-quoted expressions (pfew!).
Bash 4.1 has a bug where quoted empty strings adjacent to unquoted parameter expansions are elided during word splitting. Meanwhile, zsh does not perform word splitting except when in Bourne compatibility mode. In the example below, the correct behavior is to have five arguments to the function, and exactly two spaces on either side of the middle ‘-’, since word splitting collapses multiple spaces in ‘$f’ but leaves empty arguments intact.
$ bash -c 'n() { echo "$#$@"; }; f=" - "; n - ""$f"" -' 3- - - $ ksh -c 'n() { echo "$#$@"; }; f=" - "; n - ""$f"" -' 5- - - $ zsh -c 'n() { echo "$#$@"; }; f=" - "; n - ""$f"" -' 3- - - $ zsh -c 'emulate sh; > n() { echo "$#$@"; }; f=" - "; n - ""$f"" -' 5- - -
You can work around this by doing manual word splitting, such as using ‘"$str" $list’ rather than ‘"$str"$list’.
There are also portability pitfalls with particular expansions:
$@
One of the most famous shell-portability issues is related to ‘"$@"’. When there are no positional arguments, Posix says that ‘"$@"’ is supposed to be equivalent to nothing, but the original Unix version 7 Bourne shell treated it as equivalent to ‘""’ instead, and this behavior survives in later implementations like Digital Unix 5.0.
The traditional way to work around this portability problem is to use ‘${1+"$@"}’. Unfortunately this method does not work with Zsh (3.x and 4.x), which is used on Mac OS X. When emulating the Bourne shell, Zsh performs word splitting on ‘${1+"$@"}’:
zsh $ emulate sh zsh $ for i in "$@"; do echo $i; done Hello World ! zsh $ for i in ${1+"$@"}; do echo $i; done Hello World !
Zsh handles plain ‘"$@"’ properly, but we can’t use plain ‘"$@"’ because of the portability problems mentioned above. One workaround relies on Zsh’s “global aliases” to convert ‘${1+"$@"}’ into ‘"$@"’ by itself:
test "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" = set && alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
Zsh only recognizes this alias when a shell word matches it exactly; ‘"foo"${1+"$@"}’ remains subject to word splitting. Since this case always yields at least one shell word, use plain ‘"$@"’.
A more conservative workaround is to avoid ‘"$@"’ if it is possible that there may be no positional arguments. For example, instead of:
cat conftest.c "$@"
you can use this instead:
case $# in 0) cat conftest.c;; *) cat conftest.c "$@";; esac
Autoconf macros often use the set
command to update
‘$@’, so if you are writing shell code intended for
configure
you should not assume that the value of ‘$@’
persists for any length of time.
${10}
The 10th, 11th, … positional parameters can be accessed only after
a shift
. The 7th Edition shell reported an error if given
${10}
, and
Solaris 10 /bin/sh
still acts that way:
$ set 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 $ echo ${10} bad substitution
Conversely, not all shells obey the Posix rule that when braces are omitted, multiple digits beyond a ‘$’ imply the single-digit positional parameter expansion concatenated with the remaining literal digits. To work around the issue, you must use braces.
$ bash -c 'set a b c d e f g h i j; echo $10 ${1}0' a0 a0 $ dash -c 'set a b c d e f g h i j; echo $10 ${1}0' j a0
${var:-value}
Old BSD shells, including the Ultrix sh
, don’t accept the
colon for any shell substitution, and complain and die.
Similarly for ${var:=value}, ${var:?value}, etc.
However, all shells that support functions allow the use of colon in
shell substitution, and since m4sh requires functions, you can portably
use null variable substitution patterns in configure scripts.
${var+value}
When using ‘${var-value}’ or
‘${var-value}’ for providing alternate substitutions,
value must either be a single shell word, quoted, or in the
context of an unquoted here-document. Solaris
/bin/sh
complains otherwise.
$ /bin/sh -c 'echo ${a-b c}' /bin/sh: bad substitution $ /bin/sh -c 'echo ${a-'\''b c'\''}' b c $ /bin/sh -c 'echo "${a-b c}"' b c $ /bin/sh -c 'cat <<EOF ${a-b c} EOF b c
According to Posix, if an expansion occurs inside double quotes, then the use of unquoted double quotes within value is unspecified, and any single quotes become literal characters; in that case, escaping must be done with backslash. Likewise, the use of unquoted here-documents is a case where double quotes have unspecified results:
$ /bin/sh -c 'echo "${a-"b c"}"' /bin/sh: bad substitution $ ksh -c 'echo "${a-"b c"}"' b c $ bash -c 'echo "${a-"b c"}"' b c $ /bin/sh -c 'a=; echo ${a+'\''b c'\''}' b c $ /bin/sh -c 'a=; echo "${a+'\''b c'\''}"' 'b c' $ /bin/sh -c 'a=; echo "${a+\"b c\"}"' "b c" $ /bin/sh -c 'a=; echo "${a+b c}"' b c $ /bin/sh -c 'cat <<EOF ${a-"b c"} EOF' "b c" $ /bin/sh -c 'cat <<EOF ${a-'b c'} EOF' 'b c' $ bash -c 'cat <<EOF ${a-"b c"} EOF' b c $ bash -c 'cat <<EOF ${a-'b c'} EOF' 'b c'
Perhaps the easiest way to work around quoting issues in a manner portable to all shells is to place the results in a temporary variable, then use ‘$t’ as the value, rather than trying to inline the expression needing quoting.
$ /bin/sh -c 't="b c\"'\''}\\"; echo "${a-$t}"' b c"'}\ $ ksh -c 't="b c\"'\''}\\"; echo "${a-$t}"' b c"'}\ $ bash -c 't="b c\"'\''}\\"; echo "${a-$t}"' b c"'}\
${var=value}
When using ‘${var=value}’ to assign a default value
to var, remember that even though the assignment to var does
not undergo file name expansion, the result of the variable expansion
does unless the expansion occurred within double quotes. In particular,
when using :
followed by unquoted variable expansion for the
side effect of setting a default value, if the final value of
‘$var’ contains any globbing characters (either from value or
from prior contents), the shell has to spend time performing file name
expansion and field splitting even though those results will not be
used. Therefore, it is a good idea to consider double quotes when performing
default initialization; while remembering how this impacts any quoting
characters appearing in value.
$ time bash -c ': "${a=/usr/bin/*}"; echo "$a"' /usr/bin/* real 0m0.005s user 0m0.002s sys 0m0.003s $ time bash -c ': ${a=/usr/bin/*}; echo "$a"' /usr/bin/* real 0m0.039s user 0m0.026s sys 0m0.009s $ time bash -c 'a=/usr/bin/*; : ${a=noglob}; echo "$a"' /usr/bin/* real 0m0.031s user 0m0.020s sys 0m0.010s $ time bash -c 'a=/usr/bin/*; : "${a=noglob}"; echo "$a"' /usr/bin/* real 0m0.006s user 0m0.002s sys 0m0.003s
As with ‘+’ and ‘-’, you must use quotes when using ‘=’ if the value contains more than one shell word; either single quotes for just the value, or double quotes around the entire expansion:
$ : ${var1='Some words'} $ : "${var2=like this}" $ echo $var1 $var2 Some words like this
otherwise some shells, such as Solaris /bin/sh
or on Digital
Unix V 5.0, die because of a “bad substitution”. Meanwhile, Posix
requires that with ‘=’, quote removal happens prior to the
assignment, and the expansion be the final contents of var without
quoting (and thus subject to field splitting), in contrast to the
behavior with ‘-’ passing the quoting through to the final
expansion. However, bash
4.1 does not obey this rule.
$ ksh -c 'echo ${var-a\ \ b}' a b $ ksh -c 'echo ${var=a\ \ b}' a b $ bash -c 'echo ${var=a\ \ b}' a b
Finally, Posix states that when mixing ‘${a=b}’ with regular commands, it is unspecified whether the assignments affect the parent shell environment. It is best to perform assignments independently from commands, to avoid the problems demonstrated in this example:
$ bash -c 'x= y=${x:=b} sh -c "echo +\$x+\$y+";echo -$x-' +b+b+ -b- $ /bin/sh -c 'x= y=${x:=b} sh -c "echo +\$x+\$y+";echo -$x-' ++b+ -- $ ksh -c 'x= y=${x:=b} sh -c "echo +\$x+\$y+";echo -$x-' +b+b+ --
${var=value}
Solaris /bin/sh
has a frightening bug in its handling of
literal assignments. Imagine you need set a variable to a string containing
‘}’. This ‘}’ character confuses Solaris /bin/sh
when the affected variable was already set. This bug can be exercised
by running:
$ unset foo $ foo=${foo='}'} $ echo $foo } $ foo=${foo='}' # no error; this hints to what the bug is $ echo $foo } $ foo=${foo='}'} $ echo $foo }} ^ ugh!
It seems that ‘}’ is interpreted as matching ‘${’, even though it is enclosed in single quotes. The problem doesn’t happen using double quotes, or when using a temporary variable holding the problematic string.
${var=expanded-value}
On Ultrix, running
default="yu,yaa" : ${var="$default"}
sets var to ‘M-yM-uM-,M-yM-aM-a’, i.e., the 8th bit of each char is set. You don’t observe the phenomenon using a simple ‘echo $var’ since apparently the shell resets the 8th bit when it expands $var. Here are two means to make this shell confess its sins:
$ cat -v <<EOF $var EOF
and
$ set | grep '^var=' | cat -v
One classic incarnation of this bug is:
default="a b c" : ${list="$default"} for c in $list; do echo $c done
You’ll get ‘a b c’ on a single line. Why? Because there are no spaces in ‘$list’: there are ‘M- ’, i.e., spaces with the 8th bit set, hence no IFS splitting is performed!!!
One piece of good news is that Ultrix works fine with ‘: ${list=$default}’; i.e., if you don’t quote. The bad news is then that QNX 4.25 then sets list to the last item of default!
The portable way out consists in using a double assignment, to switch the 8th bit twice on Ultrix:
list=${list="$default"}
…but beware of the ‘}’ bug from Solaris (see above). For safety, use:
test "${var+set}" = set || var={value}
${#var}
${var%word}
${var%%word}
${var#word}
${var##word}
Posix requires support for these usages, but they do not work with many
traditional shells, e.g., Solaris 10 /bin/sh
.
Also, pdksh
5.2.14 mishandles some word forms. For
example if ‘$1’ is ‘a/b’ and ‘$2’ is ‘a’, then
‘${1#$2}’ should yield ‘/b’, but with pdksh
it
yields the empty string.
`commands`
Posix requires shells to trim all trailing newlines from command output before substituting it, so assignments like ‘dir=`echo "$file" | tr a A`’ do not work as expected if ‘$file’ ends in a newline.
While in general it makes no sense, do not substitute a single builtin with side effects, because Ash 0.2, trying to optimize, does not fork a subshell to perform the command.
For instance, if you wanted to check that cd
is silent, do not
use ‘test -z "`cd /`"’ because the following can happen:
$ pwd /tmp $ test -z "`cd /`" && pwd /
The result of ‘foo=`exit 1`’ is left as an exercise to the reader.
The MSYS shell leaves a stray byte in the expansion of a double-quoted command substitution of a native program, if the end of the substitution is not aligned with the end of the double quote. This may be worked around by inserting another pair of quotes:
$ echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'` bar" > broken $ echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'`"" bar" | cmp - broken - broken differ: char 4, line 1
Upon interrupt or SIGTERM, some shells may abort a command substitution, replace it with a null string, and wrongly evaluate the enclosing command before entering the trap or ending the script. This can lead to spurious errors:
$ sh -c 'if test `sleep 5; echo hi` = hi; then echo yes; fi' $ ^C sh: test: hi: unexpected operator/operand
You can avoid this by assigning the command substitution to a temporary variable:
$ sh -c 'res=`sleep 5; echo hi` if test "x$res" = xhi; then echo yes; fi' $ ^C
$(commands)
This construct is meant to replace ‘`commands`’,
and it has most of the problems listed under `commands`
.
This construct can be nested while this is impossible to do portably with back quotes. Unfortunately it is not yet universally supported. Most notably, even recent releases of Solaris don’t support it:
$ showrev -c /bin/sh | grep version Command version: SunOS 5.10 Generic 121005-03 Oct 2006 $ echo $(echo blah) syntax error: `(' unexpected
nor does IRIX 6.5’s Bourne shell:
$ uname -a IRIX firebird-image 6.5 07151432 IP22 $ echo $(echo blah) $(echo blah)
If you do use ‘$(commands)’, make sure that the commands do not start with a parenthesis, as that would cause confusion with a different notation ‘$((expression))’ that in modern shells is an arithmetic expression not a command. To avoid the confusion, insert a space between the two opening parentheses.
Avoid commands that contain unbalanced parentheses in
here-documents, comments, or case statement patterns, as many shells
mishandle them. For example, Bash 3.1, ‘ksh88’, pdksh
5.2.14, and Zsh 4.2.6 all mishandle the following valid command:
echo $(case x in x) echo hello;; esac)
$((expression))
Arithmetic expansion is not portable as some shells (most
notably Solaris 10 /bin/sh
) don’t support it.
Among shells that do support ‘$(( ))’, not all of them obey the Posix rule that octal and hexadecimal constants must be recognized:
$ bash -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))' 24 $ zsh -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))' 26 $ zsh -c 'emulate sh; echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))' 24 $ pdksh -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))' pdksh: 010 + 0x10 : bad number `0x10' $ pdksh -c 'echo $(( 010 ))' 10
When it is available, using arithmetic expansion provides a noticeable
speedup in script execution; but testing for support requires
eval
to avoid syntax errors. The following construct is used
by AS_VAR_ARITH
to provide arithmetic computation when all
arguments are provided in decimal and without a leading zero, and all
operators are properly quoted and appear as distinct arguments:
if ( eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) = 2' ) 2>/dev/null; then eval 'func_arith () { func_arith_result=$(( $* )) }' else func_arith () { func_arith_result=`expr "$@"` } fi func_arith 1 + 1 foo=$func_arith_result
^
Always quote ‘^’, otherwise traditional shells such as
/bin/sh
on Solaris 10 treat this like ‘|’.
Next: Parentheses, Previous: Shell Substitutions, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
When setting several variables in a row, be aware that the order of the
evaluation is undefined. For instance ‘foo=1 foo=2; echo $foo’
gives ‘1’ with Solaris /bin/sh
, but ‘2’ with Bash.
You must use
‘;’ to enforce the order: ‘foo=1; foo=2; echo $foo’.
Don’t rely on the following to find subdir/program:
PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH program
as this does not work with Zsh 3.0.6. Use something like this instead:
(PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH; export PATH; exec program)
Don’t rely on the exit status of an assignment: Ash 0.2 does not change the status and propagates that of the last statement:
$ false || foo=bar; echo $? 1 $ false || foo=`:`; echo $? 0
and to make things even worse, QNX 4.25 just sets the exit status to 0 in any case:
$ foo=`exit 1`; echo $? 0
To assign default values, follow this algorithm:
: "${var='my literal'}"
: ${var="$default"}
var=${var="$default"}
test "${var+set}" = set || var="has a '}'"
In most cases ‘var=${var="$default"}’ is fine, but in case of doubt, just use the last form. See Shell Substitutions, items ‘${var:-value}’ and ‘${var=value}’ for the rationale.
Next: Slashes, Previous: Assignments, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Beware of two opening parentheses in a row, as many shell implementations treat them specially, and Posix says that a portable script cannot use ‘((’ outside the ‘$((’ form used for shell arithmetic. In traditional shells, ‘((cat))’ behaves like ‘(cat)’; but many shells, including Bash and the Korn shell, treat ‘((cat))’ as an arithmetic expression equivalent to ‘let "cat"’, and may or may not report an error when they detect that ‘cat’ is not a number. As another example, ‘pdksh’ 5.2.14 does not treat the following code as a traditional shell would:
if ((true) || false); then echo ok fi
To work around this problem, insert a space between the two opening parentheses. There is a similar problem and workaround with ‘$((’; see Shell Substitutions.
Next: Special Shell Variables, Previous: Parentheses, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Unpatched Tru64 5.1 sh
omits the last slash of command-line
arguments that contain two trailing slashes:
$ echo / // /// //// .// //. / / // /// ./ //. $ x=// $ eval "echo \$x" / $ set -x $ echo abc | tr -t ab // + echo abc + tr -t ab / /bc
Unpatched Tru64 4.0 sh
adds a slash after ‘"$var"’ if the
variable is empty and the second double-quote is followed by a word that
begins and ends with slash:
$ sh -xc 'p=; echo "$p"/ouch/' p= + echo //ouch/ //ouch/
However, our understanding is that patches are available, so perhaps it’s not worth worrying about working around these horrendous bugs.
Next: Shell Functions, Previous: Slashes, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Some shell variables should not be used, since they can have a deep
influence on the behavior of the shell. In order to recover a sane
behavior from the shell, some variables should be unset; M4sh takes
care of this and provides fallback values, whenever needed, to cater
for a very old /bin/sh that does not support unset
.
(see Portable Shell Programming).
As a general rule, shell variable names containing a lower-case letter
are safe; you can define and use these variables without worrying about
their effect on the underlying system, and without worrying about
whether the shell changes them unexpectedly. (The exception is the
shell variable status
, as described below.)
Here is a list of names that are known to cause trouble. This list is
not exhaustive, but you should be safe if you avoid the name
status
and names containing only upper-case letters and
underscores.
?
Not all shells correctly reset ‘$?’ after conditionals (see Limitations of Shell Builtins). Not all shells manage ‘$?’ correctly in shell functions (see Shell Functions) or in traps (see Limitations of Shell Builtins). Not all shells reset ‘$?’ to zero after an empty command.
$ bash -c 'false; $empty; echo $?' 0 $ zsh -c 'false; $empty; echo $?' 1
_
Many shells reserve ‘$_’ for various purposes, e.g., the name of the last command executed.
BIN_SH
In Tru64, if BIN_SH
is set to xpg4
, subsidiary invocations of
the standard shell conform to Posix.
CDPATH
When this variable is set it specifies a list of directories to search
when invoking cd
with a relative file name that did not start
with ‘./’ or ‘../’. Posix
1003.1-2001 says that if a nonempty directory name from CDPATH
is used successfully, cd
prints the resulting absolute
file name. Unfortunately this output can break idioms like
‘abs=`cd src && pwd`’ because abs
receives the name twice.
Also, many shells do not conform to this part of Posix; for
example, zsh
prints the result only if a directory name
other than . was chosen from CDPATH
.
In practice the shells that have this problem also support
unset
, so you can work around the problem as follows:
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
You can also avoid output by ensuring that your directory name is absolute or anchored at ‘./’, as in ‘abs=`cd ./src && pwd`’.
Configure scripts use M4sh, which automatically unsets CDPATH
if
possible, so you need not worry about this problem in those scripts.
CLICOLOR_FORCE
When this variable is set, some implementations of tools like
ls
attempt to add color to their output via terminal escape
sequences, even when the output is not directed to a terminal, and can
thus cause spurious failures in scripts. Configure scripts use M4sh,
which automatically unsets this variable.
DUALCASE
In the MKS shell, case statements and file name generation are
case-insensitive unless DUALCASE
is nonzero.
Autoconf-generated scripts export this variable when they start up.
ENV
MAIL
MAILPATH
PS1
PS2
PS4
These variables should not matter for shell scripts, since they are
supposed to affect only interactive shells. However, at least one
shell (the pre-3.0 UWIN Korn shell) gets confused about
whether it is interactive, which means that (for example) a PS1
with a side effect can unexpectedly modify ‘$?’. To work around
this bug, M4sh scripts (including configure scripts) do something
like this:
(unset ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ '
(actually, there is some complication due to bugs in unset
;
see Limitations of Shell Builtins).
FPATH
The Korn shell uses FPATH
to find shell functions, so avoid
FPATH
in portable scripts. FPATH
is consulted after
PATH
, but you still need to be wary of tests that use PATH
to find whether a command exists, since they might report the wrong
result if FPATH
is also set.
GREP_OPTIONS
When this variable is set, some implementations of grep
honor
these options, even if the options include direction to enable colored
output via terminal escape sequences, and the result can cause spurious
failures when the output is not directed to a terminal. Configure
scripts use M4sh, which automatically unsets this variable.
IFS
Long ago, shell scripts inherited IFS
from the environment,
but this caused many problems so modern shells ignore any environment
settings for IFS
.
Don’t set the first character of IFS
to backslash. Indeed,
Bourne shells use the first character (backslash) when joining the
components in ‘"$@"’ and some shells then reinterpret (!) the
backslash escapes, so you can end up with backspace and other strange
characters.
The proper value for IFS
(in regular code, not when performing
splits) is ‘SPCTABRET’. The first character is
especially important, as it is used to join the arguments in ‘$*’;
however, note that traditional shells, but also bash-2.04, fail to adhere
to this and join with a space anyway.
M4sh guarantees that IFS
will have the default value at the
beginning of a script, and many macros within autoconf rely on this
setting. It is okay to use blocks of shell code that temporarily change
the value of IFS
in order to split on another character, but
remember to restore it before expanding further macros.
Unsetting IFS
instead of resetting it to the default sequence
is not suggested, since code that tries to save and restore the
variable’s value will incorrectly reset it to an empty value, thus
disabling field splitting:
unset IFS # default separators used for field splitting save_IFS=$IFS IFS=: # ... IFS=$save_IFS # no field splitting performed
LANG
LC_ALL
LC_COLLATE
LC_CTYPE
LC_MESSAGES
LC_MONETARY
LC_NUMERIC
LC_TIME
You should set all these variables to ‘C’ because so much configuration code assumes the C locale and Posix requires that locale environment variables be set to ‘C’ if the C locale is desired; configure scripts and M4sh do that for you. Export these variables after setting them.
LANGUAGE
LANGUAGE
is not specified by Posix, but it is a GNU
extension that overrides LC_ALL
in some cases, so you (or M4sh)
should set it too.
LC_ADDRESS
LC_IDENTIFICATION
LC_MEASUREMENT
LC_NAME
LC_PAPER
LC_TELEPHONE
These locale environment variables are GNU extensions. They
are treated like their Posix brethren (LC_COLLATE
,
etc.) as described above.
LINENO
Most modern shells provide the current line number in LINENO
.
Its value is the line number of the beginning of the current command.
M4sh, and hence Autoconf, attempts to execute configure
with
a shell that supports LINENO
. If no such shell is available, it
attempts to implement LINENO
with a Sed prepass that replaces each
instance of the string $LINENO
(not followed by an alphanumeric
character) with the line’s number. In M4sh scripts you should execute
AS_LINENO_PREPARE
so that these workarounds are included in
your script; configure scripts do this automatically in AC_INIT
.
You should not rely on LINENO
within eval
or shell
functions, as the behavior differs in practice. The presence of a
quoted newline within simple commands can alter which line number is
used as the starting point for $LINENO
substitutions within that
command. Also, the possibility of the Sed prepass means that you should
not rely on $LINENO
when quoted, when in here-documents, or when
line continuations are used. Subshells should be OK, though. In the
following example, lines 1, 9, and 14 are portable, but the other
instances of $LINENO
do not have deterministic values:
$ cat lineno echo 1. $LINENO echo "2. $LINENO 3. $LINENO" cat <<EOF 5. $LINENO 6. $LINENO 7. \$LINENO EOF ( echo 9. $LINENO ) eval 'echo 10. $LINENO' eval 'echo 11. $LINENO echo 12. $LINENO' echo 13. '$LINENO' echo 14. $LINENO ' 15.' $LINENO f () { echo $1 $LINENO; echo $1 $LINENO } f 18. echo 19. \ $LINENO
$ bash-3.2 ./lineno 1. 1 2. 3 3. 3 5. 4 6. 4 7. $LINENO 9. 9 10. 10 11. 12 12. 13 13. $LINENO 14. 14 15. 14 18. 16 18. 17 19. 19
$ zsh-4.3.4 ./lineno 1. 1 2. 2 3. 2 5. 4 6. 4 7. $LINENO 9. 9 10. 1 11. 1 12. 2 13. $LINENO 14. 14 15. 14 18. 0 18. 1 19. 19
$ pdksh-5.2.14 ./lineno 1. 1 2. 2 3. 2 5. 4 6. 4 7. $LINENO 9. 9 10. 0 11. 0 12. 0 13. $LINENO 14. 14 15. 14 18. 16 18. 17 19. 19
$ sed '=' <lineno | > sed ' > N > s,$,-, > t loop > :loop > s,^\([0-9]*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^a-zA-Z0-9_]\),\1\2\1\3, > t loop > s,-$,, > s,^[0-9]*\n,, > ' | > sh 1. 1 2. 2 3. 3 5. 5 6. 6 7. \7 9. 9 10. 10 11. 11 12. 12 13. 13 14. 14 15. 15 18. 16 18. 17 19. 20
In particular, note that config.status (and any other subsidiary
script created by AS_INIT_GENERATED
) might report line numbers
relative to the parent script as a result of the potential Sed pass.
NULLCMD
When executing the command ‘>foo’, zsh
executes
‘$NULLCMD >foo’ unless it is operating in Bourne shell
compatibility mode and the zsh
version is newer
than 3.1.6-dev-18. If you are using an older zsh
and forget to set NULLCMD
,
your script might be suspended waiting for data on its standard input.
options
For zsh
4.3.10, options
is treated as an associative
array even after emulate sh
, so it should not be used.
PATH_SEPARATOR
On DJGPP systems, the PATH_SEPARATOR
environment
variable can be set to either ‘:’ or ‘;’ to control the path
separator Bash uses to set up certain environment variables (such as
PATH
). You can set this variable to ‘;’ if you want
configure
to use ‘;’ as a separator; this might be useful
if you plan to use non-Posix shells to execute files. See File System Conventions, for more information about PATH_SEPARATOR
.
POSIXLY_CORRECT
In the GNU environment, exporting POSIXLY_CORRECT
with any value
(even empty) causes programs to try harder to conform to Posix.
Autoconf does not directly manipulate this variable, but bash
ties the shell variable POSIXLY_CORRECT
to whether the script is
running in Posix mode. Therefore, take care when exporting or unsetting
this variable, so as not to change whether bash
is in Posix
mode.
$ bash --posix -c 'set -o | grep posix > unset POSIXLY_CORRECT > set -o | grep posix' posix on posix off
PWD
Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that cd
and
pwd
must update the PWD
environment variable to point
to the logical name of the current directory, but traditional shells
do not support this. This can cause confusion if one shell instance
maintains PWD
but a subsidiary and different shell does not know
about PWD
and executes cd
; in this case PWD
points to the wrong directory. Use ‘`pwd`’ rather than
‘$PWD’.
RANDOM
Many shells provide RANDOM
, a variable that returns a different
integer each time it is used. Most of the time, its value does not
change when it is not used, but on IRIX 6.5 the value changes all
the time. This can be observed by using set
. It is common
practice to use $RANDOM
as part of a file name, but code
shouldn’t rely on $RANDOM
expanding to a nonempty string.
status
This variable is an alias to ‘$?’ for zsh
(at least 3.1.6),
hence read-only. Do not use it.
Next: Limitations of Builtins, Previous: Special Shell Variables, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
Nowadays, it is difficult to find a shell that does not support shell functions at all. However, some differences should be expected.
When declaring a shell function, you must include whitespace between the
‘)’ after the function name and the start of the compound
expression, to avoid upsetting ksh
. While it is possible to
use any compound command, most scripts use ‘{…}’.
$ /bin/sh -c 'a(){ echo hi;}; a' hi $ ksh -c 'a(){ echo hi;}; a' ksh: syntax error at line 1: `}' unexpected $ ksh -c 'a() { echo hi;}; a' hi
Inside a shell function, you should not rely on the error status of a
subshell if the last command of that subshell was exit
or
trap
, as this triggers bugs in zsh 4.x; while Autoconf tries to
find a shell that does not exhibit the bug, zsh might be the only shell
present on the user’s machine.
Likewise, the state of ‘$?’ is not reliable when entering a shell
function. This has the effect that using a function as the first
command in a trap
handler can cause problems.
$ bash -c 'foo() { echo $?; }; trap foo 0; (exit 2); exit 2'; echo $? 2 2 $ ash -c 'foo() { echo $?; }; trap foo 0; (exit 2); exit 2'; echo $? 0 2
DJGPP bash 2.04 has a bug in that return
from a
shell function which also used a command substitution causes a
segmentation fault. To work around the issue, you can use
return
from a subshell, or ‘AS_SET_STATUS’ as last command
in the execution flow of the function (see Common Shell Constructs).
Not all shells treat shell functions as simple commands impacted by
‘set -e’, for example with Solaris 10 /bin/sh
:
$ bash -c 'f() { return 1; }; set -e; f; echo oops' $ /bin/sh -c 'f() { return 1; }; set -e; f; echo oops' oops
Shell variables and functions may share the same namespace, for example
with Solaris 10 /bin/sh
:
$ f () { :; }; f=; f f: not found
For this reason, Autoconf (actually M4sh, see Programming in M4sh) uses the prefix ‘as_fn_’ for its functions.
Handling of positional parameters and shell options varies among shells. For example, Korn shells reset and restore trace output (‘set -x’) and other options upon function entry and exit. Inside a function, IRIX sh sets ‘$0’ to the function name.
It is not portable to pass temporary environment variables to shell
functions. Solaris /bin/sh
does not see the variable.
Meanwhile, not all shells follow the Posix rule that the assignment must
affect the current environment in the same manner as special built-ins.
$ /bin/sh -c 'func() { echo $a;}; a=1 func; echo $a' ⇒ ⇒ $ ash -c 'func() { echo $a;}; a=1 func; echo $a' ⇒1 ⇒ $ bash -c 'set -o posix; func() { echo $a;}; a=1 func; echo $a' ⇒1 ⇒1
Some ancient Bourne shell variants with function support did not reset ‘$i, i >= 0’, upon function exit, so effectively the arguments of the script were lost after the first function invocation. It is probably not worth worrying about these shells any more.
With AIX sh, a trap
on 0 installed in a shell function
triggers at function exit rather than at script exit. See Limitations of Shell Builtins.
Next: Limitations of Usual Tools, Previous: Shell Functions, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
No, no, we are serious: some shells do have limitations! :)
You should always keep in mind that any builtin or command may support
options, and therefore differ in behavior with arguments
starting with a dash. For instance, even the innocent ‘echo "$word"’
can give unexpected results when word
starts with a dash. It is
often possible to avoid this problem using ‘echo "x$word"’, taking
the ‘x’ into account later in the pipe. Many of these limitations
can be worked around using M4sh (see Programming in M4sh).
.
Use .
only with regular files (use ‘test -f’). Bash
2.03, for instance, chokes on ‘. /dev/null’. Remember that
.
uses PATH
if its argument contains no slashes. Also,
some shells, including bash 3.2, implicitly append the current directory
to this PATH
search, even though Posix forbids it. So if you want
to use .
on a file foo in the current directory, you
must use ‘. ./foo’.
Not all shells gracefully handle syntax errors within a sourced file.
On one extreme, some non-interactive shells abort the entire script. On
the other, zsh
4.3.10 has a bug where it fails to react to the
syntax error.
$ echo 'fi' > syntax $ bash -c '. ./syntax; echo $?' ./syntax: line 1: syntax error near unexpected token `fi' ./syntax: line 1: `fi' 1 $ ash -c '. ./syntax; echo $?' ./syntax: 1: Syntax error: "fi" unexpected $ zsh -c '. ./syntax; echo $?' ./syntax:1: parse error near `fi' 0
!
The Unix version 7 shell did not support
negating the exit status of commands with !
, and this feature
is still absent from some shells (e.g., Solaris /bin/sh
).
Other shells, such as FreeBSD /bin/sh
or ash
, have
bugs when using !
:
$ sh -c '! : | :'; echo $? 1 $ ash -c '! : | :'; echo $? 0 $ sh -c '! { :; }'; echo $? 1 $ ash -c '! { :; }'; echo $? {: not found Syntax error: "}" unexpected 2
Shell code like this:
if ! cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo files differ or trouble fi
is therefore not portable in practice. Typically it is easy to rewrite such code, e.g.:
cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1 || echo files differ or trouble
More generally, one can always rewrite ‘! command’ as:
if command; then (exit 1); else :; fi
{...}
Bash 3.2 (and earlier versions) sometimes does not properly set ‘$?’ when failing to write redirected output of a compound command. This problem is most commonly observed with ‘{…}’; it does not occur with ‘(…)’. For example:
$ bash -c '{ echo foo; } >/bad; echo $?' bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied 0 $ bash -c 'while :; do echo; done >/bad; echo $?' bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied 0
To work around the bug, prepend ‘:;’:
$ bash -c ':;{ echo foo; } >/bad; echo $?' bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied 1
Posix requires a syntax error if a brace list has no contents. However, not all shells obey this rule; and on shells where empty lists are permitted, the effect on ‘$?’ is inconsistent. To avoid problems, ensure that a brace list is never empty.
$ bash -c 'false; { }; echo $?' || echo $? bash: line 1: syntax error near unexpected token `}' bash: line 1: `false; { }; echo $?' 2 $ zsh -c 'false; { }; echo $?' || echo $? 1 $ pdksh -c 'false; { }; echo $?' || echo $? 0
break
The use of ‘break 2’ etc. is safe.
case
You don’t need to quote the argument; no splitting is performed.
You don’t need the final ‘;;’, but you should use it.
Posix requires support for case
patterns with opening
parentheses like this:
case $file_name in (*.c) echo "C source code";; esac
but the (
in this example is not portable to many Bourne
shell implementations, which is a pity for those of us using tools that
rely on balanced parentheses. For instance, with Solaris
/bin/sh
:
$ case foo in (foo) echo foo;; esac error→syntax error: `(' unexpected
The leading ‘(’ can be omitted safely. Unfortunately, there are contexts where unbalanced parentheses cause other problems, such as when using a syntax-highlighting editor that searches for the balancing counterpart, or more importantly, when using a case statement as an underquoted argument to an Autoconf macro. See Balancing Parentheses, for tradeoffs involved in various styles of dealing with unbalanced ‘)’.
Zsh handles pattern fragments derived from parameter expansions or command substitutions as though quoted:
$ pat=\?; case aa in ?$pat) echo match;; esac $ pat=\?; case a? in ?$pat) echo match;; esac match
Because of a bug in its fnmatch
, Bash fails to properly
handle backslashes in character classes:
bash-2.02$ case /tmp in [/\\]*) echo OK;; esac bash-2.02$
This is extremely unfortunate, since you are likely to use this code to handle Posix or MS-DOS absolute file names. To work around this bug, always put the backslash first:
bash-2.02$ case '\TMP' in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac OK bash-2.02$ case /tmp in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac OK
Many Bourne shells cannot handle closing brackets in character classes correctly.
Some shells also have problems with backslash escaping in case you do not want to match the backslash: both a backslash and the escaped character match this pattern. To work around this, specify the character class in a variable, so that quote removal does not apply afterwards, and the special characters don’t have to be backslash-escaped:
$ case '\' in [\<]) echo OK;; esac OK $ scanset='[<]'; case '\' in $scanset) echo OK;; esac $
Even with this, Solaris ksh
matches a backslash if the set
contains any
of the characters ‘|’, ‘&’, ‘(’, or ‘)’.
Conversely, Tru64 ksh
(circa 2003) erroneously always matches
a closing parenthesis if not specified in a character class:
$ case foo in *\)*) echo fail ;; esac fail $ case foo in *')'*) echo fail ;; esac fail
Some shells, such as Ash 0.3.8, are confused by an empty
case
/esac
:
ash-0.3.8 $ case foo in esac; error→Syntax error: ";" unexpected (expecting ")")
Posix requires case
to give an exit status of 0 if no cases
match. However, /bin/sh
in Solaris 10 does not obey this
rule. Meanwhile, it is unclear whether a case that matches, but
contains no statements, must also change the exit status to 0. The M4sh
macro AS_CASE
works around these inconsistencies.
$ bash -c 'case `false` in ?) ;; esac; echo $?' 0 $ /bin/sh -c 'case `false` in ?) ;; esac; echo $?' 255
cd
Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that cd
must support
the -L (“logical”) and -P (“physical”) options,
with -L being the default. However, traditional shells do
not support these options, and their cd
command has the
-P behavior.
Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
assume neither behavior is the default. This can be a bit tricky,
since the Posix default behavior means that, for example,
‘ls ..’ and ‘cd ..’ may refer to different directories if
the current logical directory is a symbolic link. It is safe to use
cd dir
if dir contains no .. components.
Also, Autoconf-generated scripts check for this problem when computing
variables like ac_top_srcdir
(see Configuration Actions),
so it is safe to cd
to these variables.
Posix states that behavior is undefined if cd
is given an
explicit empty argument. Some shells do nothing, some change to the
first entry in CDPATH
, some change to HOME
, and some exit
the shell rather than returning an error. Unfortunately, this means
that if ‘$var’ is empty, then ‘cd "$var"’ is less predictable
than ‘cd $var’ (at least the latter is well-behaved in all shells
at changing to HOME
, although this is probably not what you wanted
in a script). You should check that a directory name was supplied
before trying to change locations.
See Special Shell Variables, for portability problems involving
cd
and the CDPATH
environment variable.
Also please see the discussion of the pwd
command.
echo
The simple echo
is probably the most surprising source of
portability troubles. It is not possible to use ‘echo’ portably
unless both options and escape sequences are omitted. Don’t expect any
option.
Do not use backslashes in the arguments, as there is no consensus on
their handling. For ‘echo '\n' | wc -l’, the sh
of
Solaris outputs 2, but Bash and Zsh (in sh
emulation mode) output 1.
The problem is truly echo
: all the shells
understand ‘'\n'’ as the string composed of a backslash and an
‘n’. Within a command substitution, ‘echo 'string\c'’ will
mess up the internal state of ksh88 on AIX 6.1 so that it will print
the first character ‘s’ only, followed by a newline, and then
entirely drop the output of the next echo in a command substitution.
Because of these problems, do not pass a string containing arbitrary
characters to echo
. For example, ‘echo "$foo"’ is safe
only if you know that foo’s value cannot contain backslashes and
cannot start with ‘-’.
If this may not be true, printf
is in general safer and
easier to use than echo
and echo -n
. Thus, scripts
where portability is not a major concern should use printf
'%s\n'
whenever echo
could fail, and similarly use
printf %s
instead of echo -n
. For portable shell
scripts, instead, it is suggested to use a here-document like this:
cat <<EOF $foo EOF
Alternatively, M4sh provides AS_ECHO
and AS_ECHO_N
macros
which choose between various portable implementations: ‘echo’
or ‘print’ where they work, printf
if it is available,
or else other creative tricks in order to work around the above problems.
eval
The eval
command is useful in limited circumstances, e.g.,
using commands like ‘eval table_$key=\$value’ and ‘eval
value=table_$key’ to simulate a hash table when the key is known to be
alphanumeric.
You should also be wary of common bugs in eval
implementations.
In some shell implementations (e.g., older ash
, OpenBSD 3.8
sh
, pdksh
v5.2.14 99/07/13.2, and zsh
4.2.5), the arguments of ‘eval’ are evaluated in a context where
‘$?’ is 0, so they exhibit behavior like this:
$ false; eval 'echo $?' 0
The correct behavior here is to output a nonzero value, but portable scripts should not rely on this.
You should not rely on LINENO
within eval
.
See Special Shell Variables.
Note that, even though these bugs are easily avoided,
eval
is tricky to use on arbitrary arguments.
It is obviously unwise to use ‘eval $cmd’ if the string value of
‘cmd’ was derived from an untrustworthy source. But even if the
string value is valid, ‘eval $cmd’ might not work as intended,
since it causes field splitting and file name expansion to occur twice,
once for the eval
and once for the command itself. It is
therefore safer to use ‘eval "$cmd"’. For example, if cmd
has the value ‘cat test?.c’, ‘eval $cmd’ might expand to the
equivalent of ‘cat test;.c’ if there happens to be a file named
test;.c in the current directory; and this in turn
mistakenly attempts to invoke cat
on the file test and
then execute the command .c
. To avoid this problem, use
‘eval "$cmd"’ rather than ‘eval $cmd’.
However, suppose that you want to output the text of the evaluated command just before executing it. Assuming the previous example, ‘echo "Executing: $cmd"’ outputs ‘Executing: cat test?.c’, but this output doesn’t show the user that ‘test;.c’ is the actual name of the copied file. Conversely, ‘eval "echo Executing: $cmd"’ works on this example, but it fails with ‘cmd='cat foo >bar'’, since it mistakenly replaces the contents of bar by the string ‘cat foo’. No simple, general, and portable solution to this problem is known.
exec
Posix describes several categories of shell built-ins. Special
built-ins (such as exit
) must impact the environment of the
current shell, and need not be available through exec
. All
other built-ins are regular, and must not propagate variable assignments
to the environment of the current shell. However, the group of regular
built-ins is further distinguished by commands that do not require a
PATH
search (such as cd
), in contrast to built-ins that
are offered as a more efficient version of something that must still be
found in a PATH
search (such as echo
). Posix is not
clear on whether exec
must work with the list of 17 utilities
that are invoked without a PATH
search, and many platforms lack an
executable for some of those built-ins:
$ sh -c 'exec cd /tmp' sh: line 0: exec: cd: not found
All other built-ins that provide utilities specified by Posix must have
a counterpart executable that exists on PATH
, although Posix
allows exec
to use the built-in instead of the executable.
For example, contrast bash
3.2 and pdksh
5.2.14:
$ bash -c 'pwd --version' | head -n1 bash: line 0: pwd: --: invalid option pwd: usage: pwd [-LP] $ bash -c 'exec pwd --version' | head -n1 pwd (GNU coreutils) 6.10 $ pdksh -c 'exec pwd --version' | head -n1 pdksh: pwd: --: unknown option
When it is desired to avoid a regular shell built-in, the workaround is
to use some other forwarding command, such as env
or
nice
, that will ensure a path search:
$ pdksh -c 'exec true --version' | head -n1 $ pdksh -c 'nice true --version' | head -n1 true (GNU coreutils) 6.10 $ pdksh -c 'env true --version' | head -n1 true (GNU coreutils) 6.10
exit
The default value of exit
is supposed to be $?
;
unfortunately, some shells, such as the DJGPP port of Bash 2.04, just
perform ‘exit 0’.
bash-2.04$ foo=`exit 1` || echo fail fail bash-2.04$ foo=`(exit 1)` || echo fail fail bash-2.04$ foo=`(exit 1); exit` || echo fail bash-2.04$
Using ‘exit $?’ restores the expected behavior.
Some shell scripts, such as those generated by autoconf
, use a
trap to clean up before exiting. If the last shell command exited with
nonzero status, the trap also exits with nonzero status so that the
invoker can tell that an error occurred.
Unfortunately, in some shells, such as Solaris /bin/sh
, an exit
trap ignores the exit
command’s argument. In these shells, a trap
cannot determine whether it was invoked by plain exit
or by
exit 1
. Instead of calling exit
directly, use the
AC_MSG_ERROR
macro that has a workaround for this problem.
export
The builtin export
dubs a shell variable environment
variable. Each update of exported variables corresponds to an update
of the environment variables. Conversely, each environment variable
received by the shell when it is launched should be imported as a shell
variable marked as exported.
Alas, many shells, such as Solaris /bin/sh
,
IRIX 6.3, IRIX 5.2,
AIX 4.1.5, and Digital Unix 4.0, forget to
export
the environment variables they receive. As a result,
two variables coexist: the environment variable and the shell
variable. The following code demonstrates this failure:
#!/bin/sh echo $FOO FOO=bar echo $FOO exec /bin/sh $0
when run with ‘FOO=foo’ in the environment, these shells print alternately ‘foo’ and ‘bar’, although they should print only ‘foo’ and then a sequence of ‘bar’s.
Therefore you should export
again each environment variable
that you update; the export can occur before or after the assignment.
Posix is not clear on whether the export
of an undefined
variable causes the variable to be defined with the value of an empty
string, or merely marks any future definition of a variable by that name
for export. Various shells behave differently in this regard:
$ sh -c 'export foo; env | grep foo' $ ash -c 'export foo; env | grep foo' foo=
Posix requires export
to honor assignments made as arguments,
but older shells do not support this, including /bin/sh
in
Solaris 10. Portable scripts should separate assignments and exports
into different statements.
$ bash -c 'export foo=bar; echo $foo' bar $ /bin/sh -c 'export foo=bar; echo $foo' /bin/sh: foo=bar: is not an identifier $ /bin/sh -c 'export foo; foo=bar; echo $foo' bar
false
Don’t expect false
to exit with status 1: in native
Solaris /bin/false exits with status 255.
for
To loop over positional arguments, use:
for arg do echo "$arg" done
You may not leave the do
on the same line as for
,
since some shells improperly grok:
for arg; do echo "$arg" done
If you want to explicitly refer to the positional arguments, given the ‘$@’ bug (see Shell Substitutions), use:
for arg in ${1+"$@"}; do echo "$arg" done
But keep in mind that Zsh, even in Bourne shell emulation mode, performs word splitting on ‘${1+"$@"}’; see Shell Substitutions, item ‘$@’, for more.
In Solaris /bin/sh
, when the list of arguments of a
for
loop starts with unquoted tokens looking like
variable assignments, the loop is not executed on those tokens:
$ /bin/sh -c 'for v in a=b c=d x e=f; do echo $v; done' x e=f
Thankfully, quoting the assignment-like tokens, or starting the list with other tokens (including unquoted variable expansion that results in an assignment-like result), avoids the problem, so it is easy to work around:
$ /bin/sh -c 'for v in "a=b"; do echo $v; done' a=b $ /bin/sh -c 'x=a=b; for v in $x c=d; do echo $v; done' a=b c=d
if
Using ‘!’ is not portable. Instead of:
if ! cmp -s file file.new; then mv file.new file fi
use:
if cmp -s file file.new; then :; else mv file.new file fi
Or, especially if the else branch is short, you can use ||
.
In M4sh, the AS_IF
macro provides an easy way to write these kinds
of conditionals:
AS_IF([cmp -s file file.new], [], [mv file.new file])
This is especially useful in other M4 macros, where the then and else branches might be macro arguments.
Some very old shells did not reset the exit status from an if
with no else
:
$ if (exit 42); then true; fi; echo $? 42
whereas a proper shell should have printed ‘0’. But this is no longer a portability problem; any shell that supports functions gets it correct. However, it explains why some makefiles have lengthy constructs:
if test -f "$file"; then install "$file" "$dest" else : fi
printf
A format string starting with a ‘-’ can cause problems. Bash interprets it as an option and gives an error. And ‘--’ to mark the end of options is not good in the NetBSD Almquist shell (e.g., 0.4.6) which takes that literally as the format string. Putting the ‘-’ in a ‘%c’ or ‘%s’ is probably easiest:
printf %s -foo
Bash 2.03 mishandles an escape sequence that happens to evaluate to ‘%’:
$ printf '\045' bash: printf: `%': missing format character
Large outputs may cause trouble. On Solaris 2.5.1 through 10, for
example, /usr/bin/printf is buggy, so when using
/bin/sh
the command ‘printf %010000x 123’ normally dumps
core.
Since printf
is not always a shell builtin, there is a
potential speed penalty for using printf '%s\n'
as a replacement
for an echo
that does not interpret ‘\’ or leading
‘-’. With Solaris ksh
, it is possible to use print
-r --
for this role instead.
See Limitations of Shell Builtins for a discussion of
portable alternatives to both printf
and echo
.
pwd
With modern shells, plain pwd
outputs a “logical”
directory name, some of whose components may be symbolic links. These
directory names are in contrast to “physical” directory names, whose
components are all directories.
Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that pwd
must support
the -L (“logical”) and -P (“physical”) options,
with -L being the default. However, traditional shells do
not support these options, and their pwd
command has the
-P behavior.
Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should assume neither behavior is the default. Also, on many hosts ‘/bin/pwd’ is equivalent to ‘pwd -P’, but Posix does not require this behavior and portable scripts should not rely on it.
Typically it’s best to use plain pwd
. On modern hosts this
outputs logical directory names, which have the following advantages:
pwd
cannot fail for this
reason.
Also please see the discussion of the cd
command.
read
No options are portable, not even support -r (Solaris
/bin/sh
for example). Tru64/OSF 5.1 sh
treats
read
as a special built-in, so it may exit if input is
redirected from a non-existent or unreadable file.
set
With the FreeBSD 6.0 shell, the set
command (without
any options) does not sort its output.
The set
builtin faces the usual problem with arguments
starting with a
dash. Modern shells such as Bash or Zsh understand -- to specify
the end of the options (any argument after -- is a parameter,
even ‘-x’ for instance), but many traditional shells (e.g., Solaris
10 /bin/sh
) simply stop option
processing as soon as a non-option argument is found. Therefore, use
‘dummy’ or simply ‘x’ to end the option processing, and use
shift
to pop it out:
set x $my_list; shift
Avoid ‘set -’, e.g., ‘set - $my_list’. Posix no longer requires support for this command, and in traditional shells ‘set - $my_list’ resets the -v and -x options, which makes scripts harder to debug.
Some nonstandard shells do not recognize more than one option (e.g., ‘set -e -x’ assigns ‘-x’ to the command line). It is better to combine them:
set -ex
The option -e has historically been underspecified, with enough
ambiguities to cause numerous differences across various shell
implementations; see for example
this overview,
or this link,
documenting a change to Posix 2008 to match ksh88
behavior.
Note that mixing set -e
and shell functions is asking for surprises:
set -e doit() { rm file echo one } doit || echo two
According to the recommendation, ‘one’ should always be output
regardless of whether the rm
failed, because it occurs within
the body of the shell function ‘doit’ invoked on the left side of
‘||’, where the effects of ‘set -e’ are not enforced.
Likewise, ‘two’ should never be printed, since the failure of
rm
does not abort the function, such that the status of
‘doit’ is 0.
The BSD shell has had several problems with the -e option. Older versions of the BSD shell (circa 1990) mishandled ‘&&’, ‘||’, ‘if’, and ‘case’ when -e was in effect, causing the shell to exit unexpectedly in some cases. This was particularly a problem with makefiles, and led to circumlocutions like ‘sh -c 'test -f file || touch file'’, where the seemingly-unnecessary ‘sh -c '…'’ wrapper works around the bug (see Failure in Make Rules).
Even relatively-recent versions of the BSD shell (e.g., OpenBSD 3.4) wrongly exit with -e if the last command within a compound statement fails and is guarded by an ‘&&’ only. For example:
#! /bin/sh set -e foo='' test -n "$foo" && exit 1 echo one if :; then test -n "$foo" && exit 1 echo two test -n "$foo" && exit 1 fi echo three
does not print ‘three’. One workaround is to change the last instance of ‘test -n "$foo" && exit 1’ to be ‘if test -n "$foo"; then exit 1; fi’ instead. Another possibility is to warn BSD users not to use ‘sh -e’.
When ‘set -e’ is in effect, a failed command substitution in
Solaris /bin/sh
cannot be ignored, even with ‘||’.
$ /bin/sh -c 'set -e; foo=`false` || echo foo; echo bar' $ bash -c 'set -e; foo=`false` || echo foo; echo bar' foo bar
Moreover, a command substitution, successful or not, causes this shell to exit from a failing outer command even in presence of an ‘&&’ list:
$ bash -c 'set -e; false `true` && echo notreached; echo ok' ok $ sh -c 'set -e; false `true` && echo notreached; echo ok' $
Portable scripts should not use ‘set -e’ if trap
is used
to install an exit handler. This is because Tru64/OSF 5.1 sh
sometimes enters the trap handler with the exit status of the command
prior to the one that triggered the errexit handler:
$ sh -ec 'trap '\''echo $?'\'' 0; false' 0 $ sh -c 'set -e; trap '\''echo $?'\'' 0; false' 1
Thus, when writing a script in M4sh, rather than trying to rely on ‘set -e’, it is better to append ‘|| AS_EXIT’ to any statement where it is desirable to abort on failure.
Job control is not provided by all shells, so the use of ‘set -m’
or ‘set -b’ must be done with care. When using zsh
in
native mode, asynchronous notification (‘set -b’) is enabled by
default, and using ‘emulate sh’ to switch to Posix mode does not
clear this setting (although asynchronous notification has no impact
unless job monitoring is also enabled). Also, zsh
4.3.10 and
earlier have a bug where job control can be manipulated in interactive
shells, but not in subshells or scripts. Furthermore, some shells, like
pdksh
, fail to treat subshells as interactive, even though the
parent shell was.
$ echo $ZSH_VERSION 4.3.10 $ set -m; echo $? 0 $ zsh -c 'set -m; echo $?' set: can't change option: -m $ (set -m); echo $? set: can't change option: -m 1 $ pdksh -ci 'echo $-; (echo $-)' cim c
Use of set -n
(typically via sh -n script
) to
validate a script is not foolproof. Modern ksh93
tries to be
helpful by informing you about better syntax, but switching the script
to use the suggested syntax in order to silence the warnings would
render the script no longer portable to older shells:
$ ksh -nc '``' ksh: warning: line 1: `...` obsolete, use $(...) 0
Furthermore, on ancient hosts, such as SunOS 4, sh -n
could go
into an infinite loop; even with that bug fixed, Solaris 8
/bin/sh
takes extremely long to parse large scripts. Autoconf
itself uses sh -n
within its testsuite to check that correct
scripts were generated, but only after first probing for other shell
features (such as test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}"
) that indicate
a reasonably fast and working implementation.
shift
Not only is shift
ing a bad idea when there is nothing left to
shift, but in addition it is not portable: the shell of MIPS
RISC/OS 4.52 refuses to do it.
Don’t use ‘shift 2’ etc.; while it in the SVR1 shell (1983), it is also absent in many pre-Posix shells.
source
This command is not portable, as Posix does not require it; use
.
instead.
test
The test
program is the way to perform many file and string
tests. It is often invoked by the alternate name ‘[’, but using
that name in Autoconf code is asking for trouble since it is an M4 quote
character.
The -a, -o, ‘(’, and ‘)’ operands are not
present in all implementations, and have been marked obsolete by Posix
2008. This is because there are inherent ambiguities in using them.
For example, ‘test "$1" -a "$2"’ looks like a binary operator to
check whether two strings are both non-empty, but if ‘$1’ is the
literal ‘!’, then some implementations of test
treat it
as a negation of the unary operator -a.
Thus, portable uses of test
should never have more than four
arguments, and scripts should use shell constructs like ‘&&’ and
‘||’ instead. If you combine ‘&&’ and ‘||’ in the same
statement, keep in mind that they have equal precedence, so it is often
better to parenthesize even when this is redundant. For example:
# Not portable: test "X$a" = "X$b" -a \ '(' "X$c" != "X$d" -o "X$e" = "X$f" ')' # Portable: test "X$a" = "X$b" && { test "X$c" != "X$d" || test "X$e" = "X$f"; }
test
does not process options like most other commands do; for
example, it does not recognize the -- argument as marking the
end of options.
It is safe to use ‘!’ as a test
operator. For example,
‘if test ! -d foo; …’ is portable even though ‘if ! test
-d foo; …’ is not.
test
(files)To enable configure
scripts to support cross-compilation, they
shouldn’t do anything that tests features of the build system instead of
the host system. But occasionally you may find it necessary to check
whether some arbitrary file exists. To do so, use ‘test -f’,
‘test -r’, or ‘test -x’. Do not use ‘test -e’, because
Solaris 10 /bin/sh
lacks it. To test for symbolic links on systems that have them, use
‘test -h’ rather than ‘test -L’; either form conforms to
Posix 1003.1-2001, but older shells like Solaris 8
/bin/sh
support only -h.
For historical reasons, Posix reluctantly allows implementations of
‘test -x’ that will succeed for the root user, even if no execute
permissions are present. Furthermore, shells do not all agree on
whether Access Control Lists should affect ‘test -r’, ‘test
-w’, and ‘test -x’; some shells base test results strictly on the
current user id compared to file owner and mode, as if by
stat(2)
; while other shells base test results on whether the
current user has the given right, even if that right is only granted by
an ACL, as if by faccessat(2)
. Furthermore, there is a classic
time of check to time of use race between any use of test
followed by operating on the just-checked file. Therefore, it is a good
idea to write scripts that actually attempt an operation, and are
prepared for the resulting failure if permission is denied, rather than
trying to avoid an operation based solely on whether test
guessed that it might not be permitted.
test
(strings)Posix says that ‘test "string"’ succeeds if string is
not null, but this usage is not portable to traditional platforms like
Solaris 10 /bin/sh
, which mishandle strings like ‘!’ and
‘-n’.
Posix also says that ‘test ! "string"’, ‘test -n "string"’ and ‘test -z "string"’ work with any string, but many shells (such as Solaris, AIX 3.2, UNICOS 10.0.0.6, Digital Unix 4, etc.) get confused if string looks like an operator:
$ test -n = test: argument expected $ test ! -n test: argument expected $ test -z ")"; echo $? 0
Similarly, Posix says that both ‘test "string1" = "string2"’ and ‘test "string1" != "string2"’ work for any pairs of strings, but in practice this is not true for troublesome strings that look like operators or parentheses, or that begin with ‘-’.
It is best to protect such strings with a leading ‘X’, e.g., ‘test "Xstring" != X’ rather than ‘test -n "string"’ or ‘test ! "string"’.
It is common to find variations of the following idiom:
test -n "`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`" && action
to take an action when a token matches a given pattern. Such constructs should be avoided by using:
case $ac_feature in *[!-a-zA-Z0-9_]*) action;; esac
If the pattern is a complicated regular expression that cannot be expressed as a shell pattern, use something like this instead:
expr "X$ac_feature" : 'X.*[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null && action
‘expr "Xfoo" : "Xbar"’ is more robust than ‘echo "Xfoo" | grep "^Xbar"’, because it avoids problems when ‘foo’ contains backslashes.
trap
It is safe to trap at least the signals 1, 2, 13, and 15. You can also
trap 0, i.e., have the trap
run when the script ends (either via an
explicit exit
, or the end of the script). The trap for 0 should be
installed outside of a shell function, or AIX 5.3 /bin/sh
will invoke the trap at the end of this function.
Posix says that ‘trap - 1 2 13 15’ resets the traps for the
specified signals to their default values, but many common shells (e.g.,
Solaris /bin/sh
) misinterpret this and attempt to execute a
“command” named -
when the specified conditions arise.
Posix 2008 also added a requirement to support ‘trap 1 2 13 15’ to
reset traps, as this is supported by a larger set of shells, but there
are still shells like dash
that mistakenly try to execute
1
instead of resetting the traps. Therefore, there is no
portable workaround, except for ‘trap - 0’, for which
‘trap '' 0’ is a portable substitute.
Although Posix is not absolutely clear on this point, it is widely
admitted that when entering the trap ‘$?’ should be set to the exit
status of the last command run before the trap. The ambiguity can be
summarized as: “when the trap is launched by an exit
, what is
the last command run: that before exit
, or
exit
itself?”
Bash considers exit
to be the last command, while Zsh and
Solaris /bin/sh
consider that when the trap is run it is
still in the exit
, hence it is the previous exit status
that the trap receives:
$ cat trap.sh trap 'echo $?' 0 (exit 42); exit 0 $ zsh trap.sh 42 $ bash trap.sh 0
The portable solution is then simple: when you want to ‘exit 42’,
run ‘(exit 42); exit 42’, the first exit
being used to
set the exit status to 42 for Zsh, and the second to trigger the trap
and pass 42 as exit status for Bash. In M4sh, this is covered by using
AS_EXIT
.
The shell in FreeBSD 4.0 has the following bug: ‘$?’ is
reset to 0 by empty lines if the code is inside trap
.
$ trap 'false echo $?' 0 $ exit 0
Fortunately, this bug only affects trap
.
Several shells fail to execute an exit trap that is defined inside a subshell, when the last command of that subshell is not a builtin. A workaround is to use ‘exit $?’ as the shell builtin.
$ bash -c '(trap "echo hi" 0; /bin/true)' hi $ /bin/sh -c '(trap "echo hi" 0; /bin/true)' $ /bin/sh -c '(trap "echo hi" 0; /bin/true; exit $?)' hi
Likewise, older implementations of bash
failed to preserve
‘$?’ across an exit trap consisting of a single cleanup command.
$ bash -c 'trap "/bin/true" 0; exit 2'; echo $? 2 $ bash-2.05b -c 'trap "/bin/true" 0; exit 2'; echo $? 0 $ bash-2.05b -c 'trap ":; /bin/true" 0; exit 2'; echo $? 2
true
Don’t worry: as far as we know true
is portable.
Nevertheless, it’s not always a builtin (e.g., Bash 1.x), and the
portable shell community tends to prefer using :
. This has a
funny side effect: when asked whether false
is more portable
than true
Alexandre Oliva answered:
In a sense, yes, because if it doesn’t exist, the shell will produce an exit status of failure, which is correct for
false
, but not fortrue
.
Remember that even though ‘:’ ignores its arguments, it still takes time to compute those arguments. It is a good idea to use double quotes around any arguments to ‘:’ to avoid time spent in field splitting and file name expansion.
unset
In some nonconforming shells (e.g., Solaris 10 /bin/ksh
and
/usr/xpg4/bin/sh
, NetBSD 5.99.43 sh, or Bash 2.05a),
unset FOO
fails when FOO
is not set. This can interfere
with set -e
operation. You can use
FOO=; unset FOO
if you are not sure that FOO
is set.
A few ancient shells lack unset
entirely. For some variables
such as PS1
, you can use a neutralizing value instead:
PS1='$ '
Usually, shells that do not support unset
need less effort to
make the environment sane, so for example is not a problem if you cannot
unset CDPATH
on those shells. However, Bash 2.01 mishandles
unset MAIL
and unset MAILPATH
in some cases and dumps core.
So, you should do something like
( (unset MAIL) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset MAIL || :
See Special Shell Variables, for some neutralizing values. Also, see Limitations of Builtins, for the case of environment variables.
wait
The exit status of wait
is not always reliable.
Previous: Limitations of Builtins, Up: Portable Shell [Contents][Index]
The small set of tools you can expect to find on any machine can still include some limitations you should be aware of.
awk
Don’t leave white space before the opening parenthesis in a user function call. Posix does not allow this and GNU Awk rejects it:
$ gawk 'function die () { print "Aaaaarg!" } BEGIN { die () }' gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN { die () } gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error $ gawk 'function die () { print "Aaaaarg!" } BEGIN { die() }' Aaaaarg!
Posix says that if a program contains only ‘BEGIN’ actions, and
contains no instances of getline
, then the program merely
executes the actions without reading input. However, traditional Awk
implementations (such as Solaris 10 awk
) read and discard
input in this case. Portable scripts can redirect input from
/dev/null to work around the problem. For example:
awk 'BEGIN {print "hello world"}' </dev/null
Posix says that in an ‘END’ action, ‘$NF’ (and presumably, ‘$1’) retain their value from the last record read, if no intervening ‘getline’ occurred. However, some implementations (such as Solaris 10 ‘/usr/bin/awk’, ‘nawk’, or Darwin ‘awk’) reset these variables. A workaround is to use an intermediate variable prior to the ‘END’ block. For example:
$ cat end.awk { tmp = $1 } END { print "a", $1, $NF, "b", tmp } $ echo 1 | awk -f end.awk a b 1 $ echo 1 | gawk -f end.awk a 1 1 b 1
If you want your program to be deterministic, don’t depend on for
on arrays:
$ cat for.awk END { arr["foo"] = 1 arr["bar"] = 1 for (i in arr) print i } $ gawk -f for.awk </dev/null foo bar $ nawk -f for.awk </dev/null bar foo
Some Awk implementations, such as HP-UX 11.0’s native one, mishandle anchors:
$ echo xfoo | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ { print }' $ echo bar | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ { print }' bar $ echo xfoo | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ { print }' xfoo $ echo bar | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ { print }' bar
Either do not depend on such patterns (i.e., use ‘/^(.*foo|bar)/’, or use a simple test to reject such implementations.
On ‘ia64-hp-hpux11.23’, Awk mishandles printf
conversions
after %u
:
$ awk 'BEGIN { printf "%u %d\n", 0, -1 }' 0 0
AIX version 5.2 has an arbitrary limit of 399 on the length of regular expressions and literal strings in an Awk program.
Traditional Awk implementations derived from Unix version 7, such as
Solaris /bin/awk
, have many limitations and do not
conform to Posix. Nowadays AC_PROG_AWK
(see Particular Programs) finds you an Awk that doesn’t have these problems, but if
for some reason you prefer not to use AC_PROG_AWK
you may need to
address them. For more detailed descriptions, see awk
language history in GNU Awk User’s Guide.
Traditional Awk does not support multidimensional arrays or user-defined functions.
Traditional Awk does not support the -v option. You can use
assignments after the program instead, e.g., $AWK '{print v
$1}' v=x
; however, don’t forget that such assignments are not
evaluated until they are encountered (e.g., after any BEGIN
action).
Traditional Awk does not support the keywords delete
or do
.
Traditional Awk does not support the expressions
a?b:c
, !a
, a^b
,
or a^=b
.
Traditional Awk does not support the predefined CONVFMT
or
ENVIRON
variables.
Traditional Awk supports only the predefined functions exp
, index
,
int
, length
, log
, split
, sprintf
,
sqrt
, and substr
.
Traditional Awk getline
is not at all compatible with Posix;
avoid it.
Traditional Awk has for (i in a) …
but no other uses of the
in
keyword. For example, it lacks if (i in a) …
.
In code portable to both traditional and modern Awk, FS
must be a
string containing just one ordinary character, and similarly for the
field-separator argument to split
.
Traditional Awk has a limit of 99 fields in a record. Since some Awk
implementations, like Tru64’s, split the input even if you don’t refer
to any field in the script, to circumvent this problem, set ‘FS’
to an unusual character and use split
.
Traditional Awk has a limit of at most 99 bytes in a number formatted by
OFMT
; for example, OFMT="%.300e"; print 0.1;
typically
dumps core.
The original version of Awk had a limit of at most 99 bytes per
split
field, 99 bytes per substr
substring, and 99 bytes
per run of non-special characters in a printf
format, but these
bugs have been fixed on all practical hosts that we know of.
HP-UX 11.00 and IRIX 6.5 Awk require that input files have a line length of at most 3070 bytes.
basename
Not all hosts have a working basename
.
You can use expr
instead.
cat
Don’t rely on any option.
cc
The command ‘cc -c foo.c’ traditionally produces an object file
named foo.o. Most compilers allow -c to be combined
with -o to specify a different object file name, but
Posix does not require this combination and a few compilers
lack support for it. See C Compiler, for how GNU Make
tests for this feature with AC_PROG_CC_C_O
.
When a compilation such as ‘cc -o foo foo.c’ fails, some compilers (such as CDS on Reliant Unix) leave a foo.o.
HP-UX cc
doesn’t accept .S files to preprocess and
assemble. ‘cc -c foo.S’ appears to succeed, but in fact does
nothing.
The default executable, produced by ‘cc foo.c’, can be
gcc
).
gcc
.
cc
wrapper for DEC C on OpenVMS.
The C compiler’s traditional name is cc
, but other names like
gcc
are common. Posix 1003.1-2001 specifies the
name c99
, but older Posix editions specified
c89
and anyway these standard names are rarely used in
practice. Typically the C compiler is invoked from makefiles that use
‘$(CC)’, so the value of the ‘CC’ make variable selects the
compiler name.
chgrp
chown
It is not portable to change a file’s group to a group that the owner does not belong to.
chmod
Avoid usages like ‘chmod -w file’; use ‘chmod a-w file’ instead, for two reasons. First, plain -w does not necessarily make the file unwritable, since it does not affect mode bits that correspond to bits in the file mode creation mask. Second, Posix says that the -w might be interpreted as an implementation-specific option, not as a mode; Posix suggests using ‘chmod -- -w file’ to avoid this confusion, but unfortunately ‘--’ does not work on some older hosts.
cmp
cmp
performs a raw data comparison of two files, while
diff
compares two text files. Therefore, if you might compare
DOS files, even if only checking whether two files are different, use
diff
to avoid spurious differences due to differences of
newline encoding.
cp
Avoid the -r option, since Posix 1003.1-2004 marks it as
obsolescent and its behavior on special files is implementation-defined.
Use -R instead. On GNU hosts the two options
are equivalent, but on Solaris hosts (for example) cp -r
reads from pipes instead of replicating them. AIX 5.3 cp -R
may
corrupt its own memory with some directory hierarchies and error out or
dump core:
mkdir -p 12345678/12345678/12345678/12345678 touch 12345678/12345678/x cp -R 12345678 t cp: 0653-440 12345678/12345678/: name too long.
Some cp
implementations (e.g., BSD/OS 4.2) do not allow
trailing slashes at the end of nonexistent destination directories. To
avoid this problem, omit the trailing slashes. For example, use
‘cp -R source /tmp/newdir’ rather than ‘cp -R source
/tmp/newdir/’ if /tmp/newdir does not exist.
The ancient SunOS 4 cp
does not support -f, although
its mv
does.
Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and ‘cp
-p’ copied the timestamps exactly. However, many modern file systems
have timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Unfortunately, some older
‘cp -p’ implementations truncate timestamps when copying files,
which can cause the destination file to appear to be older than the
source. The exact amount of truncation depends on the resolution of
the system calls that cp
uses. Traditionally this was
utime
, which has 1-second resolution. Less-ancient cp
implementations such as GNU Core Utilities 5.0.91 (2003) use
utimes
, which has 1-microsecond resolution. Modern
implementations such as GNU Core Utilities 6.12 (2008) can set timestamps to
the full nanosecond resolution, using the modern system calls
futimens
and utimensat
when they are available. As of
2011, though, many platforms do not yet fully support these new system
calls.
Bob Proulx notes that ‘cp -p’ always tries to copy
ownerships. But whether it actually does copy ownerships or not is a
system dependent policy decision implemented by the kernel. If the
kernel allows it then it happens. If the kernel does not allow it then
it does not happen. It is not something cp
itself has control
over.
In Unix System V any user can chown files to any other user, and System
V also has a non-sticky /tmp. That probably derives from the
heritage of System V in a business environment without hostile users.
BSD changed this
to be a more secure model where only root can chown
files and
a sticky /tmp is used. That undoubtedly derives from the heritage
of BSD in a campus environment.
GNU/Linux and Solaris by default follow BSD, but
can be configured to allow a System V style chown
. On the
other hand, HP-UX follows System V, but can
be configured to use the modern security model and disallow
chown
. Since it is an administrator-configurable parameter
you can’t use the name of the kernel as an indicator of the behavior.
date
Some versions of date
do not recognize special ‘%’ directives,
and unfortunately, instead of complaining, they just pass them through,
and exit with success:
$ uname -a OSF1 medusa.sis.pasteur.fr V5.1 732 alpha $ date "+%s" %s
diff
Option -u is nonportable.
Some implementations, such as Tru64’s, fail when comparing to /dev/null. Use an empty file instead.
dirname
Not all hosts have a working dirname
, and you should instead
use AS_DIRNAME
(see Programming in M4sh). For example:
dir=`dirname "$file"` # This is not portable. dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` # This is more portable.
egrep
Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires egrep
,
but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
replacement grep -E
. Also, some traditional implementations do
not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
AC_PROG_EGREP
and then use $EGREP
.
Portable extended regular expressions should use ‘\’ only to escape characters in the string ‘$()*+.?[\^{|’. For example, ‘\}’ is not portable, even though it typically matches ‘}’.
The empty alternative is not portable. Use ‘?’ instead. For instance with Digital Unix v5.0:
> printf "foo\n|foo\n" | $EGREP '^(|foo|bar)$' |foo > printf "bar\nbar|\n" | $EGREP '^(foo|bar|)$' bar| > printf "foo\nfoo|\n|bar\nbar\n" | $EGREP '^(foo||bar)$' foo |bar
$EGREP
also suffers the limitations of grep
(see Limitations of Usual Tools).
expr
Not all implementations obey the Posix rule that ‘--’ separates
options from arguments; likewise, not all implementations provide the
extension to Posix that the first argument can be treated as part of a
valid expression rather than an invalid option if it begins with
‘-’. When performing arithmetic, use ‘expr 0 + $var’ if
‘$var’ might be a negative number, to keep expr
from
interpreting it as an option.
No expr
keyword starts with ‘X’, so use ‘expr
X"word" : 'Xregex'’ to keep expr
from
misinterpreting word.
Don’t use length
, substr
, match
and index
.
expr
(‘|’)You can use ‘|’. Although Posix does require that ‘expr ''’ return the empty string, it does not specify the result when you ‘|’ together the empty string (or zero) with the empty string. For example:
expr '' \| ''
Posix 1003.2-1992 returns the empty string for this case, but traditional Unix returns ‘0’ (Solaris is one such example). In Posix 1003.1-2001, the specification was changed to match traditional Unix’s behavior (which is bizarre, but it’s too late to fix this). Please note that the same problem does arise when the empty string results from a computation, as in:
expr bar : foo \| foo : bar
Avoid this portability problem by avoiding the empty string.
expr
(‘:’)Portable expr
regular expressions should use ‘\’ to
escape only characters in the string ‘$()*.0123456789[\^n{}’.
For example, alternation, ‘\|’, is common but Posix does not
require its support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts.
Similarly, ‘\+’ and ‘\?’ should be avoided.
Portable expr
regular expressions should not begin with
‘^’. Patterns are automatically anchored so leading ‘^’ is
not needed anyway.
On the other hand, the behavior of the ‘$’ anchor is not portable on multi-line strings. Posix is ambiguous whether the anchor applies to each line, as was done in older versions of the GNU Core Utilities, or whether it applies only to the end of the overall string, as in Coreutils 6.0 and most other implementations.
$ baz='foo > bar' $ expr "X$baz" : 'X\(foo\)$' $ expr-5.97 "X$baz" : 'X\(foo\)$' foo
The Posix standard is ambiguous as to whether
‘expr 'a' : '\(b\)'’ outputs ‘0’ or the empty string.
In practice, it outputs the empty string on most platforms, but portable
scripts should not assume this. For instance, the QNX 4.25 native
expr
returns ‘0’.
One might think that a way to get a uniform behavior would be to use the empty string as a default value:
expr a : '\(b\)' \| ''
Unfortunately this behaves exactly as the original expression; see the
expr
(‘|’) entry for more information.
Some ancient expr
implementations (e.g., SunOS 4 expr
and
Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/expr
) have a silly length limit that causes
expr
to fail if the matched substring is longer than 120
bytes. In this case, you might want to fall back on ‘echo|sed’ if
expr
fails. Nowadays this is of practical importance only for
the rare installer who mistakenly puts /usr/ucb before
/usr/bin in PATH
.
On Mac OS X 10.4, expr
mishandles the pattern ‘[^-]’ in
some cases. For example, the command
expr Xpowerpc-apple-darwin8.1.0 : 'X[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)'
outputs ‘apple-darwin8.1.0’ rather than the correct ‘darwin8.1.0’. This particular case can be worked around by substituting ‘[^--]’ for ‘[^-]’.
Don’t leave, there is some more!
The QNX 4.25 expr
, in addition of preferring ‘0’ to
the empty string, has a funny behavior in its exit status: it’s always 1
when parentheses are used!
$ val=`expr 'a' : 'a'`; echo "$?: $val" 0: 1 $ val=`expr 'a' : 'b'`; echo "$?: $val" 1: 0 $ val=`expr 'a' : '\(a\)'`; echo "?: $val" 1: a $ val=`expr 'a' : '\(b\)'`; echo "?: $val" 1: 0
In practice this can be a big problem if you are ready to catch failures
of expr
programs with some other method (such as using
sed
), since you may get twice the result. For instance
$ expr 'a' : '\(a\)' || echo 'a' | sed 's/^\(a\)$/\1/'
outputs ‘a’ on most hosts, but ‘aa’ on QNX 4.25. A
simple workaround consists of testing expr
and using a variable
set to expr
or to false
according to the result.
Tru64 expr
incorrectly treats the result as a number, if it
can be interpreted that way:
$ expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)' 1
On HP-UX 11, expr
only supports a single
sub-expression.
$ expr 'Xfoo' : 'X\(f\(oo\)*\)$' expr: More than one '\(' was used.
fgrep
Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires fgrep
,
but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
replacement grep -F
. Also, some traditional implementations do
not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
AC_PROG_FGREP
and then use $FGREP
.
Tru64/OSF 5.1 fgrep
does not match an empty pattern.
find
The option -maxdepth seems to be GNU specific.
Tru64 v5.1, NetBSD 1.5 and Solaris find
commands do not understand it.
The replacement of ‘{}’ is guaranteed only if the argument is exactly {}, not if it’s only a part of an argument. For instance on DU, and HP-UX 10.20 and HP-UX 11:
$ touch foo $ find . -name foo -exec echo "{}-{}" \; {}-{}
while GNU find
reports ‘./foo-./foo’.
grep
Portable scripts can rely on the grep
options -c,
-l, -n, and -v, but should avoid other
options. For example, don’t use -w, as Posix does not require
it and Irix 6.5.16m’s grep
does not support it. Also,
portable scripts should not combine -c with -l,
as Posix does not allow this.
Some of the options required by Posix are not portable in practice.
Don’t use ‘grep -q’ to suppress output, because many grep
implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not support -q.
Don’t use ‘grep -s’ to suppress output either, because Posix
says -s does not suppress output, only some error messages;
also, the -s option of traditional grep
behaved
like -q does in most modern implementations. Instead,
redirect the standard output and standard error (in case the file
doesn’t exist) of grep
to /dev/null. Check the exit
status of grep
to determine whether it found a match.
The QNX4 implementation fails to count lines with grep -c '$'
,
but works with grep -c '^'
. Other alternatives for counting
lines are to use sed -n '$='
or wc -l
.
Some traditional grep
implementations do not work on long
input lines. On AIX the default grep
silently truncates long
lines on the input before matching.
Also, many implementations do not support multiple regexps
with -e: they either reject -e entirely (e.g., Solaris)
or honor only the last pattern (e.g., IRIX 6.5 and NeXT). To
work around these problems, invoke AC_PROG_GREP
and then use
$GREP
.
Another possible workaround for the multiple -e problem is to separate the patterns by newlines, for example:
grep 'foo bar' in.txt
except that this fails with traditional grep
implementations and with OpenBSD 3.8 grep
.
Traditional grep
implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not
support the -E or -F options. To work around these
problems, invoke AC_PROG_EGREP
and then use $EGREP
, and
similarly for AC_PROG_FGREP
and $FGREP
. Even if you are
willing to require support for Posix grep
, your script should
not use both -E and -F, since Posix does not allow
this combination.
Portable grep
regular expressions should use ‘\’ only to
escape characters in the string ‘$()*.0123456789[\^{}’. For example,
alternation, ‘\|’, is common but Posix does not require its
support in basic regular expressions, so it should be avoided in
portable scripts. Solaris and HP-UX grep
do not support it.
Similarly, the following escape sequences should also be avoided:
‘\<’, ‘\>’, ‘\+’, ‘\?’, ‘\`’, ‘\'’,
‘\B’, ‘\b’, ‘\S’, ‘\s’, ‘\W’, and ‘\w’.
Posix does not specify the behavior of grep
on binary files.
An example where this matters is using BSD grep
to
search text that includes embedded ANSI escape sequences for
colored output to terminals (‘\033[m’ is the sequence to restore
normal output); the behavior depends on whether input is seekable:
$ printf 'esc\033[mape\n' > sample $ grep . sample Binary file sample matches $ cat sample | grep . escape
join
Solaris 8 join
has bugs when the second operand is standard
input, and when standard input is a pipe. For example, the following
shell script causes Solaris 8 join
to loop forever:
cat >file <<'EOF' 1 x 2 y EOF cat file | join file -
Use ‘join - file’ instead.
On NetBSD, join -a 1 file1 file2
mistakenly behaves like
join -a 1 -a 2 1 file1 file2
, resulting in a usage warning;
the workaround is to use join -a1 file1 file2
instead.
ln
Don’t rely on ln
having a -f option. Symbolic links
are not available on old systems; use ‘$(LN_S)’ as a portable substitute.
For versions of the DJGPP before 2.04,
ln
emulates symbolic links
to executables by generating a stub that in turn calls the real
program. This feature also works with nonexistent files like in the
Posix spec. So ‘ln -s file link’ generates link.exe,
which attempts to call file.exe if run. But this feature only
works for executables, so ‘cp -p’ is used instead for these
systems. DJGPP versions 2.04 and later have full support
for symbolic links.
ls
The portable options are -acdilrtu. Current practice is for
-l to output both owner and group, even though ancient versions
of ls
omitted the group.
On ancient hosts, ‘ls foo’ sent the diagnostic ‘foo not found’
to standard output if foo did not exist. Hence a shell command
like ‘sources=`ls *.c 2>/dev/null`’ did not always work, since it
was equivalent to ‘sources='*.c not found'’ in the absence of
‘.c’ files. This is no longer a practical problem, since current
ls
implementations send diagnostics to standard error.
The behavior of ls
on a directory that is being concurrently
modified is not always predictable, because of a data race where cached
information returned by readdir
does not match the current
directory state. In fact, MacOS 10.5 has an intermittent bug where
readdir
, and thus ls
, sometimes lists a file more than
once if other files were added or removed from the directory immediately
prior to the ls
call. Since ls
already sorts its
output, the duplicate entries can be avoided by piping the results
through uniq
.
mkdir
No mkdir
option is portable to older systems. Instead of
‘mkdir -p file-name’, you should use
AS_MKDIR_P(file-name)
(see Programming in M4sh)
or AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
(see Particular Programs).
Combining the -m and -p options, as in ‘mkdir -m
go-w -p dir’, often leads to trouble. FreeBSD
mkdir
incorrectly attempts to change the permissions of
dir even if it already exists. HP-UX 11.23 and
IRIX 6.5 mkdir
often assign the wrong permissions to
any newly-created parents of dir.
Posix does not clearly specify whether ‘mkdir -p foo’
should succeed when foo is a symbolic link to an already-existing
directory. The GNU Core Utilities 5.1.0 mkdir
succeeds, but Solaris mkdir
fails.
Traditional mkdir -p
implementations suffer from race conditions.
For example, if you invoke mkdir -p a/b
and mkdir -p a/c
at the same time, both processes might detect that a is missing,
one might create a, then the other might try to create a
and fail with a File exists
diagnostic. The GNU Core
Utilities (‘fileutils’ version 4.1), FreeBSD 5.0,
NetBSD 2.0.2, and OpenBSD 2.4 are known to be
race-free when two processes invoke mkdir -p
simultaneously, but
earlier versions are vulnerable. Solaris mkdir
is still
vulnerable as of Solaris 10, and other traditional Unix systems are
probably vulnerable too. This possible race is harmful in parallel
builds when several Make rules call mkdir -p
to
construct directories. You may use
install-sh -d
as a safe replacement, provided this script is
recent enough; the copy shipped with Autoconf 2.60 and Automake 1.10 is
OK, but copies from older versions are vulnerable.
mkfifo
mknod
The GNU Coding Standards state that mknod
is safe to use on
platforms where it has been tested to exist; but it is generally portable
only for creating named FIFOs, since device numbers are
platform-specific. Autotest uses mkfifo
to implement parallel
testsuites. Posix states that behavior is unspecified when opening a
named FIFO for both reading and writing; on at least Cygwin, this
results in failure on any attempt to read or write to that file
descriptor.
mktemp
Shell scripts can use temporary files safely with mktemp
, but
it does not exist on all systems. A portable way to create a safe
temporary file name is to create a temporary directory with mode 700 and
use a file inside this directory. Both methods prevent attackers from
gaining control, though mktemp
is far less likely to fail
gratuitously under attack.
Here is sample code to create a new temporary directory ‘$dir’ safely:
# Create a temporary directory $dir in $TMPDIR (default /tmp). # Use mktemp if possible; otherwise fall back on mkdir, # with $RANDOM to make collisions less likely. : "${TMPDIR:=/tmp}" { dir=` (umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/fooXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null ` && test -d "$dir" } || { dir=$TMPDIR/foo$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir "$dir") } || exit $?
mv
The only portable options are -f and -i.
Moving individual files between file systems is portable (it was in Unix version 6), but it is not always atomic: when doing ‘mv new existing’, there’s a critical section where neither the old nor the new version of existing actually exists.
On some systems moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause
undesirable (but perfectly valid) warnings, even if you created these
files. This is because /tmp belongs to a group that ordinary
users are not members of, and files created in /tmp inherit
the group of /tmp. When the file is copied, mv
issues
a diagnostic without failing:
$ touch /tmp/foo $ mv /tmp/foo . error→mv: ./foo: set owner/group (was: 100/0): Operation not permitted $ echo $? 0 $ ls foo foo
This annoying behavior conforms to Posix, unfortunately.
Moving directories across mount points is not portable, use cp
and rm
.
DOS variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not support commands like ‘mv foo bar >foo’, even though this is perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
od
In Mac OS X 10.3, od
does not support the
standard Posix options -A, -j, -N, or
-t, or the XSI option -s. The only
supported Posix option is -v, and the only supported
XSI options are those in -bcdox. The BSD
hexdump
program can be used instead.
This problem no longer exists in Mac OS X 10.4.3.
rm
The -f and -r options are portable.
It is not portable to invoke rm
without options or operands.
On the other hand, Posix now requires rm -f
to silently
succeed when there are no operands (useful for constructs like
rm -rf $filelist
without first checking if ‘$filelist’
was empty). But this was not always portable; at least NetBSD
rm
built before 2008 would fail with a diagnostic.
A file might not be removed even if its parent directory is writable and searchable. Many Posix hosts cannot remove a mount point, a named stream, a working directory, or a last link to a file that is being executed.
DOS variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not support commands like ‘rm foo >foo’, even though this is perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
rmdir
Just as with rm
, some platforms refuse to remove a working
directory.
sed
Patterns should not include the separator (unless escaped), even as part
of a character class. In conformance with Posix, the Cray
sed
rejects ‘s/[^/]*$//’: use ‘s%[^/]*$%%’.
Even when escaped, patterns should not include separators that are also
used as sed
metacharacters. For example, GNU sed 4.0.9 rejects
‘s,x\{1\,\},,’, while sed 4.1 strips the backslash before the comma
before evaluating the basic regular expression.
Avoid empty patterns within parentheses (i.e., ‘\(\)’). Posix does
not require support for empty patterns, and Unicos 9 sed
rejects
them.
Unicos 9 sed
loops endlessly on patterns like ‘.*\n.*’.
Sed scripts should not use branch labels longer than 7 characters and
should not contain comments; AIX 5.3 sed
rejects indented comments.
HP-UX sed has a limit of 99 commands (not counting ‘:’ commands) and
48 labels, which cannot be circumvented by using more than one script
file. It can execute up to 19 reads with the ‘r’ command per cycle.
Solaris /usr/ucb/sed
rejects usages that exceed a limit of
about 6000 bytes for the internal representation of commands.
Avoid redundant ‘;’, as some sed
implementations, such as
NetBSD 1.4.2’s, incorrectly try to interpret the second
‘;’ as a command:
$ echo a | sed 's/x/x/;;s/x/x/' sed: 1: "s/x/x/;;s/x/x/": invalid command code ;
Some sed
implementations have a buffer limited to 4000 bytes,
and this limits the size of input lines, output lines, and internal
buffers that can be processed portably. Likewise,
not all sed
implementations can handle embedded NUL
or
a missing trailing newline.
Remember that ranges within a bracket expression of a regular expression
are only well-defined in the ‘C’ (or ‘POSIX’) locale.
Meanwhile, support for character classes like ‘[[:upper:]]’ is not
yet universal, so if you cannot guarantee the setting of LC_ALL
,
it is better to spell out a range ‘[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]’
than to rely on ‘[A-Z]’.
Additionally, Posix states that regular expressions are only well-defined on characters. Unfortunately, there exist platforms such as MacOS X 10.5 where not all 8-bit byte values are valid characters, even though that platform has a single-byte ‘C’ locale. And Posix allows the existence of a multi-byte ‘C’ locale, although that does not yet appear to be a common implementation. At any rate, it means that not all bytes will be matched by the regular expression ‘.’:
$ printf '\200\n' | LC_ALL=C sed -n /./p | wc -l 0 $ printf '\200\n' | LC_ALL=en_US.ISO8859-1 sed -n /./p | wc -l 1
Portable sed
regular expressions should use ‘\’ only to escape
characters in the string ‘$()*.0123456789[\^n{}’. For example,
alternation, ‘\|’, is common but Posix does not require its
support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts. Solaris
sed
does not support alternation; e.g., ‘sed '/a\|b/d'’
deletes only lines that contain the literal string ‘a|b’.
Similarly, ‘\+’ and ‘\?’ should be avoided.
Anchors (‘^’ and ‘$’) inside groups are not portable.
Nested parentheses in patterns (e.g., ‘\(\(a*\)b*)\)’) are
quite portable to current hosts, but was not supported by some ancient
sed
implementations like SVR3.
Some sed
implementations, e.g., Solaris, restrict the special
role of the asterisk ‘*’ to one-character regular expressions and
back-references, and the special role of interval expressions
‘\{m\}’, ‘\{m,\}’, or ‘\{m,n\}’
to one-character regular expressions. This may lead to unexpected behavior:
$ echo '1*23*4' | /usr/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g' x2x4 $ echo '1*23*4' | /usr/xpg4/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g' x
The -e option is mostly portable. However, its argument cannot start with ‘a’, ‘c’, or ‘i’, as this runs afoul of a Tru64 5.1 bug. Also, its argument cannot be empty, as this fails on AIX 5.3. Some people prefer to use ‘-e’:
sed -e 'command-1' \ -e 'command-2'
as opposed to the equivalent:
sed ' command-1 command-2 '
The following usage is sometimes equivalent:
sed 'command-1;command-2'
but Posix says that this use of a semicolon has undefined effect if command-1’s verb is ‘{’, ‘a’, ‘b’, ‘c’, ‘i’, ‘r’, ‘t’, ‘w’, ‘:’, or ‘#’, so you should use semicolon only with simple scripts that do not use these verbs.
Posix up to the 2008 revision requires the argument of the -e
option to be a syntactically complete script. GNU sed
allows
to pass multiple script fragments, each as argument of a separate
-e option, that are then combined, with newlines between the
fragments, and a future Posix revision may allow this as well. This
approach is not portable with script fragments ending in backslash; for
example, the sed
programs on Solaris 10, HP-UX 11, and AIX
don’t allow splitting in this case:
$ echo a | sed -n -e 'i\ 0' 0 $ echo a | sed -n -e 'i\' -e 0 Unrecognized command: 0
In practice, however, this technique of joining fragments
through -e works for multiple sed
functions within
‘{’ and ‘}’, even if that is not specified by Posix:
$ echo a | sed -n -e '/a/{' -e s/a/b/ -e p -e '}' b
Commands inside { } brackets are further restricted. Posix 2008 says that they cannot be preceded by addresses, ‘!’, or ‘;’, and that each command must be followed immediately by a newline, without any intervening blanks or semicolons. The closing bracket must be alone on a line, other than white space preceding or following it. However, a future version of Posix may standardize the use of addresses within brackets.
Contrary to yet another urban legend, you may portably use ‘&’ in
the replacement part of the s
command to mean “what was
matched”. All descendants of Unix version 7 sed
(at least; we
don’t have first hand experience with older sed
implementations) have
supported it.
Posix requires that you must not have any white space between ‘!’ and the following command. It is OK to have blanks between the address and the ‘!’. For instance, on Solaris:
$ echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ ! p' error→Unrecognized command: /bar/ ! p $ echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/! p' error→Unrecognized command: /bar/! p $ echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ !p' foo
Posix also says that you should not combine ‘!’ and ‘;’. If you use ‘!’, it is best to put it on a command that is delimited by newlines rather than ‘;’.
Also note that Posix requires that the ‘b’, ‘t’, ‘r’, and ‘w’ commands be followed by exactly one space before their argument. On the other hand, no white space is allowed between ‘:’ and the subsequent label name.
If a sed script is specified on the command line and ends in an
‘a’, ‘c’, or ‘i’ command, the last line of inserted text
should be followed by a newline. Otherwise some sed
implementations (e.g., OpenBSD 3.9) do not append a newline to the
inserted text.
Many sed
implementations (e.g., MacOS X 10.4,
OpenBSD 3.9, Solaris 10
/usr/ucb/sed
) strip leading white space from the text of
‘a’, ‘c’, and ‘i’ commands. Prepend a backslash to
work around this incompatibility with Posix:
$ echo flushleft | sed 'a\ > indented > ' flushleft indented $ echo foo | sed 'a\ > \ indented > ' flushleft indented
Posix requires that with an empty regular expression, the last non-empty regular expression from either an address specification or substitution command is applied. However, busybox 1.6.1 complains when using a substitution command with a replacement containing a back-reference to an empty regular expression; the workaround is repeating the regular expression.
$ echo abc | busybox sed '/a\(b\)c/ s//\1/' sed: No previous regexp. $ echo abc | busybox sed '/a\(b\)c/ s/a\(b\)c/\1/' b
sed
(‘t’)Some old systems have sed
that “forget” to reset their
‘t’ flag when starting a new cycle. For instance on MIPS
RISC/OS, and on IRIX 5.3, if you run the following sed
script (the line numbers are not actual part of the texts):
s/keep me/kept/g # a t end # b s/.*/deleted/g # c :end # d
on
delete me # 1 delete me # 2 keep me # 3 delete me # 4
you get
deleted delete me kept deleted
instead of
deleted deleted kept deleted
Why? When processing line 1, (c) matches, therefore sets the ‘t’
flag, and the output is produced. When processing
line 2, the ‘t’ flag is still set (this is the bug). Command (a)
fails to match, but sed
is not supposed to clear the ‘t’
flag when a substitution fails. Command (b) sees that the flag is set,
therefore it clears it, and jumps to (d), hence you get ‘delete me’
instead of ‘deleted’. When processing line (3), ‘t’ is clear,
(a) matches, so the flag is set, hence (b) clears the flags and jumps.
Finally, since the flag is clear, line 4 is processed properly.
There are two things one should remember about ‘t’ in sed
.
Firstly, always remember that ‘t’ jumps if some substitution
succeeded, not only the immediately preceding substitution. Therefore,
always use a fake ‘t clear’ followed by a ‘:clear’ on the next
line, to reset the ‘t’ flag where needed.
Secondly, you cannot rely on sed
to clear the flag at each new
cycle.
One portable implementation of the script above is:
t clear :clear s/keep me/kept/g t end s/.*/deleted/g :end
sleep
Using sleep
is generally portable. However, remember that
adding a sleep
to work around timestamp issues, with a minimum
granularity of one second, doesn’t scale well for parallel builds on
modern machines with sub-second process completion.
sort
Remember that sort order is influenced by the current locale. Inside
configure, the C locale is in effect, but in Makefile snippets,
you may need to specify LC_ALL=C sort
.
tar
There are multiple file formats for tar
; if you use Automake,
the macro AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
has some options controlling which
level of portability to use.
touch
If you specify the desired timestamp (e.g., with the -r
option), older touch
implementations use the utime
or
utimes
system call, which can result in the same kind of
timestamp truncation problems that ‘cp -p’ has.
On ancient BSD systems, touch
or any command that
results in an empty file does not update the timestamps, so use a
command like echo
as a workaround.
Also,
GNU touch
3.16r (and presumably all before that)
fails to work on SunOS 4.1.3 when the empty file is on an
NFS-mounted 4.2 volume.
However, these problems are no longer of practical concern.
tr
Not all versions of tr
handle all backslash character escapes.
For example, Solaris 10 /usr/ucb/tr
falls over, even though
Solaris contains more modern tr
in other locations.
Using octal escapes is more portable for carriage returns, since
‘\015’ is the same for both ASCII and EBCDIC, and since use of
literal carriage returns in scripts causes a number of other problems.
But for other characters, like newline, using octal escapes ties the
operation to ASCII, so it is better to use literal characters.
$ { echo moon; echo light; } | /usr/ucb/tr -d '\n' ; echo moo light $ { echo moon; echo light; } | /usr/bin/tr -d '\n' ; echo moonlight $ { echo moon; echo light; } | /usr/ucb/tr -d '\012' ; echo moonlight $ nl=' '; { echo moon; echo light; } | /usr/ucb/tr -d "$nl" ; echo moonlight
Not all versions of tr
recognize direct ranges of characters: at
least Solaris /usr/bin/tr
still fails to do so. But you can
use /usr/xpg4/bin/tr
instead, or add brackets (which in Posix
transliterate to themselves).
$ echo "Hazy Fantazy" | LC_ALL=C /usr/bin/tr a-z A-Z HAZy FAntAZy $ echo "Hazy Fantazy" | LC_ALL=C /usr/bin/tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]' HAZY FANTAZY $ echo "Hazy Fantazy" | LC_ALL=C /usr/xpg4/bin/tr a-z A-Z HAZY FANTAZY
When providing two arguments, be sure the second string is at least as long as the first.
$ echo abc | /usr/xpg4/bin/tr bc d adc $ echo abc | coreutils/tr bc d add
Posix requires tr
to operate on binary files. But at least
Solaris /usr/ucb/tr
and /usr/bin/tr
silently discard
NUL
in the input prior to doing any translation. When using
tr
to process a binary file that may contain NUL
bytes,
it is necessary to use /usr/xpg4/bin/tr
instead, or
/usr/xpg6/bin/tr
if that is available.
$ printf 'a\0b' | /usr/ucb/tr x x | od -An -tx1 61 62 $ printf 'a\0b' | /usr/bin/tr x x | od -An -tx1 61 62 $ printf 'a\0b' | /usr/xpg4/bin/tr x x | od -An -tx1 61 00 62
Solaris /usr/ucb/tr
additionally fails to handle ‘\0’ as the
octal escape for NUL
.
$ printf 'abc' | /usr/ucb/tr 'bc' '\0d' | od -An -tx1 61 62 63 $ printf 'abc' | /usr/bin/tr 'bc' '\0d' | od -An -tx1 61 00 64 $ printf 'abc' | /usr/xpg4/bin/tr 'bc' '\0d' | od -An -tx1 61 00 64
Next: Portable C and C++, Previous: Portable Shell, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Writing portable makefiles is an art. Since a makefile’s commands are
executed by the shell, you must consider the shell portability issues
already mentioned. However, other issues are specific to make
itself.
• $< in Ordinary Make Rules | $< in ordinary rules | |
• Failure in Make Rules | Failing portably in rules | |
• Special Chars in Names | Special Characters in Macro Names | |
• Backslash-Newline-Empty | Empty lines after backslash-newline | |
• Backslash-Newline Comments | Spanning comments across line boundaries | |
• Long Lines in Makefiles | Line length limitations | |
• Macros and Submakes | make macro=value and submakes
| |
• The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS | $(MAKEFLAGS) portability issues
| |
• The Make Macro SHELL | $(SHELL) portability issues
| |
• Parallel Make | Parallel make quirks
| |
• Comments in Make Rules | Other problems with Make comments | |
• Newlines in Make Rules | Using literal newlines in rules | |
• Comments in Make Macros | Other problems with Make comments in macros | |
• Trailing whitespace in Make Macros | Macro substitution problems | |
• Command-line Macros and whitespace | Whitespace trimming of values | |
• obj/ and Make | Don’t name a subdirectory obj | |
• make -k Status | Exit status of ‘make -k’ | |
• VPATH and Make | VPATH woes
| |
• Single Suffix Rules | Single suffix rules and separated dependencies | |
• Timestamps and Make | Subsecond timestamp resolution |
Next: Failure in Make Rules, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
$<
in Ordinary Make RulesPosix says that the ‘$<’ construct in makefiles can be
used only in inference rules and in the ‘.DEFAULT’ rule; its
meaning in ordinary rules is unspecified. Solaris make
for instance replaces it with the empty string. OpenBSD (3.0 and
later) make
diagnoses these uses and errors out.
Next: Special Chars in Names, Previous: $< in Ordinary Make Rules, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Posix 2008 requires that make
must invoke each command with
the equivalent of a ‘sh -e -c’ subshell, which causes the
subshell to exit immediately if a subsidiary simple-command fails,
although not all make
implementations have historically
followed this rule. For
example, the command ‘touch T; rm -f U’ may attempt to
remove U even if the touch
fails, although this is not
permitted with Posix make. One way to work around failures in simple
commands is to reword them so that they always succeed, e.g., ‘touch
T || :; rm -f U’.
However, even this approach can run into common bugs in BSD
implementations of the -e option of sh
and
set
(see Limitations of Shell Builtins), so if you
are worried
about porting to buggy BSD shells it may be simpler to migrate
complicated make
actions into separate scripts.
Next: Backslash-Newline-Empty, Previous: Failure in Make Rules, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Posix limits macro names to nonempty strings containing only
ASCII letters and digits, ‘.’, and ‘_’. Many
make
implementations allow a wider variety of characters, but
portable makefiles should avoid them. It is portable to start a name
with a special character, e.g., ‘$(.FOO)’.
Some ancient make
implementations don’t support leading
underscores in macro names. An example is NEWS-OS 4.2R.
$ cat Makefile _am_include = # _am_quote = all:; @echo this is test $ make Make: Must be a separator on rules line 2. Stop. $ cat Makefile2 am_include = # am_quote = all:; @echo this is test $ make -f Makefile2 this is test
However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
Next: Backslash-Newline Comments, Previous: Special Chars in Names, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
A bug in Bash 2.03 can cause problems if a Make rule contains a backslash-newline followed by line that expands to nothing. For example, on Solaris 8:
SHELL = /bin/bash EMPTY = foo: touch foo \ $(EMPTY)
executes
/bin/bash -c 'touch foo \ '
which fails with a syntax error, due to the Bash bug. To avoid this problem, avoid nullable macros in the last line of a multiline command.
On some versions of HP-UX, make
reads multiple newlines
following a backslash, continuing to the next non-empty line. For
example,
FOO = one \ BAR = two test: : FOO is "$(FOO)" : BAR is "$(BAR)"
shows FOO
equal to one BAR = two
. Other implementations
sensibly let a backslash continue only to the immediately following
line.
Next: Long Lines in Makefiles, Previous: Backslash-Newline-Empty, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
According to Posix, Make comments start with #
and continue until an unescaped newline is reached.
$ cat Makefile # A = foo \ bar \ baz all: @echo ok $ make # GNU make ok
However this is not always the case. Some implementations
discard everything from #
through the end of the line, ignoring any
trailing backslash.
$ pmake # BSD make "Makefile", line 3: Need an operator Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
Therefore, if you want to comment out a multi-line definition, prefix each
line with #
, not only the first.
# A = foo \ # bar \ # baz
Next: Macros and Submakes, Previous: Backslash-Newline Comments, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Tru64 5.1’s make
has been reported to crash when given a
makefile with lines longer than around 20 kB. Earlier versions are
reported to exit with Line too long
diagnostics.
Next: The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS, Previous: Long Lines in Makefiles, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
make macro=value
and SubmakesA command-line variable definition such as foo=bar
overrides any
definition of foo
in a makefile. Some make
implementations (such as GNU make
) propagate this
override to subsidiary invocations of make
. Some other
implementations do not pass the substitution along to submakes.
$ cat Makefile foo = foo one: @echo $(foo) $(MAKE) two two: @echo $(foo) $ make foo=bar # GNU make 3.79.1 bar make two make[1]: Entering directory `/home/adl' bar make[1]: Leaving directory `/home/adl' $ pmake foo=bar # BSD make bar pmake two foo
You have a few possibilities if you do want the foo=bar
override
to propagate to submakes. One is to use the -e
option, which causes all environment variables to have precedence over
the makefile macro definitions, and declare foo as an environment
variable:
$ env foo=bar make -e
The -e option is propagated to submakes automatically,
and since the environment is inherited between make
invocations, the foo
macro is overridden in
submakes as expected.
This syntax (foo=bar make -e
) is portable only when used
outside of a makefile, for instance from a script or from the
command line. When run inside a make
rule, GNU
make
3.80 and prior versions forget to propagate the
-e option to submakes.
Moreover, using -e could have unexpected side effects if your
environment contains some other macros usually defined by the
makefile. (See also the note about make -e
and SHELL
below.)
If you can foresee all macros that a user might want to override, then you can propagate them to submakes manually, from your makefile:
foo = foo one: @echo $(foo) $(MAKE) foo=$(foo) two two: @echo $(foo)
Another way to propagate a variable to submakes in a portable way is to expand an extra variable in every invocation of ‘$(MAKE)’ within your makefile:
foo = foo one: @echo $(foo) $(MAKE) $(SUBMAKEFLAGS) two two: @echo $(foo)
Users must be aware that this technique is in use to take advantage of
it, e.g. with make foo=bar SUBMAKEFLAGS='foo=bar'
, but it
allows any macro to be overridden. Makefiles generated by
automake
use this technique, expanding $(AM_MAKEFLAGS)
on the command lines of submakes (see Automake in GNU Automake).
Next: The Make Macro SHELL, Previous: Macros and Submakes, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Posix requires make
to use MAKEFLAGS
to affect the
current and recursive invocations of make, but allows implementations
several formats for the variable. It is tricky to parse
$MAKEFLAGS
to determine whether -s for silent execution
or -k for continued execution are in effect. For example, you
cannot assume that the first space-separated word in $MAKEFLAGS
contains single-letter options, since in the Cygwin version of
GNU make
it is either --unix or
--win32 with the second word containing single-letter options.
$ cat Makefile all: @echo MAKEFLAGS = $(MAKEFLAGS) $ make MAKEFLAGS = --unix $ make -k MAKEFLAGS = --unix -k
Next: Parallel Make, Previous: The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
SHELL
Posix-compliant make
internally uses the $(SHELL)
macro to spawn shell processes and execute Make rules. This
is a builtin macro supplied by make
, but it can be modified
by a makefile or by a command-line argument.
Not all make
implementations define this SHELL
macro.
Tru64
make
is an example; this implementation always uses
/bin/sh
. So it’s a good idea to always define SHELL
in
your makefiles. If you use Autoconf, do
SHELL = @SHELL@
If you use Automake, this is done for you.
Do not force SHELL = /bin/sh
because that is not correct
everywhere. Remember, /bin/sh is not Posix compliant on many
systems, such as FreeBSD 4, NetBSD 3, AIX 3, Solaris 10, or Tru64.
Additionally, DJGPP lacks /bin/sh
, and when its
GNU make
port sees such a setting it enters a
special emulation mode where features like pipes and redirections are
emulated on top of DOS’s command.com
. Unfortunately this
emulation is incomplete; for instance it does not handle command
substitutions. Using @SHELL@
means that your makefile will
benefit from the same improved shell, such as bash
or
ksh
, that was discovered during configure
, so that
you aren’t fighting two different sets of shell bugs between the two
contexts.
Posix-compliant make
should never acquire the value of
$(SHELL) from the environment, even when make -e
is used
(otherwise, think about what would happen to your rules if
SHELL=/bin/tcsh
).
However not all make
implementations have this exception.
For instance it’s not surprising that Tru64 make
doesn’t
protect SHELL
, since it doesn’t use it.
$ cat Makefile SHELL = /bin/sh FOO = foo all: @echo $(SHELL) @echo $(FOO) $ env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar make -e # Tru64 Make /bin/tcsh bar $ env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar gmake -e # GNU make /bin/sh bar
Conversely, make
is not supposed to export any changes to the
macro SHELL
to child processes. Again, many implementations
break this rule:
$ cat Makefile all: @echo $(SHELL) @printenv SHELL $ env SHELL=sh make -e SHELL=/bin/ksh # BSD Make, GNU make 3.80 /bin/ksh /bin/ksh $ env SHELL=sh gmake -e SHELL=/bin/ksh # GNU make 3.81 /bin/ksh sh
Next: Comments in Make Rules, Previous: The Make Macro SHELL, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Support for parallel execution in make
implementation varies.
Generally, using GNU make is your best bet.
When NetBSD or FreeBSD make
are run in parallel mode, they will
reuse the same shell for multiple commands within one recipe. This can
have various unexpected consequences. For example, changes of directories
or variables persist between recipes, so that:
all: @var=value; cd /; pwd; echo $$var; echo $$$$ @pwd; echo $$var; echo $$$$
may output the following with make -j1
, at least on NetBSD up to
5.1 and FreeBSD up to 8.2:
/ value 32235 / value 32235
while without -j1, or with -B, the output looks less surprising:
/ value 32238 /tmp 32239
Another consequence is that, if one command in a recipe uses exit 0
to indicate a successful exit, the shell will be gone and the remaining
commands of this recipe will not be executed.
The BSD make
implementations, when run in parallel mode,
will also pass the Makefile
recipes to the shell through
its standard input, thus making it unusable from the recipes:
$ cat Makefile read: @read line; echo LINE: $$line $ echo foo | make read LINE: foo $ echo foo | make -j1 read # NetBSD 5.1 and FreeBSD 8.2 LINE:
Moreover, when FreeBSD make
(up at least to 8.2) is run in
parallel mode, it implements the @
and -
“recipe
modifiers” by dynamically modifying the active shell flags. This
behavior has the effects of potentially clobbering the exit status
of recipes silenced with the @
modifier if they also unset
the errexit shell flag, and of mangling the output in
unexpected ways:
$ cat Makefile a: @echo $$-; set +e; false b: -echo $$-; false; echo set - $ make a; echo status: $? ehBc *** Error code 1 status: 1 $ make -j1 a; echo status: $? ehB status: 0 $ make b echo $-; echo set - hBc set - $ make -j1 b echo $-; echo hvB
You can avoid all these issues by using the -B option to enable compatibility semantics. However, that will effectively also disable all parallelism as that will cause prerequisites to be updated in the order they are listed in a rule.
Some make implementations (among them, FreeBSD make
, NetBSD
make
, and Solaris dmake
), when invoked with a
-jN option, connect the standard output and standard
error of all their child processes to pipes or temporary regular
files. This can lead to subtly different semantics in the behavior
of the spawned processes. For example, even if the make
standard output is connected to a tty, the recipe command will not be:
$ cat Makefile all: @test -t 1 && echo "Is a tty" || echo "Is not a tty" $ make -j 2 # FreeBSD 8.2 make Is not a tty $ make -j 2 # NetBSD 5.1 make --- all --- Is not a tty $ dmake -j 2 # Solaris 10 dmake hostname --> 1 job hostname --> Job output Is not a tty
On the other hand:
$ make -j 2 # GNU make, Heirloom make Is a tty
The above examples also show additional status output produced in parallel
mode for targets being updated by Solaris dmake
and NetBSD
make
(but not by FreeBSD make
).
Furthermore, parallel runs of those make
implementations will
route standard error from commands that they spawn into their own
standard output, and may remove leading whitespace from output lines.
Next: Newlines in Make Rules, Previous: Parallel Make, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Never put comments in a rule.
Some make
treat anything starting with a tab as a command for
the current rule, even if the tab is immediately followed by a #
.
The make
from Tru64 Unix V5.1 is one of them. The following
makefile runs # foo
through the shell.
all: # foo
As a workaround, you can use the :
no-op command with a string
argument that gets ignored:
all: : "foo"
Conversely, if you want to use the ‘#’ character in some command,
you can only do so by expanding it inside a rule (see Comments in Make Macros). So for example, if ‘COMMENT_CHAR’ is substituted by
config.status
as ‘#’, then the following substitutes
‘@COMMENT_CHAR@’ in a generated header:
foo.h: foo.h.in sed -e 's|@''COMMENT_CHAR''@|@COMMENT_CHAR@|g' \ $(srcdir)/foo.h.in > $@
The funny shell quoting avoids a substitution at config.status
run time of the left-hand side of the sed
‘s’ command.
Next: Comments in Make Macros, Previous: Comments in Make Rules, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
In shell scripts, newlines can be used inside string literals. But in
the shell statements of Makefile rules, this is not possible:
A newline not preceded by a backslash is a separator between shell
statements. Whereas a newline that is preceded by a backslash becomes
part of the shell statement according to POSIX, but gets replaced,
together with the backslash that precedes it, by a space in GNU
make
3.80 and older. So, how can a newline be used in a string
literal?
The trick is to set up a shell variable that contains a newline:
nlinit=`echo 'nl="'; echo '"'`; eval "$$nlinit"
For example, in order to create a multiline ‘sed’ expression that inserts a blank line after every line of a file, this code can be used:
nlinit=`echo 'nl="'; echo '"'`; eval "$$nlinit"; \ sed -e "s/\$$/\\$${nl}/" < input > output
Next: Trailing whitespace in Make Macros, Previous: Newlines in Make Rules, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Avoid putting comments in macro values as far as possible. Posix specifies that the text starting from the ‘#’ sign until the end of the line is to be ignored, which has the unfortunate effect of disallowing them even within quotes. Thus, the following might lead to a syntax error at compile time:
CPPFLAGS = "-DCOMMENT_CHAR='#'"
as ‘CPPFLAGS’ may be expanded to ‘"-DCOMMENT_CHAR='’.
Most make
implementations disregard this and treat single and
double quotes specially here. Also, GNU make
lets you put
‘#’ into a macro value by escaping it with a backslash, i.e.,
‘\#’. However, neither of these usages are portable.
See Comments in Make Rules, for a portable alternative.
Even without quoting involved, comments can have surprising effects, because the whitespace before them is part of the variable value:
foo = bar # trailing comment print: ; @echo "$(foo)."
prints ‘bar .’, which is usually not intended, and can expose
make
bugs as described below.
Next: Command-line Macros and whitespace, Previous: Comments in Make Macros, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
GNU make
3.80 mistreats trailing whitespace in macro
substitutions and appends another spurious suffix:
empty = foo = bar $(empty) print: ; @echo $(foo:=.test)
prints ‘bar.test .test’.
BSD and Solaris make
implementations do not honor trailing
whitespace in macro definitions as Posix requires:
foo = bar # Note the space after "bar". print: ; @echo $(foo)t
prints ‘bart’ instead of ‘bar t’. To work around this, you can use a helper macro as in the previous example.
Next: obj/ and Make, Previous: Trailing whitespace in Make Macros, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Some make
implementations may strip trailing whitespace off
of macros set on the command line in addition to leading whitespace.
Further, some may strip leading whitespace off of macros set from
environment variables:
$ echo 'print: ; @echo "x$(foo)x$(bar)x"' | foo=' f f ' make -f - bar=' b b ' x f f xb b x # AIX, BSD, GNU make xf f xb b x # HP-UX, IRIX, Tru64/OSF make x f f xb bx # Solaris make
Next: make -k Status, Previous: Command-line Macros and whitespace, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Never name one of your subdirectories obj/ if you don’t like surprises.
If an obj/ directory exists, BSD make
enters it
before reading the makefile. Hence the makefile in the
current directory is not read.
$ cat Makefile all: echo Hello $ cat obj/Makefile all: echo World $ make # GNU make echo Hello Hello $ pmake # BSD make echo World World
Next: VPATH and Make, Previous: obj/ and Make, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
make -k
Do not rely on the exit status of make -k
. Some implementations
reflect whether they encountered an error in their exit status; other
implementations always succeed.
$ cat Makefile all: false $ make -k; echo exit status: $? # GNU make false make: *** [all] Error 1 exit status: 2 $ pmake -k; echo exit status: $? # BSD make false *** Error code 1 (continuing) exit status: 0
Next: Single Suffix Rules, Previous: make -k Status, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
VPATH
and MakePosix does not specify the semantics of VPATH
. Typically,
make
supports VPATH
, but its implementation is not
consistent.
Autoconf and Automake support makefiles whose usages of VPATH
are
portable to recent-enough popular implementations of make
, but
to keep the resulting makefiles portable, a package’s makefile
prototypes must take the following issues into account. These issues
are complicated and are often poorly understood, and installers who use
VPATH
should expect to find many bugs in this area. If you use
VPATH
, the simplest way to avoid these portability bugs is to
stick with GNU make
, since it is the most
commonly-used make
among Autoconf users.
Here are some known issues with some VPATH
implementations.
• Variables listed in VPATH | VPATH must be literal on ancient hosts
| |
• VPATH and Double-colon | Problems with ‘::’ on ancient hosts | |
• $< in Explicit Rules | $< does not work in ordinary rules
| |
• Automatic Rule Rewriting | VPATH goes wild on Solaris
| |
• Tru64 Directory Magic | mkdir goes wild on Tru64
| |
• Make Target Lookup | More details about VPATH lookup
|
Next: VPATH and Double-colon, Up: VPATH and Make [Contents][Index]
VPATH
Do not set VPATH
to the value of another variable, for example
‘VPATH = $(srcdir)’, because some ancient versions of
make
do not do variable substitutions on the value of
VPATH
. For example, use this
srcdir = @srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@
rather than ‘VPATH = $(srcdir)’. Note that with GNU Automake, there is no need to set this yourself.
Next: $< in Explicit Rules, Previous: Variables listed in VPATH, Up: VPATH and Make [Contents][Index]
VPATH
and Double-colon RulesWith ancient versions of Sun make
,
any assignment to VPATH
causes make
to execute only
the first set of double-colon rules.
However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
Next: Automatic Rule Rewriting, Previous: VPATH and Double-colon, Up: VPATH and Make [Contents][Index]
$<
Not Supported in Explicit RulesUsing $<
in explicit rules is not portable.
The prerequisite file must be named explicitly in the rule. If you want
to find the prerequisite via a VPATH
search, you have to code the
whole thing manually. See Build Directories.
Next: Tru64 Directory Magic, Previous: $< in Explicit Rules, Up: VPATH and Make [Contents][Index]
Some make
implementations, such as Solaris and Tru64,
search for prerequisites in VPATH
and
then rewrite each occurrence as a plain word in the rule.
For instance:
# This isn't portable to GNU make. VPATH = ../pkg/src f.c: if.c cp if.c f.c
executes cp ../pkg/src/if.c f.c
if if.c is
found in ../pkg/src.
However, this rule leads to real problems in practice. For example, if
the source directory contains an ordinary file named test that is
used in a dependency, Solaris make
rewrites commands like
‘if test -r foo; …’ to ‘if ../pkg/src/test -r foo;
…’, which is typically undesirable. In fact, make
is
completely unaware of shell syntax used in the rules, so the VPATH
rewrite can potentially apply to any whitespace-separated word
in a rule, including shell variables, functions, and keywords.
$ mkdir build $ cd build $ cat > Makefile <<'END' VPATH = .. all: arg func for echo func () { for arg in "$$@"; do echo $$arg; done; }; \ func "hello world" END $ touch ../arg ../func ../for ../echo $ make ../func () { ../for ../arg in "$@"; do ../echo $arg; done; }; \ ../func "hello world" sh: syntax error at line 1: `do' unexpected *** Error code 2
To avoid this problem, portable makefiles should never mention a source
file or dependency whose name is that of a shell keyword like for
or until, a shell command like cat
or gcc
or
test
, or a shell function or variable used in the corresponding
Makefile
recipe.
Because of these problems GNU make
and many other make
implementations do not rewrite commands, so portable makefiles should
search VPATH
manually. It is tempting to write this:
# This isn't portable to Solaris make. VPATH = ../pkg/src f.c: if.c cp `test -f if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f.c
However, the “prerequisite rewriting” still applies here. So if
if.c is in ../pkg/src, Solaris and Tru64 make
execute
cp `test -f ../pkg/src/if.c || echo ../pkg/src/`if.c f.c
which reduces to
cp if.c f.c
and thus fails. Oops.
A simple workaround, and good practice anyway, is to use ‘$?’ and ‘$@’ when possible:
VPATH = ../pkg/src f.c: if.c cp $? $@
but this does not generalize well to commands with multiple prerequisites. A more general workaround is to rewrite the rule so that the prerequisite if.c never appears as a plain word. For example, these three rules would be safe, assuming if.c is in ../pkg/src and the other files are in the working directory:
VPATH = ../pkg/src f.c: if.c f1.c cat `test -f ./if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f1.c >$@ g.c: if.c g1.c cat `test -f 'if.c' || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c g1.c >$@ h.c: if.c h1.c cat `test -f "if.c" || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c h1.c >$@
Things get worse when your prerequisites are in a macro.
VPATH = ../pkg/src HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS) for i in $(HEADERS); do \ $(INSTALL) -m 644 \ `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \ $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \ done
The above install-HEADERS
rule is not Solaris-proof because for
i in $(HEADERS);
is expanded to for i in f.h g.h h.h;
where f.h
and g.h
are plain words and are hence
subject to VPATH
adjustments.
If the three files are in ../pkg/src, the rule is run as:
for i in ../pkg/src/f.h ../pkg/src/g.h h.h; do \ install -m 644 \ `test -f $i || echo ../pkg/src/`$i \ /usr/local/include/$i; \ done
where the two first install
calls fail. For instance,
consider the f.h
installation:
install -m 644 \ `test -f ../pkg/src/f.h || \ echo ../pkg/src/ \ `../pkg/src/f.h \ /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
It reduces to:
install -m 644 \ ../pkg/src/f.h \ /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
Note that the manual VPATH
search did not cause any problems here;
however this command installs f.h in an incorrect directory.
Trying to quote $(HEADERS)
in some way, as we did for
foo.c
a few makefiles ago, does not help:
install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS) headers='$(HEADERS)'; \ for i in $$headers; do \ $(INSTALL) -m 644 \ `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \ $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \ done
Now, headers='$(HEADERS)'
macro-expands to:
headers='f.h g.h h.h'
but g.h
is still a plain word. (As an aside, the idiom
headers='$(HEADERS)'; for i in $$headers;
is a good
idea if $(HEADERS)
can be empty, because some shells diagnose a
syntax error on for i in;
.)
One workaround is to strip this unwanted ../pkg/src/ prefix manually:
VPATH = ../pkg/src HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS) headers='$(HEADERS)'; \ for i in $$headers; do \ i=`expr "$$i" : '$(VPATH)/\(.*\)'`; $(INSTALL) -m 644 \ `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \ $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \ done
Automake does something similar. However the above hack works only if
the files listed in HEADERS
are in the current directory or a
subdirectory; they should not be in an enclosing directory. If we had
HEADERS = ../f.h
, the above fragment would fail in a VPATH
build with Tru64 make
. The reason is that not only does
Tru64 make
rewrite dependencies, but it also simplifies
them. Hence ../f.h
becomes ../pkg/f.h
instead of
../pkg/src/../f.h
. This obviously defeats any attempt to strip
a leading ../pkg/src/ component.
The following example makes the behavior of Tru64 make
more apparent.
$ cat Makefile VPATH = sub all: ../foo echo ../foo $ ls Makefile foo $ make echo foo foo
Dependency ../foo was found in sub/../foo, but Tru64
make
simplified it as foo. (Note that the sub/
directory does not even exist, this just means that the simplification
occurred before the file was checked for.)
For the record here is how SunOS 4 make
behaves on this
example.
$ make make: Fatal error: Don't know how to make target `../foo' $ mkdir sub $ make echo sub/../foo sub/../foo
Next: Make Target Lookup, Previous: Automatic Rule Rewriting, Up: VPATH and Make [Contents][Index]
make
Creates Prerequisite Directories MagicallyWhen a prerequisite is a subdirectory of VPATH
, Tru64
make
creates it in the current directory.
$ mkdir -p foo/bar build $ cd build $ cat >Makefile <<END VPATH = .. all: foo/bar END $ make mkdir foo mkdir foo/bar
This can yield unexpected results if a rule uses a manual VPATH
search as presented before.
VPATH = .. all : foo/bar command `test -d foo/bar || echo ../`foo/bar
The above command
is run on the empty foo/bar
directory that was created in the current directory.
Previous: Tru64 Directory Magic, Up: VPATH and Make [Contents][Index]
GNU make
uses a complex algorithm to decide when it
should use files found via a VPATH
search. See How Directory Searches are Performed in The GNU Make
Manual.
If a target needs to be rebuilt, GNU make
discards the
file name found during the VPATH
search for this target, and
builds the file locally using the file name given in the makefile.
If a target does not need to be rebuilt, GNU make
uses the
file name found during the VPATH
search.
Other make
implementations, like NetBSD make
, are
easier to describe: the file name found during the VPATH
search
is used whether the target needs to be rebuilt or not. Therefore
new files are created locally, but existing files are updated at their
VPATH
location.
OpenBSD and FreeBSD make
, however,
never perform a
VPATH
search for a dependency that has an explicit rule.
This is extremely annoying.
When attempting a VPATH
build for an autoconfiscated package
(e.g., mkdir build && cd build && ../configure
), this means
GNU
make
builds everything locally in the build
directory, while BSD make
builds new files locally and
updates existing files in the source directory.
$ cat Makefile VPATH = .. all: foo.x bar.x foo.x bar.x: newer.x @echo Building $@ $ touch ../bar.x $ touch ../newer.x $ make # GNU make Building foo.x Building bar.x $ pmake # NetBSD make Building foo.x Building ../bar.x $ fmake # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make Building foo.x Building bar.x $ tmake # Tru64 make Building foo.x Building bar.x $ touch ../bar.x $ make # GNU make Building foo.x $ pmake # NetBSD make Building foo.x $ fmake # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make Building foo.x Building bar.x $ tmake # Tru64 make Building foo.x Building bar.x
Note how NetBSD make
updates ../bar.x in its
VPATH location, and how FreeBSD, OpenBSD, and Tru64
make
always
update bar.x, even when ../bar.x is up to date.
Another point worth mentioning is that once GNU make
has
decided to ignore a VPATH
file name (e.g., it ignored
../bar.x in the above example) it continues to ignore it when
the target occurs as a prerequisite of another rule.
The following example shows that GNU make
does not look up
bar.x in VPATH
before performing the .x.y
rule,
because it ignored the VPATH
result of bar.x while running
the bar.x: newer.x
rule.
$ cat Makefile VPATH = .. all: bar.y bar.x: newer.x @echo Building $@ .SUFFIXES: .x .y .x.y: cp $< $@ $ touch ../bar.x $ touch ../newer.x $ make # GNU make Building bar.x cp bar.x bar.y cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory make: *** [bar.y] Error 1 $ pmake # NetBSD make Building ../bar.x cp ../bar.x bar.y $ rm bar.y $ fmake # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make echo Building bar.x cp bar.x bar.y cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory *** Error code 1 $ tmake # Tru64 make Building bar.x cp: bar.x: No such file or directory *** Exit 1
Note that if you drop away the command from the bar.x: newer.x
rule, GNU make
magically starts to work: it
knows that bar.x
hasn’t been updated, therefore it doesn’t
discard the result from VPATH
(../bar.x) in succeeding
uses. Tru64 also works, but FreeBSD and OpenBSD
still don’t.
$ cat Makefile VPATH = .. all: bar.y bar.x: newer.x .SUFFIXES: .x .y .x.y: cp $< $@ $ touch ../bar.x $ touch ../newer.x $ make # GNU make cp ../bar.x bar.y $ rm bar.y $ pmake # NetBSD make cp ../bar.x bar.y $ rm bar.y $ fmake # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make cp bar.x bar.y cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory *** Error code 1 $ tmake # Tru64 make cp ../bar.x bar.y
It seems the sole solution that would please every make
implementation is to never rely on VPATH
searches for targets.
In other words, VPATH
should be reserved to unbuilt sources.
Next: Timestamps and Make, Previous: VPATH and Make, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
A Single Suffix Rule is basically a usual suffix (inference) rule (‘.from.to:’), but which destination suffix is empty (‘.from:’).
Separated dependencies simply refers to listing the prerequisite of a target, without defining a rule. Usually one can list on the one hand side, the rules, and on the other hand side, the dependencies.
Solaris make
does not support separated dependencies for
targets defined by single suffix rules:
$ cat Makefile .SUFFIXES: .in foo: foo.in .in: cp $< $@ $ touch foo.in $ make $ ls Makefile foo.in
while GNU Make does:
$ gmake cp foo.in foo $ ls Makefile foo foo.in
Note it works without the ‘foo: foo.in’ dependency.
$ cat Makefile .SUFFIXES: .in .in: cp $< $@ $ make foo cp foo.in foo
and it works with double suffix inference rules:
$ cat Makefile foo.out: foo.in .SUFFIXES: .in .out .in.out: cp $< $@ $ make cp foo.in foo.out
As a result, in such a case, you have to write target rules.
Previous: Single Suffix Rules, Up: Portable Make [Contents][Index]
Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and
make
used those timestamps to determine whether one file was
newer than the other. However, many modern file systems have
timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Some make
implementations look at the entire timestamp; others ignore the
fractional part, which can lead to incorrect results. Normally this
is not a problem, but in some extreme cases you may need to use tricks
like ‘sleep 1’ to work around timestamp truncation bugs.
Commands like ‘cp -p’ and ‘touch -r’ typically do not copy file timestamps to their full resolutions (see Limitations of Usual Tools). Hence you should be wary of rules like this:
dest: src cp -p src dest
as dest often appears to be older than src after the
timestamp is truncated, and this can cause make
to do
needless rework the next time it is invoked. To work around this
problem, you can use a timestamp file, e.g.:
dest-stamp: src cp -p src dest date >dest-stamp
Apart from timestamp resolution, there are also differences in handling
equal timestamps. HP-UX make
updates targets if it has the
same time stamp as one of its prerequisites, in violation of Posix rules.
This can cause spurious rebuilds for repeated runs of make
.
This in turn can cause make
to fail if it tries to rebuild
generated files in a possibly read-only source tree with tools not
present on the end-user machine. Use GNU make
instead.
Next: Manual Configuration, Previous: Portable Make, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
C and C++ programs often use low-level features of the underlying system, and therefore are often more difficult to make portable to other platforms.
Several standards have been developed to help make your programs more portable. If you write programs with these standards in mind, you can have greater confidence that your programs work on a wide variety of systems. Language Standards Supported by GCC for a list of C-related standards. Many programs also assume the Posix standard.
Some old code is written to be portable to K&R C, which predates any C standard. K&R C compilers are no longer of practical interest, though, and the rest of section assumes at least C89, the first C standard.
Program portability is a huge topic, and this section can only briefly introduce common pitfalls. See Portability between System Types in The GNU Coding Standards, for more information.
• Varieties of Unportability | How to make your programs unportable | |
• Integer Overflow | When integers get too large | |
• Preprocessor Arithmetic | #if expression problems
| |
• Null Pointers | Properties of null pointers | |
• Buffer Overruns | Subscript errors and the like | |
• Volatile Objects | volatile and signals
| |
• Floating Point Portability | Portable floating-point arithmetic | |
• Exiting Portably | Exiting and the exit status |
Next: Integer Overflow, Up: Portable C and C++ [Contents][Index]
Autoconf tests and ordinary programs often need to test what is allowed on a system, and therefore they may need to deliberately exceed the boundaries of what the standards allow, if only to see whether an optional feature is present. When you write such a program, you should keep in mind the difference between constraints, unspecified behavior, and undefined behavior.
In C, a constraint is a rule that the compiler must enforce. An example constraint is that C programs must not declare a bit-field with negative width. Tests can therefore reliably assume that programs with negative-width bit-fields are rejected by a compiler that conforms to the standard.
Unspecified behavior is valid behavior, where the standard allows multiple possibilities. For example, the order of evaluation of function arguments is unspecified. Some unspecified behavior is implementation-defined, i.e., documented by the implementation, but since Autoconf tests cannot read the documentation they cannot distinguish between implementation-defined and other unspecified behavior. It is common for Autoconf tests to probe implementations to determine otherwise-unspecified behavior.
Undefined behavior is invalid behavior, where the standard allows the implementation to do anything it pleases. For example, dereferencing a null pointer leads to undefined behavior. If possible, test programs should avoid undefined behavior, since a program with undefined behavior might succeed on a test that should fail.
The above rules apply to programs that are intended to conform to the standard. However, strictly-conforming programs are quite rare, since the standards are so limiting. A major goal of Autoconf is to support programs that use implementation features not described by the standard, and it is fairly common for test programs to violate the above rules, if the programs work well enough in practice.
Next: Preprocessor Arithmetic, Previous: Varieties of Unportability, Up: Portable C and C++ [Contents][Index]
In practice many portable C programs assume that signed integer overflow wraps around reliably using two’s complement arithmetic. Yet the C standard says that program behavior is undefined on overflow, and in a few cases C programs do not work on some modern implementations because their overflows do not wrap around as their authors expected. Conversely, in signed integer remainder, the C standard requires overflow behavior that is commonly not implemented.
• Integer Overflow Basics | Why integer overflow is a problem | |
• Signed Overflow Examples | Examples of code assuming wraparound | |
• Optimization and Wraparound | Optimizations that break uses of wraparound | |
• Signed Overflow Advice | Practical advice for signed overflow issues | |
• Signed Integer Division | INT_MIN / -1 and INT_MIN % -1
|
Next: Signed Overflow Examples, Up: Integer Overflow [Contents][Index]
In languages like C, unsigned integer overflow reliably wraps around;
e.g., UINT_MAX + 1
yields zero.
This is guaranteed by the C standard and is
portable in practice, unless you specify aggressive,
nonstandard optimization options
suitable only for special applications.
In contrast, the C standard says that signed integer overflow leads to undefined behavior where a program can do anything, including dumping core or overrunning a buffer. The misbehavior can even precede the overflow. Such an overflow can occur during addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and left shift.
Despite this requirement of the standard, many C programs and Autoconf tests assume that signed integer overflow silently wraps around modulo a power of two, using two’s complement arithmetic, so long as you cast the resulting value to a signed integer type or store it into a signed integer variable. If you use conservative optimization flags, such programs are generally portable to the vast majority of modern platforms, with a few exceptions discussed later.
For historical reasons the C standard also allows implementations with ones’ complement or signed magnitude arithmetic, but it is safe to assume two’s complement nowadays.
Also, overflow can occur when converting an out-of-range value to a signed integer type. Here a standard implementation must define what happens, but this might include raising an exception. In practice all known implementations support silent wraparound in this case, so you need not worry about other possibilities.
Next: Optimization and Wraparound, Previous: Integer Overflow Basics, Up: Integer Overflow [Contents][Index]
There has long been a tension between what the C standard requires for signed integer overflow, and what C programs commonly assume. The standard allows aggressive optimizations based on assumptions that overflow never occurs, but many practical C programs rely on overflow wrapping around. These programs do not conform to the standard, but they commonly work in practice because compiler writers are understandably reluctant to implement optimizations that would break many programs, unless perhaps a user specifies aggressive optimization.
The C Standard says that if a program has signed integer overflow its behavior is undefined, and the undefined behavior can even precede the overflow. To take an extreme example:
if (password == expected_password) allow_superuser_privileges (); else if (counter++ == INT_MAX) abort (); else printf ("%d password mismatches\n", counter);
If the int
variable counter
equals INT_MAX
,
counter++
must overflow and the behavior is undefined, so the C
standard allows the compiler to optimize away the test against
INT_MAX
and the abort
call.
Worse, if an earlier bug in the program lets the compiler deduce that
counter == INT_MAX
or that counter
previously overflowed,
the C standard allows the compiler to optimize away the password test
and generate code that allows superuser privileges unconditionally.
Despite this requirement by the standard, it has long been common for C code to assume wraparound arithmetic after signed overflow, and all known practical C implementations support some C idioms that assume wraparound signed arithmetic, even if the idioms do not conform strictly to the standard. If your code looks like the following examples it will almost surely work with real-world compilers.
Here is an example derived from the 7th Edition Unix implementation of
atoi
(1979-01-10):
char *p; int f, n; … while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9') n = n * 10 + *p++ - '0'; return (f ? -n : n);
Even if the input string is in range, on most modern machines this has
signed overflow when computing the most negative integer (the -n
overflows) or a value near an extreme integer (the first +
overflows).
Here is another example, derived from the 7th Edition implementation of
rand
(1979-01-10). Here the programmer expects both
multiplication and addition to wrap on overflow:
static long int randx = 1; … randx = randx * 1103515245 + 12345; return (randx >> 16) & 077777;
In the following example, derived from the GNU C Library 2.5
implementation of mktime
(2006-09-09), the code assumes
wraparound arithmetic in +
to detect signed overflow:
time_t t, t1, t2; int sec_requested, sec_adjustment; … t1 = t + sec_requested; t2 = t1 + sec_adjustment; if (((t1 < t) != (sec_requested < 0)) | ((t2 < t1) != (sec_adjustment < 0))) return -1;
If your code looks like these examples, it is probably safe even though it does not strictly conform to the C standard. This might lead one to believe that one can generally assume wraparound on overflow, but that is not always true, as can be seen in the next section.
Next: Signed Overflow Advice, Previous: Signed Overflow Examples, Up: Integer Overflow [Contents][Index]
Compilers sometimes generate code that is incompatible with wraparound
integer arithmetic. A simple example is an algebraic simplification: a
compiler might translate (i * 2000) / 1000
to i * 2
because it assumes that i * 2000
does not overflow. The
translation is not equivalent to the original when overflow occurs:
e.g., in the typical case of 32-bit signed two’s complement wraparound
int
, if i
has type int
and value 1073742
,
the original expression returns -2147483 but the optimized
version returns the mathematically correct value 2147484.
More subtly, loop induction optimizations often exploit the undefined
behavior of signed overflow. Consider the following contrived function
sumc
:
int sumc (int lo, int hi) { int sum = 0; int i; for (i = lo; i <= hi; i++) sum ^= i * 53; return sum; }
To avoid multiplying by 53 each time through the loop, an optimizing
compiler might internally transform sumc
to the equivalent of the
following:
int transformed_sumc (int lo, int hi) { int sum = 0; int hic = hi * 53; int ic; for (ic = lo * 53; ic <= hic; ic += 53) sum ^= ic; return sum; }
This transformation is allowed by the C standard, but it is invalid for
wraparound arithmetic when INT_MAX / 53 < hi
, because then the
overflow in computing expressions like hi * 53
can cause the
expression i <= hi
to yield a different value from the
transformed expression ic <= hic
.
For this reason, compilers that use loop induction and similar
techniques often do not support reliable wraparound arithmetic when a
loop induction variable like ic
is involved. Since loop
induction variables are generated by the compiler, and are not visible
in the source code, it is not always trivial to say whether the problem
affects your code.
Hardly any code actually depends on wraparound arithmetic in cases like these, so in practice these loop induction optimizations are almost always useful. However, edge cases in this area can cause problems. For example:
int j; for (j = 1; 0 < j; j *= 2) test (j);
Here, the loop attempts to iterate through all powers of 2 that
int
can represent, but the C standard allows a compiler to
optimize away the comparison and generate an infinite loop,
under the argument that behavior is undefined on overflow. As of this
writing this optimization is not done by any production version of
GCC with -O2, but it might be performed by other
compilers, or by more aggressive GCC optimization options,
and the GCC developers have not decided whether it will
continue to work with GCC and -O2.
Next: Signed Integer Division, Previous: Optimization and Wraparound, Up: Integer Overflow [Contents][Index]
Ideally the safest approach is to avoid signed integer overflow entirely. For example, instead of multiplying two signed integers, you can convert them to unsigned integers, multiply the unsigned values, then test whether the result is in signed range.
Rewriting code in this way will be inconvenient, though, particularly if
the signed values might be negative. Also, it may hurt
performance. Using unsigned arithmetic to check for overflow is
particularly painful to do portably and efficiently when dealing with an
integer type like uid_t
whose width and signedness vary from
platform to platform.
Furthermore, many C applications pervasively assume wraparound behavior and typically it is not easy to find and remove all these assumptions. Hence it is often useful to maintain nonstandard code that assumes wraparound on overflow, instead of rewriting the code. The rest of this section attempts to give practical advice for this situation.
If your code wants to detect signed integer overflow in sum = a +
b
, it is generally safe to use an expression like (sum < a) != (b
< 0)
.
If your code uses a signed loop index, make sure that the index cannot overflow, along with all signed expressions derived from the index. Here is a contrived example of problematic code with two instances of overflow.
for (i = INT_MAX - 10; i <= INT_MAX; i++) if (i + 1 < 0) { report_overflow (); break; }
Because of the two overflows, a compiler might optimize away or transform the two comparisons in a way that is incompatible with the wraparound assumption.
If your code uses an expression like (i * 2000) / 1000
and you
actually want the multiplication to wrap around on overflow, use
unsigned arithmetic
to do it, e.g., ((int) (i * 2000u)) / 1000
.
If your code assumes wraparound behavior and you want to insulate it against any GCC optimizations that would fail to support that behavior, you should use GCC’s -fwrapv option, which causes signed overflow to wrap around reliably (except for division and remainder, as discussed in the next section).
If you need to port to platforms where signed integer overflow does not reliably wrap around (e.g., due to hardware overflow checking, or to highly aggressive optimizations), you should consider debugging with GCC’s -ftrapv option, which causes signed overflow to raise an exception.
Previous: Signed Overflow Advice, Up: Integer Overflow [Contents][Index]
Overflow in signed
integer division is not always harmless: for example, on CPUs of the
i386 family, dividing INT_MIN
by -1
yields a SIGFPE signal
which by default terminates the program. Worse, taking the remainder
of these two values typically yields the same signal on these CPUs,
even though the C standard requires INT_MIN % -1
to yield zero
because the expression does not overflow.
Next: Null Pointers, Previous: Integer Overflow, Up: Portable C and C++ [Contents][Index]
In C99, preprocessor arithmetic, used for #if
expressions, must
be evaluated as if all signed values are of type intmax_t
and all
unsigned values of type uintmax_t
. Many compilers are buggy in
this area, though. For example, as of 2007, Sun C mishandles #if
LLONG_MIN < 0
on a platform with 32-bit long int
and 64-bit
long long int
. Also, some older preprocessors mishandle
constants ending in LL
. To work around these problems, you can
compute the value of expressions like LONG_MAX < LLONG_MAX
at
configure
-time rather than at #if
-time.
Next: Buffer Overruns, Previous: Preprocessor Arithmetic, Up: Portable C and C++ [Contents][Index]
Most modern hosts reliably fail when you attempt to dereference a null pointer.
On almost all modern hosts, null pointers use an all-bits-zero internal
representation, so you can reliably use memset
with 0 to set all
the pointers in an array to null values.
If p
is a null pointer to an object type, the C expression
p + 0
always evaluates to p
on modern hosts, even though
the standard says that it has undefined behavior.
Next: Volatile Objects, Previous: Null Pointers, Up: Portable C and C++ [Contents][Index]
Buffer overruns and subscript errors are the most common dangerous errors in C programs. They result in undefined behavior because storing outside an array typically modifies storage that is used by some other object, and most modern systems lack runtime checks to catch these errors. Programs should not rely on buffer overruns being caught.
There is one exception to the usual rule that a portable program cannot
address outside an array. In C, it is valid to compute the address just
past an object, e.g., &a[N]
where a
has N
elements,
so long as you do not dereference the resulting pointer. But it is not
valid to compute the address just before an object, e.g., &a[-1]
;
nor is it valid to compute two past the end, e.g., &a[N+1]
. On
most platforms &a[-1] < &a[0] && &a[N] < &a[N+1]
, but this is not
reliable in general, and it is usually easy enough to avoid the
potential portability problem, e.g., by allocating an extra unused array
element at the start or end.
Valgrind can catch many overruns. GCC users might also consider using the -fmudflap option to catch overruns.
Buffer overruns are usually caused by off-by-one errors, but there are more subtle ways to get them.
Using int
values to index into an array or compute array sizes
causes problems on typical 64-bit hosts where an array index might
be 2^{31} or larger. Index values of type size_t
avoid this
problem, but cannot be negative. Index values of type ptrdiff_t
are signed, and are wide enough in practice.
If you add or multiply two numbers to calculate an array size, e.g.,
malloc (x * sizeof y + z)
, havoc ensues if the addition or
multiplication overflows.
Many implementations of the alloca
function silently misbehave
and can generate buffer overflows if given sizes that are too large.
The size limits are implementation dependent, but are at least 4000
bytes on all platforms that we know about.
The standard functions asctime
, asctime_r
, ctime
,
ctime_r
, and gets
are prone to buffer overflows, and
portable code should not use them unless the inputs are known to be
within certain limits. The time-related functions can overflow their
buffers if given timestamps out of range (e.g., a year less than -999
or greater than 9999). Time-related buffer overflows cannot happen with
recent-enough versions of the GNU C library, but are possible
with other
implementations. The gets
function is the worst, since it almost
invariably overflows its buffer when presented with an input line larger
than the buffer.
Next: Floating Point Portability, Previous: Buffer Overruns, Up: Portable C and C++ [Contents][Index]
The keyword volatile
is often misunderstood in portable code.
Its use inhibits some memory-access optimizations, but programmers often
wish that it had a different meaning than it actually does.
volatile
was designed for code that accesses special objects like
memory-mapped device registers whose contents spontaneously change.
Such code is inherently low-level, and it is difficult to specify
portably what volatile
means in these cases. The C standard
says, “What constitutes an access to an object that has
volatile-qualified type is implementation-defined,” so in theory each
implementation is supposed to fill in the gap by documenting what
volatile
means for that implementation. In practice, though,
this documentation is usually absent or incomplete.
One area of confusion is the distinction between objects defined with volatile types, and volatile lvalues. From the C standard’s point of view, an object defined with a volatile type has externally visible behavior. You can think of such objects as having little oscilloscope probes attached to them, so that the user can observe some properties of accesses to them, just as the user can observe data written to output files. However, the standard does not make it clear whether users can observe accesses by volatile lvalues to ordinary objects. For example:
/* Declare and access a volatile object. Accesses to X are "visible" to users. */ static int volatile x; x = 1; /* Access two ordinary objects via a volatile lvalue. It's not clear whether accesses to *P are "visible". */ int y; int *z = malloc (sizeof (int)); int volatile *p; p = &y; *p = 1; p = z; *p = 1;
Programmers often wish that volatile
meant “Perform the memory
access here and now, without merging several memory accesses, without
changing the memory word size, and without reordering.” But the C
standard does not require this. For objects defined with a volatile
type, accesses must be done before the next sequence point; but
otherwise merging, reordering, and word-size change is allowed. Worse,
it is not clear from the standard whether volatile lvalues provide more
guarantees in general than nonvolatile lvalues, if the underlying
objects are ordinary.
Even when accessing objects defined with a volatile type,
the C standard allows only
extremely limited signal handlers: the behavior is undefined if a signal
handler reads any nonlocal object, or writes to any nonlocal object
whose type is not sig_atomic_t volatile
, or calls any standard
library function other than abort
, signal
, and (if C99)
_Exit
. Hence C compilers need not worry about a signal handler
disturbing ordinary computation, unless the computation accesses a
sig_atomic_t volatile
lvalue that is not a local variable.
(There is an obscure exception for accesses via a pointer to a volatile
character, since it may point into part of a sig_atomic_t
volatile
object.) Posix
adds to the list of library functions callable from a portable signal
handler, but otherwise is like the C standard in this area.
Some C implementations allow memory-access optimizations within each
translation unit, such that actual behavior agrees with the behavior
required by the standard only when calling a function in some other
translation unit, and a signal handler acts like it was called from a
different translation unit. The C standard hints that in these
implementations, objects referred to by signal handlers “would require
explicit specification of volatile
storage, as well as other
implementation-defined restrictions.” But unfortunately even for this
special case these other restrictions are often not documented well.
See When is a Volatile Object Accessed? in Using the
GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for some
restrictions imposed by GCC. See Defining Signal Handlers in The GNU C Library, for some
restrictions imposed by the GNU C library. Restrictions
differ on other platforms.
If possible, it is best to use a signal handler that fits within the limits imposed by the C and Posix standards.
If this is not practical, you can try the following rules of thumb. A
signal handler should access only volatile lvalues, preferably lvalues
that refer to objects defined with a volatile type, and should not
assume that the accessed objects have an internally consistent state
if they are larger than a machine word. Furthermore, installers
should employ compilers and compiler options that are commonly used
for building operating system kernels, because kernels often need more
from volatile
than the C Standard requires, and installers who
compile an application in a similar environment can sometimes benefit
from the extra constraints imposed by kernels on compilers.
Admittedly we are handwaving somewhat here, as there are few
guarantees in this area; the rules of thumb may help to fix some bugs
but there is a good chance that they will not fix them all.
For volatile
, C++ has the same problems that C does.
Multithreaded applications have even more problems with volatile
,
but they are beyond the scope of this section.
The bottom line is that using volatile
typically hurts
performance but should not hurt correctness. In some cases its use
does help correctness, but these cases are often so poorly understood
that all too often adding volatile
to a data structure merely
alleviates some symptoms of a bug while not fixing the bug in general.
Next: Exiting Portably, Previous: Volatile Objects, Up: Portable C and C++ [Contents][Index]
Almost all modern systems use IEEE-754 floating point, and it is safe to assume IEEE-754 in most portable code these days. For more information, please see David Goldberg’s classic paper What Every Computer Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic.
Previous: Floating Point Portability, Up: Portable C and C++ [Contents][Index]
A C or C++ program can exit with status N by returning
N from the main
function. Portable programs are supposed
to exit either with status 0 or EXIT_SUCCESS
to succeed, or with
status EXIT_FAILURE
to fail, but in practice it is portable to
fail by exiting with status 1, and test programs that assume Posix can
fail by exiting with status values from 1 through 255. Programs on
SunOS 2.0 (1985) through 3.5.2 (1988) incorrectly exited with zero
status when main
returned nonzero, but ancient systems like these
are no longer of practical concern.
A program can also exit with status N by passing N to the
exit
function, and a program can fail by calling the abort
function. If a program is specialized to just some platforms, it can fail
by calling functions specific to those platforms, e.g., _exit
(Posix) and _Exit
(C99). However, like other functions, an exit
function should be declared, typically by including a header. For
example, if a C program calls exit
, it should include stdlib.h
either directly or via the default includes (see Default Includes).
A program can fail due to undefined behavior such as dereferencing a null pointer, but this is not recommended as undefined behavior allows an implementation to do whatever it pleases and this includes exiting successfully.
Next: Site Configuration, Previous: Portable C and C++, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
A few kinds of features can’t be guessed automatically by running test
programs. For example, the details of the object-file format, or
special options that need to be passed to the compiler or linker. You
can check for such features using ad-hoc means, such as having
configure
check the output of the uname
program, or
looking for libraries that are unique to particular systems. However,
Autoconf provides a uniform method for handling unguessable features.
• Specifying Target Triplets | Specifying target triplets | |
• Canonicalizing | Getting the canonical system type | |
• Using System Type | What to do with the system type |
Next: Canonicalizing, Up: Manual Configuration [Contents][Index]
Autoconf-generated
configure
scripts can make decisions based on a canonical name
for the system type, or target triplet, which has the form:
‘cpu-vendor-os’, where os can be
‘system’ or ‘kernel-system’
configure
can usually guess the canonical name for the type of
system it’s running on. To do so it runs a script called
config.guess
, which infers the name using the uname
command or symbols predefined by the C preprocessor.
Alternately, the user can specify the system type with command line
arguments to configure
(see System Type. Doing so is
necessary when
cross-compiling. In the most complex case of cross-compiling, three
system types are involved. The options to specify them are:
the type of system on which the package is being configured and
compiled. It defaults to the result of running config.guess
.
Specifying a build-type that differs from host-type enables
cross-compilation mode.
the type of system on which the package runs. By default it is the same as the build machine. Specifying a host-type that differs from build-type, when build-type was also explicitly specified, enables cross-compilation mode.
the type of system for which any compiler tools in the package produce code (rarely needed). By default, it is the same as host.
If you mean to override the result of config.guess
, use
--build, not --host, since the latter enables
cross-compilation. For historical reasons,
whenever you specify --host,
be sure to specify --build too; this will be fixed in the
future. So, to enter cross-compilation mode, use a command like this
./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
Note that if you do not specify --host, configure
fails if it can’t run the code generated by the specified compiler. For
example, configuring as follows fails:
./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
When cross-compiling, configure
will warn about any tools
(compilers, linkers, assemblers) whose name is not prefixed with the
host type. This is an aid to users performing cross-compilation.
Continuing the example above, if a cross-compiler named cc
is
used with a native pkg-config
, then libraries found by
pkg-config
will likely cause subtle build failures; but using
the names m68k-coff-cc
and m68k-coff-pkg-config
avoids any confusion. Avoiding the warning is as simple as creating the
correct symlinks naming the cross tools.
configure
recognizes short aliases for many system types; for
example, ‘decstation’ can be used instead of
‘mips-dec-ultrix4.2’. configure
runs a script called
config.sub
to canonicalize system type aliases.
This section deliberately omits the description of the obsolete interface; see Hosts and Cross-Compilation.
Next: Using System Type, Previous: Specifying Target Triplets, Up: Manual Configuration [Contents][Index]
The following macros make the system type available to configure
scripts.
The variables ‘build_alias’, ‘host_alias’, and
‘target_alias’ are always exactly the arguments of --build,
--host, and --target; in particular, they are left empty
if the user did not use them, even if the corresponding
AC_CANONICAL
macro was run. Any configure script may use these
variables anywhere. These are the variables that should be used when in
interaction with the user.
If you need to recognize some special environments based on their system type, run the following macros to get canonical system names. These variables are not set before the macro call.
If you use these macros, you must distribute config.guess
and
config.sub
along with your source code. See Output, for
information about the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR
macro which you can use
to control in which directory configure
looks for those scripts.
Compute the canonical build-system type variable, build
, and its
three individual parts build_cpu
, build_vendor
, and
build_os
.
If --build was specified, then build
is the
canonicalization of build_alias
by config.sub
,
otherwise it is determined by the shell script config.guess
.
Compute the canonical host-system type variable, host
, and its
three individual parts host_cpu
, host_vendor
, and
host_os
.
If --host was specified, then host
is the
canonicalization of host_alias
by config.sub
,
otherwise it defaults to build
.
Compute the canonical target-system type variable, target
, and its
three individual parts target_cpu
, target_vendor
, and
target_os
.
If --target was specified, then target
is the
canonicalization of target_alias
by config.sub
,
otherwise it defaults to host
.
Note that there can be artifacts due to the backward compatibility code. See Hosts and Cross-Compilation, for more.
Previous: Canonicalizing, Up: Manual Configuration [Contents][Index]
In configure.ac the system type is generally used by one or more
case
statements to select system-specifics. Shell wildcards can
be used to match a group of system types.
For example, an extra assembler code object file could be chosen, giving
access to a CPU cycle counter register. $(CYCLE_OBJ)
in the
following would be used in a makefile to add the object to a
program or library.
AS_CASE([$host], [alpha*-*-*], [CYCLE_OBJ=rpcc.o], [i?86-*-*], [CYCLE_OBJ=rdtsc.o], [CYCLE_OBJ=""] ) AC_SUBST([CYCLE_OBJ])
AC_CONFIG_LINKS
(see Configuration Links) is another good way
to select variant source files, for example optimized code for some
CPUs. The configured CPU type doesn’t always indicate exact CPU types,
so some runtime capability checks may be necessary too.
case $host in alpha*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:alpha/dither.c]) ;; powerpc*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:powerpc/dither.c]) ;; *-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:generic/dither.c]) ;; esac
The host system type can also be used to find cross-compilation tools
with AC_CHECK_TOOL
(see Generic Programs).
The above examples all show ‘$host’, since this is where the code is going to run. Only rarely is it necessary to test ‘$build’ (which is where the build is being done).
Whenever you’re tempted to use ‘$host’ it’s worth considering whether some sort of probe would be better. New system types come along periodically or previously missing features are added. Well-written probes can adapt themselves to such things, but hard-coded lists of names can’t. Here are some guidelines,
‘$target’ is for use by a package creating a compiler or similar. For ordinary packages it’s meaningless and should not be used. It indicates what the created compiler should generate code for, if it can cross-compile. ‘$target’ generally selects various hard-coded CPU and system conventions, since usually the compiler or tools under construction themselves determine how the target works.
Next: Running configure Scripts, Previous: Manual Configuration, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
configure
scripts support several kinds of local configuration
decisions. There are ways for users to specify where external software
packages are, include or exclude optional features, install programs
under modified names, and set default values for configure
options.
• Help Formatting | Customizing ‘configure --help’ | |
• External Software | Working with other optional software | |
• Package Options | Selecting optional features | |
• Pretty Help Strings | Formatting help string | |
• Option Checking | Controlling checking of configure options
| |
• Site Details | Configuring site details | |
• Transforming Names | Changing program names when installing | |
• Site Defaults | Giving configure local defaults
|
Next: External Software, Up: Site Configuration [Contents][Index]
Users consult ‘configure --help’ to learn of configuration
decisions specific to your package. By default, configure
breaks this output into sections for each type of option; within each
section, help strings appear in the order configure.ac defines
them:
Optional Features: … --enable-bar include bar Optional Packages: … --with-foo use foo
Request an alternate --help format, in which options of all
types appear together, in the order defined. Call this macro before any
AC_ARG_ENABLE
or AC_ARG_WITH
.
Optional Features and Packages: … --enable-bar include bar --with-foo use foo
Next: Package Options, Previous: Help Formatting, Up: Site Configuration [Contents][Index]
Some packages require, or can optionally use, other software packages
that are already installed. The user can give configure
command line options to specify which such external software to use.
The options have one of these forms:
--with-package[=arg] --without-package
For example, --with-gnu-ld means work with the GNU linker instead of some other linker. --with-x means work with The X Window System.
The user can give an argument by following the package name with ‘=’ and the argument. Giving an argument of ‘no’ is for packages that are used by default; it says to not use the package. An argument that is neither ‘yes’ nor ‘no’ could include a name or number of a version of the other package, to specify more precisely which other package this program is supposed to work with. If no argument is given, it defaults to ‘yes’. --without-package is equivalent to --with-package=no.
Normally configure
scripts complain about
--with-package options that they do not support.
See Option Checking, for details, and for how to override the
defaults.
For each external software package that may be used, configure.ac
should call AC_ARG_WITH
to detect whether the configure
user asked to use it. Whether each package is used or not by default,
and which arguments are valid, is up to you.
If the user gave configure
the option --with-package
or --without-package, run shell commands
action-if-given. If neither option was given, run shell commands
action-if-not-given. The name package indicates another
software package that this program should work with. It should consist
only of alphanumeric characters, dashes, plus signs, and dots.
The option’s argument is available to the shell commands
action-if-given in the shell variable withval
, which is
actually just the value of the shell variable named
with_package
, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
package changed into ‘_’. You may use that variable instead,
if you wish.
The argument help-string is a description of the option that looks like this:
--with-readline support fancy command line editing
help-string may be more than one line long, if more detail is
needed. Just make sure the columns line up in ‘configure
--help’. Avoid tabs in the help string. The easiest way to provide the
proper leading whitespace is to format your help-string with the macro
AS_HELP_STRING
(see Pretty Help Strings).
The following example shows how to use the AC_ARG_WITH
macro in
a common situation. You want to let the user decide whether to enable
support for an external library (e.g., the readline library); if the user
specified neither --with-readline nor --without-readline,
you want to enable support for readline only if the library is available
on the system.
AC_ARG_WITH([readline], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline], [support fancy command line editing @<:@default=check@:>@])], [], [with_readline=check]) LIBREADLINE= AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno], [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main], [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"]) AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1], [Define if you have libreadline]) ], [if test "x$with_readline" != xcheck; then AC_MSG_FAILURE( [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed]) fi ], -lncurses)])
The next example shows how to use AC_ARG_WITH
to give the user the
possibility to enable support for the readline library, in case it is still
experimental and not well tested, and is therefore disabled by default.
AC_ARG_WITH([readline], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline], [enable experimental support for readline])], [], [with_readline=no]) LIBREADLINE= AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno], [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main], [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"]) AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1], [Define if you have libreadline]) ], [AC_MSG_FAILURE( [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])], [-lncurses])])
The last example shows how to use AC_ARG_WITH
to give the user the
possibility to disable support for the readline library, given that it is
an important feature and that it should be enabled by default.
AC_ARG_WITH([readline], [AS_HELP_STRING([--without-readline], [disable support for readline])], [], [with_readline=yes]) LIBREADLINE= AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno], [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main], [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"]) AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1], [Define if you have libreadline]) ], [AC_MSG_FAILURE( [readline test failed (--without-readline to disable)])], [-lncurses])])
These three examples can be easily adapted to the case where
AC_ARG_ENABLE
should be preferred to AC_ARG_WITH
(see
Package Options).
Next: Pretty Help Strings, Previous: External Software, Up: Site Configuration [Contents][Index]
If a software package has optional compile-time features, the user can
give configure
command line options to specify whether to
compile them. The options have one of these forms:
--enable-feature[=arg] --disable-feature
These options allow users to choose which optional features to build and install. --enable-feature options should never make a feature behave differently or cause one feature to replace another. They should only cause parts of the program to be built rather than left out.
The user can give an argument by following the feature name with ‘=’ and the argument. Giving an argument of ‘no’ requests that the feature not be made available. A feature with an argument looks like --enable-debug=stabs. If no argument is given, it defaults to ‘yes’. --disable-feature is equivalent to --enable-feature=no.
Normally configure
scripts complain about
--enable-package options that they do not support.
See Option Checking, for details, and for how to override the
defaults.
For each optional feature, configure.ac should call
AC_ARG_ENABLE
to detect whether the configure
user asked
to include it. Whether each feature is included or not by default, and
which arguments are valid, is up to you.
If the user gave configure
the option
--enable-feature or --disable-feature, run
shell commands action-if-given. If neither option was given, run
shell commands action-if-not-given. The name feature
indicates an optional user-level facility. It should consist only of
alphanumeric characters, dashes, plus signs, and dots.
The option’s argument is available to the shell commands
action-if-given in the shell variable enableval
, which is
actually just the value of the shell variable named
enable_feature
, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
feature changed into ‘_’. You may use that variable instead,
if you wish. The help-string argument is like that of
AC_ARG_WITH
(see External Software).
You should format your help-string with the macro
AS_HELP_STRING
(see Pretty Help Strings).
See the examples suggested with the definition of AC_ARG_WITH
(see External Software) to get an idea of possible applications of
AC_ARG_ENABLE
.
Next: Option Checking, Previous: Package Options, Up: Site Configuration [Contents][Index]
Properly formatting the ‘help strings’ which are used in
AC_ARG_WITH
(see External Software) and AC_ARG_ENABLE
(see Package Options) can be challenging. Specifically, you want
your own ‘help strings’ to line up in the appropriate columns of
‘configure --help’ just like the standard Autoconf ‘help
strings’ do. This is the purpose of the AS_HELP_STRING
macro.
Expands into a help string that looks pretty when the user executes
‘configure --help’. It is typically used in AC_ARG_WITH
(see External Software) or AC_ARG_ENABLE
(see Package Options). The following example makes this clearer.
AC_ARG_WITH([foo], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-foo], [use foo (default is no)])], [use_foo=$withval], [use_foo=no])
Then the last few lines of ‘configure --help’ appear like this:
--enable and --with options recognized: --with-foo use foo (default is no)
Macro expansion is performed on the first argument. However, the second
argument of AS_HELP_STRING
is treated as a whitespace separated
list of text to be reformatted, and is not subject to macro expansion.
Since it is not expanded, it should not be double quoted.
See Autoconf Language, for a more detailed explanation.
The AS_HELP_STRING
macro is particularly helpful when the
left-hand-side and/or right-hand-side are composed of macro
arguments, as shown in the following example. Be aware that
left-hand-side may not expand to unbalanced quotes,
although quadrigraphs can be used.
AC_DEFUN([MY_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH(m4_translit([[$1]], [_], [-]), [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-m4_translit([$1], [_], [-])], [use $1 (default is $2)])], [use_[]$1=$withval], [use_[]$1=$2])]) MY_ARG_WITH([a_b], [no])
Here, the last few lines of ‘configure --help’ will include:
--enable and --with options recognized: --with-a-b use a_b (default is no)
The parameters indent-column and wrap-column were introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Generally, they should not be specified; they exist for fine-tuning of the wrapping.
AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option]) ⇒ --option description of option AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option], [15], [30]) ⇒ --option description of ⇒ option
Next: Site Details, Previous: Pretty Help Strings, Up: Site Configuration [Contents][Index]
configure
OptionsThe configure
script checks its command-line options against a
list of known options, like --help or --config-cache.
An unknown option ordinarily indicates a mistake by the user and
configure
halts with an error. However, by default unknown
--with-package and --enable-feature
options elicit only a warning, to support configuring entire source
trees.
Source trees often contain multiple packages with a top-level
configure
script that uses the AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS
macro
(see Subdirectories). Because the packages generally support
different --with-package and
--enable-feature options, the GNU Coding
Standards say they must accept unrecognized options without halting.
Even a warning message is undesirable here, so AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS
automatically disables the warnings.
This default behavior may be modified in two ways. First, the installer
can invoke configure --disable-option-checking
to disable
these warnings, or invoke configure --enable-option-checking=fatal
options to turn them into fatal errors, respectively. Second, the
maintainer can use AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING
.
By default, disable warnings related to any unrecognized
--with-package or --enable-feature
options. This is implied by AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS
.
The installer can override this behavior by passing
--enable-option-checking (enable warnings) or
--enable-option-checking=fatal (enable errors) to
configure
.
Next: Transforming Names, Previous: Option Checking, Up: Site Configuration [Contents][Index]
Some software packages require complex site-specific information. Some examples are host names to use for certain services, company names, and email addresses to contact. Since some configuration scripts generated by Metaconfig ask for such information interactively, people sometimes wonder how to get that information in Autoconf-generated configuration scripts, which aren’t interactive.
Such site configuration information should be put in a file that is
edited only by users, not by programs. The location of the file
can either be based on the prefix
variable, or be a standard
location such as the user’s home directory. It could even be specified
by an environment variable. The programs should examine that file at
runtime, rather than at compile time. Runtime configuration is more
convenient for users and makes the configuration process simpler than
getting the information while configuring. See Variables for Installation Directories in The GNU Coding
Standards, for more information on where to put data files.
Next: Site Defaults, Previous: Site Details, Up: Site Configuration [Contents][Index]
Autoconf supports changing the names of programs when installing them.
In order to use these transformations, configure.ac must call the
macro AC_ARG_PROGRAM
.
Place in output variable program_transform_name
a sequence of
sed
commands for changing the names of installed programs.
If any of the options described below are given to configure
,
program names are transformed accordingly. Otherwise, if
AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
has been called and a --target value
is given, the target type followed by a dash is used as a prefix.
Otherwise, no program name transformation is done.
• Transformation Options | configure options to transform names
| |
• Transformation Examples | Sample uses of transforming names | |
• Transformation Rules | Makefile uses of transforming names |
Next: Transformation Examples, Up: Transforming Names [Contents][Index]
You can specify name transformations by giving configure
these
command line options:
prepend prefix to the names;
append suffix to the names;
perform sed
substitution expression on the names.
Next: Transformation Rules, Previous: Transformation Options, Up: Transforming Names [Contents][Index]
These transformations are useful with programs that can be part of a cross-compilation development environment. For example, a cross-assembler running on a Sun 4 configured with --target=i960-vxworks is normally installed as i960-vxworks-as, rather than as, which could be confused with a native Sun 4 assembler.
You can force a program name to begin with g, if you don’t want
GNU programs installed on your system to shadow other programs with
the same name. For example, if you configure GNU diff
with
--program-prefix=g, then when you run ‘make install’ it is
installed as /usr/local/bin/gdiff.
As a more sophisticated example, you could use
--program-transform-name='s/^/g/; s/^gg/g/; s/^gless/less/'
to prepend ‘g’ to most of the program names in a source tree,
excepting those like gdb
that already have one and those like
less
and lesskey
that aren’t GNU programs. (That is
assuming that you have a source tree containing those programs that is
set up to use this feature.)
One way to install multiple versions of some programs simultaneously is to append a version number to the name of one or both. For example, if you want to keep Autoconf version 1 around for awhile, you can configure Autoconf version 2 using --program-suffix=2 to install the programs as /usr/local/bin/autoconf2, /usr/local/bin/autoheader2, etc. Nevertheless, pay attention that only the binaries are renamed, therefore you’d have problems with the library files which might overlap.
Previous: Transformation Examples, Up: Transforming Names [Contents][Index]
Here is how to use the variable program_transform_name
in a
Makefile.in:
PROGRAMS = cp ls rm transform = @program_transform_name@ install: for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | \ sed '$(transform)'`; \ done uninstall: for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | sed '$(transform)'`; \ done
It is guaranteed that program_transform_name
is never empty, and
that there are no useless separators. Therefore you may safely embed
program_transform_name
within a sed program using ‘;’:
transform = @program_transform_name@ transform_exe = s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/
Whether to do the transformations on documentation files (Texinfo or
man
) is a tricky question; there seems to be no perfect answer,
due to the several reasons for name transforming. Documentation is not
usually particular to a specific architecture, and Texinfo files do not
conflict with system documentation. But they might conflict with
earlier versions of the same files, and man
pages sometimes do
conflict with system documentation. As a compromise, it is probably
best to do name transformations on man
pages but not on Texinfo
manuals.
Previous: Transforming Names, Up: Site Configuration [Contents][Index]
Autoconf-generated configure
scripts allow your site to provide
default values for some configuration values. You do this by creating
site- and system-wide initialization files.
If the environment variable CONFIG_SITE
is set, configure
uses its value as the name of a shell script to read; it is recommended
that this be an absolute file name. Otherwise, it
reads the shell script prefix/share/config.site if it exists,
then prefix/etc/config.site if it exists. Thus,
settings in machine-specific files override those in machine-independent
ones in case of conflict.
Site files can be arbitrary shell scripts, but only certain kinds of
code are really appropriate to be in them. Because configure
reads any cache file after it has read any site files, a site file can
define a default cache file to be shared between all Autoconf-generated
configure
scripts run on that system (see Cache Files). If
you set a default cache file in a site file, it is a good idea to also
set the output variable CC
in that site file, because the cache
file is only valid for a particular compiler, but many systems have
several available.
You can examine or override the value set by a command line option to
configure
in a site file; options set shell variables that have
the same names as the options, with any dashes turned into underscores.
The exceptions are that --without- and --disable- options
are like giving the corresponding --with- or --enable-
option and the value ‘no’. Thus, --cache-file=localcache
sets the variable cache_file
to the value ‘localcache’;
--enable-warnings=no or --disable-warnings sets the variable
enable_warnings
to the value ‘no’; --prefix=/usr sets the
variable prefix
to the value ‘/usr’; etc.
Site files are also good places to set default values for other output
variables, such as CFLAGS
, if you need to give them non-default
values: anything you would normally do, repetitively, on the command
line. If you use non-default values for prefix or
exec_prefix (wherever you locate the site file), you can set them
in the site file if you specify it with the CONFIG_SITE
environment variable.
You can set some cache values in the site file itself. Doing this is
useful if you are cross-compiling, where it is impossible to check features
that require running a test program. You could “prime the cache” by
setting those values correctly for that system in
prefix/etc/config.site. To find out the names of the cache
variables you need to set, see the documentation of the respective
Autoconf macro. If the variables or their semantics are undocumented,
you may need to look for shell variables with ‘_cv_’ in their names
in the affected configure
scripts, or in the Autoconf M4
source code for those macros; but in that case, their name or semantics
may change in a future Autoconf version.
The cache file is careful to not override any variables set in the site
files. Similarly, you should not override command-line options in the
site files. Your code should check that variables such as prefix
and cache_file
have their default values (as set near the top of
configure
) before changing them.
Here is a sample file /usr/share/local/gnu/share/config.site. The
command ‘configure --prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu’ would read this
file (if CONFIG_SITE
is not set to a different file).
# /usr/share/local/gnu/share/config.site for configure # # Change some defaults. test "$prefix" = NONE && prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu test "$exec_prefix" = NONE && exec_prefix=/usr/local/gnu test "$sharedstatedir" = '${prefix}/com' && sharedstatedir=/var test "$localstatedir" = '${prefix}/var' && localstatedir=/var # Give Autoconf 2.x generated configure scripts a shared default # cache file for feature test results, architecture-specific. if test "$cache_file" = /dev/null; then cache_file="$prefix/var/config.cache" # A cache file is only valid for one C compiler. CC=gcc fi
Another use of config.site is for priming the directory variables
in a manner consistent with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard
(FHS). Once the following file is installed at
/usr/share/config.site, a user can execute simply
./configure --prefix=/usr
to get all the directories chosen in
the locations recommended by FHS.
# /usr/share/config.site for FHS defaults when installing below /usr, # and the respective settings were not changed on the command line. if test "$prefix" = /usr; then test "$sysconfdir" = '${prefix}/etc' && sysconfdir=/etc test "$sharedstatedir" = '${prefix}/com' && sharedstatedir=/var test "$localstatedir" = '${prefix}/var' && localstatedir=/var fi
Likewise, on platforms where 64-bit libraries are built by default, then installed in /usr/local/lib64 instead of /usr/local/lib, it is appropriate to install /usr/local/share/config.site:
# /usr/local/share/config.site for platforms that prefer # the directory /usr/local/lib64 over /usr/local/lib. test "$libdir" = '${exec_prefix}/lib' && libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib64'
Next: config.status Invocation, Previous: Site Configuration, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
configure
ScriptsBelow are instructions on how to configure a package that uses a
configure
script, suitable for inclusion as an INSTALL
file in the package. A plain-text version of INSTALL which you
may use comes with Autoconf.
• Basic Installation | Instructions for typical cases | |
• Compilers and Options | Selecting compilers and optimization | |
• Multiple Architectures | Compiling for multiple architectures at once | |
• Installation Names | Installing in different directories | |
• Optional Features | Selecting optional features | |
• Particular Systems | Particular systems | |
• System Type | Specifying the system type | |
• Sharing Defaults | Setting site-wide defaults for configure
| |
• Defining Variables | Specifying the compiler etc. | |
• configure Invocation | Changing how configure runs
|
Next: Compilers and Options, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
Briefly, the shell commands ‘./configure; make; make install’ should configure, build, and install this package. The following more-detailed instructions are generic; see the README file for instructions specific to this package. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found in Makefile Conventions in GNU Coding Standards.
The configure
shell script attempts to guess correct values
for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a Makefile in each directory of the
package. It may also create one or more .h files containing
system-dependent definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script
config.status that you can run in the future to recreate the
current configuration, and a file config.log containing compiler
output (useful mainly for debugging configure
).
It can also use an optional file (typically called config.cache and enabled with --cache-file=config.cache or simply -C) that saves the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files.
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to
figure out how configure
could check whether to do them, and
mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the README so
they can be considered for the next release. If you are using the
cache, and at some point config.cache contains results you don’t
want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
The file configure.ac (or configure.in) is used to create
configure by a program called autoconf
. You need
configure.ac if you want to change it or regenerate
configure using a newer version of autoconf
.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
cd
to the directory containing the package’s source code and type
‘./configure’ to configure the package for your system.
Running configure
might take a while. While running, it prints some
messages telling which features it is checking for.
configure
created (so you can compile the package for a
different kind of computer), type ‘make distclean’. There is also
a ‘make maintainer-clean’ target, but that is intended mainly for
the package’s developers. If you use it, you may have to get all sorts
of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the
distribution.
Next: Multiple Architectures, Previous: Basic Installation, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the
configure
script does not know about. Run ‘./configure
--help’ for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give configure
initial values for configuration
parameters by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.
Here is an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
See Defining Variables, for more details.
Next: Installation Names, Previous: Compilers and Options, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU make
.
cd
to the directory where you want the object files and
executables to go and run the configure
script.
configure
automatically checks for the source code in the
directory that configure
is in and in ... This is
known as a VPATH build.
With a non-GNU make
,
it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use ‘make distclean’
before reconfiguring for another architecture.
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and executables that work on multiple system types—known as fat or universal binaries—by specifying multiple -arch options to the compiler but only a single -arch option to the preprocessor. Like this:
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you may
have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
using the lipo
tool if you have problems.
Next: Optional Features, Previous: Multiple Architectures, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
By default, ‘make install’ installs the package’s commands under
/usr/local/bin, include files under /usr/local/include, etc.
You can specify an
installation prefix other than /usr/local by giving
configure
the option --prefix=prefix, where
prefix must be an absolute file name.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific
files and architecture-independent files. If you pass the option
--exec-prefix=prefix to configure
, the
package uses prefix as the prefix for installing programs and
libraries. Documentation and other data files still use the
regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like --bindir=dir to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run ‘configure --help’ for a list of the directories you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default for these options is expressed in terms of ‘${prefix}’, so that specifying just --prefix will affect all of the other directory specifications that were not explicitly provided.
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
correct locations to configure
; however, many packages provide
one or both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments
to the ‘make install’ command line to change installation locations
without having to reconfigure or recompile.
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
affected directory. For example, ‘make install
prefix=/alternate/directory’ will choose an alternate location for all
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
‘${prefix}’. Any directories that were specified during
configure
, but not in terms of ‘${prefix}’, must each be
overridden at install time for the entire
installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile variable
overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU
Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some
platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries
that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly
noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
The second method involves providing the ‘DESTDIR’ variable. For
example, ‘make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory’ will prepend
‘/alternate/directory’ before all installation names. The approach
of ‘DESTDIR’ overrides is not required by the GNU Coding
Standards, and does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On
the other hand, it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and
works well even when some directory options were not specified in terms
of ‘${prefix}’ at configure
time.
Next: Particular Systems, Previous: Installation Names, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with
an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving configure
the option --program-prefix=PREFIX or
--program-suffix=SUFFIX.
Some packages pay attention to --enable-feature options
to configure
, where feature indicates an optional part
of the package. They may also pay attention to
--with-package options, where package is something
like ‘gnu-as’ or ‘x’ (for the X Window System). The
README should mention any --enable- and --with-
options that the package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, configure
can
usually find the X include and library files automatically, but if it
doesn’t, you can use the configure
options
--x-includes=dir and --x-libraries=dir to
specify their locations.
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the execution
of make
will be. For these packages, running
‘./configure --enable-silent-rules’ sets the default to minimal
output, which can be overridden with make V=1
; while running
‘./configure --disable-silent-rules’ sets the default to verbose,
which can be overridden with make V=0
.
Next: System Type, Previous: Optional Features, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in order to use an ANSI C compiler:
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
and if that doesn’t work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
HP-UX make
updates targets which have the same time stamps as
their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped
generated files such as configure
are involved. Use GNU
make
instead.
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
parse its <wchar.h>
header file. The option -nodtk can be
used as a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore
recommended to try
./configure CC="cc"
and if that doesn’t work, try
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
On Solaris, don’t put /usr/ucb
early in your PATH
. This
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants
of these programs are available in /usr/bin
. So, if you need
/usr/ucb
in your PATH
, put it after /usr/bin
.
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in /boot/common, not /usr/local. It is recommended to use the following options:
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
Next: Sharing Defaults, Previous: Particular Systems, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
There may be some features configure
cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
same architectures, configure
can figure that out, but
if it prints a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it
the --build=type option. type can either be a
short name for the system type, such as ‘sun4’, or a canonical name
which has the form:
cpu-company-system
where system can have one of these forms:
os kernel-os
See the file config.sub for the possible values of each field. If config.sub isn’t included in this package, then this package doesn’t need to know the machine type.
If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should use the option --target=type to select the type of system they will produce code for.
If you want to use a cross compiler, that generates code for a platform different from the build platform, you should specify the host platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be run) with --host=type.
Next: Defining Variables, Previous: System Type, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
If you want to set default values for configure
scripts to
share, you can create a site shell script called config.site that
gives default values for variables like CC
, cache_file
,
and prefix
. configure
looks for
prefix/share/config.site if it exists, then
prefix/etc/config.site if it exists. Or, you can set the
CONFIG_SITE
environment variable to the location of the site
script. A warning: not all configure
scripts look for a site
script.
Next: configure Invocation, Previous: Sharing Defaults, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to configure
. However, some packages may
run configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the configure
command line, using ‘VAR=value’.
For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
causes the specified gcc
to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for CONFIG_SHELL
due
to an Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use
this workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
Previous: Defining Variables, Up: Running configure Scripts [Contents][Index]
configure
Invocationconfigure
recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
Print a summary of all of the options to configure
, and exit.
Print a summary of the options unique to this package’s
configure
, and exit. The short
variant lists options
used only in the top level, while the recursive
variant lists
options also present in any nested packages.
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the configure
script, and exit.
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in file, traditionally config.cache. file defaults to /dev/null to disable caching.
Alias for --cache-file=config.cache.
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To suppress all normal output, redirect it to /dev/null (any error messages will still be shown).
Look for the package’s source code in directory dir. Usually
configure
can determine that directory automatically.
Use dir as the installation prefix. Installation Names for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the installation locations.
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output files.
configure
also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
Run ‘configure --help’ for more details.
Next: Obsolete Constructs, Previous: Running configure Scripts, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
The configure
script creates a file named config.status,
which actually configures, instantiates, the template files. It
also records the configuration options that were specified when the
package was last configured in case reconfiguring is needed.
Synopsis:
./config.status [option]… [tag]…
It configures each tag; if none are specified, all the templates
are instantiated. A tag refers to a file or other tag associated
with a configuration action, as specified by an AC_CONFIG_ITEMS
macro (see Configuration Actions). The files must be specified
without their dependencies, as in
./config.status foobar
not
./config.status foobar:foo.in:bar.in
The supported options are:
Print a summary of the command line options, the list of the template files, and exit.
Print the version number of Autoconf and the configuration settings, and exit.
Print the configuration settings in reusable way, quoted for the shell, and exit. For example, for a debugging build that otherwise reuses the configuration from a different build directory build-dir of a package in src-dir, you could use the following:
args=`build-dir/config.status --config` eval src-dir/configure "$args" CFLAGS=-g --srcdir=src-dir
Note that it may be necessary to override a --srcdir setting that was saved in the configuration, if the arguments are used in a different build directory.
Do not print progress messages.
Don’t remove the temporary files.
Require that file be instantiated as if ‘AC_CONFIG_FILES(file:template)’ was used. Both file and template may be ‘-’ in which case the standard output and/or standard input, respectively, is used. If a template file name is relative, it is first looked for in the build tree, and then in the source tree. See Configuration Actions, for more details.
This option and the following ones provide one way for separately
distributed packages to share the values computed by configure
.
Doing so can be useful if some of the packages need a superset of the
features that one of them, perhaps a common library, does. These
options allow a config.status file to create files other than the
ones that its configure.ac specifies, so it can be used for a
different package, or for extracting a subset of values. For example,
echo '@CC@' | ./config.status --file=-
provides the value of @CC@
on standard output.
Same as --file above, but with ‘AC_CONFIG_HEADERS’.
Ask config.status to update itself and exit (no instantiation).
This option is useful if you change configure
, so that the
results of some tests might be different from the previous run. The
--recheck option reruns configure
with the same arguments
you used before, plus the --no-create option, which prevents
configure
from running config.status and creating
Makefile and other files, and the --no-recursion option,
which prevents configure
from running other configure
scripts in subdirectories. (This is so other Make rules can
run config.status when it changes; see Automatic Remaking,
for an example).
config.status checks several optional environment variables that can alter its behavior:
The shell with which to run configure
. It must be
Bourne-compatible, and the absolute name of the shell should be passed.
The default is a shell that supports LINENO
if available, and
/bin/sh otherwise.
The file name to use for the shell script that records the
configuration. The default is ./config.status. This variable is
useful when one package uses parts of another and the configure
scripts shouldn’t be merged because they are maintained separately.
You can use ./config.status in your makefiles. For example, in the dependencies given above (see Automatic Remaking), config.status is run twice when configure.ac has changed. If that bothers you, you can make each run only regenerate the files for that rule:
config.h: stamp-h stamp-h: config.h.in config.status ./config.status config.h echo > stamp-h Makefile: Makefile.in config.status ./config.status Makefile
The calling convention of config.status has changed; see Obsolete config.status Use, for details.
Next: Using Autotest, Previous: config.status Invocation, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Autoconf changes, and throughout the years some constructs have been obsoleted. Most of the changes involve the macros, but in some cases the tools themselves, or even some concepts, are now considered obsolete.
You may completely skip this chapter if you are new to Autoconf. Its intention is mainly to help maintainers updating their packages by understanding how to move to more modern constructs.
• Obsolete config.status Use | Obsolete convention for config.status
| |
• acconfig Header | Additional entries in config.h.in | |
• autoupdate Invocation | Automatic update of configure.ac | |
• Obsolete Macros | Backward compatibility macros | |
• Autoconf 1 | Tips for upgrading your files | |
• Autoconf 2.13 | Some fresher tips |
Next: acconfig Header, Up: Obsolete Constructs [Contents][Index]
config.status now supports arguments to specify the files to instantiate; see config.status Invocation, for more details. Before, environment variables had to be used.
The tags of the commands to execute. The default is the arguments given
to AC_OUTPUT
and AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
in
configure.ac.
The files in which to perform ‘@variable@’ substitutions.
The default is the arguments given to AC_OUTPUT
and
AC_CONFIG_FILES
in configure.ac.
The files in which to substitute C #define
statements. The
default is the arguments given to AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
; if that
macro was not called, config.status ignores this variable.
The symbolic links to establish. The default is the arguments given to
AC_CONFIG_LINKS
; if that macro was not called,
config.status ignores this variable.
In config.status Invocation, using this old interface, the example would be:
config.h: stamp-h stamp-h: config.h.in config.status CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_FILES= \ CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h ./config.status echo > stamp-h Makefile: Makefile.in config.status CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_HEADERS= \ CONFIG_FILES=Makefile ./config.status
(If configure.ac does not call AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
, there is
no need to set CONFIG_HEADERS
in the make
rules. Equally
for CONFIG_COMMANDS
, etc.)
Next: autoupdate Invocation, Previous: Obsolete config.status Use, Up: Obsolete Constructs [Contents][Index]
In order to produce config.h.in, autoheader
needs to
build or to find templates for each symbol. Modern releases of Autoconf
use AH_VERBATIM
and AH_TEMPLATE
(see Autoheader Macros), but in older releases a file, acconfig.h, contained the
list of needed templates. autoheader
copied comments and
#define
and #undef
statements from acconfig.h in
the current directory, if present. This file used to be mandatory if
you AC_DEFINE
any additional symbols.
Modern releases of Autoconf also provide AH_TOP
and
AH_BOTTOM
if you need to prepend/append some information to
config.h.in. Ancient versions of Autoconf had a similar feature:
if ./acconfig.h contains the string ‘@TOP@’,
autoheader
copies the lines before the line containing
‘@TOP@’ into the top of the file that it generates. Similarly,
if ./acconfig.h contains the string ‘@BOTTOM@’,
autoheader
copies the lines after that line to the end of the
file it generates. Either or both of those strings may be omitted. An
even older alternate way to produce the same effect in ancient versions
of Autoconf is to create the files file.top (typically
config.h.top) and/or file.bot in the current
directory. If they exist, autoheader
copies them to the
beginning and end, respectively, of its output.
In former versions of Autoconf, the files used in preparing a software package for distribution were:
configure.ac --. .------> autoconf* -----> configure +---+ [aclocal.m4] --+ `---. [acsite.m4] ---' | +--> [autoheader*] -> [config.h.in] [acconfig.h] ----. | +-----' [config.h.top] --+ [config.h.bot] --'
Using only the AH_
macros, configure.ac should be
self-contained, and should not depend upon acconfig.h etc.
Next: Obsolete Macros, Previous: acconfig Header, Up: Obsolete Constructs [Contents][Index]
autoupdate
to Modernize configure.acThe autoupdate
program updates a configure.ac file that
calls Autoconf macros by their old names to use the current macro names.
In version 2 of Autoconf, most of the macros were renamed to use a more
uniform and descriptive naming scheme. See Macro Names, for a
description of the new scheme. Although the old names still work
(see Obsolete Macros, for a list of the old macros and the corresponding
new names), you can make your configure.ac files more readable
and make it easier to use the current Autoconf documentation if you
update them to use the new macro names.
If given no arguments, autoupdate
updates configure.ac,
backing up the original version with the suffix ~ (or the value
of the environment variable SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
, if that is
set). If you give autoupdate
an argument, it reads that file
instead of configure.ac and writes the updated file to the
standard output.
autoupdate
accepts the following options:
Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
Report processing steps.
Don’t remove the temporary files.
Force the update even if the file has not changed. Disregard the cache.
Also look for input files in dir. Multiple invocations accumulate. Directories are browsed from last to first.
Prepend directory dir to the search path. This is used to include the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
Next: Autoconf 1, Previous: autoupdate Invocation, Up: Obsolete Constructs [Contents][Index]
Several macros are obsoleted in Autoconf, for various reasons (typically they failed to quote properly, couldn’t be extended for more recent issues, etc.). They are still supported, but deprecated: their use should be avoided.
During the jump from Autoconf version 1 to version 2, most of the macros were renamed to use a more uniform and descriptive naming scheme, but their signature did not change. See Macro Names, for a description of the new naming scheme. Below, if there is just the mapping from old names to new names for these macros, the reader is invited to refer to the definition of the new macro for the signature and the description.
This macro is a platform-specific subset of
AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
(see AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS).
Replaced by AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
(see AC_FUNC_ALLOCA).
Removed because of limited usefulness.
This macro is obsolete; it does nothing.
If the C compiler supports a working long double
type with more
range or precision than the double
type, define
HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
.
You should use AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE
or
AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
instead. See Particular Types.
Determine the system type and set output variables to the names of the canonical system types. See Canonicalizing, for details about the variables this macro sets.
The user is encouraged to use either AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
, or
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
, or AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
, depending on
the needs. Using AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
is enough to run the two
other macros (see Canonicalizing).
Replaced by AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
(see AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED).
Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide this version of
AC_CHECK_TYPE
, deprecated because of its flaws. First, although
it is a member of the CHECK
clan, it does
more than just checking. Secondly, missing types are defined
using #define
, not typedef
, and this can lead to
problems in the case of pointer types.
This use of AC_CHECK_TYPE
is obsolete and discouraged; see
Generic Types, for the description of the current macro.
If the type type is not defined, define it to be the C (or C++) builtin type default, e.g., ‘short int’ or ‘unsigned int’.
This macro is equivalent to:
AC_CHECK_TYPE([type], [], [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([type], [default], [Define to `default' if <sys/types.h> does not define.])])
In order to keep backward compatibility, the two versions of
AC_CHECK_TYPE
are implemented, selected using these heuristics:
You are encouraged either to use a valid builtin type, or to use the
equivalent modern code (see above), or better yet, to use
AC_CHECK_TYPES
together with
#ifndef HAVE_LOFF_T typedef loff_t off_t; #endif
Same as
AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking feature-description…]
See AC_MSG_NOTICE.
This is an obsolete version of AC_TRY_COMPILE
itself replaced by
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
(see Running the Compiler), with the
addition that it prints ‘checking for echo-text’ to the
standard output first, if echo-text is non-empty. Use
AC_MSG_CHECKING
and AC_MSG_RESULT
instead to print
messages (see Printing Messages).
Replaced by AC_C_CONST
(see AC_C_CONST).
Same as AC_C_CROSS
, which is obsolete too, and does nothing
:-)
.
Check for the Cygwin environment in which case the shell variable
CYGWIN
is set to ‘yes’. Don’t use this macro, the dignified
means to check the nature of the host is using AC_CANONICAL_HOST
(see Canonicalizing). As a matter of fact this macro is defined as:
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])[]dnl case $host_os in *cygwin* ) CYGWIN=yes;; * ) CYGWIN=no;; esac
Beware that the variable CYGWIN
has a special meaning when
running Cygwin, and should not be changed. That’s yet another reason
not to use this macro.
Same as:
AC_CHECK_DECLS([sys_siglist], [], [], [#include <signal.h> /* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */ #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include <unistd.h> #endif ])
See AC_CHECK_DECLS.
Does nothing, now integrated in AC_PROG_LEX
(see AC_PROG_LEX).
Like calling AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
(see AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID) and AC_HEADER_DIRENT
(see AC_HEADER_DIRENT),
but defines a different set of C preprocessor macros to indicate which
header file is found:
Header | Old Symbol | New Symbol |
dirent.h | DIRENT | HAVE_DIRENT_H |
sys/ndir.h | SYSNDIR | HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H |
sys/dir.h | SYSDIR | HAVE_SYS_DIR_H |
ndir.h | NDIR | HAVE_NDIR_H |
If on DYNIX/ptx, add -lseq to output variable
LIBS
. This macro used to be defined as
AC_CHECK_LIB([seq], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lseq $LIBS"])
now it is just AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
(see AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT).
Defined the output variable EXEEXT
based on the output of the
compiler, which is now done automatically. Typically set to empty
string if Posix and ‘.exe’ if a DOS variant.
Similar to AC_CYGWIN
but checks for the EMX environment on OS/2
and sets EMXOS2
. Don’t use this macro, the dignified means to
check the nature of the host is using AC_CANONICAL_HOST
(see Canonicalizing).
This is an obsolete version of AC_ARG_ENABLE
that does not
support providing a help string (see AC_ARG_ENABLE).
Replaced by AC_MSG_ERROR
(see AC_MSG_ERROR).
Replaced by AC_PATH_X
(see AC_PATH_X).
Replaced by AC_PATH_XTRA
(see AC_PATH_XTRA).
Replaced by m4_foreach_w
(see m4_foreach_w).
Replaced by AC_CHECK_FUNC
(see AC_CHECK_FUNC).
Do nothing. Formerly, this macro checked whether setvbuf
takes
the buffering type as its second argument and the buffer pointer as the
third, instead of the other way around, and defined
SETVBUF_REVERSED
. However, the last systems to have the problem
were those based on SVR2, which became obsolete in 1987, and the macro
is no longer needed.
If wait3
is found and fills in the contents of its third argument
(a ‘struct rusage *’), which HP-UX does not do, define
HAVE_WAIT3
.
These days portable programs should use waitpid
, not
wait3
, as wait3
has been removed from Posix.
Replaced by AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
(see AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL).
Replaced by AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
(see AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS).
Replaced by AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
(see AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG).
This macro is a platform-specific subset of
AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
(see AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS).
Replaced by AC_CHECK_FUNCS
(see AC_CHECK_FUNCS).
Replaced by AC_CHECK_HEADERS
(see AC_CHECK_HEADERS).
This macro is equivalent to calling AC_CHECK_LIB
with a
function argument of main
. In addition, library can
be written as any of ‘foo’, -lfoo, or ‘libfoo.a’. In
all of those cases, the compiler is passed -lfoo. However,
library cannot be a shell variable; it must be a literal name.
See AC_CHECK_LIB.
Replaced by AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
(see AC_SYS_INTERPRETER).
Replaced by AC_CHECK_HEADER
(see AC_CHECK_HEADER).
Replaced by AC_EGREP_HEADER
(see AC_EGREP_HEADER).
Replaced by AS_HELP_STRING
(see AS_HELP_STRING).
Formerly AC_INIT
used to have a single argument, and was
equivalent to:
AC_INIT AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(unique-file-in-source-dir)
See AC_INIT and AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR.
Replaced by AC_C_INLINE
(see AC_C_INLINE).
If the C type int
is 16 bits wide, define INT_16_BITS
.
Use ‘AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)’ instead (see AC_CHECK_SIZEOF).
If on IRIX (Silicon Graphics Unix), add -lsun to output
LIBS
. If you were using it to get getmntent
, use
AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
instead. If you used it for the NIS versions
of the password and group functions, use ‘AC_CHECK_LIB(sun,
getpwnam)’. Up to Autoconf 2.13, it used to be
AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lsun $LIBS"])
now it is defined as
AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwnam])
See AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT and AC_CHECK_LIB.
This macro adds -lcposix to output variable LIBS
if
necessary for Posix facilities. Sun dropped support for the obsolete
INTERACTIVE Systems Corporation Unix on 2006-07-23. New programs
need not use this macro. It is implemented as
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([strerror], [cposix])
(see AC_SEARCH_LIBS).
Same as ‘AC_LANG([C])’ (see AC_LANG).
Same as ‘AC_LANG([C++])’ (see AC_LANG).
Same as ‘AC_LANG([Fortran 77])’ (see AC_LANG).
Select the language that is saved on the top of the stack, as set
by AC_LANG_SAVE
, remove it from the stack, and call
AC_LANG(language)
. See Language Choice, for the
preferred way to change languages.
Remember the current language (as set by AC_LANG
) on a stack.
The current language does not change. AC_LANG_PUSH
is preferred
(see AC_LANG_PUSH).
This is an obsolete version of AC_CONFIG_LINKS
(see AC_CONFIG_LINKS. An updated version of:
AC_LINK_FILES(config/$machine.h config/$obj_format.h, host.h object.h)
is:
AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
Replaced by AC_PROG_LN_S
(see AC_PROG_LN_S).
Define LONG_64_BITS
if the C type long int
is 64 bits wide.
Use the generic macro ‘AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long int])’ instead
(see AC_CHECK_SIZEOF).
If the C compiler supports a working long double
type with more
range or precision than the double
type, define
HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
.
You should use AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE
or
AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
instead. See Particular Types.
Replaced by
AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
Replaced by AC_HEADER_MAJOR
(see AC_HEADER_MAJOR).
Used to define NEED_MEMORY_H
if the mem
functions were
defined in memory.h. Today it is equivalent to
‘AC_CHECK_HEADERS([memory.h])’ (see AC_CHECK_HEADERS). Adjust
your code to depend upon
HAVE_MEMORY_H
, not NEED_MEMORY_H
; see Standard Symbols.
Similar to AC_CYGWIN
but checks for the MinGW compiler
environment and sets MINGW32
. Don’t use this macro, the
dignified means to check the nature of the host is using
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
(see Canonicalizing).
This macro is a platform-specific subset of
AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
(see AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS).
Replaced by AC_PROG_CC_C_O
(see AC_PROG_CC_C_O).
Replaced by AC_FUNC_MMAP
(see AC_FUNC_MMAP).
Replaced by AC_TYPE_MODE_T
(see AC_TYPE_MODE_T).
Defined the output variable OBJEXT
based on the output of the
compiler, after .c files have been excluded. Typically set to ‘o’
if Posix, ‘obj’ if a DOS variant.
Now the compiler checking macros handle
this automatically.
Make M4 print a message to the standard error output warning that
this-macro-name is obsolete, and giving the file and line number
where it was called. this-macro-name should be the name of the
macro that is calling AC_OBSOLETE
. If suggestion is given,
it is printed at the end of the warning message; for example, it can be
a suggestion for what to use instead of this-macro-name.
For instance
AC_OBSOLETE([$0], [; use AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h) instead])dnl
You are encouraged to use AU_DEFUN
instead, since it gives better
services to the user (see AU_DEFUN).
Replaced by AC_TYPE_OFF_T
(see AC_TYPE_OFF_T).
The use of AC_OUTPUT
with arguments is deprecated. This obsoleted
interface is equivalent to:
AC_CONFIG_FILES(file…) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], extra-cmds, init-cmds) AC_OUTPUT
See AC_CONFIG_FILES, AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS, and AC_OUTPUT.
Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
config.status, and shell commands to initialize any variables
from configure
. This macro may be called multiple times. It is
obsolete, replaced by AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
(see AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS).
Here is an unrealistic example:
fubar=27 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.], [fubar=$fubar]) AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is another, extra, bit], [echo init bit])
Aside from the fact that AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
requires an
additional key, an important difference is that
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS
is quoting its arguments twice, unlike
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
. This means that AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
can safely be given macro calls as arguments:
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS(foo, [my_FOO()])
Conversely, where one level of quoting was enough for literal strings
with AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS
, you need two with
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
. The following lines are equivalent:
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo "Square brackets: []"]) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [[echo "Square brackets: []"]])
Replaced by AC_TYPE_PID_T
(see AC_TYPE_PID_T).
Replaced by AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM
(see AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM).
Replaced by AC_CHECK_PROGS
(see AC_CHECK_PROGS).
Replaced by AC_PATH_PROGS
(see AC_PATH_PROGS).
Replaced by AC_CHECK_PROG
(see AC_CHECK_PROG).
Replaced by AC_EGREP_CPP
(see AC_EGREP_CPP).
Replaced by AC_PATH_PROG
(see AC_PATH_PROG).
Removed because of limited usefulness.
This macro was renamed AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
. However,
these days portable programs should use sigaction
with
SA_RESTART
if they want restartable system calls. They should
not rely on HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
, since nowadays whether a
system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
issue.
Replaced by AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
(see AC_TYPE_SIGNAL), which itself
is obsolete when assuming C89 or better.
Removed because of limited usefulness.
If on SCO Unix, add -lintl to output variable LIBS
. This
macro used to do this:
AC_CHECK_LIB([intl], [strftime], [LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"])
Now it just calls AC_FUNC_STRFTIME
instead (see AC_FUNC_STRFTIME).
Replaced by
AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
Replaced by AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
(see AC_PROG_MAKE_SET).
Replaced by AC_CHECK_SIZEOF
(see AC_CHECK_SIZEOF).
Replaced by AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
(see AC_TYPE_SIZE_T).
Replaced by AC_HEADER_STAT
(see AC_HEADER_STAT).
Replaced by AC_HEADER_STDC
(see AC_HEADER_STDC).
Replaced by AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
(see AC_FUNC_STRCOLL).
If struct stat
contains an st_blksize
member, define
HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
. The former name,
HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
is to be avoided, as its support will cease in
the future. This macro is obsoleted, and should be replaced by
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize])
See AC_CHECK_MEMBERS.
If struct stat
contains an st_rdev
member, define
HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
. The former name for this macro,
HAVE_ST_RDEV
, is to be avoided as it will cease to be supported
in the future. Actually, even the new macro is obsolete and should be
replaced by:
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
See AC_CHECK_MEMBERS.
Replaced by AC_CHECK_MEMBERS
(see AC_CHECK_MEMBERS).
Replaced by AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
(see AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS).
Replaced by AC_CHECK_MEMBERS
(see AC_CHECK_MEMBERS).
If the system automatically restarts a system call that is interrupted
by a signal, define HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
. This macro does
not check whether system calls are restarted in general—it checks whether a
signal handler installed with signal
(but not sigaction
)
causes system calls to be restarted. It does not check whether system calls
can be restarted when interrupted by signals that have no handler.
These days portable programs should use sigaction
with
SA_RESTART
if they want restartable system calls. They should
not rely on HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
, since nowadays whether a
system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
issue.
This macro was renamed AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
. However, even that
name is obsolete, as the same functionality is now achieved via
AC_CHECK_DECLS
(see AC_CHECK_DECLS).
This macro was renamed AC_TRY_CPP
, which in turn was replaced by
AC_PREPROC_IFELSE
(see AC_PREPROC_IFELSE).
This macro was renamed AC_TRY_RUN
, which in turn was replaced by
AC_RUN_IFELSE
(see AC_RUN_IFELSE).
Replaced by AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
(see AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE).
Replaced by AC_HEADER_TIME
(see AC_HEADER_TIME).
Same as:
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[includes]], [[function-body]])], [action-if-true], [action-if-false])
See Running the Compiler.
This macro double quotes both includes and function-body.
For C and C++, includes is any #include
statements needed
by the code in function-body (includes is ignored if
the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
and compilation flags are determined by the current language
(see Language Choice).
Same as:
AC_PREPROC_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[input]])], [action-if-true], [action-if-false])
This macro double quotes the input.
Same as:
AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[includes]], [[function-body]])], [action-if-true], [action-if-false])
See Running the Compiler.
This macro double quotes both includes and function-body.
Depending on the current language (see Language Choice), create a test program to see whether a function whose body consists of function-body can be compiled and linked. If the file compiles and links successfully, run shell commands action-if-found, otherwise run action-if-not-found.
This macro double quotes both includes and function-body.
For C and C++, includes is any #include
statements needed
by the code in function-body (includes is ignored if
the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
and compilation flags are determined by the current language
(see Language Choice), and in addition LDFLAGS
and
LIBS
are used for linking.
This macro is equivalent to
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [function])], [action-if-found], [action-if-not-found])
See AC_LINK_IFELSE.
Same as:
AC_RUN_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[program]])], [action-if-true], [action-if-false], [action-if-cross-compiling])
See Runtime.
If signal.h declares signal
as returning a pointer to a
function returning void
, define RETSIGTYPE
to be
void
; otherwise, define it to be int
. These days, it is
portable to assume C89, and that signal handlers return void
,
without needing to use this macro or RETSIGTYPE
.
When targeting older K&R C, it is possible to define signal handlers as
returning type RETSIGTYPE
, and omit a return statement:
RETSIGTYPE hup_handler () { … }
Replaced by AC_TYPE_UID_T
(see AC_TYPE_UID_T).
Same as ‘AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])’ (see AC_CHECK_HEADERS).
Define USG
if the BSD string functions are defined in
strings.h. You should no longer depend upon USG
, but on
HAVE_STRING_H
; see Standard Symbols.
Replaced by AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
(see AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL).
If the cache file is inconsistent with the current host, target and build system types, it used to execute cmd or print a default error message. This is now handled by default.
Replaced by AC_MSG_RESULT
(see AC_MSG_RESULT).
Replaced by AC_FUNC_FORK
(see AC_FUNC_FORK).
Replaced by AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
(see AC_FUNC_VPRINTF).
This macro was renamed AC_FUNC_WAIT3
. However, these days
portable programs should use waitpid
, not wait3
, as
wait3
has been removed from Posix.
Replaced by AC_MSG_WARN
(see AC_MSG_WARN).
This is an obsolete version of AC_ARG_WITH
that does not
support providing a help string (see AC_ARG_WITH).
Replaced by AC_C_BIGENDIAN
(see AC_C_BIGENDIAN).
This macro used to add -lx to output variable LIBS
if on
Xenix. Also, if dirent.h is being checked for, added
-ldir to LIBS
. Now it is merely an alias of
AC_HEADER_DIRENT
instead, plus some code to detect whether
running XENIX on which you should not depend:
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Xenix]) AC_EGREP_CPP([yes], [#if defined M_XENIX && !defined M_UNIX yes #endif], [AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]); XENIX=yes], [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]); XENIX=])
Don’t use this macro, the dignified means to check the nature of the
host is using AC_CANONICAL_HOST
(see Canonicalizing).
This macro was renamed AC_DECL_YYTEXT
, which in turn was
integrated into AC_PROG_LEX
(see AC_PROG_LEX).
Next: Autoconf 2.13, Previous: Obsolete Macros, Up: Obsolete Constructs [Contents][Index]
Autoconf version 2 is mostly backward compatible with version 1.
However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn’t
support some of the ugly things in version 1. So, depending on how
sophisticated your configure.ac files are, you might have to do
some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2. This chapter points
out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps your
configure
scripts could benefit from some of the new features in
version 2; the changes are summarized in the file NEWS in the
Autoconf distribution.
• Changed File Names | Files you might rename | |
• Changed Makefiles | New things to put in Makefile.in | |
• Changed Macros | Macro calls you might replace | |
• Changed Results | Changes in how to check test results | |
• Changed Macro Writing | Better ways to write your own macros |
Next: Changed Makefiles, Up: Autoconf 1 [Contents][Index]
If you have an aclocal.m4 installed with Autoconf (as opposed to in a particular package’s source directory), you must rename it to acsite.m4. See autoconf Invocation.
If you distribute install.sh with your package, rename it to
install-sh so make
builtin rules don’t inadvertently
create a file called install from it. AC_PROG_INSTALL
looks for the script under both names, but it is best to use the new name.
If you were using config.h.top, config.h.bot, or
acconfig.h, you still can, but you have less clutter if you
use the AH_
macros. See Autoheader Macros.
Next: Changed Macros, Previous: Changed File Names, Up: Autoconf 1 [Contents][Index]
Add ‘@CFLAGS@’, ‘@CPPFLAGS@’, and ‘@LDFLAGS@’ in
your Makefile.in files, so they can take advantage of the values
of those variables in the environment when configure
is run.
Doing this isn’t necessary, but it’s a convenience for users.
Also add ‘@configure_input@’ in a comment to each input file for
AC_OUTPUT
, so that the output files contain a comment saying
they were produced by configure
. Automatically selecting the
right comment syntax for all the kinds of files that people call
AC_OUTPUT
on became too much work.
Add config.log and config.cache to the list of files you
remove in distclean
targets.
If you have the following in Makefile.in:
prefix = /usr/local exec_prefix = $(prefix)
you must change it to:
prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
The old behavior of replacing those variables without ‘@’ characters around them has been removed.
Next: Changed Results, Previous: Changed Makefiles, Up: Autoconf 1 [Contents][Index]
Many of the macros were renamed in Autoconf version 2. You can still
use the old names, but the new ones are clearer, and it’s easier to find
the documentation for them. See Obsolete Macros, for a table showing the
new names for the old macros. Use the autoupdate
program to
convert your configure.ac to using the new macro names.
See autoupdate Invocation.
Some macros have been superseded by similar ones that do the job better,
but are not call-compatible. If you get warnings about calling obsolete
macros while running autoconf
, you may safely ignore them, but
your configure
script generally works better if you follow
the advice that is printed about what to replace the obsolete macros with. In
particular, the mechanism for reporting the results of tests has
changed. If you were using echo
or AC_VERBOSE
(perhaps
via AC_COMPILE_CHECK
), your configure
script’s output
looks better if you switch to AC_MSG_CHECKING
and
AC_MSG_RESULT
. See Printing Messages. Those macros work best
in conjunction with cache variables. See Caching Results.
Next: Changed Macro Writing, Previous: Changed Macros, Up: Autoconf 1 [Contents][Index]
If you were checking the results of previous tests by examining the
shell variable DEFS
, you need to switch to checking the values of
the cache variables for those tests. DEFS
no longer exists while
configure
is running; it is only created when generating output
files. This difference from version 1 is because properly quoting the
contents of that variable turned out to be too cumbersome and
inefficient to do every time AC_DEFINE
is called. See Cache Variable Names.
For example, here is a configure.ac fragment written for Autoconf version 1:
AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog) case "$DEFS" in *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) ;; *) # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other. saved_LIBS="$LIBS" for lib in bsd socket inet; do AC_CHECKING(for syslog in -l$lib) LIBS="-l$lib $saved_LIBS" AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog) case "$DEFS" in *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) break ;; *) ;; esac LIBS="$saved_LIBS" done ;; esac
Here is a way to write it for version 2:
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([syslog]) if test "x$ac_cv_func_syslog" = xno; then # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other. for lib in bsd socket inet; do AC_CHECK_LIB([$lib], [syslog], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYSLOG]) LIBS="-l$lib $LIBS"; break]) done fi
If you were working around bugs in AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED
by adding
backslashes before quotes, you need to remove them. It now works
predictably, and does not treat quotes (except back quotes) specially.
See Setting Output Variables.
All of the Boolean shell variables set by Autoconf macros now use ‘yes’ for the true value. Most of them use ‘no’ for false, though for backward compatibility some use the empty string instead. If you were relying on a shell variable being set to something like 1 or ‘t’ for true, you need to change your tests.
Previous: Changed Results, Up: Autoconf 1 [Contents][Index]
When defining your own macros, you should now use AC_DEFUN
instead of define
. AC_DEFUN
automatically calls
AC_PROVIDE
and ensures that macros called via AC_REQUIRE
do not interrupt other macros, to prevent nested ‘checking…’
messages on the screen. There’s no actual harm in continuing to use the
older way, but it’s less convenient and attractive. See Macro Definitions.
You probably looked at the macros that came with Autoconf as a guide for how to do things. It would be a good idea to take a look at the new versions of them, as the style is somewhat improved and they take advantage of some new features.
If you were doing tricky things with undocumented Autoconf internals (macros, variables, diversions), check whether you need to change anything to account for changes that have been made. Perhaps you can even use an officially supported technique in version 2 instead of kludging. Or perhaps not.
To speed up your locally written feature tests, add caching to them. See whether any of your tests are of general enough usefulness to encapsulate them into macros that you can share.
Previous: Autoconf 1, Up: Obsolete Constructs [Contents][Index]
The introduction of the previous section (see Autoconf 1) perfectly suits this section...
Autoconf version 2.50 is mostly backward compatible with version 2.13. However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn’t support some of the ugly things in version 2.13. So, depending on how sophisticated your configure.ac files are, you might have to do some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2.50. This chapter points out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps your
configure
scripts could benefit from some of the new features in version 2.50; the changes are summarized in the file NEWS in the Autoconf distribution.
• Changed Quotation | Broken code which used to work | |
• New Macros | Interaction with foreign macros | |
• Hosts and Cross-Compilation | Bugward compatibility kludges | |
• AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS | LIBOBJS is a forbidden token | |
• AC_ACT_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_ACT | A more generic scheme for testing sources |
Next: New Macros, Up: Autoconf 2.13 [Contents][Index]
The most important changes are invisible to you: the implementation of most macros have completely changed. This allowed more factorization of the code, better error messages, a higher uniformity of the user’s interface etc. Unfortunately, as a side effect, some construct which used to (miraculously) work might break starting with Autoconf 2.50. The most common culprit is bad quotation.
For instance, in the following example, the message is not properly quoted:
AC_INIT AC_CHECK_HEADERS(foo.h, , AC_MSG_ERROR(cannot find foo.h, bailing out)) AC_OUTPUT
Autoconf 2.13 simply ignores it:
$ autoconf-2.13; ./configure --silent creating cache ./config.cache configure: error: cannot find foo.h $
while Autoconf 2.50 produces a broken configure:
$ autoconf-2.50; ./configure --silent configure: error: cannot find foo.h ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing' ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing' $
The message needs to be quoted, and the AC_MSG_ERROR
invocation
too!
AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@example.org]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find foo.h, bailing out])]) AC_OUTPUT
Many many (and many more) Autoconf macros were lacking proper quotation,
including no less than… AC_DEFUN
itself!
$ cat configure.in AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL], [# My own much better version ]) AC_INIT AC_PROG_INSTALL AC_OUTPUT $ autoconf-2.13 autoconf: Undefined macros: ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_FD_MSG ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_EPI configure.in:1:AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL], configure.in:5:AC_PROG_INSTALL $ autoconf-2.50 $
Next: Hosts and Cross-Compilation, Previous: Changed Quotation, Up: Autoconf 2.13 [Contents][Index]
While Autoconf was relatively dormant in the late 1990s, Automake
provided Autoconf-like macros for a while. Starting with Autoconf 2.50
in 2001, Autoconf provided
versions of these macros, integrated in the AC_
namespace,
instead of AM_
. But in order to ease the upgrading via
autoupdate
, bindings to such AM_
macros are provided.
Unfortunately older versions of Automake (e.g., Automake 1.4)
did not quote the names of these macros.
Therefore, when m4
finds something like
‘AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T, …)’ in aclocal.m4,
AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T
is
expanded, replaced with its Autoconf definition.
Fortunately Autoconf catches pre-AC_INIT
expansions, and
complains, in its own words:
$ cat configure.ac AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@example.org]) AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T $ aclocal-1.4 $ autoconf aclocal.m4:17: error: m4_defn: undefined macro: _m4_divert_diversion aclocal.m4:17: the top level autom4te: m4 failed with exit status: 1 $
Modern versions of Automake no longer define most of these macros, and properly quote the names of the remaining macros. If you must use an old Automake, do not depend upon macros from Automake as it is simply not its job to provide macros (but the one it requires itself):
$ cat configure.ac AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@example.org]) AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T $ rm aclocal.m4 $ autoupdate autoupdate: `configure.ac' is updated $ cat configure.ac AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@example.org]) AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t]) $ aclocal-1.4 $ autoconf $
Next: AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS, Previous: New Macros, Up: Autoconf 2.13 [Contents][Index]
Based on the experience of compiler writers, and after long public debates, many aspects of the cross-compilation chain have changed:
configure
,
configure
,
The relationship between build, host, and target have been cleaned up:
the chain of default is now simply: target defaults to host, host to
build, and build to the result of config.guess
. Nevertheless,
in order to ease the transition from 2.13 to 2.50, the following
transition scheme is implemented. Do not rely on it, as it will
be completely disabled in a couple of releases (we cannot keep it, as it
proves to cause more problems than it cures).
They all default to the result of running config.guess
, unless
you specify either --build or --host. In this case,
the default becomes the system type you specified. If you specify both,
and they’re different, configure
enters cross compilation
mode, so it doesn’t run any tests that require execution.
Hint: if you mean to override the result of config.guess
,
prefer --build over --host.
For backward compatibility, configure
accepts a system
type as an option by itself. Such an option overrides the
defaults for build, host, and target system types. The following
configure statement configures a cross toolchain that runs on
NetBSD/alpha but generates code for GNU Hurd/sparc,
which is also the build platform.
./configure --host=alpha-netbsd sparc-gnu
In Autoconf 2.13 and before, the variables build
, host
,
and target
had a different semantics before and after the
invocation of AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
etc. Now, the argument of
--build is strictly copied into build_alias
, and is left
empty otherwise. After the AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
, build
is
set to the canonicalized build type. To ease the transition, before,
its contents is the same as that of build_alias
. Do not
rely on this broken feature.
For consistency with the backward compatibility scheme exposed above, when --host is specified but --build isn’t, the build system is assumed to be the same as --host, and ‘build_alias’ is set to that value. Eventually, this historically incorrect behavior will go away.
The former scheme to enable cross-compilation proved to cause more harm
than good, in particular, it used to be triggered too easily, leaving
regular end users puzzled in front of cryptic error messages.
configure
could even enter cross-compilation mode only
because the compiler was not functional. This is mainly because
configure
used to try to detect cross-compilation, instead of
waiting for an explicit flag from the user.
Now, configure
enters cross-compilation mode if and only if
--host is passed.
That’s the short documentation. To ease the transition between 2.13 and its successors, a more complicated scheme is implemented. Do not rely on the following, as it will be removed in the near future.
If you specify --host, but not --build, when
configure
performs the first compiler test it tries to run
an executable produced by the compiler. If the execution fails, it
enters cross-compilation mode. This is fragile. Moreover, by the time
the compiler test is performed, it may be too late to modify the
build-system type: other tests may have already been performed.
Therefore, whenever you specify --host, be sure to specify
--build too.
./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
enters cross-compilation mode. The former interface, which
consisted in setting the compiler to a cross-compiler without informing
configure
is obsolete. For instance, configure
fails if it can’t run the code generated by the specified compiler if you
configure as follows:
./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
Next: AC_ACT_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_ACT, Previous: Hosts and Cross-Compilation, Up: Autoconf 2.13 [Contents][Index]
AC_LIBOBJ
vs. LIBOBJS
Up to Autoconf 2.13, the replacement of functions was triggered via the
variable LIBOBJS
. Since Autoconf 2.50, the macro
AC_LIBOBJ
should be used instead (see Generic Functions).
Starting at Autoconf 2.53, the use of LIBOBJS
is an error.
This change is mandated by the unification of the GNU Build System
components. In particular, the various fragile techniques used to parse
a configure.ac are all replaced with the use of traces. As a
consequence, any action must be traceable, which obsoletes critical
variable assignments. Fortunately, LIBOBJS
was the only problem,
and it can even be handled gracefully (read, “without your having to
change something”).
There were two typical uses of LIBOBJS
: asking for a replacement
function, and adjusting LIBOBJS
for Automake and/or Libtool.
As for function replacement, the fix is immediate: use
AC_LIBOBJ
. For instance:
LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o" LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
should be replaced with:
AC_LIBOBJ([fnmatch]) AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
When used with Automake 1.10 or newer, a suitable value for
LIBOBJDIR
is set so that the LIBOBJS
and LTLIBOBJS
can be referenced from any Makefile.am. Even without Automake,
arranging for LIBOBJDIR
to be set correctly enables
referencing LIBOBJS
and LTLIBOBJS
in another directory.
The LIBOBJDIR
feature is experimental.
Previous: AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS, Up: Autoconf 2.13 [Contents][Index]
AC_ACT_IFELSE
vs. AC_TRY_ACT
Since Autoconf 2.50, internal codes uses AC_PREPROC_IFELSE
,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
, AC_LINK_IFELSE
, and
AC_RUN_IFELSE
on one hand and AC_LANG_SOURCE
,
and AC_LANG_PROGRAM
on the other hand instead of the deprecated
AC_TRY_CPP
, AC_TRY_COMPILE
, AC_TRY_LINK
, and
AC_TRY_RUN
. The motivations where:
AC_TRY_COMPILE
etc. were double
quoting their arguments;
In addition to the change of syntax, the philosophy has changed too: while emphasis was put on speed at the expense of accuracy, today’s Autoconf promotes accuracy of the testing framework at, ahem…, the expense of speed.
As a perfect example of what is not to be done, here is how to
find out whether a header file contains a particular declaration, such
as a typedef, a structure, a structure member, or a function. Use
AC_EGREP_HEADER
instead of running grep
directly on the
header file; on some systems the symbol might be defined in another
header file that the file you are checking includes.
As a (bad) example, here is how you should not check for C preprocessor
symbols, either defined by header files or predefined by the C
preprocessor: using AC_EGREP_CPP
:
AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [#ifdef _AIX yes #endif ], is_aix=yes, is_aix=no)
The above example, properly written would (i) use
AC_LANG_PROGRAM
, and (ii) run the compiler:
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[#ifndef _AIX error: This isn't AIX! #endif ]])], [is_aix=yes], [is_aix=no])
Next: FAQ, Previous: Obsolete Constructs, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
N.B.: This section describes a feature which is still stabilizing. Although we believe that Autotest is useful as-is, this documentation describes an interface which might change in the future: do not depend upon Autotest without subscribing to the Autoconf mailing lists.
It is paradoxical that portable projects depend on nonportable tools to run their test suite. Autoconf by itself is the paragon of this problem: although it aims at perfectly portability, up to 2.13 its test suite was using DejaGNU, a rich and complex testing framework, but which is far from being standard on Posix systems. Worse yet, it was likely to be missing on the most fragile platforms, the very platforms that are most likely to torture Autoconf and exhibit deficiencies.
To circumvent this problem, many package maintainers have developed their own testing framework, based on simple shell scripts whose sole outputs are exit status values describing whether the test succeeded. Most of these tests share common patterns, and this can result in lots of duplicated code and tedious maintenance.
Following exactly the same reasoning that yielded to the inception of Autoconf, Autotest provides a test suite generation framework, based on M4 macros building a portable shell script. The suite itself is equipped with automatic logging and tracing facilities which greatly diminish the interaction with bug reporters, and simple timing reports.
Autoconf itself has been using Autotest for years, and we do attest that it has considerably improved the strength of the test suite and the quality of bug reports. Other projects are known to use some generation of Autotest, such as Bison, Free Recode, Free Wdiff, GNU Tar, each of them with different needs, and this usage has validated Autotest as a general testing framework.
Nonetheless, compared to DejaGNU, Autotest is inadequate for interactive tool testing, which is probably its main limitation.
• Using an Autotest Test Suite | Autotest and the user | |
• Writing Testsuites | Autotest macros | |
• testsuite Invocation | Running testsuite scripts
| |
• Making testsuite Scripts | Using autom4te to create testsuite
|
Next: Writing Testsuites, Up: Using Autotest [Contents][Index]
• testsuite Scripts | The concepts of Autotest | |
• Autotest Logs | Their contents |
Next: Autotest Logs, Up: Using an Autotest Test Suite [Contents][Index]
testsuite
ScriptsGenerating testing or validation suites using Autotest is rather easy.
The whole validation suite is held in a file to be processed through
autom4te
, itself using GNU M4 under the hood, to
produce a stand-alone Bourne shell script which then gets distributed.
Neither autom4te
nor GNU M4 are needed at
the installer’s end.
Each test of the validation suite should be part of some test group. A test group is a sequence of interwoven tests that ought to be executed together, usually because one test in the group creates data files that a later test in the same group needs to read. Complex test groups make later debugging more tedious. It is much better to keep only a few tests per test group. Ideally there is only one test per test group.
For all but the simplest packages, some file such as testsuite.at does not fully hold all test sources, as these are often easier to maintain in separate files. Each of these separate files holds a single test group, or a sequence of test groups all addressing some common functionality in the package. In such cases, testsuite.at merely initializes the validation suite, and sometimes does elementary health checking, before listing include statements for all other test files. The special file package.m4, containing the identification of the package, is automatically included if found.
A convenient alternative consists in moving all the global issues
(local Autotest macros, elementary health checking, and AT_INIT
invocation) into the file local.at
, and making
testsuite.at be a simple list of m4_include
s of sub test
suites. In such case, generating the whole test suite or pieces of it
is only a matter of choosing the autom4te
command line
arguments.
The validation scripts that Autotest produces are by convention called
testsuite
. When run, testsuite
executes each test
group in turn, producing only one summary line per test to say if that
particular test succeeded or failed. At end of all tests, summarizing
counters get printed. One debugging directory is left for each test
group which failed, if any: such directories are named
testsuite.dir/nn, where nn is the sequence number of
the test group, and they include:
AT_DATA
AT_CHECK_EUNIT
In the ideal situation, none of the tests fail, and consequently no debugging directory is left behind for validation.
It often happens in practice that individual tests in the validation
suite need to get information coming out of the configuration process.
Some of this information, common for all validation suites, is provided
through the file atconfig, automatically created by
AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR
. For configuration information which your
testing environment specifically needs, you might prepare an optional
file named atlocal.in, instantiated by AC_CONFIG_FILES
.
The configuration process produces atconfig and atlocal
out of these two input files, and these two produced files are
automatically read by the testsuite script.
Here is a diagram showing the relationship between files.
Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
[package.m4] -->. \ subfile-1.at ->. [local.at] ---->+ ... \ \ subfile-i.at ---->-- testsuite.at -->-- autom4te* -->testsuite ... / subfile-n.at ->'
Files used in configuring a software package:
.--> atconfig / [atlocal.in] --> config.status* --< \ `--> [atlocal]
Files created during test suite execution:
atconfig -->. .--> testsuite.log \ / >-- testsuite* --< / \ [atlocal] ->' `--> [testsuite.dir]
Previous: testsuite Scripts, Up: Using an Autotest Test Suite [Contents][Index]
When run, the test suite creates a log file named after itself, e.g., a
test suite named testsuite
creates testsuite.log. It
contains a lot of information, usually more than maintainers actually
need, but therefore most of the time it contains all that is needed:
A bad but unfortunately widespread habit consists of
setting environment variables before the command, such as in
‘CC=my-home-grown-cc ./testsuite’. The test suite does not
know this change, hence (i) it cannot report it to you, and (ii)
it cannot preserve the value of CC
for subsequent runs.
Autoconf faced exactly the same problem, and solved it by asking
users to pass the variable definitions as command line arguments.
Autotest requires this rule, too, but has no means to enforce it; the log
then contains a trace of the variables that were changed by the user.
The topmost lines of all the ChangeLog files found in the source hierarchy. This is especially useful when bugs are reported against development versions of the package, since the version string does not provide sufficient information to know the exact state of the sources the user compiled. Of course, this relies on the use of a ChangeLog.
Running a test suite in a cross-compile environment is not an easy task, since it would mean having the test suite run on a machine build, while running programs on a machine host. It is much simpler to run both the test suite and the programs on host, but then, from the point of view of the test suite, there remains a single environment, host = build. The log contains relevant information on the state of the build machine, including some important environment variables.
The absolute file name and answers to --version of the tested
programs (see Writing Testsuites, AT_TESTED
).
The contents of config.log, as created by configure
,
are appended. It contains the configuration flags and a detailed report
on the configuration itself.
Next: testsuite Invocation, Previous: Using an Autotest Test Suite, Up: Using Autotest [Contents][Index]
The testsuite.at is a Bourne shell script making use of special
Autotest M4 macros. It often contains a call to AT_INIT
near
its beginning followed by one call to m4_include
per source file
for tests. Each such included file, or the remainder of
testsuite.at if include files are not used, contain a sequence of
test groups. Each test group begins with a call to AT_SETUP
,
then an arbitrary number of shell commands or calls to AT_CHECK
,
and then completes with a call to AT_CLEANUP
. Multiple test
groups can be categorized by a call to AT_BANNER
.
All of the public Autotest macros have all-uppercase names in the namespace ‘^AT_’ to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with other text; Autoconf also reserves the namespace ‘^_AT_’ for internal macros. All shell variables used in the testsuite for internal purposes have mostly-lowercase names starting with ‘at_’. Autotest also uses here-document delimiters in the namespace ‘^_AT[A-Z]’, and makes use of the file system namespace ‘^at-’.
Since Autoconf is built on top of M4sugar (see Programming in M4sugar) and M4sh (see Programming in M4sh), you must also be aware of those namespaces (‘^_?\(m4\|AS\)_’). In general, you should not use the namespace of a package that does not own the macro or shell code you are writing.
Initialize Autotest. Giving a name to the test suite is
encouraged if your package includes several test suites. Before this
macro is called, AT_PACKAGE_STRING
and
AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
must be defined, which are used to display
information about the testsuite to the user. Typically, these macros
are provided by a file package.m4 built by make
(see Making testsuite Scripts), in order to inherit the package
name, version, and bug reporting address from configure.ac.
State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation’s copyright on the Autotest macros, parts of your test suite are covered by copyright-notice.
The copyright-notice shows up in both the head of
testsuite
and in ‘testsuite --version’.
Accept options from the space-separated list options, a list that
has leading dashes removed from the options. Long options will be
prefixed with ‘--’, single-character options with ‘-’. The
first word in this list is the primary option, any others are
assumed to be short-hand aliases. The variable associated with it
is at_arg_option
, with any dashes in option replaced
with underscores.
If the user passes --option to the testsuite
,
the variable will be set to ‘:’. If the user does not pass the
option, or passes --no-option, then the variable will be
set to ‘false’.
action-if-given is run each time the option is encountered; here,
the variable at_optarg
will be set to ‘:’ or ‘false’ as
appropriate. at_optarg
is actually just a copy of
at_arg_option
.
action-if-not-given will be run once after option parsing is complete and if no option from options was used.
help-text is added to the end of the list of options shown in
testsuite --help
(see AS_HELP_STRING).
It is recommended that you use a package-specific prefix to options names in order to avoid clashes with future Autotest built-in options.
Accept options with arguments from the space-separated list
options, a list that has leading dashes removed from the options.
Long options will be prefixed with ‘--’, single-character options
with ‘-’. The first word in this list is the primary option,
any others are assumed to be short-hand aliases. The variable associated
with it is at_arg_option
, with any dashes in option
replaced with underscores.
If the user passes --option=arg or
--option arg to the testsuite
, the
variable will be set to ‘arg’.
action-if-given is run each time the option is encountered; here,
the variable at_optarg
will be set to ‘arg’.
at_optarg
is actually just a copy of at_arg_option
.
action-if-not-given will be run once after option parsing is complete and if no option from options was used.
help-text is added to the end of the list of options shown in
testsuite --help
(see AS_HELP_STRING).
It is recommended that you use a package-specific prefix to options names in order to avoid clashes with future Autotest built-in options.
Enable colored test results by default when the output is connected to a terminal.
Log the file name and answer to --version of each program in space-separated list executables. Several invocations register new executables, in other words, don’t fear registering one program several times.
Autotest test suites rely on PATH
to find the tested program.
This avoids the need to generate absolute names of the various tools, and
makes it possible to test installed programs. Therefore, knowing which
programs are being exercised is crucial to understanding problems in
the test suite itself, or its occasional misuses. It is a good idea to
also subscribe foreign programs you depend upon, to avoid incompatible
diagnostics.
This macro identifies the start of a category of related test groups. When the resulting testsuite is invoked with more than one test group to run, its output will include a banner containing test-category-name prior to any tests run from that category. The banner should be no more than about 40 or 50 characters. A blank banner indicates uncategorized tests; an empty line will be inserted after tests from an earlier category, effectively ending that category.
This macro starts a group of related tests, all to be executed in the same subshell. It accepts a single argument, which holds a few words (no more than about 30 or 40 characters) quickly describing the purpose of the test group being started. test-group-name must not expand to unbalanced quotes, although quadrigraphs can be used.
Associate the space-separated list of keywords to the enclosing
test group. This makes it possible to run “slices” of the test suite.
For instance, if some of your test groups exercise some ‘foo’
feature, then using ‘AT_KEYWORDS(foo)’ lets you run
‘./testsuite -k foo’ to run exclusively these test groups. The
test-group-name of the test group is automatically recorded to
AT_KEYWORDS
.
Several invocations within a test group accumulate new keywords. In other words, don’t fear registering the same keyword several times in a test group.
If the current test group fails, log the contents of file. Several identical calls within one test group have no additional effect.
Make the test group fail and skip the rest of its execution, if
shell-condition is true. shell-condition is a shell expression
such as a test
command. Tests before AT_FAIL_IF
will be executed and may still cause the test group to be skipped.
You can instantiate this macro many times from within the same test group.
You should use this macro only for very simple failure conditions. If the
shell-condition could emit any kind of output you should instead
use AT_CHECK
like
AT_CHECK([if shell-condition; then exit 99; fi])
so that such output is properly recorded in the testsuite.log file.
Determine whether the test should be skipped because it requires
features that are unsupported on the machine under test.
shell-condition is a shell expression such as a test
command. Tests before AT_SKIP_IF
will be executed
and may still cause the test group to fail. You can instantiate this
macro many times from within the same test group.
You should use this macro only for very simple skip conditions. If the
shell-condition could emit any kind of output you should instead
use AT_CHECK
like
AT_CHECK([if shell-condition; then exit 77; fi])
so that such output is properly recorded in the testsuite.log file.
Determine whether the test is expected to fail because it is a known
bug (for unsupported features, you should skip the test).
shell-condition is a shell expression such as a test
command; you can instantiate this macro many times from within the
same test group, and one of the conditions is enough to turn
the test into an expected failure.
End the current test group.
Initialize an input data file with given contents. Of course, the contents have to be properly quoted between square brackets to protect against included commas or spurious M4 expansion. contents must be empty or end with a newline. file must be a single shell word that expands into a single file name.
Execute a test by performing given shell commands in a subshell.
commands is output as-is, so shell expansions are honored. These
commands should normally exit with status, while producing expected
stdout and stderr contents. If commands exit with
unexpected status 77, then the rest of the test group is skipped. If
commands exit with unexpected status 99, then the test group is
immediately failed. Otherwise, if this test fails, run shell commands
run-if-fail or, if this test passes, run shell commands
run-if-pass, both inside the current shell execution environment.
At the beginning of run-if-fail and run-if-pass, the status of
commands is available in the at_status
shell variable.
This macro must be invoked in between AT_SETUP
and AT_CLEANUP
.
If status is the literal ‘ignore’, then the corresponding
exit status is not checked, except for the special cases of 77 (skip)
and 99 (hard failure). The existence of hard failures allows one to
mark a test as an expected failure with AT_XFAIL_IF
because a
feature has not yet been implemented, but to still distinguish between
gracefully handling the missing feature and dumping core. A hard
failure also inhibits post-test actions in run-if-fail.
If the value of the stdout or stderr parameter is one of the
literals in the following table, then the test treats the output
according to the rules of that literal. Otherwise, the value of the
parameter is treated as text that must exactly match the output given by
commands on standard output and standard error (including an empty
parameter for no output); any differences are captured in the testsuite
log and the test is failed (unless an unexpected exit status of 77
skipped the test instead). The difference between AT_CHECK
and
AT_CHECK_UNQUOTED
is that only the latter performs shell variable
expansion (‘$’), command substitution (‘`’), and backslash
escaping (‘\’) on comparison text given in the stdout and
stderr arguments; if the text includes a trailing newline, this
would be the same as if it were specified via an unquoted
here-document. (However, there is no difference in the interpretation
of commands).
The content of the output is ignored, but still captured in the test group log (if the testsuite is run with option -v, the test group log is displayed as the test is run; if the test group later fails, the test group log is also copied into the overall testsuite log). This action is valid for both stdout and stderr.
The content of the output is ignored, and nothing is captured in the log
files. If commands are likely to produce binary output (including
long lines) or large amounts of output, then logging the output can make
it harder to locate details related to subsequent tests within the
group, and could potentially corrupt terminal display of a user running
testsuite -v
.
For the stdout parameter, capture the content of standard output
to both the file stdout and the test group log. Subsequent
commands in the test group can then post-process the file. This action
is often used when it is desired to use grep
to look for a
substring in the output, or when the output must be post-processed to
normalize error messages into a common form.
Like ‘stdout’, except that it only works for the stderr parameter, and the standard error capture file will be named stderr.
Like ‘stdout’ or ‘stderr’, except that the captured output is not duplicated into the test group log. This action is particularly useful for an intermediate check that produces large amounts of data, which will be followed by another check that filters down to the relevant data, as it makes it easier to locate details in the log.
For the stdout parameter, compare standard output contents with the previously created file expout, and list any differences in the testsuite log.
Like ‘expout’, except that it only works for the stderr parameter, and the standard error contents are compared with experr.
Initialize and execute an Erlang module named module that performs tests following the test-spec EUnit test specification. test-spec must be a valid EUnit test specification, as defined in the EUnit Reference Manual. erlflags are optional command-line options passed to the Erlang interpreter to execute the test Erlang module. Typically, erlflags defines at least the paths to directories containing the compiled Erlang modules under test, as ‘-pa path1 path2 ...’.
For example, the unit tests associated with Erlang module ‘testme’, which compiled code is in subdirectory src, can be performed with:
AT_CHECK_EUNIT([testme_testsuite], [{module, testme}], [-pa "${abs_top_builddir}/src"])
This macro must be invoked in between AT_SETUP
and AT_CLEANUP
.
Variables ERL
, ERLC
, and (optionally) ERLCFLAGS
must be defined as the path of the Erlang interpreter, the path of the
Erlang compiler, and the command-line flags to pass to the compiler,
respectively. Those variables should be configured in
configure.ac using the AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL
and
AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC
macros, and the configured values of those
variables are automatically defined in the testsuite. If ERL
or
ERLC
is not defined, the test group is skipped.
If the EUnit library cannot be found, i.e. if module eunit
cannot
be loaded, the test group is skipped. Otherwise, if test-spec is
an invalid EUnit test specification, the test group fails. Otherwise,
if the EUnit test passes, shell commands run-if-pass are executed
or, if the EUnit test fails, shell commands run-if-fail are
executed and the test group fails.
Only the generated test Erlang module is automatically compiled and executed. If test-spec involves testing other Erlang modules, e.g. module ‘testme’ in the example above, those modules must be already compiled.
If the testsuite is run in verbose mode, with option --verbose, EUnit is also run in verbose mode to output more details about individual unit tests.
Next: Making testsuite Scripts, Previous: Writing Testsuites, Up: Using Autotest [Contents][Index]
testsuite
ScriptsAutotest test suites support the following options:
Display the list of options and exit successfully.
Display the version of the test suite and exit successfully.
Change the current directory to dir before creating any files. Useful for running the testsuite in a subdirectory from a top-level Makefile.
Run n tests in parallel, if possible. If n is not given, run all given tests in parallel. Note that there should be no space before the argument to -j, as -j number denotes the separate arguments -j and number, see below.
In parallel mode, the standard input device of the testsuite script is not available to commands inside a test group. Furthermore, banner lines are not printed, and the summary line for each test group is output after the test group completes. Summary lines may appear unordered. If verbose and trace output are enabled (see below), they may appear intermixed from concurrently running tests.
Parallel mode requires the mkfifo
command to work, and will be
silently disabled otherwise.
Remove all the files the test suite might have created and exit. Meant
for clean
Make targets.
List all the tests (or only the selection), including their possible keywords.
By default all tests are performed (or described with --list) silently in the default environment, but the environment, set of tests, and verbosity level can be tuned:
Set the environment variable to value. Use this rather than ‘FOO=foo ./testsuite’ as debugging scripts would then run in a different environment.
The variable AUTOTEST_PATH
specifies the testing path to prepend
to PATH
. Relative directory names (not starting with
‘/’) are considered to be relative to the top level of the
package being built. All directories are made absolute, first
starting from the top level build tree, then from the
source tree. For instance ‘./testsuite
AUTOTEST_PATH=tests:bin’ for a /src/foo-1.0 source package built
in /tmp/foo results in ‘/tmp/foo/tests:/tmp/foo/bin’ and
then ‘/src/foo-1.0/tests:/src/foo-1.0/bin’ being prepended to
PATH
.
Add the corresponding test groups, with obvious semantics, to the selection.
Add to the selection the test groups with title or keywords (arguments
to AT_SETUP
or AT_KEYWORDS
) that match all keywords
of the comma separated list keywords, case-insensitively. Use
‘!’ immediately before the keyword to invert the selection for this
keyword. By default, the keywords match whole words; enclose them in
‘.*’ to also match parts of words.
For example, running
./testsuite -k 'autoupdate,.*FUNC.*'
selects all tests tagged ‘autoupdate’ and with tags containing ‘FUNC’ (as in ‘AC_CHECK_FUNC’, ‘AC_FUNC_ALLOCA’, etc.), while
./testsuite -k '!autoupdate' -k '.*FUNC.*'
selects all tests not tagged ‘autoupdate’ or with tags containing ‘FUNC’.
If any test fails, immediately abort testing. This implies --debug: post test group clean up, and top-level logging are inhibited. This option is meant for the full test suite, it is not really useful for generated debugging scripts. If the testsuite is run in parallel mode using --jobs, then concurrently running tests will finish before exiting.
Force more verbosity in the detailed output of what is being done. This is the default for debugging scripts.
Enable colored test results. Without an argument, or with ‘always’,
test results will be colored. With ‘never’, color mode is turned
off. Otherwise, if either the macro AT_COLOR_TESTS
is used by
the testsuite author, or the argument ‘auto’ is given, then test
results are colored if standard output is connected to a terminal.
Do not remove the files after a test group was performed—but they are still removed before, therefore using this option is sane when running several test groups. Create debugging scripts. Do not overwrite the top-level log (in order to preserve a supposedly existing full log file). This is the default for debugging scripts, but it can also be useful to debug the testsuite itself.
Add to the selection all test groups that failed or passed unexpectedly during the last non-debugging test run.
Trigger shell tracing of the test groups.
Besides these options accepted by every Autotest testsuite, the
testsuite author might have added package-specific options
via the AT_ARG_OPTION
and AT_ARG_OPTION_ARG
macros
(see Writing Testsuites); refer to testsuite --help
and
the package documentation for details.
Previous: testsuite Invocation, Up: Using Autotest [Contents][Index]
testsuite
ScriptsFor putting Autotest into movement, you need some configuration and makefile machinery. We recommend, at least if your package uses deep or shallow hierarchies, that you use tests/ as the name of the directory holding all your tests and their makefile. Here is a check list of things to do.
AT_PACKAGE_STRING
, the
full signature of the package, and AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
, the
address to which bug reports should be sent. For sake of completeness,
we suggest that you also define AT_PACKAGE_NAME
,
AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME
, AT_PACKAGE_VERSION
, and
AT_PACKAGE_URL
.
See Initializing configure, for a description of these variables.
Be sure to distribute package.m4 and to put it into the source
hierarchy: the test suite ought to be shipped! See below for an example
Makefile excerpt.
AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR
.
An Autotest test suite is to be configured in directory. This
macro causes directory/atconfig to be created by
config.status
and sets the default AUTOTEST_PATH
to
test-path (see testsuite Invocation).
AC_CONFIG_FILES
command includes substitution for
tests/atlocal.
With Automake, here is a minimal example for inclusion in tests/Makefile.am, in order to link ‘make check’ with a validation suite.
# The `:;' works around a Bash 3.2 bug when the output is not writable. $(srcdir)/package.m4: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac :;{ \ echo '# Signature of the current package.' && \ echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_NAME],' && \ echo ' [$(PACKAGE_NAME)])' && \ echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME],' && \ echo ' [$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)])' && \ echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_VERSION],' && \ echo ' [$(PACKAGE_VERSION)])' && \ echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_STRING],' && \ echo ' [$(PACKAGE_STRING)])' && \ echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT],' && \ echo ' [$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)])'; \ echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_URL],' && \ echo ' [$(PACKAGE_URL)])'; \ } >'$(srcdir)/package.m4' EXTRA_DIST = testsuite.at $(srcdir)/package.m4 $(TESTSUITE) atlocal.in TESTSUITE = $(srcdir)/testsuite check-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE) $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' $(TESTSUITEFLAGS) installcheck-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE) $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' AUTOTEST_PATH='$(bindir)' \ $(TESTSUITEFLAGS) clean-local: test ! -f '$(TESTSUITE)' || \ $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' --clean AUTOM4TE = $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/build-aux/missing --run autom4te AUTOTEST = $(AUTOM4TE) --language=autotest $(TESTSUITE): $(srcdir)/testsuite.at $(srcdir)/package.m4 $(AUTOTEST) -I '$(srcdir)' -o $@.tmp $@.at mv $@.tmp $@
Note that the built testsuite is distributed; this is necessary because users might not have Autoconf installed, and thus would not be able to rebuild it. Likewise, the use of missing provides the user with a nicer error message if they modify a source file to the testsuite, and accidentally trigger the rebuild rules.
You might want to list explicitly the dependencies, i.e., the list of the files testsuite.at includes.
If you don’t use Automake, you should include the above example in tests/Makefile.in, along with additional lines inspired from the following:
subdir = tests PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ atconfig: $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) && \ $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ atlocal: $(srcdir)/atlocal.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) && \ $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
and manage to have $(EXTRA_DIST)
distributed. You will also want
to distribute the file build-aux/missing from the Automake
project; a copy of this file resides in the Autoconf source tree.
With all this in place, and if you have not initialized ‘TESTSUITEFLAGS’ within your makefile, you can fine-tune test suite execution with this variable, for example:
make check TESTSUITEFLAGS='-v -d -x 75 -k AC_PROG_CC CFLAGS=-g'
Next: History, Previous: Using Autotest, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Several questions about Autoconf come up occasionally. Here some of them are addressed.
• Distributing | Distributing configure scripts
| |
• Why GNU M4 | Why not use the standard M4? | |
• Bootstrapping | Autoconf and GNU M4 require each other? | |
• Why Not Imake | Why GNU uses configure instead of Imake
| |
• Defining Directories | Passing datadir to program
| |
• Autom4te Cache | What is it? Can I remove it? | |
• Present But Cannot Be Compiled | Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree | |
• Expanded Before Required | Expanded Before Required | |
• Debugging | Debugging configure scripts
|
Next: Why GNU M4, Up: FAQ [Contents][Index]
configure
ScriptsWhat are the restrictions on distributing configure
scripts that Autoconf generates? How does that affect my
programs that use them?
There are no restrictions on how the configuration scripts that Autoconf produces may be distributed or used. In Autoconf version 1, they were covered by the GNU General Public License. We still encourage software authors to distribute their work under terms like those of the GPL, but doing so is not required to use Autoconf.
Of the other files that might be used with configure
,
config.h.in is under whatever copyright you use for your
configure.ac. config.sub and config.guess have an
exception to the GPL when they are used with an Autoconf-generated
configure
script, which permits you to distribute them under the
same terms as the rest of your package. install-sh is from the X
Consortium and is not copyrighted.
Next: Bootstrapping, Previous: Distributing, Up: FAQ [Contents][Index]
Why does Autoconf require GNU M4?
Many M4 implementations have hard-coded limitations on the size and number of macros that Autoconf exceeds. They also lack several builtin macros that it would be difficult to get along without in a sophisticated application like Autoconf, including:
m4_builtin m4_indir m4_bpatsubst __file__ __line__
Autoconf requires version 1.4.6 or later of GNU M4.
Since only software maintainers need to use Autoconf, and since GNU M4 is simple to configure and install, it seems reasonable to require GNU M4 to be installed also. Many maintainers of GNU and other free software already have most of the GNU utilities installed, since they prefer them.
Next: Why Not Imake, Previous: Why GNU M4, Up: FAQ [Contents][Index]
If Autoconf requires GNU M4 and GNU M4 has an Autoconf
configure
script, how do I bootstrap? It seems like a chicken
and egg problem!
This is a misunderstanding. Although GNU M4 does come with a
configure
script produced by Autoconf, Autoconf is not required
in order to run the script and install GNU M4. Autoconf is only
required if you want to change the M4 configure
script, which few
people have to do (mainly its maintainer).
Next: Defining Directories, Previous: Bootstrapping, Up: FAQ [Contents][Index]
Why not use Imake instead of configure
scripts?
Several people have written addressing this question, so adaptations of their explanations are included here.
The following answer is based on one written by Richard Pixley:
Autoconf generated scripts frequently work on machines that it has never been set up to handle before. That is, it does a good job of inferring a configuration for a new system. Imake cannot do this.
Imake uses a common database of host specific data. For X11, this makes sense because the distribution is made as a collection of tools, by one central authority who has control over the database.
GNU tools are not released this way. Each GNU tool has a maintainer; these maintainers are scattered across the world. Using a common database would be a maintenance nightmare. Autoconf may appear to be this kind of database, but in fact it is not. Instead of listing host dependencies, it lists program requirements.
If you view the GNU suite as a collection of native tools, then the problems are similar. But the GNU development tools can be configured as cross tools in almost any host+target permutation. All of these configurations can be installed concurrently. They can even be configured to share host independent files across hosts. Imake doesn’t address these issues.
Imake templates are a form of standardization. The GNU coding standards address the same issues without necessarily imposing the same restrictions.
Here is some further explanation, written by Per Bothner:
One of the advantages of Imake is that it is easy to generate large makefiles using the ‘#include’ and macro mechanisms of
cpp
. However,cpp
is not programmable: it has limited conditional facilities, and no looping. Andcpp
cannot inspect its environment.All of these problems are solved by using
sh
instead ofcpp
. The shell is fully programmable, has macro substitution, can execute (or source) other shell scripts, and can inspect its environment.
Paul Eggert elaborates more:
With Autoconf, installers need not assume that Imake itself is already installed and working well. This may not seem like much of an advantage to people who are accustomed to Imake. But on many hosts Imake is not installed or the default installation is not working well, and requiring Imake to install a package hinders the acceptance of that package on those hosts. For example, the Imake template and configuration files might not be installed properly on a host, or the Imake build procedure might wrongly assume that all source files are in one big directory tree, or the Imake configuration might assume one compiler whereas the package or the installer needs to use another, or there might be a version mismatch between the Imake expected by the package and the Imake supported by the host. These problems are much rarer with Autoconf, where each package comes with its own independent configuration processor.
Also, Imake often suffers from unexpected interactions between
make
and the installer’s C preprocessor. The fundamental problem here is that the C preprocessor was designed to preprocess C programs, not makefiles. This is much less of a problem with Autoconf, which uses the general-purpose preprocessor M4, and where the package’s author (rather than the installer) does the preprocessing in a standard way.
Finally, Mark Eichin notes:
Imake isn’t all that extensible, either. In order to add new features to Imake, you need to provide your own project template, and duplicate most of the features of the existing one. This means that for a sophisticated project, using the vendor-provided Imake templates fails to provide any leverage—since they don’t cover anything that your own project needs (unless it is an X11 program).
On the other side, though:
The one advantage that Imake has over
configure
: Imakefile files tend to be much shorter (likewise, less redundant) than Makefile.in files. There is a fix to this, however—at least for the Kerberos V5 tree, we’ve modified things to call in common post.in and pre.in makefile fragments for the entire tree. This means that a lot of common things don’t have to be duplicated, even though they normally are inconfigure
setups.
Next: Autom4te Cache, Previous: Why Not Imake, Up: FAQ [Contents][Index]
#define
Installation Directories?My program needs library files, installed in datadir
and
similar. If I use
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], [$datadir], [Define to the read-only architecture-independent data directory.])
I get
#define DATADIR "${prefix}/share"
As already explained, this behavior is on purpose, mandated by the GNU Coding Standards, see Installation Directory Variables. There are several means to achieve a similar goal:
AC_DEFINE
but use your makefile to pass the
actual value of datadir
via compilation flags.
See Installation Directory Variables, for the details.
CPPFLAGS
:
CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"' @CPPFLAGS@
If you are using Automake, you should use AM_CPPFLAGS
instead:
AM_CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"'
Alternatively, create a dedicated header file:
DISTCLEANFILES = myprog-paths.h myprog-paths.h: Makefile echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"' >$@
The gnulib module ‘configmake’ provides such a header with all the standard directory variables defined, see configmake in GNU Gnulib.
AC_DEFINE
but have configure
compute the literal
value of datadir
and others. Many people have wrapped macros to
automate this task; for an example, see the macro AC_DEFINE_DIR
from
the Autoconf Macro
Archive.
This solution does not conform to the GNU Coding Standards.
prefix
, and try to
find prefix
at runtime, this way your package is relocatable.
Next: Present But Cannot Be Compiled, Previous: Defining Directories, Up: FAQ [Contents][Index]
What is this directory autom4te.cache? Can I safely remove it?
In the GNU Build System, configure.ac plays a central
role and is read by many tools: autoconf
to create
configure, autoheader
to create config.h.in,
automake
to create Makefile.in, autoscan
to
check the completeness of configure.ac, autoreconf
to
check the GNU Build System components that are used. To
“read configure.ac” actually means to compile it with M4,
which can be a long process for complex configure.ac.
This is why all these tools, instead of running directly M4, invoke
autom4te
(see autom4te Invocation) which, while answering to
a specific demand, stores additional information in
autom4te.cache for future runs. For instance, if you run
autoconf
, behind the scenes, autom4te
also
stores information for the other tools, so that when you invoke
autoheader
or automake
etc., reprocessing
configure.ac is not needed. The speed up is frequently 30%,
and is increasing with the size of configure.ac.
But it is and remains being simply a cache: you can safely remove it.
Can I permanently get rid of it?
The creation of this cache can be disabled from ~/.autom4te.cfg, see Customizing autom4te, for more details. You should be aware that disabling the cache slows down the Autoconf test suite by 40%. The more GNU Build System components are used, the more the cache is useful; for instance running ‘autoreconf -f’ on the Core Utilities is twice slower without the cache although --force implies that the cache is not fully exploited, and eight times slower than without --force.
Next: Expanded Before Required, Previous: Autom4te Cache, Up: FAQ [Contents][Index]
The most important guideline to bear in mind when checking for
features is to mimic as much as possible the intended use.
Unfortunately, old versions of AC_CHECK_HEADER
and
AC_CHECK_HEADERS
failed to follow this idea, and called
the preprocessor, instead of the compiler, to check for headers. As a
result, incompatibilities between headers went unnoticed during
configuration, and maintainers finally had to deal with this issue
elsewhere.
The transition began with Autoconf 2.56. As of Autoconf 2.64 both
checks are performed, and configure
complains loudly if the
compiler and the preprocessor do not agree. However, only the compiler
result is considered.
Consider the following example:
$ cat number.h typedef int number; $ cat pi.h const number pi = 3; $ cat configure.ac AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@example.org]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([pi.h]) $ autoconf -Wall $ ./configure checking for gcc... gcc checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out checking whether the C compiler works... yes checking whether we are cross compiling... no checking for suffix of executables... checking for suffix of object files... o checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... grep checking for egrep... grep -E checking for ANSI C header files... yes checking for sys/types.h... yes checking for sys/stat.h... yes checking for stdlib.h... yes checking for string.h... yes checking for memory.h... yes checking for strings.h... yes checking for inttypes.h... yes checking for stdint.h... yes checking for unistd.h... yes checking pi.h usability... no checking pi.h presence... yes configure: WARNING: pi.h: present but cannot be compiled configure: WARNING: pi.h: check for missing prerequisite headers? configure: WARNING: pi.h: see the Autoconf documentation configure: WARNING: pi.h: section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled" configure: WARNING: pi.h: proceeding with the compiler's result configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ## configure: WARNING: ## Report this to bug-example@example.org ## configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ## checking for pi.h... yes
The proper way the handle this case is using the fourth argument (see Generic Headers):
$ cat configure.ac AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@example.org]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([number.h pi.h], [], [], [[#ifdef HAVE_NUMBER_H # include <number.h> #endif ]]) $ autoconf -Wall $ ./configure checking for gcc... gcc checking for C compiler default output... a.out checking whether the C compiler works... yes checking whether we are cross compiling... no checking for suffix of executables... checking for suffix of object files... o checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes checking for gcc option to accept ANSI C... none needed checking for number.h... yes checking for pi.h... yes
See Particular Headers, for a list of headers with their prerequisites.
Next: Debugging, Previous: Present But Cannot Be Compiled, Up: FAQ [Contents][Index]
Older versions of Autoconf silently built files with incorrect ordering between dependent macros if an outer macro first expanded, then later indirectly required, an inner macro. Starting with Autoconf 2.64, this situation no longer generates out-of-order code, but results in duplicate output and a syntax warning:
$ cat configure.ac ⇒AC_DEFUN([TESTA], [[echo in A ⇒if test -n "$SEEN_A" ; then echo duplicate ; fi ⇒SEEN_A=:]]) ⇒AC_DEFUN([TESTB], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA])[echo in B ⇒if test -z "$SEEN_A" ; then echo bug ; fi]]) ⇒AC_DEFUN([TESTC], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTB])[echo in C]]) ⇒AC_DEFUN([OUTER], [[echo in OUTER] ⇒TESTA ⇒TESTC]) ⇒AC_INIT ⇒OUTER ⇒AC_OUTPUT $ autoconf ⇒configure.ac:11: warning: AC_REQUIRE: ⇒ `TESTA' was expanded before it was required ⇒configure.ac:4: TESTB is expanded from... ⇒configure.ac:6: TESTC is expanded from... ⇒configure.ac:7: OUTER is expanded from... ⇒configure.ac:11: the top level
To avoid this warning, decide what purpose the macro in question serves.
If it only needs to be expanded once (for example, if it provides
initialization text used by later macros), then the simplest fix is to
change the macro to be declared with AC_DEFUN_ONCE
(see One-Shot Macros), although this only works in Autoconf 2.64 and
newer. A more portable fix is to change all
instances of direct calls to instead go through AC_REQUIRE
(see Prerequisite Macros). If, instead, the macro is parameterized
by arguments or by the current definition of other macros in the m4
environment, then the macro should always be directly expanded instead
of required.
For another case study, consider this example trimmed down from an actual package. Originally, the package contained shell code and multiple macro invocations at the top level of configure.ac:
AC_DEFUN([FOO], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([…])]) foobar= AC_PROG_CC FOO
but that was getting complex, so the author wanted to offload some of the text into a new macro in another file included via aclocal.m4. The naïve approach merely wraps the text in a new macro:
AC_DEFUN([FOO], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([…])]) AC_DEFUN([BAR], [ foobar= AC_PROG_CC FOO ]) BAR
With older versions of Autoconf, the setting of ‘foobar=’ occurs
before the single compiler check, as the author intended. But with
Autoconf 2.64, this issues the “expanded before it was required”
warning for AC_PROG_CC
, and outputs two copies of the compiler
check, one before ‘foobar=’, and one after. To understand why this
is happening, remember that the use of AC_COMPILE_IFELSE
includes
a call to AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
under the hood. According to
the documented semantics of AC_REQUIRE
, this means that
AC_PROG_CC
must occur before the body of the outermost
AC_DEFUN
, which in this case is BAR
, thus preceding the
use of ‘foobar=’. The older versions of Autoconf were broken with
regards to the rules of AC_REQUIRE
, which explains why the code
changed from one over to two copies of AC_PROG_CC
when upgrading
autoconf. In other words, the author was unknowingly relying on a bug
exploit to get the desired results, and that exploit broke once the bug
was fixed.
So, what recourse does the author have, to restore their intended
semantics of setting ‘foobar=’ prior to a single compiler check,
regardless of whether Autoconf 2.63 or 2.64 is used? One idea is to
remember that only AC_DEFUN
is impacted by AC_REQUIRE
;
there is always the possibility of using the lower-level
m4_define
:
AC_DEFUN([FOO], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([…])]) m4_define([BAR], [ foobar= AC_PROG_CC FOO ]) BAR
This works great if everything is in the same file. However, it does
not help in the case where the author wants to have aclocal
find the definition of BAR
from its own file, since
aclocal
requires the use of AC_DEFUN
. In this case, a
better fix is to recognize that if BAR
also uses
AC_REQUIRE
, then there will no longer be direct expansion prior
to a subsequent require. Then, by creating yet another helper macro,
the author can once again guarantee a single invocation of
AC_PROG_CC
, which will still occur after foobar=
. The
author can also use AC_BEFORE
to make sure no other macro
appearing before BAR
has triggered an unwanted expansion of
AC_PROG_CC
.
AC_DEFUN([FOO], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([…])]) AC_DEFUN([BEFORE_CC], [ foobar= ]) AC_DEFUN([BAR], [ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([BEFORE_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl FOO ]) BAR
Previous: Expanded Before Required, Up: FAQ [Contents][Index]
configure
scriptsWhile in general, configure
scripts generated by Autoconf
strive to be fairly portable to various systems, compilers, shells, and
other tools, it may still be necessary to debug a failing test, broken
script or makefile, or fix or override an incomplete, faulty, or erroneous
test, especially during macro development. Failures can occur at all levels,
in M4 syntax or semantics, shell script issues, or due to bugs in the
test or the tools invoked by configure
. Together with the
rather arcane error message that m4
and make
may
produce when their input contains syntax errors, this can make debugging
rather painful.
Nevertheless, here is a list of hints and strategies that may help:
autoconf
fails, common causes for error include:
Typically, it helps to go back to the last working version of the input
and compare the differences for each of these errors. Another
possibility is to sprinkle pairs of m4_traceon
and
m4_traceoff
judiciously in the code, either without a parameter
or listing some macro names and watch m4
expand its input
verbosely (see Debugging via autom4te).
autoconf
succeeds but the generated
configure
script has invalid shell syntax. You can detect this
case by running ‘bash -n configure’ or ‘sh -n configure’.
If this command fails, the same tips apply, as if autoconf
had
failed.
configure
script execution may be done by sprinkling
pairs of set -x
and set +x
into the shell script before
and after the region that contains a bug. Running the whole script with
‘shell -vx ./configure 2>&1 | tee log-file’ with a decent
shell may work, but produces lots of output. Here, it can help to
search for markers like ‘checking for’ a particular test in the
log-file.
configure
tests produce invalid results for your system,
it may be necessary to override them:
make
run time with some care (see Macros and Submakes). Since this
normally won’t cause configure
to be run again with these
changed settings, it may fail if the changed variable would have caused
different test results from configure
, so this may work only
for simple differences.
configure
command line (see Compilers and Options, see Defining Variables,
see Particular Systems).
configure
command line as above, or through a primed cache or
site file (see Cache Files, see Site Defaults). The name of a
cache variable is documented with a test macro or may be inferred from
Cache Variable Names; the precise semantics of undocumented
variables are often internal details, subject to change.
configure
may produce invalid results because
of uncaught programming errors, in your package or in an upstream
library package. For example, when AC_CHECK_LIB
fails to find a
library with a specified function, always check config.log. This
will reveal the exact error that produced the failing result: the
library linked by AC_CHECK_LIB
probably has a fatal bug.
Conversely, as macro author, you can make it easier for users of your macro:
make
variables to factorize and allow
override of settings at make
run time,
configure
tests,
Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Previous: FAQ, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
This chapter was written by the original author, David MacKenzie.
You may be wondering, Why was Autoconf originally written? How did it get into its present form? (Why does it look like gorilla spit?) If you’re not wondering, then this chapter contains no information useful to you, and you might as well skip it. If you are wondering, then let there be light...
• Genesis | Prehistory and naming of configure
| |
• Exodus | The plagues of M4 and Perl | |
• Leviticus | The priestly code of portability arrives | |
• Numbers | Growth and contributors | |
• Deuteronomy | Approaching the promises of easy configuration |
In June 1991 I was maintaining many of the GNU utilities for the
Free Software Foundation. As they were ported to more platforms and
more programs were added, the number of -D options that users
had to select in the makefile (around 20) became burdensome.
Especially for me—I had to test each new release on a bunch of
different systems. So I wrote a little shell script to guess some of
the correct settings for the fileutils package, and released it as part
of fileutils 2.0. That configure
script worked well enough that
the next month I adapted it (by hand) to create similar configure
scripts for several other GNU utilities packages. Brian Berliner
also adapted one of my scripts for his CVS revision control system.
Later that summer, I learned that Richard Stallman and Richard Pixley
were developing similar scripts to use in the GNU compiler tools;
so I adapted my configure
scripts to support their evolving
interface: using the file name Makefile.in as the templates;
adding ‘+srcdir’, the first option (of many); and creating
config.status files.
As I got feedback from users, I incorporated many improvements, using
Emacs to search and replace, cut and paste, similar changes in each of
the scripts. As I adapted more GNU utilities packages to use
configure
scripts, updating them all by hand became impractical.
Rich Murphey, the maintainer of the GNU graphics utilities, sent me
mail saying that the configure
scripts were great, and asking if
I had a tool for generating them that I could send him. No, I thought,
but I should! So I started to work out how to generate them. And the
journey from the slavery of hand-written configure
scripts to the
abundance and ease of Autoconf began.
Cygnus configure
, which was being developed at around that time,
is table driven; it is meant to deal mainly with a discrete number of
system types with a small number of mainly unguessable features (such as
details of the object file format). The automatic configuration system
that Brian Fox had developed for Bash takes a similar approach. For
general use, it seems to me a hopeless cause to try to maintain an
up-to-date database of which features each variant of each operating
system has. It’s easier and more reliable to check for most features on
the fly—especially on hybrid systems that people have hacked on
locally or that have patches from vendors installed.
I considered using an architecture similar to that of Cygnus
configure
, where there is a single configure
script that
reads pieces of configure.in when run. But I didn’t want to have
to distribute all of the feature tests with every package, so I settled
on having a different configure
made from each
configure.in by a preprocessor. That approach also offered more
control and flexibility.
I looked briefly into using the Metaconfig package, by Larry Wall,
Harlan Stenn, and Raphael Manfredi, but I decided not to for several
reasons. The Configure
scripts it produces are interactive,
which I find quite inconvenient; I didn’t like the ways it checked for
some features (such as library functions); I didn’t know that it was
still being maintained, and the Configure
scripts I had
seen didn’t work on many modern systems (such as System V R4 and NeXT);
it wasn’t flexible in what it could do in response to a feature’s
presence or absence; I found it confusing to learn; and it was too big
and complex for my needs (I didn’t realize then how much Autoconf would
eventually have to grow).
I considered using Perl to generate my style of configure
scripts, but decided that M4 was better suited to the job of simple
textual substitutions: it gets in the way less, because output is
implicit. Plus, everyone already has it. (Initially I didn’t rely on
the GNU extensions to M4.) Also, some of my friends at the
University of Maryland had recently been putting M4 front ends on
several programs, including tvtwm
, and I was interested in trying
out a new language.
Since my configure
scripts determine the system’s capabilities
automatically, with no interactive user intervention, I decided to call
the program that generates them Autoconfig. But with a version number
tacked on, that name would be too long for old Unix file systems,
so I shortened it to Autoconf.
In the fall of 1991 I called together a group of fellow questers after the Holy Grail of portability (er, that is, alpha testers) to give me feedback as I encapsulated pieces of my handwritten scripts in M4 macros and continued to add features and improve the techniques used in the checks. Prominent among the testers were François Pinard, who came up with the idea of making an Autoconf shell script to run M4 and check for unresolved macro calls; Richard Pixley, who suggested running the compiler instead of searching the file system to find include files and symbols, for more accurate results; Karl Berry, who got Autoconf to configure TeX and added the macro index to the documentation; and Ian Lance Taylor, who added support for creating a C header file as an alternative to putting -D options in a makefile, so he could use Autoconf for his UUCP package. The alpha testers cheerfully adjusted their files again and again as the names and calling conventions of the Autoconf macros changed from release to release. They all contributed many specific checks, great ideas, and bug fixes.
Next: Deuteronomy, Previous: Leviticus, Up: History [Contents][Index]
In July 1992, after months of alpha testing, I released Autoconf 1.0,
and converted many GNU packages to use it. I was surprised by how
positive the reaction to it was. More people started using it than I
could keep track of, including people working on software that wasn’t
part of the GNU Project (such as TCL, FSP, and Kerberos V5).
Autoconf continued to improve rapidly, as many people using the
configure
scripts reported problems they encountered.
Autoconf turned out to be a good torture test for M4 implementations. Unix M4 started to dump core because of the length of the macros that Autoconf defined, and several bugs showed up in GNU M4 as well. Eventually, we realized that we needed to use some features that only GNU M4 has. 4.3BSD M4, in particular, has an impoverished set of builtin macros; the System V version is better, but still doesn’t provide everything we need.
More development occurred as people put Autoconf under more stresses
(and to uses I hadn’t anticipated). Karl Berry added checks for X11.
david zuhn contributed C++ support. François Pinard made it diagnose
invalid arguments. Jim Blandy bravely coerced it into configuring
GNU Emacs, laying the groundwork for several later improvements.
Roland McGrath got it to configure the GNU C Library, wrote the
autoheader
script to automate the creation of C header file
templates, and added a --verbose option to configure
.
Noah Friedman added the --autoconf-dir option and
AC_MACRODIR
environment variable. (He also coined the term
autoconfiscate to mean “adapt a software package to use
Autoconf”.) Roland and Noah improved the quoting protection in
AC_DEFINE
and fixed many bugs, especially when I got sick of
dealing with portability problems from February through June, 1993.
A long wish list for major features had accumulated, and the effect of
several years of patching by various people had left some residual
cruft. In April 1994, while working for Cygnus Support, I began a major
revision of Autoconf. I added most of the features of the Cygnus
configure
that Autoconf had lacked, largely by adapting the
relevant parts of Cygnus configure
with the help of david zuhn
and Ken Raeburn. These features include support for using
config.sub, config.guess, --host, and
--target; making links to files; and running configure
scripts in subdirectories. Adding these features enabled Ken to convert
GNU as
, and Rob Savoye to convert DejaGNU, to using
Autoconf.
I added more features in response to other peoples’ requests. Many
people had asked for configure
scripts to share the results of
the checks between runs, because (particularly when configuring a large
source tree, like Cygnus does) they were frustratingly slow. Mike
Haertel suggested adding site-specific initialization scripts. People
distributing software that had to unpack on MS-DOS asked for a way to
override the .in extension on the file names, which produced file
names like config.h.in containing two dots. Jim Avera did an
extensive examination of the problems with quoting in AC_DEFINE
and AC_SUBST
; his insights led to significant improvements.
Richard Stallman asked that compiler output be sent to config.log
instead of /dev/null, to help people debug the Emacs
configure
script.
I made some other changes because of my dissatisfaction with the quality of the program. I made the messages showing results of the checks less ambiguous, always printing a result. I regularized the names of the macros and cleaned up coding style inconsistencies. I added some auxiliary utilities that I had developed to help convert source code packages to use Autoconf. With the help of François Pinard, I made the macros not interrupt each others’ messages. (That feature revealed some performance bottlenecks in GNU M4, which he hastily corrected!) I reorganized the documentation around problems people want to solve. And I began a test suite, because experience had shown that Autoconf has a pronounced tendency to regress when we change it.
Again, several alpha testers gave invaluable feedback, especially François Pinard, Jim Meyering, Karl Berry, Rob Savoye, Ken Raeburn, and Mark Eichin.
Finally, version 2.0 was ready. And there was much rejoicing. (And I have free time again. I think. Yeah, right.)
Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. http://fsf.org/ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.
A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
The “publisher” means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public.
A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties—for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements.”
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it.
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that proxy’s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
“Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site” (or “MMC Site”) means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A “Massive Multiauthor Collaboration” (or “MMC”) contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site.
“CC-BY-SA” means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization.
“Incorporate” means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or in part, as part of another Document.
An MMC is “eligible for relicensing” if it is licensed under this License, and if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (C) year your name. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with…Texts.” line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being list their titles, with the Front-Cover Texts being list, and with the Back-Cover Texts being list.
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.
Previous: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
• Environment Variable Index | Index of environment variables used | |
• Output Variable Index | Index of variables set in output files | |
• Preprocessor Symbol Index | Index of C preprocessor symbols defined | |
• Cache Variable Index | Index of documented cache variables | |
• Autoconf Macro Index | Index of Autoconf macros | |
• M4 Macro Index | Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros | |
• Autotest Macro Index | Index of Autotest macros | |
• Program & Function Index | Index of those with portability problems | |
• Concept Index | General index |
Next: Output Variable Index, Up: Indices [Contents][Index]
This is an alphabetical list of the environment variables that might influence Autoconf checks.
Jump to: | _
B C D E F G I L M N O P R S T W X Y |
---|
Jump to: | _
B C D E F G I L M N O P R S T W X Y |
---|
Next: Preprocessor Symbol Index, Previous: Environment Variable Index, Up: Indices [Contents][Index]
This is an alphabetical list of the variables that Autoconf can substitute into files that it creates, typically one or more makefiles. See Setting Output Variables, for more information on how this is done.
Jump to: | A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P R S T X Y |
---|
Jump to: | A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P R S T X Y |
---|
Next: Cache Variable Index, Previous: Output Variable Index, Up: Indices [Contents][Index]
This is an alphabetical list of the C preprocessor symbols that the
Autoconf macros define. To work with Autoconf, C source code needs to
use these names in #if
or #ifdef
directives.
Jump to: | _
A C D F G H I L M N O P R S T U V W X Y |
---|
Jump to: | _
A C D F G H I L M N O P R S T U V W X Y |
---|
Next: Autoconf Macro Index, Previous: Preprocessor Symbol Index, Up: Indices [Contents][Index]
This is an alphabetical list of documented cache variables used by macros defined in Autoconf. Autoconf macros may use additional cache variables internally.
Jump to: | A |
---|
Jump to: | A |
---|
Next: M4 Macro Index, Previous: Cache Variable Index, Up: Indices [Contents][Index]
This is an alphabetical list of the Autoconf macros.
Jump to: | A |
---|
Jump to: | A |
---|
Next: Autotest Macro Index, Previous: Autoconf Macro Index, Up: Indices [Contents][Index]
This is an alphabetical list of the M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros.
Jump to: | _
A D M |
---|
Jump to: | _
A D M |
---|
Next: Program & Function Index, Previous: M4 Macro Index, Up: Indices [Contents][Index]
This is an alphabetical list of the Autotest macros.
Jump to: | A |
---|
Jump to: | A |
---|
Next: Concept Index, Previous: Autotest Macro Index, Up: Indices [Contents][Index]
This is an alphabetical list of the programs and functions whose portability is discussed in this document.
Jump to: | !
.
/
{
A B C D E F G I J K L M N O P R S T U V W X |
---|
Jump to: | !
.
/
{
A B C D E F G I J K L M N O P R S T U V W X |
---|
Previous: Program & Function Index, Up: Indices [Contents][Index]
This is an alphabetical list of the files, tools, and concepts introduced in this document.
Jump to: | "
$
6
@
^
_
`
A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Z |
---|
Jump to: | "
$
6
@
^
_
`
A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Z |
---|
GNU Autoconf, Automake and Libtool, by G. V. Vaughan, B. Elliston, T. Tromey, and I. L. Taylor. SAMS (originally New Riders), 2000, ISBN 1578701902.
Because M4 is not aware of Sh code, especially conditionals, some optimizations that look nice statically may produce incorrect results at runtime.
By itself, M4 uses ‘`’ and ‘'’; it is the M4sugar layer that sets up the preferred quotes of ‘[’ and ‘]’.
Using
defn
.
Yet another great name from Lars J. Aas.